UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.
Received... ....
Shelf No.
THE
GEOGRAPHICAL
AND
HISTORICAL
DICTIONARY -
OF
. AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES.
CONTAINING
AN ENTIRE TRANSLATION OF THE SPANISH WORK
OF
COLONEL DON ANTONIO DE ALCEDO,
1 1
CAPTAIN OF THE ROYAL SPANISH GUARDS, AND MEMBER OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF HISTORY
\VITH
Harge attritions ant* Compilations
FROM MODERN VOYAGES AND TRAVELS,
AND FKOU
ORIGINAL AND AUTHENTIC INFORMATION.
G. A. THOMPSON, ESQ.
TJSIVBRSIT7
JN FIVE VOLUMES.
VOL. I.
Magna modis multis miranda videtur
Gentibus humanls regio, visendaque fertur ,
Rebus opima bonis. LUCRETIUS, lib. I. line
PRINTED FOR JA MES CARPENTER, OLD BOND-STREET; LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, AND BROWN, PATER N OSTER-ROVV J WHITE.
COCHRANE, AND CO. AND ML RKAY, FLEET-STREET, LONDON ; PARKER, OXFORD; AND UEIGHTON, CAMBRIDGE.
1812.
TO THE RIGHT HONOURABLE
NICHOLAS VANSITTART,
CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER, fyc. $c.
SIR,
IT was your advice and encouragement that first induced me
to attempt the Translation of ALCEDO S Dictionary. The work
was undertaken six years ago, when I was only twenty-three
years old, and has ever since been the chief employment of
those hours which the necessary attendance of my office has
left at my disposal.
In seeking a name to give credit to my work, I am naturally
led to solicit yours, not merely by the impulse of gratitude
and esteem, but by the dictates of prudence, since there is no
name that is better calculated than yours to stamp on it the
impression of authority, and give it currency.
With you, Sir, whose duty it has been to provide for the
pecuniary exigencies of your country in times that have called
for an expenditure so unprecedented and astonishing, the
resources she has derived from the extensive regions of the
6
Western World must be too familiar not to be duly appreciated .
To display those resources in their due magnitude and import
ance to your countrymen at large is amongst the objects of my
labours : I trust, therefore, that yourself and the public in
general will have the goodness to receive them, if not with
commendation, at least without much severity of censure.
The Egyptians wisely suspended their judgment of distin
guished men till death had sealed their characters. Were I
here to take the liberty of expressing my sense of your worth,
my contemporaries would suspect me of flattery, whilst posterity
would, with infinitely more justice, blame me for underrating
it; nor would the attempt be less presumptuous in me than
displeasing to yourself. I hope, however, I may be permitted
without offence to yourself or to any one, to acknowledge my
great obligations to you, and to assure you of the high respect,
esteem, and gratitude with which
I have the honor to be,
SIR,
Your most devoted
and faithful
humble servant,
oj ri-;>jd -.,J Ji /Jij!; lifl |JS JFOYI J
G. A. THOMPSON.
PREFACE.
PART I.
THE writers of every age have been inclined to represent their own as inferior to those
which preceded it. No writer of the present day, however, can with reason com
plain that he has been called on either to act in, or to behold, a drama destitute, at
least, of incident. The great theatre of human life has for the last fifty years exhibited
in rapid succession transactions of such extraordinary novelty, of such perplexing
intricacy, of such terrific grandeur, and of such increasing interest, that he must be
destitute of feeling as well as of reflection, who is capable of regarding them without
an earnest wish to trace them to the causes in which they originated, and to the con
sequences in which they are likely to terminate. Whichever course he pursues,
whether retrograde or prospective, he will find that part of the swelling scene, which
has been laid in the old world, much more intelligible and of easier explication than
that which is supplied by the new. In contemplating the former portion of the drama,
he will be aided by all the lights which ardent inquiry and unfettered communication
have, during a course of many centuries, been able to throw on it. In considering
the latter, he will find himself obstructed, not only by the obscurity naturally belong
ing to his subject, but by that in which the art of man has purposely laboured to in
volve it. To assist in dispelling this darkness has been my principal motive for
engaging in the work I now offer to the public.
When Buonaparte, in the year 1808, entered Spain, the curtain, as it drew up, dis
covered, even to the most inattentive spectator, and by no means in the back part of
the stage, a view of the transatlantic possessions of that nation. The plot of the
piece here so strongly developed the grasping ambition of its chief hero, the baseness
viii PREFACE.
of the princes and rulers who ought to have opposed him, and the unstable, though
virtuous energies of the betrayed and deserted people, against whom the detestable
machinations of both these distinguished parties seemed equally directed, that all
mankind, however before divided in their sentiments of the performance, seemed to
stand up, and with one common feeling to pronounce their sense of it.
I was, I must confess, not amongst the last to catch the general enthusiasm ; and
wishing to contribute my mite towards the sacred cause of truth and freedom, I
determined to give to my country a work to which my attention had been directed,
no less by the commendations it had experienced of learned and judicious friends,
than by the public testimony borne to its merits by the enlightened Editors of the
Edinburgh Review. To this end, I immediately entered upon an elaborate study of
the Spanish language, with which my acquaintance had then been the effects of only
a few weeks application, and before the lapse of two months from the period of my
first resolution, began the translation of Albedo s Dictionary.
It was mentioned in my Prospectus, and ought to be recorded here, that the
original was published at Madrid, in 1787, by Colonel Don Antonio de Albedo, a
native of America, in five small quarto volumes, by a large subscription of the most
respectable characters in the state, and that its merits were its only condemnation ;
for that the very true and accurate information it contained was looked upon with an
eye of such jealousy by the Spanish Government, as to have caused its immediate
suppression by the Supreme Power. The copies which escaped were very few ; I
found, after many enquiries, that a very small number, not supposed to exceed five
or six, were existing in this kingdom, and the late endeavours to procure any from
the continent have always been unsuccessful, even when attempted by official pursuit,
and at an unlimited expense.
Whatever is good in the original, I confidently assure the Public, will be found
in the translation, for (with the exceptions mentioned in the advertisement published
in the First Volume, namely, in some cases of evident errata) I have faithfully
given the whole text. To this I have added much new matter, drawn, all of it,
from the best sources extant, and a great portion of it from those of the most un
questionable authority; but of the nature and extent of the additions made to Albedo s
Work I shall presently speak more fully, whilst, for an account of the indefatigable
exertions of that author, I feel I cannot do better than to refer the reader to his own
Preface.
The invasion of Spain has led, as I conceived it would, to the confusion of its
authors ; and though it has not yet been attended with all the good to that nation,
or to the world in general, which I fondly hoped it might, it must yet be inevitably
PREFACE. ix
pregnant with mighty, and 1 trust most salutary, effects. These are chiefly to be
looked for in the western hemisphere; and if the work I now offer to the Public
can, in the smallest degree, help to produce them, I shall think my labours amply
rewarded. I well know that the writer of a Dictionary, whether of words or things,
is aptly considered but as the drudge of science, the mere pioneer of literature.
With this humble character I shall be well satisfied if I shall, in any degree, have
helped to clear the way for the Philanthropist, the Patriot, the Philosopher, the
Statesman, or the Merchant, and supplied them in their several capacities with the
materials either for thought or action.
If I may stand excused for having thus far explained my views in undertaking the
work in question, and for exhibiting to the Public the general plan on which it has
been founded, it will be both necessary and becoming in me to shew the sources
from whence I have chiefly derived the materials by which the superstructure has
been raised. These are acknowledgements which I shall have peculiar pleasure in
making, not only in justice and gratitude to my authorities, but in deference to the
claims of my readers, and in gratification of my own feelings.
But if the political state of the western hemisphere be, at the present moment,
an object of the greatest, universal interest, it seems, in its relations with this coun
try, to be of a striking and peculiar importance: I shall, therefore, endeavour to
advance whatever may be desirable to be said as well on this as on the foregoing
head, in the following order :
PART II.
On the Commercial Importance of America and the JVe&t Indies to Great Britain, deduced from Facts,
and from Calculations on official Documents.
PART III.
List of the chief Books, Documents, and Authorities, consulted for the Completion of this Dictionary.
PART IV.
Geographical Appendix. Memoranda.
PART II.
PREFACE.
PART II.
ON THE COMMERCIAL IMPORTANCE OF AMERICA AND THE WEST
INDIES TO GREAT BRITAIN, DEDUCED FROM FACTS, AND FROM
CALCULATIONS ON OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS.
IF the western hemisphere affords us a source of amusement and instruction from
the variety of its history, and from its extraordinary physical advantages, with
respect to its commercial relations, it has, more than any other portion of the globe,
a right to demand our attention. Commerce, at least since the Revolution, has been
the soul of Great Britain, and it is from America and the West Indies that the
greatest portion of her life-blood has been drawn. The subject is in itself both
grand and inviting : it has excited the wonder and admiration of surrounding nations
no less than of ourselves. Some account, therefore, of the origin, progress, extent,
and nature of our trade, when supported by official testimonies, will not, I trust, be
in this place deemed useless or invaluable.
To the importance of the intercourse between this country and the new world, it
has been my endeavour to do justice in the body of this work. With regard to the
success that has awaited my efforts, I am little doubtful; since, to whatever extent I
may have gone, I have scrupulously avoided all theory and speculation, and have stated
nothing but facts. In this view, I trust that the information imparted, more parti
cularly under the heads United States and West Indies, will be found as well original as
desirable. Something, however, is still wanting to substantiate the utility of the
commercial documents interspersed through this work. The scattered rays must
be drawn together into one focus, that their mutual relations may be placed in a
more conspicuous light, and their combined influence be more duly appreciated.
It was not until the Revolution that this country began to form a right estimate
of the advantages of commerce. From the time of William the Conqueror to the
reign of Elizabeth, a few feeble attempts only were made to establish or encourage
manufactures. Commerce, either internal or external, was hardly looked upon as a
source of emolument, and monopolies and patents without number, seemed to form
the only revenue of the Crown, and interest of the State.
PREFACE. xi
But the establishment of the American colonies in the reigns of James and Charles,
if they did not afford an immediate advantage, laid the foundation of an extensive
and prosperous intercourse in times to come. Before England was known as a
commercial state, Spain and Portugal had immense acquisitions in the Indies ; and
it was with exactly the same spirit of monopoly, and abandonment of arts and ma
nufactures, that led to the ruin of these sovereignties, that the original charters of
James, granted to the North American colonies, were indited. Wealth, without
industry, produces equally the debasement of individuals as of kingdoms. Spain
and Portugal fell conquests to their influx of gold. The Dutch rose upon their
ruins, and became the carriers and factors of the world. Their formidable navy
awakened the apprehension and jealousy of Great Britain. The spirit of commer
cial emulation was roused by Cromwell, and the celebrated navigation act was forth
with passed. Immediately upon the Revolution, three other acts were passed of
considerable importance to the extension of trade ; namely, those of 1 W. and M.
cap. 12. and cap. 24., and 8 Geo. I. cap. 15. By the two first, bounties were
granted on the exportation of corn, when it did not exceed a limited price ; by the
last, near two hundred taxes, on raw materials imported, and on British manufactures
exported, were at once repealed.
A review of the wisely discriminative measures by which the commercial interests
of Great Britain have been guarded and upheld to this day, would form a subject
far too diffuse, and pregnant with historical and parliamentary circumstances, to
afford any reasonable hope of doing justice to it in the limited scope of this Preface;
but the following document has in itself advantages of a nature more valuable and
intrinsic than any commentary I might offer on that subject. It is a continuous and
organized system of facts, mutually assisting and assisted, against which there is no
answer or appeal. It is a standing record, that in all times of internal or external
commotion, of foreign or domestic peace, this country, like some stately vessel, has
been still impelled forward, down a never-ebbing tide of fortune, whilst at every har
bour into which she has entered, and at every barren point at which she has touched,
she has left some lasting memorial of her greatness and her wealth.
b 2
XII
PREFACE.
The Annual Value of Goods IMPORTED into and EXPORTED from Great Britain, com
pared with their EXCESS, in the several undermentioned Years, viz. from J097 to
1812 116 Years.
Imports.
Exports.
niports Excess.
Exports Excess.
1697
3,482,586
3,525,906
_
43,320
1698
4,732,360
6,522,104
- - -
1,789,744
1699 - -
5,707,669
6,788,166
- - -
1,080,497
1700 - -
5,970,175
7,302,716
- - -
1,332,541
1701 - -
5,869,606
7,621,053
- - -
1,751,446
1702 - -
4,159,304
5,235,874
- - -
1,076,569
1703 - -
4,526,596
6,644,103
- - -
2,117,506
1704 - -
5,383,200
6,552,019
_ - _
1,168,819
1705 - -
4,031,649
5,501,677
_ . _
1 ,470,027
1706 - -
4,113,933
6,512,086
_ _ -
2,398,153
1707 - -
4,274,055
6,767,178
- - -
2,493,122
1708 - -
4,698,663
6,969,089
- - -
2,270,426
1709 - -
4,510,593
6,627,045
- - -
2,116,452
1710 - -
4,011,341
6,690,828
- - -
2,679,487
1711 - -
4,685,785
6,447,170
- - -
1,761,384
1712 - -
4,454,682
7,468,857
- - -
3,014,174
1715 - -
5,811,077
7,352,655
- - -
1,541,577
1714 - -
5,929,227
8,361,638
- - -
2,432,411
1715 - -
5,640,943
7,379,409
- - -
1,738,465
1716 - -
5,800,258
7,614,085
- - -
1,813,826
1717 - -
6,346,768
9,147,700
- - -
2,800,932
1718 - -
6,669,390
8,255,302
- - -
1,585,912
1719 - -
5,367,499
7,709,528
- - _
2,342,028
1720 - -
6,090,083
7,936,728
- - -
1,846,645
1721 - -
5,768,510
8,681,200
. . _
2,912,690
1722 - -
6,378,098
9,650,789
- - -
3,272,690
1723 - -
6,505,676
9,489,811
- - -
2,984,135
1724 - -
7,394,405
9,143,35(5
- - -
1,748,951
1725 - -
7,094,708
11,352,480
- - -
4,257,772
1726 - -
6,677,865
9,406,731
- - -
2,728,865
1727 - -
6,798,908
9,553,043
- - -
2,754,135
1728 - -
7,569,299
11,631,383
- - -
4,062,084
1729 - -
7,540,620
11,475,771
- - -
3,935,151
1730 - -
7,780,019
11,974,135
- - -
4,194,116
1731 - -
6,991,500
11,167,380
- - -
4,175,880
1732 - -
7,087,914
11,786,658
- - -
4,698,744
1733 - -
8,016,814
11,777,306
- - -
3,760,492
1734 - -
7,095,861
11,000,645
3,904,783
PREFACE.
Imports and Exports, &c. continued.
Xlli
Imports.
Exports.
Imports Excess.
Exports Excess.
1735 - -
8,160,184
13,544,144
5,383,960
1736 - -
7,307,966
11,616,356
_ . _
4,308,389
1737 - -
7,073,638
11,842,320
_ _ _
4,768,682
1738 - -
7,438,960
12,289,495
- - -
4,850,535
1739 - -
7^29,373
9,495,366
- - -
1,665,993
1740 - -
6,703,778
8,869,939
- - -
2,166,161
1741 - -
7,936,084
11,469,872
_ _ .
3,533,787
1742 - -
6,866,864
11,584 ; 427
. _ _
4,717,562
1743 - -
7,802,353
14,623,653
_ _ _
6,821,300
1744 - -
6,362,971
11,429,628
_ . .
5,066,657
1745 - -
7,847,123
10,497,329
_
2,650,206
1746 - -
6,205,687
11,360,792
_ _ .
5,155,105
1747 - -
7,116,757
11,442,049
- - -
4,325,291
1748 - -
8,136,408
12,351,433
_ _ _
4,215,024
1749 - -
7,917,804
14,099,366
- - -
6,181,562
1750 - -
7,772,059
15,132,004
- - -
7,359,964
1751 - -
7,943,436
13,967,811
- - -
6,024,375
1752 - -
7,889,369
13,221,116
. _ .
5,331,746
1753 - -
8,625,029
14,264,614
_ . .
5,639,584
1754 - -
8,093,472
13,396,853
. . _
5,303,380
1755 - -
8,772,865
12,182,255
- - -
3,409,390
1756 - -
7,961,603
12,517,640
- - -
4,566,036
1757 - -
9,253,317
13,438,285
_ _ _
4,184,967
1758 - -
8,415,025
15,034,994
-
6,619,969
1759 - -
8,922,976
14,696,892
.
5,773,916
1760 - -
9,832,802
15,579,073
_
5,746,270
1761 - -
9,543,901
16,365.953
.
6,822,051
1762 - -
8,870,234
14,134^093
- - -
5,263,858
1763 - -
11,665,036
16,160,181
- - -
4,495,145
1764 - -
10,364,307
16,512,403
- - -
6,148,096
1765 - -
10,889,742
14,550,507
. _ .
3,660,764
1766 - -
11,475,775
14,024,964
- -
2,549,188
1767 - -
12,073,956
13,844,511
- -
1,770,555
1768 - -
11,878,661
15,117,982
_ _ _
3,239,321
1769 - -
11,908,560
13,438,236
. _ _
1,529,675
1770 - -
12,216,937
14,266,253
....
2,049,716
1771 - -
12,821,995
17,161,146
_ . _
4,339,150
1772 - -
13,298,452
16,159,412
. ~
2,860,960
1773 - -
11,406,841
14,763,253
, - - -
3,356,411
1774 - -
13,275,599
15,916,343
_ _ _
2,640,744
1775 - -
13,548,467
15,202,365
_ . .
1,653,898
1776 - -
11,696,754
13,729,731
_ . _
2,032,977
1777 - -
11,841,577
12,653,363
*" ~ *"
811,786
XIV
PREFACE.
Imports and Exports, &c. continued.
fmports.
Exports.
Imports Excess.
Exports Excess.
1778 - -
10,293,243
11,551,070
_
1,257,827
1779 - -
10,660,492
12,693,429
_ - -
2,032,937
1780 - -
10,812,239
12,696,138
-
1,883,899
1781 - -
11,918,991
10,569,186
1,349,805
1782 - -
9,532,606
12,355,750
_ . .
2,823,144
1783 - -
12,114,644
13,851,670
_
1,737,026
1784 - -
14,119,369
14,171,589
_
52,220
1785 - -
14,899,942
15,109,533
- . .
209,591
1786 - -
14,610,162
15,385,987
_ . .
775,825
1787 - -
16,335,096
15,754,654
580,442
1788 -
16,551,054
16,283,159
267,895
1789 - -
16,408,039
18,170,472
_
1,762,433
1790 - -
17,442,549
18,884,716
-
1,442,167
1791 - -
17,688,151
21,435,459
.
3,747,308
1792 - -
17,897,700
23,674,315
-
5,776,615
1793 - -
17,823,274
19,365,428
_
1,542,154
1794 - -
20,844,998
25,663,272
_
4,818,274
1795 - -
21,468,369
26,146,346
_
4,677,977
1796 - -
21,462,709
29,196,190
_ _ _
7,733,481
1797 - -
19,520,872
27,699,889
- . .
8,179,017
1798 - -
25,954,161
31,922,580
- . _
5,968,419
1799 - -
24,483,841
34,074,698
- . -
9,590,857
1800 - -
28,357,814
40,805,949
-
12,448,135
1801 - -
32,795,557
37,786,856
. . _
4,991,299
1802 - -
31,442,318
41,411,966
.
9,969,648
1803 - -
27,992,464
31,438,495
.
3,446,031
1804 - -
29,201,490
34,451,367
_ -
5,249,877
1805 - -
30,344,628
34,308,545
-
3,963,917
1806 - -
28,835,907
36,527,184
_
7,691,277
1807 - -
28,854,658
34,566,572
.
5,711,914
1808 - -
29,629,353
34,554,267
_ -
4,924,914
1809 - -
33,772,409
50,286,900
. _ -
16,514,491
1810 - -
41,136,135
45,869,860
_
4,733,725
1811 - -
28,626,580
32,409,671
>
3,783,091
1812 - -
28,595,426
43,243,173
_
14,647,747
1813 - -
*
1,386,359,556
1,823,288,741
2,198,142
439,127,327
2,198,142
Tnffli Rfiljvnpp of Trjirlp in favour of* C-lrpfit RritQiii fc\T
JL V/ CCt>I JU*dl CVIH C- \JL X 1 itl.lv, 1 11 Id. V vJ vl 1 \JL \Jf 1 t^CH> JL/l 1 Let 11 1 J.U1
116 Years, up to 1812, inclusi\ 7 e,
.436,929,185
* The authorities for the above table are as follow :
From 1697 to 177$ inclusive, Sir Charles Whitworth s Tables, consisting of compilations from annual accounts
delivered to House of Commons.
PREFACE. xv
In the above account we look in vain for those glaring features so common, since
the late unsettled and distressing times, in the commercial statements of most other
nations ; for those striking distinctions of profit and loss, those blots of defalcation,
or those blanks of depreciation, with which the columns of their accounts have
been so invariably disgraced. We find, on the contrary, that the increase of the
trade of Great Britain has been rapid and progressive ; and that, if at any time a
partial check has been experienced, it was the dam reserving the impetus of an
overwhelming torrent, or that inherent stubbornness in material things, that relaxes
but to recoil, and that benefiting by coercion and resistance, assumes, in proportion,
a power more elastic, an energy more uncontrouJable.
I do not, however, mean to deny, that the variations of our Imports and Exports,
in the long period just alluded to, bear sufficient marks of originality, in certain
years, to afford ground for speculation and historical research. To notice some of
the more important facts will be desirable ; and I shall enter upon the subject with
the greater willingness, as I shall thus be led to the more immediate object of this
chapter, namely, of affording some, I trust, useful illustrations respecting the
intrinsic value of our colonies in the western hemisphere, and the relative estima
tion in which they should be held, as well with regard to each other as to the re
maining colonies and countries to which the unbounded intercourse of Great Britain
is extended.
From the year 1697 to 1776, a period of 80 years, the value of the Imports in
creased from 3,480,000 to 13 millions and an half; that of the Exports from
3,520,000 to 17 millions, and the balance of trade in favour of this country from
43,000 to 7,359,000. Thus the Imports and Exports had risen on a medium of
their aggregate amount as 4 and a quarter to 1, and the balance of trade as 171 to
1 in 80 years. In the 36 years following up to 1812, the highest amount of Im
ports was 41,100,000, of Exports 45,800,000, and the largest balance of trade was
16,500,000, and thus the Imports and Exports have risen on a medium of their
aggregage value to as nearly 3 to 1, and the balance of trade as 2 and one-seventh to I ,
with regard to the higher amounts of the preceding 80 years, compared with those of
the 36 years ending 1812.
The total amount of Imports and Exports, and balance of trade, for the 80 years
from 1697 to 1776, was,
From 1774 to 1800 inclusive, Macpherson s Annals of Commerce, (this period is exclusive of Scotland.)
From 1801 to 1812 inclusive, Parliamentary Reports, Finance, 1804 Miscellanous Accounts and Papers, 1812,
and other authentic returns.
The same sources of information, with regard to the same periods, were, generally speaking, had recourse to in the
formation of all similar documents contained in this Dictionary, particularly in those of the United States and West
Indies.
xvi PREFACE.
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
6 1 2,090,775 886,3 19,083 274,228,308
The excess of Exports to those colonies, now the United States, during the same
period, was .20,657,232 *, which was more than one-thirteenth of the whole com
mercial profit derived by Great Britain in her intercourse with all parts.
In the following six years of struggle and perturbation, arising from the American
Revolution, a considerable proportion of our Exports to that part of the Continent
had necessarily fallen off, though not to such an extent as might be imagined. The
annual average excess of Exports for the six years ending 1776 was .791,697,
and for the six years following, or during the disturbances, .362,123, making a
loss of profit to Great Britain during the latter period, of somewhat more than half
of that derived from the regular trade.
The total amount of Imports and Exports to those colonies, with the balance of
trade, for the six years ending 1782, was
Imports.
197,977
Exports.
2,370,718
Imports Excess.
5,217
Exports Excess.
2,177,958
5,217
Balance in favour of Great Britain - - .2,172,741
The total amount of Imports and Exports and Balance of Trade, between Great
Britain and all parts, for the same period, was
Imports. Exports. Imports Excess. Exports Excess.
65,059,151 72,518,938 1,349,804 8,809,591
1,349,804
Balance in favour of Great Britain - .7,459,787
So that during this period the intercourse of the United States formed a proportion
of 2 to 7 of the whole balance of trade in favour of this country.
The two next periods of 10 years each, commencing with 1783, will afford some
general phenomena on our commercial relations, respecting the effects produced by
peace and by war.
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and all parts of
the world, between the years 1783 and 1792, both inclusive, being 10 years of peace,
was
See Vol. V. Page 63, of this Dictionary.
PREFACE. xvii
Imports. Exports. Imports Excess. Exports Excess.
158,066,711 172,721,559 848,335 15,503,183
848,336
Balance in favour of Great Britain - .14,654,847
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and the United
States, during the above 10 years of peace, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
8,101,048 25,494,296 17,393,248
Thus, the balance of trade Great Britain derived from the United States alone in
the above 10 years, exceeded that from all other parts of the world by nearly three
millions.
With respect to the war period,
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and all parts of
the world, between the years 1793 and 1802, both inclusive, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
244, 153,913 314,073,174 69,919,261
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and the United
States, during the above 10 years of war, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
15,768,780 53,571,870 37,803,090
The first thing to be noticed here is the extraordinary increase of profit derived by
Great Britain with all parts during 10 years of war, comparatively, with the preceding
10 years of peace, as there was an increase of nearly 5 to 1 in favour of the war pe
riod. The next observation, and what is not less worthy of remark, is, that in time
of war, the exports to the United States diminished in so great a degree, that, in
stead of exceeding those to all other parts, as they usually did in time of peace, they
fell, in the 10 years just alluded to, to only somewhat more than one-half of the ex
ports of the British empire to all parts ; being, however, still more than double of
the excess of exports of the former period of 10 years of peace.
But this consideration naturally leads us to another not less important, namely,
whether the surplus of English commodities thus excluded from the United States,
did not find a vent, not merely as we have seen in other parts, but more particularly
in the British colonies in North America and in the West Indies.
xviii PREFACE.
Now, the balance of trade from the North American colonies, for any period oi
10 years previously to that ending 1783, (when they benefited exceedingly by the un
settled state of the neighbouring colonies) was never greater than for the 10 years
ending 1792, which was .5,828,376*; and hence, the decrease of exports to the
United States f, compared with the general trade of Great Britain, for the period of
war ending 1802, may be taken as the cause of the increase of the balance of trade
to our own colonies in North America, in the 10 years ending 1802, when it rose to
.7,735,409 ; this increase being as about 7 to 5 in favour of the North American
colonies, whilst the decrease on the part of the United States was as about 2 to 4.
Thus far, however, we have only brought to account the trade of our North Ame
rican Colonies. If we add to this another statement, also requisite to be made, of
the trade to the West Indies, the demonstration of the proposition advanced will
be infinitely more striking and conclusive. But, in this case, it is not the balance
of trade to which we must refer, since that of the West Indies is always against
Great Britain ; and this, although it may seem an anomaly, always at least to the
amount to which she is really benefited. This will be easily understood, when it
is remembered that colonial produce, constituting the imports, is so much real pro
perty belonging to the inhabitants of the country, which is the same as to the
country itself, and is, consequently, so much profit; that the exports consisting
chiefly of articles of manufacturing industry, are also so much profit. If, also, we
consider that the imports from the North American colonies, and, in short, that,
generally speaking, all exchange of wealth, whether in regard to import or export,
between colonies and the parent state, is so much actual property belonging to and
enriching the latter, it will obviously appear that, by taking the aggregate amounts
of import and export of the trade between Great Britain and North America and
the West Indies, and comparing the same with the aggregate amount of imports
and exports of any other country for a similar period, we shall have a tolerably
fair, and perhaps only, medium by which, in a short and comprehensive manner,
an estimate of the value of any trade compared with that of our colonies can be
made out. I proceed, therefore, to state,
* See vol. v. page 350, of this Dictionary,
f See idem, page 66, idem.
The
PREFACE.
xix
The official Value of Imports and Exports between Great Britain and the United
States, and between Great Britain and the North American Colonies and the West
Indies, for the two periods above alluded to, viz.
United States.
North America.
West Indies.
Surplus of North
America and
West Indies.
10 years of peace, J Imports
ending 1792 -/Exports
Total
10 years of war, (Imports
ending 18Q2 -^Exports
Total
.
8,101,048
25,494,296
2!
2,158,113
7,986,489
.
36,040,686
15,777,140
.
28,367,084
33,595,344
10,144,602
51,817,826
15,768,780
53,57 1 ,870
3,066.450
10,801,850
66,700,513
38,972,038
50,200,210
69,340,650
13,868,309
105,672,551
From whence it appears, that from the year 1 793, a comparative check was given
to the trade of the United States by the increase of that to the colonies, for,
whereas the intercourse of the former with Great Britain, afforded, as it has been
already shewn, with respect to the balance of trade in her favour, for the 10 years
ending 1 792, an excess of the balance to all other parts, the amount of imports and
exports having been as about l-10th, or as .33,595,344 to .330,788,270, in com
parison with those of Great Britain in general ; and whereas in the 10 years ending
1802, the same balance of trade with the United States, so far from exceeding, fell
to about one-half of the whole balance of Great Britain, the imports and exports
for the same period being, however, as l-8th, or as .69,340,650 to .558,227,087,
in comparison of those of Great Britain in general, the large and progressive ad
vance of the trade of the remaining colonies was most striking : first, from the
balance of trade to the North American colonies for the last period of 10 years,
being, as already shewn, as 7 to 5 compared with the former ; and, secondly, from
the aggregate amount of imports and exports of those colonies and the West In
dies, being with respect to those of Great Britain in general, as about l-6th, in
the former, or as .51,817,826 to .330,788,270, and as about one fifth, or as
.105,672,551 to .558,227,087, in the latter of the periods under consideration;
and here, also, I infer that the whole imports and exports of Great Britain having
increased, in the latter period of ten years, in the ratio of as about five to three,
c2
xx PREFACE.
\vhilst those of North America and the West Indies have increased in the ratio of as
about ten to five, and the latter augmentation being more than equivalent to
account for the increase of the trade of Great Britain in general, the comparative
decrease of the trade to the United States was the cause of its increase to the British
Colonies.
I proceed, now, to treat of the actual relative importance of the trade of the Western
Hemisphere, compared with that to all other parts.
The amount (official value) of the imports and exports, with their excess, and the
balance of trade between Great Britain and all the Colonies in North America, and
between Great Britain and all parts, for the period of 13 years, ending 1812, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
j Annual average balance in favour
( of Great Britain . 754,908
399,584,739 497,660,805 98,076,066
7,025,863 16,839,669 9,813,806
With Colonies in North America
With all parts . . Armual aver age balance in favour
of Great Britain . . . . . . 7,544,312
Thus the balance of trade derived from the North American Colonies, is as one
tenth in proportion to the whole balance of trade derived by Great Britain with all
other parts: it thus, also, appears that taking the aggregate amounts of the imports
and exports, the trade of those Colonies forms one thirty-seventh and an half part of
the whole trade of Great Britain, for the thirteen years ending 1812, or is as
.23,865,532 to .897,245,544 *.
Thus far the trade of our Nortli American Colonies does not look very important,
but, if there be any weight or moment in that generally received opinion, that on their
possession depends, in all probability, the safety of the West India islands, and in
consequence, our lucrative connection with them, and their s with the United States,
and that in the eventual loss either of our North American or West Indian Colonies,
our intercourse with the United States would be either suspended through the
hostility of that government, or be put on a footing highly disadvantageous to this
country ; in consideration, I say, of all these points, it will be necessary to take also
into the account the aggregate value of the imports from and exports to those several
parts separately and collectively ; they were as follows :
* See preceding table of Imports and Exports.
PREFACE. xxi
For the thirteen years ending 1812.
Imports. Exports. Totals.
Between Great Britain and the Colonies
of North America . ..... 7,025,863 16,839,669 23,865,532
Idem, and the West Indies .... 127,401,641 74,650,541 202,052,182
Idem, and the United States ... 26,158,846 77,133,884 103,292,730
. 160,586,350 168,624,094 329,210,444
From whence it appears that the trade of the Western Hemisphere, estimated on
the aggregate amount of the imports and exports for the last thirteen years, is,
according to the official value, though not quite half, more than one third of the value
of imports and exports between Great Britain and all parts, or as .329,210,444 to
.897,245,544, or, at an annual average, as .25,323,880 to .69,018,888.
It cannot be denied that the balance of trade with the Continent of Europe is in
favour of the country ; but more than half of the exports to that quarter consist of
transatlantic produce*. With the islands of Guernsey, Jersey, and Man the balance
is against us, with Africa it is but inconsiderably in our favour, with Asia it is
against us. But our colonies in the last-mentioned quarter are extensive and rich,
and the nature of their commercial relations with the parent state may here be
advantageously considered.
By a general account f of the trade of Great Britain for five years, ending 1810,
the balance of trade in her favour amounted to as follows :
+ Official value of exports . .... 201,804,783
Official value of imports . . . . . 162,228,462
Balance in favour of Great Britain . . 39,576,321
But, according to the real value, there appears by the same account, to have been a
balance against Great Britain ; viz.
* See this Dictionary, article WEST INDIES, Table (B.)
t See idem idem, Table (C.)
I By return to the House of Commons, April 8, 1S()6, it was shewn that the real is to the official value as 40 to
25, or 8 to 5.
The official values are calculated on estimates formed at the establishment of the office of inspector-general of
imports and exports in the year 1696 ; and the real values are ascertained from the declarations of the exporters, on
all articles chargeable with duty ad valorem, and from the average prices current of the year, on articles that are
charged with a rated duty, or entitled to a drawback or bounty on the quantity exported. The quantities of foreign
and colonial goods exported are, in like manner, ascertained with the utmost accuracy, on delivery from the ware
houses for exportation, and the values thereof are calculated at the official rates, and also at the average market
prices.
xxii PREFACE.
Real value of imports 284,230,788
Real value of exports 282,201,409
Balance against Great Britain . . . . 2,029,379
It is, however, to be remarked, that, taking the trade at this period, according to
the real value, the excess of exports to America and the West Indies was, neverthe
less, most considerable.
Real value of exports
To America 76,664,017
To West Indies . . . 51,212,611
127,876,628
Real value of imports
From America , . . 39,544,707
From West Indies . . 65,401,425
104,946,132
Balance in favour of Great Britain . .22,930,496
Now, admitting the principle just urged, the advantages of a colonial intercourse,
even when the balance is against the mother-country, it must also be allowed, that
this benefit is neither so large or direct as that derived from an actual excess of
exported to imported produce. Looking therefore at the comparative value of the
trade to the East Indies and to the Western Hemisphere through this medium, one
certainly not the most favourable to the latter, when the productions of the one and
the other imported are relatively appreciated, we shall plainly perceive the extent to
which the Western trade exceeds the Eastern, and the little probability there would
be, in the case of the eventual loss of the former, of the defalcation being supplied
by this portion of the Old World.
By the account (C) above referred to, for the five years ending 1810, the balance of
trade with Asia against this country was prodigious, viz.
Real value of imports from Asia . . . 39,482,437
Real value of exports to Asia .... 16,641,554
Balance against Great Britain . . . ..22,840,883
So that the difference of value, as to the balance of trade between the Eastern and
Western Hemispheres in the above period was,
PREFACE. xxiii
Excess of exports to America and the West Indies . . . . -. . . . 22,930,496
Excess of imports from Asia . . . ". + . . . , .. . ; ; ... ; 22,840,883
Total in favour of the Western Hemisphere . f . . . . . . . .45,771,379
Or, at the annual average of five years, ending 1810 . . , , ... ..9,254,275
Nor does an aggregate statement of the amount of imports and exports make the
account with Asia more favourable. For the five years ending 1810, the total value
of these was .56,123,991, or, at an annual average, .11,224,798, whereas the value
of those of America and the West Indies was .232,822,760, or, at an annual
average, .46,564,552, which is as four to one in favour of the latter ; and, whilst
the trade to America and the West Indies for the same period was nearly half of the
total of that of Great Britain, or as .232,822,760 to .566,432,197, that to Asia
formed only one-tenth part of it, being as .56,123,991 to .566,432,197.
In closing these cursory remarks on the commercial relations of Great Britain, one
other would seem to force itself upon my attention ; namely, how do these facts and
calculations bear upon the internal situation of the country, her resources and her
finance ? To which I answer, that, though aware of the strong and intimate connec
tion existing between them, I am also too sensible of the impossibility, should I
endeavour to point them out, of my doing justice to the subject in the limited
scope of this Preface : a due sense, also, of my own inefficiency would cause me to
shrink from the task, at least till I had better prepared myself to enter upon its
execution. In the absence, however, of more practical results, it should appear that,
upon a re-consideration of what has been here laid down, the following important
conclusions may be deduced.
First, That an insular situation, with a superiority of marine, is most favourable to
general and colonial trade ; and that such a power will be strengthened and en
riched by the dissentions that weaken and impoverish the rest.
Secondly, That it is as difficult for a nation with a commanding trade to exceed her
resources, as it is for another without commerce to supply them.
Thirdly, That an increase of trade involves an increase of industry, and that as
the latter generates an augmentation of capital and floating medium to represent, in
part, the property created, a National Debt may, in that light, be considered as the
offspring of national prosperity.
Fourthly, That a National Debt having a direct tendency to attach the public
creditor to the government, is a great sedative in every disposition to domestic
xxiv PREFACE.
disturbance, and can never be dangerous but when means are deficient to pay the
interest thereon ; and that, with a commanding trade, it is almost impossible for
such deficiency to arise.
Finally, That commerce is the centre and circumference of insular greatness,
and that the exaltation of Great Britain in the scale of nations has proceeded from,
and must ever depend upon, an attention to its interests.
PART III.
PREFACE. xxv
PART III.
LIST OF THE CHIEF BOOKS, DOCUMENTS AND AUTHORITIES CON
SULTED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS DICTIONARY.
IN this statement it may be necessary to premise, that the translation of the original
volumes were nearly completed within the first year after the commencement of the
undertaking, so that the intervening period of four years to the present moment,
has (with the exception of some indispensable engagements) been exclusively devoted
to the compilation of materials from such works as might illustrate and fill up the
extensive outline that had been originally chalked out ; whilst, with a view of
bringing the Dictionary to the highest perfection of which it was capable, every source
of information has been resorted to, and no expense or labour has been spared.
To the name of the several authorities here quoted, I subjoin the nature and extent
of the extracts that have been made ; no less for the purpose of acknowledging my
obligation to each in particular, than of pointing out to the reader the grounds upon
which any fact or document may have been inserted.
NORTH AMERICA.
Letters from Canada, written during a Residence there in the Years 1806, 1807, and 1808, shewing
the present State of Canada, its Productions, Trade, commercial Importance, and political Rela
tions ; exhibiting also the commercial Importance of New Brunswick, and Cape Breton, &c. &c.
By HUGH GRAY. London. 1809.
I HAVE derived considerable information from this work, either by extracts or col
lations with other authors, especially in the articles Canada, Quebec, Montreal, New
Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and Passamaquoddy Bay.
A Short Topographical Description of his Majesty s Province of Upper Canada, in North America,
to which is annexed a Provincial Gazetteer. London. 1813.
I HAVE inserted a great number of new articles from this little volume; corrected
d
xxvi PREFACE.
the topography of others, and selected from it the tables exhibiting the division of the
province of Upper Canada, together with the bearings and distance of every principal
place from York.
The British Empire in America, containing the History of the Discovery, Settlement, Progress and
State of the Continent and Islands of America. 2 vols. London. 1741.
THESE volumes, although in a great degree superseded by the information of more
recent historians, I have found it necessary to consult no less in the early history of
the West Indies than of the Continental Colonies in North America, with a view to
fill up and illustrate particular portions of historical dissertation, as, amongst others,
in the articles Massachusetts and West Indies.
The History of the Colony of Massachusetts Bay, from the first Settlement thereof in 1628 to the
Year 1749. By Mr. HUTCHINSON, Lieutenant Governor of the Massachusetts Province.
2 vols. London. 1765.
As forming an interesting record of the transactions of a British Settlement, the
parent of all the other Colonies of New England, and of political events in which all
the other American Colonies were deeply concerned, I have inserted an abridgment
of the complete history of Massachusetts under that article.
Some Information respecting America, collected by THOMAS COOPER. London. 1794.
THE information contained in this pamphlet was collected by the author with a
view to serve as a guide for his own conduct, though he published it for the informa
tion of his friends, and to account for his motives for quitting this country, and going
to settle in the United States ; his chief reason appearing to be, as he states, the com
parative ease of providing for a large family in the latter country. I have inserted in
the Dictionary some extracts of the American trade, as it stood about the period of
his journey, together with many commercial tables of coins and exchanges at the end
of the article United States.
Travels through Lower Canada and the United States of North America, in the Years 1806,
1807, and 1808. By JOHN LAMBERT. 3 vols. London. 1810.
AMONGST much light but pleasing anecdote, a great deal of weighty statistical in
formation is contained in these volumes ; and there are, consequently, few articles in
the Dictionary, which, with regard to the latter sort of communication, and within the
scope of that author s research, are not indebted in a greater or less degree to the
valuable contents of his work.
PREFACE. xxvii
The American Review of History and Politics, and General Repository of Literature and State
Papers. 3 vols. London. 1812.
THE title of this work too clearly indicates its importance with regard to that sort
of information aspired to in the Dictionary, to need any comment; but it may be
proper to state, that the accounts of trade, revenue, and finance, under the article
United States, have either been formed from the Treasury Reports and other official
documents contained in that periodical, or by such a collation of them with other
materials as might have fallen into my possession.
The Travels of Captain Lewis and Clarke, from St. Louis, by way of the Missouri and Columbia
Rivers, to the Pacific Ocean, in the Years 1804, 1805, and 1806, by order of the Government
of the United States ; containing Delineations of the Manners, Customs, Religion, &c. of the
Indians, &c. &c. &c. London. 1812.
BESIDES inserting numerous new articles in the Dictionary, under the heads or names
of the different tribes, with a succinct detail of their particular manners and customs,
I have extracted from this memoir an account of the navigation of the Missouri, its
soil, productions, and commerce ; and this, with a more specific description of the
degree and nature of the civilization existing amongst the natives, may be found under
that article ; as likewise an account of the navigation, &c. &c. of the Mississippi
under this head, being also extracted from a document in that memoir, taken from the
journals of Wm. Dunbar, Esq. and Dr. Hunter.
History of the Voyage from Montreal on the River St. Lawrence, through the Continent of North
America to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans, in the Years 1789 and 1793 ; with a Preliminary
Account of the Rise, Progress, and Present State of the Fur Trade of that Country. By ALEX
ANDER MACKENZIE, Esq. London.
AN abstract historical narrative of the Fur Trade has been drawn from this volume,
and is inserted under the article Canada; also, the positions of numerous places that
had been touched at and explored in the rout of this enterprising traveller, have been
notified under separate articles.
The Gazetteer of the American Continent, and also of the West India Islands, &c. &c. &c. By
JEDIDIAH MORSE, J).D. London. 1798.
IN almost all the minor articles of the United States this Dictionary maybe said to be
a reprint of this Gazetteer, and respecting these the author has to regret that he could
only procure an abstract detail of the population of each state according to the last
d2
xxviii PREFACE.
census. The reader will, therefore, consider the amount of population, and in general
the statistical information in the townships, &c. as corresponding- with that of the year
1790 ; and for the present amounts, the numbers may, on an average, be about doubled,
as may be seen in the account of the population in the periods 1790 and 1810, and
statistical table of the progressive increase of the United States for twenty years ; and
this method I have preferred, as more consistent with the character of the Dictionary,
as being rather a book of authority and of facts, than of facts submitted on analogy
and surmise.
The work of Morse is too wull known not to be generally appreciated, it is an
abstract of all the works written on America and the West Indies up to the year
1796; besides which it con tains much local information respecting the United States
not to be found in any other book existing. It would indeed be reprinting a cata
logue to recapitulate all the authors and documents mentioned by Morse, in his pre
face, as his authorities, I shall therefore forbear to restate them here. It was
suggested by persons of talents and discernment, upon my proposition of translating
Albedo s volumes, that the embodying with it the contents of the American Gazetteer
would make a very complete work. Indeed a better superstructure for the American
Dictionary could not have been laid ; but what I have already stated in regard to the
illustration of the original, and what I am about to add, will shew how even the con
tents of Morse s elaborate production have been improved upon by the addition and
collation of later authorities.
Political Essay of the Kingdom of New Spain, containing Researches relative to the Geography of
Mexico, the Extent of its Surface and its Political Division into Intendancies, the physical
Aspect of the Country, the Population, the State of Agriculture and Manufacturing- and Com
mercial Industry, the Canals projected between the South Sea and the Atlantic Ocean, the
Crown Revenues, the Quantity of Precious Metals which have flowed from Mexico into
Europe and Asia, since the Discovery of the New Continent, and the Military Defence of New
Spain. By ALEXANDER DE HUMBOLDT. London. 1811.
I HAVE found it necessary greatly to condense, and, at the same time, completely to
new-arrange the valuable work of this learned traveller ; in the first instance, by a
general digest, under the article Mexico ; in the second, by the insertion of a greater
part of his information on the intendancies of Nueva Espana, in new articles, under
separate heads ; in the third, by a collation of his statistical accounts with those of
Albedo and others, in the several capitals and towns ; and, lastly, by an insertion of
various new settlements, and many, now by him more accurately ascertained, geogra
phical positions.
PREFACE. xxix
SOUTH AMERICA.
Histoire Philosophique et Politique des Etablissemens et du Commerce des Europeens dans les
deux Indes. Tomes 7. a la Haje. 1774.
BY the large scale on which this work has been planned, it may be considered a
reservoir of much useful information ; and I have not failed to draw from it such as
could not be afforded through other sources : but as the chief advantages I have
derived are rather illustrations in a moral and philosophical point of view, than any
abstract historical, commercial, or physical information, their influence is too loosely
diffused over the Dictionary to authorize the mention of one particular instance in
preference to the rest.
Voyage a la Partie orientale de la Tierre Ferme, dans 1 Amerique Meridionale, fait pendant les
Annees 1801, 1802, 1803, et 1804. Par F. DEPONS. Tomes 3. a Paris, 1806.
THE whole of the N. and N. E. Coast of South America, including the whole of
the Spanish dominions, bounded by Peru and Mexico on the W. and by the At
lantic on the E. formed the object of the statistical researches of Depons ; conse
quently I have readily adopted all the new information I could find relative to the
governments, provinces, cities, towns, and villages, within the scope of his inquiry ;
and, as most of the articles in the Dictionary, with respect to those territories,
will be found to be either entirely new, or an improvement of the original work of
A^edo, the reader is requested, except where the contrary is asserted, to consider,
in all such cases, Depons as the authority for the information submitted.
Interesting official Documents relating to the United Provinces of Venezuela. London.
THE declaration of independence by a country so large and valuable as that of
Venezuela, was, in an historical point of view, a subject of too great magnitude not
to deserve a specific and minute attention. As a corollary therefore to the outline of
events that led to the independence of those States, the official documents that they
have published, namely, the Grievances complained of in their Manifesto, their
Act of Independence, &c. and their * Federal Constitution, have been recorded
in the Dictionary.
Sketch of the present State of Caracas, including a Journey from Caracas, through la Vittoria
and Valencia, to Puerto Caballo. By ROBERT SEMPLE. London. 1812.
THIS little volume, though neatly written, is chiefly entitled to notice from its late
information respecting the territories of which it treats. Some brief account of
xxx PREFACE.
Venezuela, and of other places on the coast of Caracas, is the extent of the ex
tracts for which the Dictionary is indebted.
Voyages dans 1 Amerique Meridionale. Par DON FELIX DE AZARA, Commissaire et Com
mandant des limites Espagnoles dans le Paraguay. Depuis 1781 jusqu en 1801. Tomes 4.
Paris. 1809.
THE object of Azara was to collect the most accurate statistical information of
that part of the South American Colonies bordered on the N. by Brasil, N. W. by
Peru, and S. W. by Chile, namely, of Paraguay and la Plata. The result of his
inquiries have been incorporated by the collation of his information with that of
Albedo in some hundreds of articles, and many new ones have been added on his
authority. The geographical positions of the several settlements now existing in
those territories, the years of their foundation, and the amount of their several
populations, have been extracted from the tables in his work, and may be found
under articles Buenos Ayres and Paraguay of the Dictionary. Some illustrations
of their natural history have also been transferred into the Appendix.
Guia Politica, Eclesiastica y Militar de Virreynato del Peru ; or, Political, Ecclesiastical, and
Military Guide of the Viceroyality of Peru. Published annually for the Academical Society
of Lovers of the Country of Lima.
THE first number of this work was published in 17.93. In 1797 it contained a
digest of the information of the four previous years ; and having received the sanc
tion of the Governor, contained some useful tables of a commercial, financial, and
statistical nature. Indeed it seems always to have been well compiled, and in a
manner to give, in a small compass, the greatest possible information respecting
the power, resources, and actual state of that viceroyalty ; and I much regret that,
not having been able to obtain any information respecting the subsequent numbers (and
it is not improbable that they w r ere suppressed) I was obliged to seek for other autho
rities in completing the account of those far-famed territories. And this I have done, as
the reader will find, by consulting those no less accredited works, the Viagero Universal,
and Alveary Ponce. But of the preciseness and value of the information of the perio
dical just alluded to, the reader will be convinced, amongst various other instances,
by turning to those under the articles Xauxa, Urubamba, Yauyos, &c. in the
Dictionary.
PREFACE.
The Geographical, Natural, and Civil Histpry of Chile. By Abbe Don J. IGNATIUS MOLINA.
With Notes, from the Spanish and French Versions. United States. 1808.
THERE are, I believe, few persons (certainly amongst those with whom I have
met) who have not read and been delighted with this entertaining production. So
convinced was I of the valuable and perspicuous information it contained with
regard to those southern limits of the Spanish dominion, that I resolved not to
omit any thing in the Dictionary that had been stated by Molina, and seemed
worthy of record. But this has been a work of considerable difficulty and labour,
for not only has the manner of imparting such information to my readers been
necessarily completely changed to suit itself to the style of the work before them,
but it has been condensed into somewhat less than one-half of the original, and this
more especially by curtailing the more minute and uninteresting part of the detail
of the Araucanian wars, or of such other heads of investigation as appeared to have
been already fully treated of, either under the original article, or the provinces of
the kingdom of Chile, by Albedo.
History of Brasil. By ROBERT SOUTHEY. Part the First. London. 1810.
THE article Brasil in the Dictionary is almost exclusively indebted, with regard
to the historical information, to the labours and researches of this author, as far as
his narrative is now before the Public, that is to say, for the period between the
year 1498 and 1642. Some other articles have also been entirely newly written or
corrected by the same authority.
History of Brasil, comprising a Geographical Account of that Country, tog-ether with a Narra
tive of the most remarkable Events which have occurred there since its Discovery, &c. &c.
By ANDREW GRANT, M.D. London. 1809.
A CONTINUATION of the History of Brasil has been brought down to the present
day from the period above mentioned, namely, from 1642 to the middle of the last
century, by a succinct narration of the events alluded to in the annexed title ; and
from that period to the present day, by a particular detail of each, as they attached
to the different captaincies, either upon the credit of the same authority, or of
.such other as might, in the course of my researches, have fallen in my way.
xxxii PREFACE.
Travels in the interior of Brasil, particularly in the Gold and Diamond Districts of that Country,
by Authority of the Prince Regent of Portugal, including a Voyage to the Rio de la Plata,
&c. &c. By JOHN MAWE, Author of the Mineralogy of Derbyshire. London. 1812.
MUCH useful information has been derived from this work respecting the soil,
productions, and mineralogy of all the most important places of Brasil, no less than
of those of Monte Video, and other parts of the province of Buenos Ayres, so that
from 25 to 30 long and important articles have either been fresh arranged, or newly
prepared from the observations of this interesting traveller.
WEST INDIES.
The West India Common-Place Book, compiled from Parliamentary and Official Documents,
shewing the Interest of Great Britain in its Sugar Colonies, &c. &c. &c. By Sir WILLIAM
YOUNG, Bart. F.R.S. M.P. London. 1807.
ALTHOUGH, through the liberality of friends, I had, from time to time, been
put in possession of most of the important parliamentary documents that might assist
me in the subject in which I was engaged, yet such is the clearness and perspicuity
with which the voluminous information of the annexed work is arranged, that I can
not but express myself in the most unqualified manner indebted to it ; since, indeed,
wherever it has answered my purpose, I have made use of the subject matter of the
text, no less than of such tables as might conduce to its illustration; but not, I trust,
with such a close imitation either of method or arrangement as in any way to injure
the originality of the Common-Place Book. With respect to the value of the extracts
I have made, the reader will be enabled in some degree to judge by the following
account of the high pretensions of the honourable author, though so modestly asserted
by himself.
" When (says he, in his Preface, page 11) I first took my seat in the House
of Commons, now more than twenty-two years past, I carefully observed the course
and succession of parliamentary business, with the view of chalking out some line of
industry, rather than of talent, in which I might qualify myself to be humbly useful
to my country ; and I selected the Poor Laws, the British Fisheries, and the Com
merce of the Kingdom, as the leading subjects on which my attention was to be fixed,
and my attendance given on the Committee. From that time (June, 1784) I kept a
Common-Place Book, in which I entered, under distinct heads, whatever occurred
under these matters in debate, or I could collect from the Statute Book and other
reading; and, at the same time, I carefully arranged and preserved, every document
returned to Parliament, and some which were not printed by order of the House, I
copied in the Journal Office."
PREFACE. xxxiii
The History, Civil and Commercial, of the British Colonies in the West Indies. By BRYAN
EDWARDS, Esq. F. R. S. S. A. 3 Vols. London. 1801.
THIS generally appreciated work, though consulted by Morse and other authors of
later date, of whose labours T have availed myself, was yet too clear and circumstan
tial in the original not to require my attentive perusal, and the consequence has been
that I have found it necessary, in justice to the plan of the Dictionary, to form from
the historical information contained in Edwards s volumes, a newly digested, and con
cise History, not only in separate articles relating to most of the islands, but con
jointly under the head WEST INDIES. Some of his statistical information has also
been acceptable.
Present State of the Spanish Colonies, including a particular Report of Hispanola, or the Spa
nish Part of Santo Domingo, &c. &c. &c. By WILLIAM WALTON, Junr. Secretary to the Ex
pedition which captured the City of St. Domingo from the French ; and resident British Agent
there. 2 Vols. London. 1810.
SOME information of an interesting and useful nature, extracted from the annexed
work, has been scattered over several parts of the Dictionary ; such for instance as
may be traced in the account of the Spanish intercourse with Vera Cruz, under that
article, and in the later detail of historical transactions relative to St. Domingo, under
the article West Indies; with various other cursory statements and remarks, for which
as they might be too tedious to detail, it is hoped this general acknowledgment of
obligation will suffice.
A Treatise on the Wealth, Power, and Resources, of the British Empire in every Quarter of the
World ; illustrated by copious Statistical Tables, constructed on a new Plan. By P. COLQU-
HOUN, LL. D. London. 1814.
No one, unless prepared to push his researches to the extent of those of this dis
tinguished author, or unless enjoying every means of information on the subjects on
which he has been peculiarly engaged, could do justice to his compilation, by pro
ducing any original statements, however nearly by approximation they might corres
pond with those in the Statistical Tables here quoted.
I trust I have paid no undue tribute to his judgment in having given the amount of
population, and the estimated value of the colonies, as set forth in his most useful
and elaborate treatise.
xxxiv PREFACE.
ALL PARTS OF AMERICA, AND WEST INDIES.
State of the Trade of Great Britain, in its Imports and Exports, progressively, from the Year
1697 to 1773, &c. &c. &c. By Sir CHARLES WHITWORTH, M. P. Folio. London, 1776.
This was the first and last work of the kind ever undertaken, in this or perhaps
any other country. In as far as relates to the trade of the western hemisphere and
to the trade of Great Britain with all parts, I have, by the assistance thereby afforded,
given complete accounts of the Imports and Exports, from the Revolution down to
the present day, distinguishing those,
1st. of Great Britain - with North America.
2d. of do. - with the West Indies.
3d. of do. - - with the United States.
4th. of do. - - with all parts of the world.
Annals of Commerce, Manufactures, Fisheries, and Navigation, &c. &c. &c. ; with an Account of
the Commercial Transactions of the British Empire and other Countries. By DAVID MACPHER-
SON. 4 Vols. London. 1805.
THIS valuable compilation, amongst other important records of the trade to Ame
rica and the West Indies, is enriched with a series of official documents, from whence
I was enabled to bring down the Tables of Import and Export above alluded to, and
as inserted in the Dictionary, to the year 1800 inclusive.
The History of the Public Revenue of the British Empire. By Sir JOHN SINCLAIR, Bart.
3 Vols. London. 1790, and 1804.
MANY of the financial and commercial calculations in the Dictionary have been
made upon the credit of the accounts and statements found in the elaborate and useful
production of the distinguished author here quoted.
An Inquiry into the Colonial Policy of the European Powers. By HENRY BROUGHAM, Jun. Esq.
2Vols> Edinburgh, 1803.
I OWN myself indebted for several useful hints and illustrations to this able treatise.
i i-j oru i i i Hi in. : r-<: . , :>;{ ., I .
The Financial Accounts and Papers laid before Parliament.
BY these, as far as they have been laid before the House of Common* for some years
pftst, I have been able to supply the deficiencies of modern authors in all objects of
statistical research.
PREFACE. xxxv
Some Series of Caracas and other South American Gazettes.
AN intimate view of the more recent affairs of the Spanish colonies has thus been
brought before me, from whence I have reflected such lights upon those subjects in
the Dictionary as might be deemed desirable.
A Number of Original and Personal Communications, of the Sources of which the Translator does
not feel himself warranted more specifically to treat.
BUT though restricted from speaking of the sources of such communication, it will
be necessary to mention their nature ; and I shall, therefore, at the same time, beg to
offer my sincerest acknowledgments for the liberal communications of those Gentle
men, who, from the situations they have held, or from the interest they have had in
America or the West Indies, have been peculiarly entitled to my gratitude, and who
have added so much to the value of the book by the local information they have, in so
many instances, contributed.
I am also particularly bounden in duty to express my sincere thanks for the as
sistance and advice I have had the good fortune to enjoy, during the whole course
of my labours, from one, who, equally distinguished for his judgment and experience,
is filling, with universal applause, an exalted station in the British Government; by
whose powerful assistance I have been able to supply whatever of statistical, financial
and commercial information was necessary to the completion of a Work, which, I
trust, will prove as novel in its principle as useful in its design.
e 2 PART IV.
XXXVI
PREFACE.
PART IV.
TABLE of the Geographical Positions of the more important Places in the Spanish
Colonies, determined by Astronomical Observations.
(The positions marked with an asterisk, are established either by triangulations, or angles of altitude
and azimuths.)
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W
from London
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time
Names of Observers and Remarks.
INTERIOR OF NEW SPAIN.
o / //
19 25 45
19 18 37
19 15 27
19 16 8
20 10 4
20 17 28
20 17 55
o / //
99 5 30
99 7
99 12 45
h / //
6 45 42
6 45 48
6 46 11
Humboldt, at the convent
of St. Augustin.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
S. Augustin de las Cuevas, (village) -
Cerro de Axusco*, (mountain) - - -
Venta de Chalco, (farm) - - -
98 28
98 49
98 33
98 51 30
99 21 45
99 25 38
99 52 30
100 10 30
100 55
100 55
100 52 15
101 20
101 30
101 1 45
99 14 45
99 28
99 29
99 28
99 24
99 29
98 33
98 21
98 35
98 13 30
6 43 4
6 44 37
6 43 32
6 44 46
6 46 47
6 47 2i
6 48 50
6 50 2
6 53
6 53
6 52 49
6 54 40
6 53 22
6 53 27
6 46 19
6 47 12
6 47 16
6 47 12
6 46 56
6 47 16
6 43 33
6 42 44
6 43 40
6 42 14
Totonilco el Grande, (village) - - -
19 16 19
19 11 33
dem.
idem.
20 36 39
20 40
21 15
19 42
idem,
idem, at the house of Don
Diego Rul.
idem, at the bishop s pa
lace,
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem, near the water-spout
machine,
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem, summit of themtfun-
tain.
dem.
dem.
dem.
Valla dnlirl fr\t\r\
Pont d Tstln ffarm k
18 37 41
18 35
18 20
Tepecuacuilco, (village) - * - -
17 56 4
18 35 47
19 2
19 10
19 2 6
Popocatepetl*, (volcano) - - -
San Nicolas de los Ranches, (village)
Itztacihuatl*, (mountain) - - - -
Pyramide de Cholula, (ancient monu-
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.)
xxx vn
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W.
from London.
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time.
Names of Observers and Remarks.
La Puebla de los Angeles, (city) - -
o / //
19 15
19 26 30
19 33 37
19 28 57
19 37 37
19 30 8
19 31 49
19 2 17
19 28 25
19 30 40
19 46 52
19 26 4
19 42 47
19 43 17
19 47 58
19 38 39
19 28 48
19 48 38
19 28 38
19 49 28
19 42 25
19 35 5
19 54 30
19 50 45
20 49 45
21 10
22 27 50
22 35 15
21 34
22 21 30
21 33 30
21 28 50
21 33
20 32 10
20 55 50
20 30 14
19 11 52
19 10 10
19 10 55
19 11 16
19 12 55
19 12 12
19 12 55
19 13 20
19 14 30
o / //
98 2 45
h / //
6 41 31
Humboldt.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Humboldt and Ferrer,
summit of the mountain.
Ferrer.
Velasquez,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
,idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Ferrer and Cevallos.
Cevallos and Herrera.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Humboldt and Ferrer.
Ferrer,
idem,
idem,
idem,
dem.
dem.
idem.
idem.
i
97 13 45
97 8 45
6 38 15
6 37 55
Coffre de Perote, (mountain) - - -
96 55
96 66 35
94 15 15
96 48 32
98 51 15
99 4 6
99 2 30
99 1 15
99 8 5
99 9 45
98 56
99 4 45
99 12 45
99 4 45
99 13 30
99 4 15
99 1 36
99 16
90 30 45
90 24 30
89 59 45
89 47 40
89 40 45
88 10 15
89 38 15
86 45
86 44
86 51 13
91 54 5
92 11 52
92 10 23
96 9 0,
96 6 40
96 6 10
96 5 26
96 45.
96 4 35
96 5 5
96 8 22
96 11 20
6 37
6 36 58
6 38 21
6 36 34
6 44 45
6 45 36
6 45 30
6 45 25
6 45 54
6 45 59
6 45 4
6 45 39
6 46 11
6 45 39
6 46 14
6 45 37
6 45 26
6 46 24
6 11 23
6 10 58
6 9 19
6 8 30
683
5 2 1
6 7 57
6 56 20
6 56 16
6 56 45
6 15 56
5 18 1\
6 18 If
6 33 56
Q 33 47
S 33 45
S 33 42
S 33 47
S 33 38
S 33 40
3 33 53f
S 34 5
Cerro de Macultepec, (mountain) - -
Pic d Orizaba*, (volcano) - - - -
Fl Ppfinl* (\\\\\\
Hacienda de Xalpa*, (farm) - - -
Cerro de Chiconautla*, (hill) - - -
San Miguel de Guadalupe*, (convent)
Garita de Gaudalupe*, (barrier) - -
Cerro de Sincoque*, (hill) - - - -
Hacienda de Santa Ines*, (farm) - -
Cerro de San Christoval *, (mountain)
Puente del Salto *, (bridge) - - -
EASTERN COAST OF NEW SPAIN.
Punta de la Disconocida -----
Castillo del Sisal - - -
Alpprun /^wpctprn nnirif^ -
Alacran, (northern extremity) - - -
Mouth of the Rio de los Lagartos :
Punta S O dpi Pnprto
North point of the Conboy - - - -
South point of the Conboy - - - -
Shallow of Diez Brazas - - - - -
Small island to the S. W. of the triangle
Island of Sacrifices, (centre) - - -
She 1 How of the Paiaro -
Islot^ Blanquillas, (centre) - - - -
Anegada de Fuera (south point) - -
XXXVI11
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.)
Nam^s of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W.
from London.
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time.
Names .pf Observers and Remarks.
Mouths of the Rio Antigua - - - -
o / //
19 18 41
19 37 45
19 39 42
19 43 15
21 15 48
23 45 18
24 36
25 55
16 50 29
17 15
17 32
19 6
20 25 30
20 45
21 1 30
21 16
21 26 15
21 32 48
21 33
21 45 30
20 50 30
22 52 23
23 3 25
23 26
24 47
26 59 30
28 2 10
28 18 22
28 53
29 40 40
32 25 10
32 39 30
32 43
33 16 30
33 29
34
34 17
34 26
36 36
37 9 15
37 48 10
/ //
96 17 17
96 26 5
96 25 43
98 25 43
98 12 23
97 58 40
97 31 10
99 46
100 45 15
101 28 45
104 33 5
105 39
108 47 15
107 15
106 17 45
105 3
105 17 45
105 17 45
106 41 35
105 57 5
109 53 15
109 43 25
110 18 15
112 21 15
113 48 15
115 23 15
115 46 15
118 17 15
115 57 15
117 18 55
117 18 15
118 30 15
119 36 15
117 53 30
120 31 15
119 25 30
119 45 30
121 51 8
122 22 53
123 1 15
h / //
6 34 29
6 35 4
6 35 3
6 35 3
6 42 9|
6 41 15
6 39 25
6 48 24
6 52 21
6 55 15
7 7 32
7 11 56
7 12 29
7 18 20
7 14 31
7 9 S2
7 10 31
7 11 11
7 16 6
7 13 8
7 28 53
7 28 14
7 30 33
7 38 5
7 44 33
7 50 33
7 52 25
8 2 29
7 53 9
7 58 36
7 58 33
8 3 21
8 7 45
8 54
8 11 25
872
8 8 22
8 16 44|
8 18 51|
8 21 25
Ferrer,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Humboldt, at the gover
nor s house.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem.
Vancouver andMalaspi na.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem.
Vancouver andMalaspina.
Expedition of Malaspina.
Vancouver.
Vancouver andMalaspina.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem,
idem .
Punta Mari Andrea ------
Lago de San Fernando, or laCarbonera
Mouth of the Rio Bravo del Norte
WESTERN COAST OF NEW SPAIN.
Western extremity of las PlayasdeCujuca
Mnrrr* Pptatlan fhilll
Port de Selagu (a little doubtful) - -
Small island to the N. N. W. of ,Cape
Cprrn dpi Vallp fhilh
Isles Marias, (Cape south of the most
Mountain of San Juan - - - - .
Mission de S. Josef, (village) - - -
Mission de Todos los Santos - - -
Mountain of San Lazaro - - - -
Mountain to the north of the Abreojos
Island of Cedars, (south point) - - -
Isla de San Benito (the highest part) -
Isla Guadalupe, (Cape south) - -
Isla de S. Martin or de los Coronados
(the largest and most eastern islot)
Isla S. Salvador, (south point) - - -
Isla San Nicolas, (west cape) - - -
Isla de Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, (west
Santa Buenaventura ----.._
Presidio de Santa Barbara (mission) -
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.}
XXXIX
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W.
from London.
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time.
Names of Observers arid Remarks.
o / //
37 48 30
40 29
49 35 13
18 37
18 48
19 4
19 15 40
15 44
15 47
15 50
16 7
15 25
16 37
17 16
17 18
18 3
21 9
23
23 30
24 25
25 28
26 50
27 8
27 45
28 50
30 36
o / //
132 37
124 28 45
126 35 15
114 3 45
110 9 15
111 5 45
118 53 45
h / //
8 19 48
8 27 15
8 35 41
7 54 33
7 29 57
7 33 43
7 28 55
Vancouver andM alaspina.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem. [This position and
the preceding are be
yond the actual bounds
of New Spain.
Collnet, Camacho, & Tor
res fmemoire of M.
Espinosa%)
idem,
idem,
idem.
Pedro de Laguna.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Count de la Laguna.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Oteyza.
Mascaro and Rivera,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Mascaro and Lafora.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Mascaro.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Mascaro.
Fathers Diaz and Font.
Father Font.
Lafora,
Collations by Arrowsmith.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
REVILLAGIGEDO IgLANDS.
Isla de Santa Rosa, (centre) _ - -
Isla del Socorro, (summit of the moun
tain, which is more than 1,115 me
tres high, or 3,657 feet) - - - -
Isla de San Benedito, (south cape)
POSITIONS LESS CERTAIN.
Gruatiilco (port) - -
-; V!J
- ^
_
San Antonio de los Cues, (village) -
Guadalaxara, (city) -
103 2 30
101 35
106 6 30
103 35
103 13 30
108 13 30
109 3 30
110 8 30
104 30
108 58 30
106 45 30
111 46
104 43
7 1 30
6 55 40
7 13 46
7 3 40
7 2 14
7 22 14
7 25 34
7 29 45
7 7 40
7 25 14
7 16 22
7 36 24
7 8 12
Real del los Alamos, (mine) - - -
31 2
32 9
32 45
33 30
36 12
L v> . ) j St * i
e\:. -:\ 1 f\ri
* .? tR*
12 Os.
2 55 Os.
5 24 Os.
3 59 s.
4 27 0*.
2 10 20 s.
Paso del Norte, (Presidio) - - - -
Junction of the Rio Gila and Colorado
Las Casas grandes (near Rio Gila)
104 43 -0
- 1 1. i
| -
78 20
78 50
78 28
79 15
76 24 30
79 40 -0
7 8 52
NEW GRANADA, QUITO, &C.
xl
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.)
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W
from London
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time
Names of Observers and Remarks.
o / //
1 42 05.
2 25 05.
56 On.
13 On.
20 OH.
3 51 5n.
I 13 On.
2 28 20 n.
3 15 On.
4 36 On.
3 11 20 n.
5 25 On.
6 45 On.
9 On.
8 47 On.
10 27 10 n
11 16 On
11 30 On.
9 45 On
5 15 30 n.
8 8 205.
6 52 05.
12 2 20 s.
11 35 Os.
13 46 s.
12 57 5.
13 42 5.
16 17 205.
16 39 s.
18 27 s.
17 30 5.
19 47 5.
20 17 s.
17 36 5.
1 54 On.
1 12 On.
4 30 5.
7 05.
20 05.
1 19 05.
3 10 05.
4 26 05.
2 28 05.
/ /
78 35
77 48
79 24
78 3 30
77 55
76 49
77 5 30
76 29
75 12
74 8
73 57 20
73 47
75 18
79 18
77 34
75 23 30
74 7 30
72 55 30
74 33 30
74 15 10
78 52
78 40
76 58 30
75 17 20
76 8 30
73 58
71 6
71 58 10
69 43
70 19
68 26
67 25
70 6 20
71 12
67 37
67 30
67 40
67 20
65 20
61 58 20
59 57
59 20
54 57
h / //
. - -
.
Collations by,Arrowsmith.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
dem.
dem.
dem.
idem.
Pjicfo
PERU, &C.
La Pax -
Ilo
RIO NEGRO, &C.
Ft dp S .Toyp
S. Anto. do Casanhoronova - - - -
Rorha Villa
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OF THE
INTRODUCTORY MATTER.
1. Translator s Preface.
2. List of Subscribers to the Translation.
3. Translator s Advertisement.
4. Albedo s Dedication.
5. Albedo s Preface.
6. Albedo s Additions and Corrections stated.
7. List of Albedo s Subscribers.
8. A general Table of Kingdoms , Provinces, Syc. into which Spanish America
is divided; with a continuation, illustrating at one view the other respective
Dominions and Governments in America and the West Indies.
N. B. The Translator s Preface and List of Subscribers, Nos, 1 and 2, will be
delivered with the last Volume, and may be bound up with thejirst.
VOL, I.
TRANSLATOR S ADVERTISEMENT.
THE history of Algedo s work is already before the world, as stated in my prospectus ; *
the particulars of such statement were derived from his own preface, which is now de
livered entire, and to which I beg leave particularly to call the reader s attention. The
manner in which the original deficiencies of that author were to be corrected, and in
which the historical and geographical relations of the countries treated of, were to be
brought down to the present day, has been explained in the prospectus, and the volume
now before the public will best show how those promises have been fulfilled.
Although from the forward state of the work, (the whole of it, with some small excep
tions, being ready for press), I might now enter into an analysis of my labours ; I shall
reserve that task until the whole shall have been published, when there will be delivered
to the subscribers a regular preface, containing such general considerations respecting
America and the West Indies, as could not, with equal convenience, have been incor
porated with the work itself.
Whatever might have been my own opinion as to the necessity of giving a literal and
complete translation of Alcedo, I found myself bound so to do, as well from the sensation
which the book had awakened at the first issuing of the prospectus, as from the opinion
of its earliest and most distinguished patrons, that, considering how rare and curious was
supposed to be the information it contained, it would be thought defective by the public
if any part of the original were omitted ; although, on the other hand, something might
have been gained in point of conciseness and regularity of method. The translation,
therefore, is as literal as the respective idioms of the two languages would permit,
saving in some trifling cases of evident errata: the additional matter is always included in
brackets; and if, as in various instances, it be continued for several pages, the brackets
will be found at the beginning and end of each page.
Like Algedo, I have forborne to quote my authorities specifically in each article, for
the sake of avoiding unnecessary repetitions; though, like him, I refer my readers to
particular authors to illustrate my subject, when the matter has grown too voluminous
under my hands. It is true that I have assumed a complete discretionary power with re
gard to the additional information, but I shall not fail, in justice to those writers to whom
I am so much indebted, to give in the preface a list of my authorities, as well as of the
original documents to which I may have had access. I cannot, however, forbear mention
ing for the present, how far more copious and extensive is the information of this publica
tion than that of any which has hitherto appeared. In some of the articles, as may be
b <2
( via )
seen under the heads Brazil, Canada, aiul Chile, in this volume, not less than from 20 to
46 pages of additional matter have been introduced, each article having its separate index
of contents. Independently likewise of the very elaborate work of Morse, containing
upwards of 7000 articles, nearly the whole of which have been transfused into these
volumes; many large and valuable extracts, as well as new articles, have been selected from
Molina, Humboldt, Depons, Azara, and other writers of less consideration, even with
respect to the Spanish provinces of America ; upon which subject A^edo is far more
copious and complete than any other writer. In the West India islands, as under the
heads Antigua, Barbadoes, St. Christopher, &c. comparative accounts of the earlier ex
ports and imports have been selected, and those of the latest years introduced.
Our author, we find, had thought it necessary to annex to his book a large vocabulary
of provincial terms, forming a catalogue of the plants, birds, animals, &c. found in
America: it is obvious that this information is still more desirable in the translation; and
this glossary has, therefore, been carefully revised, and enriched with valuable additions;
and there being several Spanish terms which will not admit of direct translation in the
dictionary, these likewise, with a full explanation of their meaning, will be found in the
same glossary ; each such term being, for the convenience of the reader, invariably found
printed in italics in the body of the work.
To conclude, so much additional light has been thrown upon the geography of
America since the publication of Alcedo, that, in order to render these volumes as perfect
as possible, the position of every place has been carefully revised, and corrected according
to Mr. Arrowsmith s several maps of North America, of the United Slates, of the West
fndia Islands, of Mexico, and of South America ; the last of which has been recently
constructed from original materials, which till lately remained inaccessible at Madrid
and at Lisbon ; whilst, at the same time, all the places not heretofore found in his maps
have been inserted from the Dictionary, as it issued sheet by sheet from the press.
The above maps of Mr. Arrowsmith, whose eminence in that line it is unnecessary to
mention, will consequently be ready to be delivered at a somewhat reduced price to the
subscribers to this book, about the time of the publication of the last volume, and will form
a complete ATLAS to Alcedo, who had no means of improving and illustrating his
Dictionary by so important a supplement.
G. A. THOMPSON,
ALCEDO S DEDICATION
To His Royal Highness the Prince of Spain.
SIR,
THE Dominions of America, to which Heaven has destined you the heir,
as being part of this monarchy, have their fortunes united with those of your Royal
Highness. To Charles I. [more commonly known in this country as the Emperor
Charles V.] they owe the first elements of civil government, and the system
established for the propagation of the gospel amongst those gentiles ; to Charles II.
the protection and encouragement of the missions, by which so many souls have been
brought into the bosom of the church; and to Charles III. your Royal Highness s
august father, the most happy establishments, the present well-organized political
economy of Europe, the promotion of the arts and the advantages of commerce; to the
excellency of which institutions every day bears testimony, and for a continuation of the
benefits of which we look with confidence, seeing that your Royal Highness is gathering
instruction in the wise school of your father.
Surely then, Sir, the New World could not find a better Maecenas than
in the person of your Roj^al Highness, to protect a work written by one of its sons; and
the Author, with great deference, submits it to your consideration, as containing the
description of all your Royal Highness s kingdoms and provinces in that part of the
world, together with their riches and productions.
May your Royal Highness deign to receive it with your accustomed
benignity ; and may Heaven grant us the life of your Royal Highness as many years
as the universal wishes of Spain desire it.
SIR,
At the feet of your Royal Highness,
ANTONIO DE ALCEDO.
ALCEDO S PREFACE.
THE history of America and the West Indies has been for some time an object of
the study and interest of all European nations, from the desire of information concerning
the geography, navigation, customs, and productions of those parts, and for the sake of
encouraging commerce between the Old World and a country considered as the very
fountain of riches. Hence it is that foreigners have dedicated themselves to writing and
publishing on this subject whatsoever they knew or could collect; procuring from Spain
all the histories and treatises which had been already made by the natives and the first dis
coverers and conquerors of those regions : in so much, that books which were heretofore
common, and in no estimation, are now scarcely to be obtained at any price.
What has in no small degree contributed to the connection between the Old and
New Worlds, is the introduction of certain American productions into the former, which
through luxury have been rendered inrlispensible, such as cacao, cochineal, tobacco,
vicuna wool, &c. ; as also, for their specific medicinal virtues, bark, jalap, zarzaparilla,
calaguala, canchaguala, and the balsams of Tolu, Maria, Canime, &c. not to be found in
any other part.
These, it appeared to me, were sufficient reasons for requiring an universal history
of America, which might contain every thing worthy of note, as well in its civil, natural,
and ecclesiastical relations, as in its geography, productions, commerce, navigation, and
interests with European powers: but being well aware of the difficulty of combining such
information, it seemed to me more advisable to reduce it to the form of a dictionary.
A publication of this nature could never have been completed by the labour of an
individual ; but being aware that this timidity might ever operate as an insuperable
obstacle to its execution, I determined, by the advice of a person of superior talents
and intelligence, to be the first to lay the foundation, at least, of the undertaking; being,
however, at the same time, somewhat instigated by the reflection, that I had myself visited
many parts of America and the West Indies; and that I could avail myself of some most
exact and important information in the vivd voce communications of a minister, [pro
bably the M. R. P. Fr. Pedro Gonzalez de Agiieros, Franciscan missionary in the Ar
chipelago of Chiloe], who having filled several of the highest offices in those countries
for the space of upwards of forty years, had acquired a very uncommon stock of valuable
knowledge, so as to have obtained at court the title of the " Oracle of America;" a
title, for the justification of which, it were only necessary to refer to the vast number of
public documents and decrees which have been drawn up by him for the Council of
the Indies, and to the variety of works he has written, independent of those which have
been published, and have met with general applause and estimation. In short, it is from
such sources, as well as from a vast library of Indian books and papers, that I have found
materials to labour incessantly for the space of twenty years, without other intermission than
such as was called for by the duties of my profession; though even then, each trifling in
terval I could spare was devoted to my principal object.
The work being finished, I could not yet prevail upon myself to bring it to light,
convinced that it must necessarily have many defects, although unknown to myself. It
was then that the advice of a person of superior judgment, and a well founded confidence
in the protection of the public, overcame my scruples, and I was persuaded to offer it at
least as a foundation, whereon something more noble might afterwards be erected ; in the
same manner as has occurred with regard to the dictionaries of Moreri, Vosgien, and La
Martiniere, and many others, which, having been at first very defective, became enlarged
and rendered complete by the labour of many. In this state of the business there came to
my hands a Geographical Dictionary of South America, written in Italian by the Ex-
Jesuit D. Juan Domingo Coleti, who had lived for some years in the province of Mainas ;
also a Dictionary of North America, in English, with the title of" American Gazetteer;"
and it immediately occurred to me that my own was now no further necessary : but having
examined them both, I became persuaded that they were rather a reason why I should
publish this ; since, without robbing them of any just merit, and remembering too, that
each of them was confined to the descriptions of certain provinces , they possess by no
means the same extent of information as this, as may be seen by referring to the letter A,
which, in neither of those books, exceeds an hundred articles ; whereas the same letter in
my dictionary contains upwards of a thousand, [and in this translation more than 1700.]
But the principal cause which fixed me in my resolution was the recollection that I was
treating of a country, in one of the best towns of which, I with pride and gratitude ac*
knowledge myself to have been born ; and I do at the same time candidly allow, that I have
made a free use of the two dictionaries just spoken of, as well in adding to, as in correcting
the many articles I had already written.
Whoever shall consider with impartiality the troublesome investigation of more than
three hundred Indian volumes, the confusion and little exactness in many, and the diffi
culty and labour of conciliating opposite opinions, and extracting the naked truth, will, I
doubt not, make some allowance for the defects they may find ; and all I hope is, that
they may have the goodness to apprise me of them whenever they shall think them worthy
of emendation; when, so far from being mortified, I shall feel the most lively gratitude
for their attention, stating their communications to the public, that they may not be de
frauded of the merit to which they may be entitled. This, in truth, is the rational way of
contributing to the public weal, and not the plan, as adopted by some, of endeavouring to
find out diminutive errors, for the sake of satisfying their capriciousness, or of gaining the
reputation of being wise, though fortunately the contrary be generally the effect of their
labours.
Some will observe that there are many articles very small and scanty of information :
to this I answer, that my first object was only to have given a history of the kingdoms,
provinces, capitals, and rivers of note; but that I afterwards included an account of the
lesser settlements and rivers, concerning which there is for the most part but little to say,
although there be a great advantage in knowing all their names and their relative distances.
I have suppressed quoting, at the end of each article, the author from whom the principal
information may have been extracted, in order to avoid a useless and troublesome repeti
tion ; and in as much as I thought it would be preferable to give, at the end of the book, a
list of the authors who have written upon the subject in question, after the plan of the cele
brated Don Nicolas Antonio ; and also, by way of appendix, another dictionary, or alpha
betical list of the provincial terms and foreign names of the fruits, trees, animals, &c.
I have now only to add, that whatsoever information is read in this dictionary, con
cerning a town, its number of inhabitants of any class, the existence of convents, forts,
&c. is relative to the state in which those countries were in the time in which those au
thors wrote, from whom the extracts are made; not but that I have in very many instances
acquired the most recent information : and although I may regret that I may have some
times stood in need of certain accounts, documents, and papers in the hand of government,
or which might be even lying in the cabinets of the curious; yet, as they were still unpub
lished, and not within my reach, I have been forced to content myself with such as have
either passed through the press, or my good fortune and diligent research have thrown
into my wav. Vale.
A L C E D O S
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS STATED.
THE desire we have felt of rendering this work more perfect, by every means
in our power, has caused us to be continually employed in its execution ; and since we;
have discovered many errata which have unavoidably arisen in the press, we lose no
time in bringing them to light ; taking, at the same time, an opportunity of adverting
to certain communications forwarded to us from certain literary characters who have
been zealous in promoting our undertaking, and contributing to the public weal : amongst
the number of whom are, the most Illustrious Senor Don Juan Manuel Moscoso, bishop
of Cuzco ; Don Joseph de Ugarte, colonel of militia of the province of Abancay; the
Fr. Pedro Gonzalez de Agiieros, of the order of St. Francis, and missionary apostolic
for many years in the Archipelago of Chiloe; the Fr. Francisco de Ajofrin, a Capuchin;
Don Manuel del Campo, native of the city of Cartago ; and Don Joseph Undo; all of
whom are actually residing at this court, and to whom I with great gratitude acknow
ledge all the important favours the public, no less than myself, has received. But, and
although we are convinced it were in the power of many others to have manifested the
same dispositions, who have contented themselves with criticising the errors they have
been able to discern; and although we could, if we thought proper, shew on what little
foundation their arguments were built, we shall decline entering into any controversy
with them, but shall content ourselves with following the plan we have designed in the
preface, supporting ourselves in our laborious employ with the consolatory reflection, that
the work has obtained undeniable credit, as well in this kingdom as in America and in
foreign parts, and that all wise persons are well aware of the difficulties which must na
turally accrue to the beginning of an undertaking of this nature, and that time alone can
bring it to perfection: To this, we cannot forbear adverting to the very great loss we have
experienced by the fire which occurred in the palace and secretary of state s office, in
1734 ; insomuch that we were obliged to go about soliciting information from the curious,
as was particularly the case for the completion of the series of bishops and governors,
not having been able to obtain any intelligence respecting them in the various papers
and documents which lay before us ; and it is entirely from this latter source that we have
completed the lists of bishops of Arequipa, Caracas, and Cuzco.
The Royal Academy of History, 24 copies.
Don Joaquin Dareche y Urrutia.
Don Andres Gilabert.
Don Miguel Murillo.
Don Antonio Joseph Mosti, inhabitant of Cadiz.
Don Pedro de la Roca.
Don Cayetano Foncerrada.
The most Excellent Seiior Don Luis de Urbina,
lieutenant-general, and miltary fiscal of the
supreme council of war.
The most Excellent Senor Duke of Alva.
Don Ramiro Ponce, chaplain of honour to his
Majesty, and canon of the holy church of
Jaen.
Don Agustin Madan, 2 copies.
Don Pedro Colmenares.
Don Joaquin Pantaleon de Asteguieta, canon in
the collegiate church of Mendinaceli.
Don Manuel Antonio de Arce y Carrion.
Don Dionisio Garcia Urbano.
The most Excellent Senor Don Pedro Lerena, se
cretary of the revenue office.
Don Antonio Lucas, Marquis of Beniel.
The M. R. P. Fr. Juan Antonio Roarte, a calced
Trinitarian in Salamanca.
Don Juan Antonio de la Pefia.
The Count of Carpio, of his Majesty s council.
The M. R. P. Fr. Tomas de la Virgen.
Don Alexandro Cameron, rector of the royal
Scotch college of Valladolid.
The R. P. Don Romualdo Ramirez, administra
tor of San Anton A bad.
Don Lucas Palomeque, an officer in the revenue
department.
Don Jacobo Maria Espinosa, knight of the dis-
tinguised order of Charles III. fiscal of the
royal audience of Cataluna.
Don Joseph Madrazo de la Escalera.
Don Juan de Villalonga, captain of engineers.
Don Joaquin de Necochea, of the commerce of
Cadiz.
Don Juan Manuel Lopez de Sagredo, inhabitant
of Granada.
Don Juan de Ardois, inhabitant of Cadiz.
The Count of Guendulain, native of Pam
plona.
VOL. I.
Don Francisco Xavier Ximinez de Fexada, native
of Pamplona.
Don Francisco Ibanez.
Don Juan Francisco Solano.
Don Ignacio Francisco de Arjona.
Don Ignacio Campesirio.
Don Rudesindo Ruiz de Cabrejas.
Don Juan Estevan de Espeleta.
Don Martin Damaso de Uriz.
Don Manuel Man so.
Don Mateo Gutierrez de Villegas.
Don Luisde Oyarzabal.
Don Tomas de Iriarte.
Don Joseph Manuel de Encalada.
The library of the Capuchin fathers of Prado.
Don Juan Antonio de la Fuente, inhabitant of
Cadiz.
Don Domingo de Marcoleta.
Don Joaquin Mendez de Vigo, inhabitant of
Oviedo.
Don Joseph Delgado y Campo.
Don Francisco Dusay y Fivaller.
Don Ramon de Marimon, first lieutenant of Spa
nish guards.
The Illustrious Senor Don Roque Martin Merino,
bishop of Teruel.
Don Fernando Luengo Rodriguez, dignified canon
of the holy church of Teruel.
Don Inigo Cortes de Velasco.
The P. M. Fr. Benito Araujo, benedictine monk,
and abbot of the royal monastery of San Vi
cente de Oviedo.
The P. M. Fr. Vicente Giron Benedictino, regent
of the royal monastery of San Vicente de
Oviedo.
Don Joseph Sandoval, inhabitant of Malaga.
Don Joseph de Viu, prebendary of the holy church
of Toledo.
Don Juan Francisco del Castillo y Carroz.
The Illustrious Senor Count of Tepa, of the
council and chamber of the Indies.
Don Manuel Comes, inhabitant of Cadiz.
Don Jayrae Martinez.
Don Cayetano Maria Huarte, prebendary of the
holy church of Cadiz, and visitor of its
bishopric.
Don Martin rle TJHoa, oidor of the royal audience
of Sevilla.
Don Joaquin cle Molina, captain of the royal
armada.
Don Manuel Espinosa Tello, lieutenant of the
royal armada.
The most Illustrious Seiior, Don Joseph Constancio
de Andinos, bishop of Albarracin.
The Brigadier Marquis of Granada, captain of the
regiment of royal Spanish guards.
Don Ignacio de Meras Queipo.
Don Francisco Durango.
Don Angel Triqueros, secretary to the embassy at
the court of Turin.
Don Antonio de Lara y Zuniga, of the council of
H. M. at the court of inquisition of Sevilla.
Don Tomas Isidre de la Pinta.
Don Cayetano Hue.
Don Cayetano Font Clossas.
Don Pedro Juez Sarmiento, lieutenant-colonel of
the royal armies, adjutant-major of royal
Spanish guards.
Don Narciso de Pedro, colonel at the Plaza of
Valencia.
Don Joseph Francisco Ferrer de Ibauez, inhabi
tant of Barcelona.
Don Vicente Domingo.
Don Manuel de Robles, door-keeper of H. M.
chamber, 2 copies.
Don Antonio Garcia Conde, lieutenant-colonel of
the royal armies, second adjutant-major of
the royal Spanish guards.
Don Juan Bautista Munoz, cosmographer-general
of the Indies.
Don Agapito Domenchu, presbyter.
Don Ramon Antonio de Castro.
Don Felipe Baron de Lamberts, brigadier of the
royal armies.
Don Francisco Xavier Becar, canon of the holy
church of Barcelona.
Don Francisco Cinza, inhabitant of Vizcaya.
Don Vicente Ferrer de Plauden.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Ilijar.
Don Manuel de San Pedro y Tobia.
The M. II. P. Fr. Antonio Calonje, benedictine
monk and lieutenant-major of San Martin.
Don Miguel de Iribarren.
Don Francisco Seneca.
Don Joseph Sala, canon of Grandia.
Don Francisco de Turnes, magistral canon of the
holy church of Lugo.
Don Juan Antonio Montes, second adjutant-major
of the royal Spanish guards.
Don Joseph de la Pena y Alfeidan, archdeacon of
Azumara, in the holy church of Mondofiedo.
The M. R. P. Fr. Dionisio de Otano, of the order
of San Benito.
Don Miguel Antonio Torrente.
Don Antonio Perez, of the teller s office in the
Indies.
Don Joseph Tello y Pallares.
The Doctor Don Sebastian Rodriguez Viedma.
Don Antonio Cortes Moreno.
Don Manuel de Ataide y Portugal.
Don Joseph Colon de Larreategui, oidor of Valla-
dolid. *
The most Excellent Senor, Marquis of Santa Cruz.
Don Antonio de Sancha, bookseller at this court,
2 copies.
Don Francisco de Soria y Soria.
Don Lorenzo Buxeda.
Don Roque Jzquierdo.
Don Joseph Carnpana.
The R. P. M. Don Agustin Vazquez, general of
San Bernardo, and abbot of the monastery of
Poblet in Cataluna.
Don Nicolas Ballester y Flotats.
Don Mariano Rivas, inhabitant of Barcelona.
Don Miguel Grijalva Guzman, archdeacon of
Sepulveda, canon of the holy church of
Segovia.
Don Salvador Texerino y Texada, presbyter of
Salamanca.
Don Diego Alvarez de la Fuente, inhabitant of
Malaga.
The most Excellent Senor, Don Manuel de Florez,
lieutenant-general of the royal armada, and
viceroy of Nueva Espana.
Don Juan Francisco Ibanez de la Renteria.
Don Tadeo de Arguedas.
Don Mariano Cerda.
Don Candido Marca Trigueros.
The most Excellent Senor, Marquis of La Lapilla.
Don Mateo Alfonso de Prado, a counsellor at this
court.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Vauguyon,
French ambassador at the court of Madrid.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Uceda, squire
of the body to his most Serene Highness the
Prince of Asturias.
Don Francisco Joseph Villodres, canon of the holy
cathedral church of Cordoba.
Don Joaquin Juan de Florez.
Don Alfonso Tabares, inhabitant of the town of La
Solana in La Mancha.
The R,. P. M. Fr. Adriano de Huerta, of the reli
gion of San Bernardo, abbot of the monastery
of Osera.
The Marquis of Mos, colonel of militia, of Be-
tanzos.
Don Antonio Borras, of the commerce of Reus in
Cataluna.
Don Joaquin Sotomayor y Cisneros, 2 copies.
Don Miguel Arnaud de Courbille, commissary of
war.
Don Tomas Martinez de Aguilera, racionero of the
holy church of Sigiienza.
Don Alonso Ceferino Borbon.
Don Antonio Iglesias, bookseller, 4 copies.
Don Juan Manuel Mascarenas, inhabitant of the
town of Berin in Galicia.
Don Miguel de Larrea.
Don Bartolome de Siles.
Don Juan Antonio Ximenes de Aguilera.
The R. P. Fr. Joseph Mancebo, of the order of St.
Augustin.
Don Francisco de Paula Cabeda Solares, of his
Majesty s royal apothecaries hall.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Almodovar,
major-domo to the Infanta Dona Maria Ana
Victoria.
The Lieutenant-colonel Don Francisco Mayorga, of
the order of Alcantara, second lieutenant in
the regiment of royal Spanish guards.
Don Joseph Galan.
Don Joseph Sanroman.
Don Joseph Badan.
Don Jacinto Lorenzana, inhabitant of Leon.
Don Dionisio Saenz Galinsoga, presbyter.
Don Joseph Espriella.
Don Isidro de Antayo, second adjutant of the
royal Spanish guards.
Don Andres de Zabala y Aragon.
The Marquis of Rivas, inhabitant of Seville.
Don Domingo Antonio de Urruchi.
Don Antonio Gimbernat, surgeon to his Majesty.
The Doctor Don Pedro de la Torre Herrera, canon
of Alcala of Henares.
Don Pedro Perez de Castro, of the college of
counsellors in this court.
Don Joaquin Espalter y Roix, resident at Bar
celona.
Don Juan Vicente Canet y Longas, inhabitant of
Valencia.
Don Miguel de Hermosilla, engineer of the royal
armies.
Don Francisco Joseph BernaJ, paymaster at the
port of Guayra.
The M. R. P. Fr. Joaquin Herrezuelo, preacher at
San Martin de Santiago.
Don Manuel de Arredondo, regent of the royal
audience of Buenos Ayres.
Don Joseph Ignacio del Pumar, native of the city
of Barinas in America.
Don Vicente Navarro, canon of Huesca.
Don Andres de Quevedo, second lieutenant of gre
nadiers in the royal Spanish guards.
Don Joseph Rubio, second lieutenant in the regi
ment of royal Spanish guards.
Don Antonio Pasqual y Garcia de Almunia, per
petual regidor amongst the nobles of the city
of Valencia.
Don Manuel Joseph Marin.
Don Justo, pastor of Astiqufeta y Sarralde, resi
dent at Mexico.
Don Silvestre Diaz de la Vega, accountant of the
tobacco-revenues at Mexico.
The Doctor Don Manuel de Florez, secretary of
the lllmo Sr. archbishop of Mexico.
Don Felipe Albera, bookseller at this court.
The Doctor Don Estevan Gutierrez.
Don Pedro Joseph de Lemus, inhabitant of
Mexico.
Don Tomas de Berganza.
Don Joseph de Aguilar.
The most Excellent Sr. Duke of Alburquerque,
Marquis of La Mina, gentleman of the cham
ber to his Majesty, and brigadier-general in
the royal armies.
The R. P. Fr. Juan Fiayo, a Franciscan, and
preacher in the convent of Cartagena, in the
Indies.
Don Pedro Tomas de Villanueva, resident at Car
tagena, in the Indies.
Don Antonio Bergosa y Jordan, inquisitor of
Mexico.
Don Isidro Limonta, colonel of infantry, king s
lieutenant at the Plaza of Cuba.
Don Joseph Martin de Garmendia, inhabitant of
Villafranca of Guipuzcoa.
Don Gabriel Manuel Espinosa de los Monteros, re
sident at Barcelona.
Don Francisco Arias Velasco, perpetual regidor of
the city of Oviedo.
Don Manuel Malco, of his Majesty s council of the
royal revenue.
GENERAL TABLE
OF THE KINGDOMS AND PROVINCES INTO WHICH
SPANISH AMERICA
is DIVIDED;
AND OF THE VICEROYALTIES, GOVERNMENTS, CORREGIMIENTOS, AND
ALCALDIAS MAYORES ESTABLISHED IN THEM.
SOUTH AMERICA
is divided into three Viceroyalties, containing the following Kingdoms and Provinces :
VICEROYALTY OF THE NEW KINGDOM OF GRANADA.
KINGDOM OF TIERRA FIRME.
Governments.
Panama,
Porto velo,
Veragua,
Darien.
Cartagena,
Guayana,
Caracas,
Cumana,
Popayan,
Santa Marta,
Maracaibo,
Choco,
Tunja,
Zipaquira,
Bogota,
Ubate,
Boza ,
Coyaima,
Pasca,
Muzo,
Panches,
Turmeque,
Guatavita,
Tensa,
Guayaquil,
Jaen de Bracamoros,
Alcaldia Mayor.
Nata.
NEW KINGDOM OF GRANADA.
Governments.
Antioquia,
San Faustino,
San Juan de los Llanos,
San Juan Jiron,
Corregimientos.
Duitama,
Cliivata,
Paipa,
Sogamoso,
Neiva,
Gameza,
KlxNGDOM OF QUITO.
Governments.
Esmeraldas,
Mainas,
Mariquita,
Isla de Puerlorico,
Isla de la Trinidad,
Isla de la Mar<i;arilac
Chita,
Sachica,
Velez,
San Gil,
Servita,
Quixos y Macas,.
Cuenca.
( xvii )
Pasto,
Xibaros,
Ibarra,
Corregim ten tos .
Tacunga, Riobamba,
Ambato, Loxa,
VICEROYALTY OF PERU.
KINGDOM OF PERU.
Governments.
Zamora,
Ciiimbp.
Guarochiri,
Tarma,
Guancavelica,
Cuzco.
Corregimientos.
Abancai,
Chachapoyas,
Huarochiri,
Sana,
Aimaraes,
Chancay,
Huailas,
Santa,
Andahuailas,
Castro Virreyna,
Huanuco,
Truxillo,
Angaraes,
Collalmas,
Huanta,
Vilcas Huaman,
Arequipa,
Conchucos,
Luya y Chillaos,
Caxamarca,
Arica,
Condesuyos,
Lucanos,
Urubamba,
Calca y Lares,
Cotabamba,
Moquebua,
Yauyos,
Camana,
Cbilques y Masques, Parinacochas,
Yea,
Canes y Canches,
Cbumbivilcas,
Piura,
Xauxa,
Caiiete,
Guaraanga,
Paucartambo,
Caxatambo.
Canta,
Guamacana,
Pataz,
Cercado,
Guamalies,
Quispicanchi,
VICEROYALTY OF THE PROVINCES OF THE RIO
DE LA PLATA.
Governments.
Buenos Ayres,
Santa Cruz de la
Sierra, Puno,
Chiquitos, -,*
Chucuito,
Montevideo,
Paz,
Moxos,
Tucuman,
Paraguay,
Potosi,
Coregimientos.
Mizque,
Chayanta,
Atacama,
Oruro,
Paucarcolla,
Larecaja,
Asangaro,
Ornasuyos,
Pilaya y Paspaya,
Lipes,
Carabaya,
Sicasica,
Purnabamba,
Paria,
Carangas,
Tomina.
Yarnparaez,
Pacajes,
Tarija,
Cochabamba,
Apolabamba,
Porco,
CAPTAINSIIIP-GENERAL AND PRESIDENCY OF CHILE.
KINGDOM OF CHILE.
Governments.
Concepcion,
Valdivia,
Valparaiso,
Chiloe,
Aconcagua,
Cuyo,
Copiapo,
Coquimboj
Colcagua,
Chilian,
Maule,
Melpilla>
Corregimientos.
Puchacay,
Quillota,
Rede,
SantiagOj
Islas Malvinas,
Islas de Juan Fernandez.
Rancagua,
Kata. k
( xviii )
NORTH AMERICA,
which has only one Viceroyalty, and contains the following Kingdoms and Provinces :
VICEROYALTY OF NEW SPAIN.
KINGDOM OF NEW SPAIN.
Governments.
Vera Cruz,
Acapulco,
Actopam,
Apam,
Acayuca,
Antigua,
Acatlan,
Atrisco,
San Bias,
Chalco,
Cuyoacan,
Chietla,
Chiautla,
Coatepec,
Cozamaluapan,
Cordoba,
Cadreita,
Chilapa,
Cuernavaca,
Colima,
Cholula,
S. Christoval,
Ezallan,
Guijolotitlan,
Huamelula,
Cuiceo de la Laguna,
Guimeo,
Guanajuato,
San Luis de Potosi,
San Luis de la Paz,
Maravatio,
Amula,
Autlan,
Coaguila,
Yucatan,
Pucbla de los Angeles.
Tabasco.
Alcaldias Mayores.
Huajuapan, Qnantla Amilpas,
Tampico,
Huichiapan, Quantitlan,
Tulin/inco,
Htielutla, Querefaro,
Tetela Xonotla,
Guejotzinco, Temastelpec,
Tezcuco,
Ixtepexi, Tepeaca,
Teotihuacan,
Ixtlahuaca, Tccali,
Tlaxcala,
Izucar, Tehuacan de las
Tuxtla,
Ixmiquilpan, Granadas.
Tlapa,
Justlahuac, Teufitlan,
Villalta,
S.Juande los Llanos, Teutila,
Valladolid,
Lerma, Tehuantepec,
Valles,
Mexilcaltzinco, Teocuilco,
Xalapa,
Miahuatlan, Tepozcolula,
Xuchimilco,
Metepec, Tepexi de la Seda,
Xicayan,
Malinalco, Tacuba,
Yahualica,
Mextitlan, Toluca,
Zacualpan,
Nexapa, Tenango del Valle,
Zapotlan,
Nochiztlan, Tetela del Rio,
Zumpango,
Nuevo Santander, Taxco,
Zimapan,
Oaxaca, Tixtla,
Zacatlan delas Man
Orizava, Tocliimilco,
zanas,
Otumba, Tula,
Zempoala,
Papantla, Tetepango,
Zimatlan.
Quatro Villas, Tehusitlan,
KINGDOM OP MECHOACAN.
Alcaldias Mayores.
San Miguel el Grande, Zelaya,
Zarnora,
Tancitaro, Pasquaro,
Cinaque,
Tlasasalca, Chaco,
Motines,
Tlalpujagua, Guadalcazar,
Tinguindin,
Villa de Leon, Jaso y Teremendo,
Xiquilpa,
Xiquilpa, Chilchota,
Zacatula.
KINGDOM OF NUEVA GALICIA.
Alcaldias Mayores.
/ay ula, Guadalaxara,
Tepic,
Zacatecas, Tala,
Sentipac,
Tequepexpa, Caxititlan, Acaponeta, Juchipila,
Tonola, Tlajomulco, Nayarith, Colotlan,
Ostotipaquillo, Zapotlan, Barca, Xerez,
Analco, Izatlan, Tecpatitlan, Fresnillo,
Ma/apil, Guauchinango, Lagos, Ibarra,
Aguas Calientes, Purificacion, Cuquio, Sierra de Pinos,
Zapopan, Ostotipac, Tecualtichi, Charcas.
Xaln, Compostela,
CAPTAINSHIP-GENERAL OF THE ISLAND OF CUBA.
Governments.
Cuba, Florida, Louisiana.
A
GENERAL TABLE
OF THE BRITISH DOMINIONS AND GOVERNMENTS IN
NORTH AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES.
viz.
BRITISH DOMINIONS IN NORTH AMERICA.
Hudson s Bay, tinder N.S.Wales,) Nova Scotia, the government of
the management of East Main, > rinsettled. New Brunswick, Lower Canada,
the Hudson s Bay Labrador, J Lower Canada, St. John s, under the
Company. Newfoundland, Upper Canada, government of Nova
Cape Breton, under Scotia.
BRITISH DOMINIONS IN THE WEST INDIES.
Governments.
Jamaica, Island, Barbadoes, Island,
Bahama Islands, Trinidad, Island.
Leeward Islands,
For the enumeration of the islands comprised in these governments, see article ANTILLES.
Islands and Territories conquered in the present War.
Martinique, Curacoa, Surinam,
Guadaloupe, St. Eustatius, Demerara,
St. Lucie, Santa Cruz, Essequibo.
Conquered by the Portuguese and British.
Cayenne.
PORTUGUESE DOMINIONS.
BRAZIL
is divided into the following fourteen Provinces or Captainships :
Rio Janeyro,
Todos Santos,
llheos,
Paraiba,
Para,
Maranan,
Espiritu Santo,
Itaraaraca,
Seara,
Puerto Seguro,
Pernarabuco,
INDEPENDENT.
The Island of Hayti or St. Domingo.
Sergipe del Rey.
San Vicente,
Rio Grande.
OF THE
REPUBLIC OF NORTH AMERICA,
OR THE
UNITED STATES,
AND TERRITORIAL GOVERNMENTS.
Virginia,
New York,
Pennsylvania,
Massachusetts,
Maine,
Orleans,
Mississippi,
North Carolina,
South Carolina,
Kentucky,
Maryland,
Connecticut,
TERRITORIAL
Indiana,
Columbia,
Tennessee, West,
Tennessee, East,
Georgia,
New Jersey,
Ohio,
GOVERNMENTS.
Louisiana,
Illinois,
Vermont,
New Hampshire,
Rhode Island,
Delaware.
Michigan.
The Russians have formed some settlements upon a part of the n. w. coast
of America, tying w. and n. of Cook s Inlet.
THE
GEOGRAPHICAL AND HISTORICAL
DICTIO NARY
OF
AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES
ABA
lies at the head of Penn s
Creek, Northumberland county, Pennsylvania ;
about 30 miles w. from Lewisburgh, and 40 w. by
n. from Sunbury. Lat. 40 52 30" n. Long. 77
31 30" o>.]
ABACACTIS,- or ABACARIS, a settlement of
Indians, of this name, in the province of the Ama-
zonas, and in the part or territory possessed by the
Portuguese. It is a reduction of the religious
order of the Carmelites of this nation, situate on
the shores of a lake of the same name. It lies
between this lake and a river, which is also so
called, and which is a large arm of the Madeira,
which, passing through this territory, afterwards
returns to that from whence it flowed, forming the
island of Topinambes.
[ABACO, one of the largest and most northern
of the Bahama islands, situate upon the s. e. end
of the Little Bahama bank. The Hole in the
Rock, or (as it is most commonly called) the
Hole in the Wall, is the most southern point of
the island, and bears about 18 leagues north from
the island of New Providence, about 9 or 10
leagues in a n. w. direction from Egg Island,
and about 10 or 12 in a n. e. direction from
the Berry islands. About 10 leagues to the n. of
the Hole in the Wall, on the e. side of the island,
is Little Harbour, the entrance to which is be
tween the main land of Abaco and Ledyard s Key,
VOT,. i.
ABA
and within which there is good anchorage. There
is also an anchorage to the w. of the Hole in the
Wall.
The island of Abaco is at present uninhabited.
In 1788 it contained about 50 settlers and 200
Negroes. The lands granted by the crown, pre
vious to May 1803, amounted to 14,058 acres, for
the purpose of cultivation ; but the settlers who
occupied it have since removed. It contains great
quantities of the various kinds of woods which
are common to almost all the Bahama islands.
To the northward of Abaco, is a long chain of
small islands or keys, (including Elbow Key,
Man of War Key, Great Guana Key, the Gala
pagos, &c. fec.) reaching, in a n. w. direction,
almost to the Matanilla reefs on the Florida
stream ; from whence the Little Bahama bank ex
tends, in a southerly direction, to the west point
of the island of the Grand Bahama. [Lat. 26
22 n. Long. 77 14 w. See BAHAMAS.]
[ABACOOCHE, or COOSEE, a large river, ris
ing in the s. w. territory, passing into Georgia,
through the Cherokee into the Creek country,
where it unites with the Oakfuskee, and forms the
Alibama.]
ABACQUA, a settlement of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, situate on the shore
of the river Parana, near the spot where it enters
the Paraguay, to the e. of the city of Corrientes.
ABA
ABACU, a point of land on the s. coast of the
island of St. Domingo.
ABADES, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Popayan, in the district and jurisdic
tion of San J uan de Pasto.
ABANCAY, a province and corregimiento of
Peru, bounded on the e. by the large city of Cuzco,
(its jurisdiction beginning at the parish of Santa
Ana of that city), and on the w. by the province
of Andahuailas ; w. by that of Calcaylares, form
ing, in this part, an extended chain of snow-covered
mountains ; s. by the provinces of Cotabamba and
Aimaraez ; s. w. by Chilques and Masques. It
extends 26 leagues from e. to w. and is 14 broad.
Its most considerable river is the Apurimac, which
is separated from it at the n. w. and bends its
course, united with other streams, towards the
mountains of the Andes. This river is crossed by
a wooden bridge of 80 yards long and 3 broad,
which is in the high road from Lima to Cuzco, and
other provinces of the sierra. The toll collected
here is four rials of silver for every load of goods
of the produce of the country, and twelve for those
of the produce of Europe. The temperature of
this province is mild, and for the most part salu
brious, with the exception of a few vallies, where,
on account of the excessive heat and humidity,
tertian agues are not uncommon. It produces
wheat, maize, and other grain in great abundance,
and its breed of horned cattle is by no means in
considerable ; but its principal production is
sugar, which they refine so well, that it may chal
lenge the finest European sugars for whiteness :
this is carried for sale to Cuzco and other pro
vinces, and is held in great estimation. It also
produces hemp, cloth manufactures of the coun
try ; and in its territories mines of silver are not
wanting, especially in the mountain which they
call Jalcanta, although the natives avail them
selves not of the advantages so liberally held out to
them. Its jurisdiction comprehends 17 settle
ments, f \\erepartiwentO) quota of tribute, amounted
to 108,750 djllars, and it rendered yearly 870
for the alcdbala.
The following are the 17 settlements :
The capital, Limatambo,
Huanicapa, Mollepata,
Curahuasi, Pantipata,
Cachora, Pibil,
Antilla, Chonta,
Anta, Pocquiura,
Ibin, Surite,
ChachaypucquiOj Huaracondo.
Sumata,
ABANCAY, the capital of the above province,
5
ABE
founded in a spacious valley, which gives it its
title : it is also so called from a river, over which
has been thrown one of the largest bridges in the
kingdom, being the first that was built there, and
looked upon as a monument of skill. In the above
valley the jurisdiction of this province, and that of
Andahuailas, becomes divided. It is also memor
able for the victories gained in its vicinity by the
king s troops against Gonzalo Pizarro, in the years
1542 and 1548. It has a convent of the religious
order of St. Dominic ; this order being the first of
those which established themselves in Peru. 20
leagues distant from the city of Cuzco. Lat. 13
31 30* s. Long. 72 26 w.
ABANCAY, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Cuenca, in the kingdom of Quito,
situate on the shore of the river Paute.
ABANES, a barbarous nation of Indians, of the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, in the plains of San
Juan, to the n. of the Orinoco. They inhabit the
woods on the shores of this river, as well as other
small woods ; and are bounded, e. by the Salivas,
and w. by the Caberres and Andaquies. They
are docile, of good dispositions, and are easily
converted to the Catholic faith.
ABANGOUI, a large settlement of the pro
vince and government of Paraguay. It is com
posed of Indians of the Guarani nation, and situate
on the shore of the river Taquani. It was disco
vered by Alvar Nunez, Cabezade Vaca, in 1541.
ABARANQUEN, a small river of the pro
vince and government of Guayana, or Nueva
Andalusia. It rises in the country of the Quiri-
quipas Indians, runs from s. to n. and enters the
Aruy.
[ABARY, a small river of Guayana, between
the Berbice and the Demerary. See MAH AICA.]
[ABBEVILLE County, in Ninety-six district,
S. Carolina, bounded on the n. e. by the Saluda,
and on the s. w. by the Savannah, is 35 miles in
length and 21 in breadth ; contains 9197 in
habitants, including 1665 slaves.]
[ABBOTS, a small river of N. Carolina, Avhich
runs s. w. and enters the Pcdi, at a little distance
from the source of this river, in the territory of the
Granville limits.]
ABECOCH1, a settlement of Indians of S. Caro
lina, situate on the shore of the river Cousa. The
English have a settlement here, with a fort for its
defence.
ABE1CAS, a nation of Indians of New France,
bounded on the n. by the Alibaniis, and e. by
the Cheraquis. They live at a distance from the
large rivers, and the only produce of their terri
tory is some canes, which are not thicker than a
A B I
finger, but of so hard a texture, that, when split,
they cut exactly like a knife. These Indians speak
the Tchicachan language, and with the other na
tions are in alliance against the Iroquees.
ABERCORN, a (own of the province and co
lony of New Georgia, on the shore of the river
Savannah, near where it enters the sea, and at a
league s distance from the city of this name. [It is
about 30 miles from the sea, 5 miles from Ebenezer,
and 13 n. w. of Savannah.]
ABIDE, mountains, or serrania, of the pro
vince and government of Cartagena. They rim
from w. to n. e. from near the large river of Mag-
dalena to the province of Choco, and the S. Sea.
Their limits and extent are not known, but they
are leagues wide, and were discovered by Capt.
Francisco Cesar in 1536 ; he being the first who
penetrated into them, after a labour of 10 months,
in which time he had to undergo the most extreme
privations and excessive perils ; not that these ex
ceeded the hardships which were endured by the
licentiate Badillo, who entered upon its conquest
with a fine army.
AB1GIRAS, a settlement of Indians, one of the
missions, or a reduction, which belonged to the
regular order of the Jesuits, in the province and
government of Mainas, of the kingdom of Quito ;
founded in the year 1665, by the father Lorenzo
Lucero, on the shore of the river Curarari, 20
leagues from its mouth, and 240 from Quito.
[ABINEAU Port, on the n. side of lake Erie,
is about 13 miles w. s. w. from fort Eric. Lat.
42 6 n. Long. 79 15 o>.]
[ABINGDON, a town at the head of the tide
waters of Bush river, Harford county, Maryland,
12 miles s. w. from Havre-de-Grace, and 20 n. e.
from Baltimore. Cokesbury college, instituted by
the methodists in 1785, is in this town. Lat.
39 27 30" n. Long. 76 20 35" w.l
[ABINGDON, the chief town of Washington
county, Virginia, contained but about 20 houses
in 1788, and in 1796 upwards of 150. It is about
145 miles from Campbell s station, near Holston ;
260 from Richmond in Virginia, in a direct line,
and 3JO as the road runs, bearing a little to the s.
of w. Lat. 36 41 30" n. Long. 81 59 .]
[ABINGTON, a township in Plymouth coun
ty, Massachusetts; 22 miles 5. e. from Boston, and
contains 1453 inhabitants. Lat. 42 4 30".]
[ABINGTON, a parish in the town ot Pom-
frei in Connecticut. Lat. 42 4 30". Long. 70 51
30".]
[ABINGTON, a village in Pennsylvania, 12
miles w. of Philadelphia.]
ABIPI, a small settlement of the jurisdiction of
A B I 3
Muzo, and corregimiento of Tunja, in the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada. It is of a hot temperature,
producing some wheat, maize, yucas, plantains,
and canes ; it has been celebrated for iis rich mines
of emeralds, which aie. however, at present aban
doned from want of water ; it is nearly three
leagues distant from the large mine of Itoco.
ABIPONES, a nation of barbarous Indians, of
the province and government of Tucuman, in
habiting the s. shores of the river Bermejo. Their
number once exceeded 100,000 ; but they are cer
tainly at present much reduced. They go naked,
except that the women cover themselves with little
skins, prettily ornamented, which they call quey-
api. They aro very good swimmers, of a lofty
and robust stature, and well featured : but they
paint their faces and the rest of their body, and arc
very much given to war, which they carry on
chiefly against such as come cither to hunt or to
fish upon their territory. Their victims they have
a custom of sticking upon lofty poles, as a land
mark, or by way of intimidation to their enemies.
From their infancy they cut and scarify their
bodies, to make themselves hardy. When their
country is inundated, which happens in the five
winter months, they retire to live in the islands, or
upon the tops of trees : they have some slight no
tion of agriculture, but they live by fishing, and
the produce of the chase, holding in the highest
estimation the flesh of tigers, which they divide
among their relations, as a sort of precious relic or
dainty ; also asserting that it has the properties of
infusing strength and valour. They have no know
ledge either of God, of law, or of policy ; but they
believe in the immortality of the soul, and that
there is a land of consummate bliss, where they
shall dance and divert themselves after their death.
When a man dies, his widow observes a state of
celibacy, and fasts a year, which consists in an ab
stinence from fish : this period being fulfilled, an
assembly run out to meet her, and inform her that
her husband has given her leave to marry. The
women occupy themselves in spinning and sewing
hides ; the men are idlers, and the boys run about
the whole day in exercising their strength. The men
are much addicted to drunkenness, and then the
women are accustomed to conceal their husband s
weapons, for fear of being killed. They do not rear
more than two or three children, killing all above
this number.
AB1SCA, an extensive province of the king
dom of Peru, to the e. of the Cordillera of the
Andes, between the rivers Yetau and Anmrumago,,
and to the s. of Cuzco. It is little known, con
sisting entirely of woods, rivers, and lakes ; and
B 2
4 A B R
hither many barbarous nations of Indians have re
tired, selecting for their dwelling places the few
plains which belong to the province. The Em
peror Yupanqui endeavoured to make it subser
vient to his controul, but without success : the same
disappointment awaited Pedro de Andia in his
attempt to subjugate it in the year 1538.
ABISMES, QUARTEL DBS, that part or divi
sion of the island of Guadaloupe which looks to
the n. e. It takes its name from its having some
creeks, or inlets, which serve as places of shelter
for vessels, in case of invasion either from enemies
or from hurricanes. Here they ride quite safe,
for the bottom is very good ; and being made fast
to the strong palm-trees which abound here, they
stand in no need of being anchored, which would
be inconvenient, and attended with risk, on ac
count of the thick roots thrown out by the
above trees. Further on is a small island called
Des Cochons, where an engineer, of the name of
Renau, endeavoured, without success, in 1700, to
build a fort, for the sake of securing the harbour,
which is a good one.
ABITANJS, a mountain of the province and
corregimiento of Lipes in Peru. In the Quechu-
an tongue it signifies the ore of gold, from a cele
brated mine which is at present nearly abandoned,
from the want of workmen. It is nearly contigu
ous to thetesettlement of Colcha.
[ABITIBBI, a small lake in Upper Canada, on
the s. side of which is a settlement called Frederick,
which last lies in n. lat. 48 35 . w. long. 82. Also
the name of a river which runs n. and joins Moose
river near its mouth at James s bay.]
ABIT1BIS, a lake of the country of Hudson,
in the territory of the Indians of this name. [This
lake is n. of Nipissing lake, the . e. boundary of
Canada, in New South Wales : it has communi
cation with James s bay, near Moose fort. Lat.
48 39 n. Long. 79 2 o>.]
ABITIGAS, a nation of barbarous Indians, of
the province and corregimiento of Tarma in
Peru. It is very numerous and warlike; and they
live a wandering life in the woods. It is CO
leagues to the e. of the mountains of the Andes ;
bounded on the s. by the Ipilcos Indians.
ABORROEN, a port of the coast of Brasil, in
the province and captainship of Seara, between the
river Escorgogive and the bay of Inobu.
ABRA, an island of the straits of Magellan, at
the entrance of the third and last narrow pass,
called the Passage.
[ABRAM S CREEK falls into Hudson s river,
near the city of Hudson.]
ABREOLHOS, or ABREOGOS, Point of, on
A C A
the coast of Brasil, and of the province and cap
tainship of Espiritu Santo, between the rivers
Percipe and Quororupa, in s. lat. 18 19 30".
w. long. 39 51 30". Here are some hidden rocks,
or sand-banks, extremely dangerous ; and al
though there are various navigable channels, it
requires the utmost caution to avoid shipwreck,
this having been the lot of an infinite number of
vessels. These sand-banks are more than 20
leagues distant from the continent, and extend
themselves upwards of five leagues to the e. of the
island of Tuego. Their situation, taken in the
the centre, is in 170 51 20" s. lat. w. long. 39
lo.
[ABROJOS, or BAXOS DE BABUCA, a bank,
with several small rocks and isles, e. of Turk s
island, in n. lat. 21 5 . w. long. 70 40 . Between
this bank and Turk s island is a deep channel, for
ships of any burden, three leagues wide.]
ABROJOS, a shoal of the N. sea. See the ar
ticle PANUELA QUADRADO.
ABSECON BEACH, on the coast of New
Jersey, 16 miles s. w. from Little Egg harbour.
ABUCARA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, in a valley of
the same name. It was anciently the capital of
this province, and had the same denomination.
At present it is much reduced, the corregidor
haying left it to establish himself in Lucanas.
Lat. 15 33 5. Long. 73 28 w.
ABUCEES, S. JOSEPH DE LOS, a settlement
of the missions of the Sucumbios Indians, who
were founded by, and maintained at the expence
of, the abolished order of the Jesuits, in the pro
vince and government of Quixos and Marcas, of
the kingdom of Quito ; situate on the shore of a
small river, which enters the Putumayo. Lat.
36 n. Long. 75 22 w.
ABLJRRA, S. BARTOLOME DE, a town of the
province and government of Antioquia, in the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, founded in 154?, by
the Marshal George Robledo, in u fertile and ex
tensive valley of the same name, which was dis
covered in 1540 by Captain Geronimo Luis
Texelo. It abounds in all kinds of fruits, seeds,
and vegetables, and is of a hot temperature. In its
district are found many huacas, or sepulchres of
the Indians, in which great riches are deposited.
It has now so much fallen to decay, that it is no
more than a miserable hamlet. In its vicinity are
some streams of salt water, from which the Indians
procure salt for their use. Lat. 5 51 30" .
Long. 75 17 w.
ACA, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of
Tlaxclala, in Nueva Espana.
A C A
[ACAAY, a parish in Paraguay, situate on a
small river which runs into the Rio Paraguay.
It is about 14 leagues s. e. of Asuncion. Lat. 25
54 1" s. Long. 57 23 to.]
ACACUNA, a mountain of Peru, in the pro
vince and corrcgimiento of Arica in Peru. It is
very lofty, and is four leagues distant from the
S. sea ; is very barren, and situate between the
promontory of Ilo and the river Sama. Lat.70 3
29 s. [Long. 18 35 a?.]
ACADIA, a province and peninsula of N. Ame
rica, on the e. coast of Canada, between the island
or bank of Newfoundland and New England, by
which it is bounded on the w. It is more than
100 leagues in length from n. w. to s. e. arid nearly
80 in width, from n. e. tos. w. from the gulph of
St. Lawrence to the river Santa Cruz. It was dis
covered in 1497 by Sebastian Cabot, sent thither
from England by Henry VII. The French, un
der the command of Jacob Cartier, of St. M aloes,
established themselves here in 1534, in order to
carry on a cod -fishery on the bank of Newfound
land ; and in 1G04, Peter Guest, a gentleman of
the household of Henry IV. of France, was sent by
that king to establish a colony, which he founded
at Port Royal. The English entered it under
Gilbert Humphry, in consequence of a grant
which had been made to this person by Queen
Elizabeth, and gave it the title of Nova Scotia.
In 1621 King James 1. made a donation of it to
the Earl of Stirling ; and in 1627 the French,
commanded by Kirk de la Rochelle, made them
selves masters of it, destroying all the establish
ments of the English, who were obliged to sur
render it up, in 1629, by the treaty of St. Ger-
mains. The French shortly afterwards lost it ; a
Governor Philip having taken possession of it ;
but they, however, regained it in 1691, through the
conduct of Mr. De Villebon. In order to settle
the pretensions of the rival courts, commissioners
were, by mutual consent, appointed in the peace
ofRiswick, in 1697, to consider which should be
the limits of Nova Scotia and New England ; and
in the peace of Utrecht, it was entirely ceded to the
English, who afterwards returned to it. This
beautiful country contains many rivers and lakes ;
the principal of these is the Rosignol, well stocked
with fish : there are also many woods, full of ex
cellent timber, and thronged with very singular
birds ; as, for instance, the Colibri, or humming
bird, and various others. The same woods abound
in many kinds of fruits and medicinal herbs. It
is very fertile in wheat, maize, pulse of all sorts,
and also produces cattle of various kinds, animals
of the chase, and abundance of fine fish. Its
A C A 5
principal commerce is in skins and salt fish. The
winter is longer and colder than in Europe. The
capital is Port Royal. [The name of Acadia was
first applied to a tract from the 40th to the 46th
degree of n. lat. granted to De Mons, Nov. 8,
J603, by Henry IV. of France. For the present
state of this country, see NOVA SCOTIA.]
ACAGUATO, a settlement of the head settle-
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tan-
citaro. It is so reduced as to consist of no more
than 15 families of Indians, who maintain them
selves by sowing some maize, and other vegetable
productions. Eight leagues s. of the capital.
ACAHILA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Yamparaes in Peru, dependent
on the archbishopric of Charcas, and annexed to
the curacy of S. Christ obal de Pilcomayo.
ACAIA, a settlement of the province and corre
gimiento of Caxatambo in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Churin.
ACAMBARO, the head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Zelaya, in the
province and bishopric of Mechoacan. It con
tains 490 families of Indians, 80 of Mustees and
Mulattoes, and a convent of the order of St. Fran
cis. In its district there are other small settle
ments or wards. Seven leagues s. of its capital.
ACAM1STLAHUAC, the head settlement of
the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tasco, an
nexed to the curacy of its capital, from whence it
is distant two leagues to the e. n. e. It contains
50 Indian families^
ACAMUCH1TLAN, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Texopilco, and alcal
dia mayor of Zultepec. It contains 60 Indian fa
milies, whose commerce is in sugar and honey.
It produces also maize, and cultivates many vege
table productions. Five leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ACAMON, a river of the province and govern-
ment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. ft arises
in the serranias of Usupama; runs w. n. w. and
enters the Caroni.
ACANTEPEC, the head settlement of the al
caldia mayor of Tlapa. It is of a cold and moist
temperature, contains 92 Indian families, among
which are included those of another settlement in
its vicinity, all of whom maintain themselves by
manufacturing cotton stuffs.
ACANTI, a river of the province and govern
ment of Darien, in the kingdom of Tierra Firme.
It rises in the mountains which lie towards the n.
and empties itself into the sea between Cape Tibu-
ron and the bay of Calidonia.
ACAPALA, a settlement of the province and
6 A C A
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa, in the kingdom of
Guatemala. Lat. 16 53 n. Long. 93 52 w . [It
is situate on the Tobasco river, near the city of
Chiapa, and not far from a bay in the S. sea,
called Teguantipac.]
ACAPAZINGO, SAN DIEGO DE, the head set
tlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of Cuer-
navaca.
ACAPETLAHUA1A, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Escateopan, and alcal
dia mayor of Zaqualpa. It contains 180 Indian
families.
ACAPONETA, the alcaldia mayor of the
kingdom of Galicia, and bishopric ofGuadalaxa-
ra, in Nueva Espana. Its jurisdiction is reduced.
It enjoys various hot and cold temperatures, and
has therefore the crops peculiar to both climates ;
and the same are sown in its district, and produce
abundantly. The capital is the town of the same
name, situate between the two rivers St. Pedro
and de Canas ; the latter dividing Nueva Espana
from the provinces of Rosario and Cinaloa, as also
the bishoprics of Durango and Gaudalaxara, from
whence it is distant 83 leagues, w. n. w. It has a
convent of the order of St. Francisco. Long. 105
40 30*. Lat. 22 43* 30".
ACAPULCO, or Los REYES, the capital city of
the government of Nueva Espana, situate on the
coast of the S. sea. Its inhabitants amount to nearly
400 families of Chinese, Mulattoes, and Negroes.
It has a parish church, with two vicars, and two
convents, one of the order of St. Francis, and the
other of St. Hyppolite de la Casidad, which is a
royal hospital ; an office of public accounts, with
an accountant and treasurer for the managing and
keeping the accounts of the duties produced by the
goods brought in the China ships. The city is
small, and the churches and houses are moderately
ornamented. The greater part of the city is on
the sea-shore. The air is of an extremely hot and
moist temperature ; for, independent of its being
in the torrid zone, it is entirely shut out from the
. winds, being surrounded by lofty serranias.
These circumstances render it very unhealthy,
especially in the wet season, on account of the
damps and sea-winds blowing from the s. e. to
the great detriment of the inhabitants and mer
chants who come to trade here ; this being the
principal cause why there are scarcely more than
eight Spanish families who reside here. It is
equally in want of every sort of provision, owing
to the reduced and barren state of the land, and is
forced to seek its necessary supplies from the In
dian settlements within its jurisdiction. The only
commerce which it can be said to have, isafairwhich
A C A
is held on the arrival of the ships from China ; and
when these depart, there are no other means for
the people of maintaining a trade, and if the above
resource should happen to fail for three or four
years, the place must inevitably be abandoned.
At the distance of a musket-shot, and on a pro
montory running far into the sea, is situate the
castle and royal fort of San Diego, mounted with
31 pieces of artillery, the greater part of them
24 pounders, for the defence of the entrance of the
port, which is safe, and so spacious, that .500
ships can lay at anchor in it with ease. It is sur
rounded by lofty rising grounds. Its principal
mouth is on the s. side, formed by an island of an
oblong figure, and somewhat inclining to the s. w.
The same island forms also another mouth, which
they call chica, or little. The canals on either
side of the island are 25 fathoms deep. The go
vernor of the castle has the rank ofcastellano, with
the title of lieutenant-general of the coasts of the
S. Sea ; and for the defence of these coasts, there
are three companies of militia, composed of the
the whole of the inhabitants, namely, one company
of Chinese, another of Mulattoes, and the third of
Negroes, who run to arms whenever they hear
the cannon fired three times at short intervals.
In the settlements of its neighbourhood they grow
cotton, maize, and other seeds, vegetables and
fruits. They have cattle of the large and small
kind, and some tobacco, all of which productions
are sufficient for the use of the castle and the city,
which is 80 leagues distant from Mexico. [The
famous cut in the mountain, (abra de San Nicholas),
near the bay de la Langosta, for the admission of
the sea winds, was recently finished. The popu
lation of this miserable town, inhabited almost ex
clusively by people of colour, amounts to 9000
at the time of the arrival of the Manilla galleon
(nao de China}. Its habitual population is only
4000. The chief trade of Acapulco continues still
to be its commerce with Manilla. The Manilla
ship arrives once a year at Acapulco, with a cargo
of Indian goods, valued at 12 or 1 300,000 dollars,
and carries back silver in exchange, with a very
small quantity of American produce, and some
European goods. Lat. according to Humboldt,
1650 29 . Long, by ditto, 99 46 . Lat, accord
ing to the Spaniards, 16 50 30". Long, by ditto,
100. Both longitudes being measured from the
meridian of Greenwich .]
ACARAGA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay. It rises in the province of the
Parana, and running n. enters the Uruguay, where
is the city of Asuncion. It is navigable by ca
noes throughout, and abounds in fish.
ACARAI, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay, founded near the river Pa
rana, and rather towards the w. by the missionary
Jesuits, in 1624, where they also built a fort to
protect it against the incursions of the infidel In
dians.
ACARAI, a river of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay. It runs s. s. e. and enters the
Parana opposite the settlement of La Poblacion Nu-
eva.
ACARAPU, a small river of the province and
colony of Surinam, in the part of Guayana be
longing to the Dutch. It is one of those which
enter the Cuyuni.
ACAR1, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Camana, in Peru, situate in a beau
tiful and extensive valley, in which there is a very
lofty mountain, which they call Sahuacario, com
posed of misshapen stones and sand, in which, at
certain times of the year, especially in the months
of December and January, is heard a loud and con
tinued murmuringjwhich excites universal astonish
ment, and which, no doubt, is to be attributed to
the air in some of its cavities. On its skirts are
two fortresses, which were built in the time of the
gentilism of the Indians. There is a port half-way
between the town of St. Juan and the city of Are-
quipa, which is 8 leagues distant from the lat
ter, and 1 1 from the former. It is very convenient,
and has an excellent bottom, but is frequented only
by small vessels. It is in lat. 15 15 . s. Long.
75 30" w.
ACARI, a point or cape of the coast of the S.
sea, of the same province, and of the corregimicnto
c r<
of Camana.
ACARI, a river of the above province, which
runs to the s. e.
ACARI, another river, of the province and cap
tainship of Para in the kingdom of Brasil. It is
small, runs n. afterwards inclines to the n. n. w.
and enters the river of Las Amazonas, just where
this empties itself into the sea.
ACARIGUA, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of
the river of its name, and close upon the . side of
the town of Ararul.
ACARIGUA, a river of the above province and
government, which rises near the town of Araure,
and runs s. to enter the river of La Portuguesa.
ACARRETO, a port of the coast of Tierra
Firme, in the province and government of Darien,
near cape Tiburon. [Lat. 8 S9 y n. Long. 77*
24 30" o>.]
ACARUACA, a small river of the province
and country of the AmazonaSj in the part belong-
A C A 7
ing to the Portuguese. It runs from n. to *. form
ing a bow, and enters the Matari.
[ACASABASTIAN, a river in the province of
Vera Paz in Mexico. It runs into the Golfo
Dulce, and has a town situated on its banks of the
same name. The source of this river is not far
from the S. sea.]
ACASABASTLAN, a settlement of the kingdom
of Guatemala, in the province and alcaldia mayor
of Chiapa.
{[ACASATHULA, a sea-port, situated on a
point of land, in the province of Guatemala Pro
per, in Mexico, on a bay of the S. sea, about four
leagues from Trinidad. It receives the greatest
part of the treasures from Peru and Mexico. In
its neighbourhood are three volcanoes.]
AC ASS A, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, in the part possessed by the
French. It enters the sea between the Ayapoco
and Cape Orange.
ACATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment and alcaldia mayor of Thehuacan, where
there is a convent or vicarage of the order of St.
Francis. It contains 860 Indian families (includ
ing those of the wards of its district) in a spacious
valley, which begins at the end of the settlement
and extends itself above a league. In this valley
are 12 cultivated estates, on which live 40 Indian
families. It is four leagues s. s. w. of its capital.
ACATEPEC, another settlement in the head set
tlement and district of Chinantla, of the alcaldia
mayor of Cozamaloapan. It is situate in a very
pleasant plain, and surrounded by three lofty
mountains. The number of its inhabitants is re
duced. A very rapid and broad river passes near
this settlement; and as this is the direct way to the
city of Oaxaca and other jurisdictions, and as the
travellers, who come here in great numbers, must
necessarily cross the river in barks or canoes, the
Indians, who are very expert in this sort of navi
gation, contrive by these means to procure them
selves a decent livelihood. 10 leagues w. of its
head settlement.
ACATEPEC, another settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of the same kingdom, situate between two
high ridges. It contains 100 Indian families, and
is annexed to the curacy of San Lorenzo, from
whence it is two leagues distant.
ACATEPEC, another settlement, having also the
dedicatory title of San Miguel, in the alcaldia
mayor of Huamelula, situate in a hollow. The
climate here is hot. At its skirts runs a river, the
waters of which fertilize the land, which abounds
in gardens and cultivated spots. It contains 39
Indian families; and is annexed to the curacy of
>
A C A
Tlacolula, from whence it is distant a league and a
half to the n.
ACATEPEC, another settlement of the head set
tlement and alcaldia mayor of Xicayan, of the
same kingdom. It contains 12 Indian families,
and is 10 leagues distant from its head settlement.
AGATEPEQUE, S. FRANCISO DE, asettlement
of the head settlement of St. Andres de Cholula,
and alcaldia mayor of this name. It contains 140
Indian families, and is half a league to the s. of its
capital.
ACATEPEQUE, another settlement of the head
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Igualapa, situate
at a league s distance to the e. of the same.
ACATIC, a settlement of the head settlement
and alcaldia mayor of Tecpatitlan, in the kingdom
and bishopric ot Nueva Galicia. It is four leagues
to the s. of its capital.
ACATICO, a settlement of the head settlement
and alcaldia mayor of Cuquio, in Nueva Espana.
ACATLAN, a settlement and capital of the al
caldia mayor of this name. It is of a mild tempe
rature, and its situation is at the entrance of the
Misteca Baxa. It contains 850 families of Indians,
and 20 of Spaniards and Mustees. In its vicinity
are some excellent salt-grounds, in which its com
merce chiefly consists. The jurisdiction of this
alcaldia , which contains four other head settle
ments of the district, is fertile and pleasant,
abounding in flowers, fruits, all kinds of pulse and
seeds, and is well watered. They have here large
breeds of goats, which they slaughter chiefly for the
skin and the fat, salting down the flesh, and sending
it to La Puebla and other parts to be sold. In its
district are many cultivated lands. It is 55 leagues
leagues to the e. s. e. of Mexico. Long. 275 10 . w.
Lat. 19 4 fi.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the same name,
whh the dedicatory title of S. Andres, in the head
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Xalapa, in the
same kingdom, situate on a clayey spot of ground,
of a cold moist temperature, rendered fertile by an
abundance of streams, which in a very regular man
ner water the lands ; although , it being void of moun
tains and exposed to the n. winds, the fruits within
its neighourhood do not come to maturity. It con
tains 180 Indian families, including those of the
new settlement, which was established at a league s
distance to the 5. of its head settlement, and which
is called San Miguel de las Aguastelas. Acatlan
is a league and a half distant from its head settle
ment.
ACATLAN, another settlement, having the de*
dicatory title of San Pedro, belonging to the head
settlement of Malacatepec and alcaldia mayor of
A C A
Nexapa, in the same kingdom. It contains SO In
dian families, who trade in wool and HI the fish
called bobo, quantities of which are found in a
large river which runs close by the settlement, and
which are a great source of emolument to them.
It is four leagues /?. of its capital.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set
tlement of Zitlala, of the same alcaldia and king
dom. It contains 198 Indian families, and its
situation is a league and an half n. of its head set
tlement.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set
tlement and alcaldia mayor of Sentipac, of the
same kingdom. It is of a cold temperature, con
tains 42 Indian families, and is 15 leagues n. e. of
its capital.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set
tlement of Atotonilco, and alcaldia mayor of Tu-
lanzingo in the same kingdom. It contains 115
Indian families, and a convent of the religious
order of St. Augustin. Two leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ACATLAZINGO, SANTA MARIA DE, a set
tlement of the head settlement of Xicula, and al
caldia mayor of Nexapa, situate in a plain that is
surrounded on all sides by mountains. It contains
67 Indian families, who employ themselves in the
culture of the cochineal plant.
ACATULA, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of
the river Guasqui, to the e. of the city of Coro.
ACAXEE, a nation of Indians of the province
ofTopia. It is well peopled, and was converted
to the Catholic faith by the father Hernando de
Santaren, and others of the abolished society of the
Jesuits, in 1602. They are docile, of good dispo
sitions and abilities. In the time of their idolatry,
they used to bend the heads of their dead with their
bodies and knees together, and in this posture inter
them in a cave, or under a rock, giving them provi
sions for the journey which they fancied them about
to make ; also laying by them a bow and arrows
for their defence. Should an Indian woman hap
pen to have died in child-bed, the infant was put
to death ; for they used to say, it was the cause of
her death. These Indians were once induced by a
sorcerer to make an insurrection, but it was quelled
by the governor of the province, Don Francisco de
Ordinola, in the year 1612.
ACAXETE, SANTA MARIA DE, the head set
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tep-
caca, situate on the slope of the noted sierra of Tlas-
cala. It is of a cold and dry temperature, contains
seven Spanish families, 10 of Mustees and Mulattoes,
and 176 of Mexican Indians. In its vicinity is a re-
A C A
servoir, formed of hewn stone, which serves at once
to catch the waters as they come down from the
sierra, and to conduct them to Tepcaca, three
leagues n. n. w. of its capital.
ACAXUCHITLAN, the head settlement of the
alcaldia mayor of Tuluzingo, to the n. e. It con
tains 406 Indian families, and is a curacy of the
bishopric of La Puebla de los Angeles. Distant
four leagues to the e. of its capital.
ACAYUCA, the alcaldia mayor of Nueva Es-
paria, and of the province of Goazacoalco. Its
jurisdiction is very extended, and consists, for the
most part, of places of a hot and moist temperature,
but so fertile is it that it gives annually lour crops
of maize; and as there is no demand for this pro
duction in the other provinces, it follows, of course,
that the Indians here are little given to industry.
Indeed the ground never requires the plough, and
the whole of their labours during the seed-time
consist merely in smoothing the surface of the
mountains, and in scratching up the ground with
a pointed stick. It is at times infested by locusts,
which destroy the plants and crops ; and having
never been able to find a remedy against this evil,
the inhabitants had recourse to the protection of
the virgin of La Conception, which is revered in
the head settlement of the district of the Chichi-
mecas ; and it is said that, owing to her mediatory
influence, the plague has been thought to diminish.
This province is watered by the abundant river of
the Goazacoalco. The settlements of this alcaldia
are,
Xocoteapa, Olutla,
Macayapa, Otcapa,
Menzapa, Pochutla,
Molocan, Ostitan,
Theimanquillo, Cozolcaque,
Tinantitlan, Ixhuatla,
Chinameca, Macatcpeque.
Zoconusco,
ACAYUCA, the capital of the above, situate on
the coast of the N. sea. Its inhabitants are com
posed of 30 families of Spaniards, 296 of In
dians, and 70 of Mustees and Mulattoes. It lies
a little more -than 100 leagues s. e. of Mexico.
Lat. 17 53 n. Long. 94 46 30" w.
ACAYUCA, another settlement in the alcaldia
mayor of Pachuca, in the kingdom of Nueva Es-
paiia, annexed to the curacy of Tezayuca, and
containing 100 Indian families.
ACAZINGO, ST. JUAN DE, the head settle-
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tep
caca, situate in a plain of a mild temperature, and
watered by two streams which run close to all the
houses of the settlement, to the great comfort of
VOL. I.
A C H 9
the inhabitants. In the middle of the above plain
there is a beautiful fountain, a convent of the reli
gious order of St. Francis, a very ancient build
ing, and some other buildings, which have been
erected since the conquest of the country. The
parish church is a piece of the most ancient archi
tecture. The inhabitants are composed of 150
families of Spaniards, 104 of Mustees, 31 of Mu
lattoes, and 700 of Indians ; 3| leagues c. to the
n. e. of its capital.
ACAZUTLA, a port of the S. sea, on the coast
of the province of the alcaldia mayor of Zuchi-
tepec, in the kingdom of Guatemala, between the
point of Los Remedios, and the settlement of
Guapaca. [Lat. 14 42 n. Long. 90 3 w.~]
ACCHA, a settlement of the province a;id cor-
regimienloof Chilques arid Masques in Peru, situ
ate on the skirt of a mountain, which has a pro
minence, seeming as though it were about to fall
upon the settlement. This mountain is constantly
dwindling away without any assignable cause.
Lat. 13 19 s. Long. 71 13 w.
ACCHA-AMANSALA, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Chilques and Masques
in Peru.
ACCIIA-UR1NZABA, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Chilques and Masques
in Peru.
ACCITES, a river of the province and go
vernment of Caraccas, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises in the mountains, and enters the
Orituco.
[ACCOCESAWS. The ancient town and prin
cipal place of residence of these Indians is on the
w. side of Colorado of Rio Rouge, about 200 miles
s. w. of Nacogdoches, but they often change their
place of residence for a season : being near th
bay, they make great use of fish, oysters &c. ;
kill a great many deer, which are the largest and
fattest in the province ; and their country is uni
versally said to be inferior to no part of the pro
vince in soil, growth of timber, good ness of water,
and beauty of surface ; they have a language pe
culiar to themselves, but have a mode of commu
nication by dumb signs, which they all understand :
number about 80 men. Thirty or forty years
ago, the Spaniards had a mission here, but broke
it up, or moved it to Nacogdoches. They talk
of resettling it, and speak in the highest terms of
the country.]
[ACCOMACK County, in Virginia, is situated
on a peninsula, bounded //. by Maryland, e. by
the ocean, and on the w. by Chcsapeak bay,
and contains 13,959 inhabitants, including 4262
skyes.]
c
10
A C H
ACHA, Mountains of, in the province and
government of G nay ana ; they run from n. to *.
on the shore of the river Carom.
ACHACACHE, a settlement of the province
and corregimtenlo of Omasuyos, the capital of
this province, in Peru. It contains, besides the
parish chapel, another, in which is an image of
Christ, with the dedicatory title of La Misericordia.
[Lat. 16 33 30" s. Long. 79 23 20 a?.]
ACHAGUA, a nation of Indians of the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada, who dwell among the plains
of Gazanare and Meta, and in the woods which
skirt the river Ele. They are bold in their en
gagements with wild beasts, but with human be
ings they have recourse rather to poison and
stratagem ; they are dexterous in the use of the
dart and spear, and never miss their aim ; are
particularly fond of horses, of which they take the
utmost care, anointing and rubbing them with oil ;
and it is a great thing among them to have one of
these animals of peculiar size and beauty. They
go naked, but, for the sake of decency, wear a
small apron made of the thread of aloes, the rest
of their bodies being painted of different colours.
They are accustomed, at the birth of their chil
dren, to smear them with a bituminous ointment,
which hinders the hair from growing, even upon
the eye-brows. The women s brows are also en
tirely deprived of hair, and the juice of jugua
being immediately rubbed into the little holes
formed by the depilatory operation, they remain
bald for ever afler. They are of a gentle disposi-
sition, but much given to intoxication. The
Jesuits reduced many to the catholic faith, forming
them into settlements, in 166 1 .
ACHA LA, Mountains of, in the province and
government of Tucuman, bounded by the moun
tains of Augo or Mendoza, of the kingdom of
Chile ; they run from n. n. w. to s. s. c. at the
sources of the river Quarto.
ACHAMQU1. See CHANQUI.
ACHAS, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Guamanga in Peru, situate on the
confines which divide the above province from
Huanta.
ACHEPE, Bay of, a small port of the N. sea,
on the e. coast of the Isla Real, or Cape Breton.
It is close to N. cape.
[ACHIACH1CA, a town in Mexico. See
ANC F.LOS.]
ACHIANTLAS, MIGUEL DE, the head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Te-
pozcolula. It contains a convent of monks of
Santo Domingo, and 260 families of Indians, who
occupy themselves in cultivating and improving
AGO
the land. It is eight leagues to the w. with an in
clination to the s. of its capital.
AC11IBAMBA, a river of the province and
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ;
it rises in the mountains, and enters the Mara-
non.
ACFI1NUTLAN, a very lofty mountain of the
province and government of Guayana, or Nueva
Andalucia. It is on the shore of the river Orinoco,
and to the e. of the Ciudad Real, (royal city), the
river Tacuragua running between them.
AC1IIRA. See CATA-MAGU.
ACHITE, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana. It runs from 5. to n.
and enters the Cuyuni.
ACHOCALLA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Pacages in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Viacha.
ACHOGOA, a settlement of the province and
government of Cinaloa, founded by the mission
aries of the Jesuits, between the rivers Tuerte,
Mayo, and Ribas.
ACHOMA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Collahuas in Peru. In its vici
nity is a volcano, called Amboto and Sahuarcuca,
which vomits smoke and flames; the latter of
which are seen clearly at night.
ACHONGA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Lircay.
ACHOUPEKAHIGAN, a river of Canada.
It runs e. afterwards turns to the s. and enters the
lake of St. Thomas.
[ACKLIN S Island. See CROOKED Island.]
ACLA, a small city of the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, in the province of Darien, founded by
Gabriel de Roxas, in 1514, on the coast of the S.
sea, at the mouth of the gulph of Uraba, in front
of the island of Pinos, with a good fort, then much
frequented and very convenient, from having a
good bottom, but somewhat incommoded by cur
rents. Pedro Arias Davila built here a fort for
its defence in 1516 ; but the settlement, never
theless, did not keep long together, the Spaniards
having abandoned it, on account of its unhealthi-
ness, in 1532. [Lat. 8 56 n. Long. 77 40 a>.]
ACOBAMBA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru. It was the
capital, but at present the town of Guancavelica
bears that title, on account of its being the resi
dence of the governor and other people of conse
quence. It is of a good temperature, and so
abundant in grain, that its crops of wheat amount
to 25,000 bushels yearly. In an estate near it,
are some pyramidical stones, and in other parts
AGO
are the ruins of some well made benches in the
shape of couches, which have been much injured
by time, and were there before the coming of the
Spaniards. Lat. 13 lb 30" s. Long. 74 32
30" w.
ACOBAMBA, another settlement of the same
name in the province and corregimiento of Jauja,
annexed to the curaey of Cocliangara.
ACOBAMBA, another settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Tarma.
ACOBAMB1LLA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed
to the caracy of Conaica.
ACOCHALA, a very lofty mountain of the
province and corregimiento of Lipes, in the arch
bishopric of Charcas, where there are some very
fine silver mines, which are, however, little work
ed for want of hands.
ACOLA, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of its capital.
ACOLMAN, SAN AGUSTIN DE, a settlement
of the head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Tez-
coco, in Nueva Espana, situate in a pleasant
valley of a benign temperature. There are some
wards united to its district, and the number of
its inhabitants, including these wards, amounts to
240 Indian families, besides a convent of monks of
the order of St. Augustin.
ACOMA, a settlement of Nucvo Mexico, situ
ate on the shore of a river which enters the Grande
of the N. between the settlements of San Juan and
La Laguna. [It is on a high mountain, with a
strong castle, and is the capital of the province.
[Lat. 35 24 n. Long. 106 U 10 to.]
ACOMACK, a county of the province and
colony of Virginia, which preserves i(s Indian
name. It is the largest county of the province,
containing 200,925 acres of ground : but not so
well peopled as the others, and has only one parish,
which is of the same name. Different rivers take
their rise here ; among the most noted is the Clis-
fconossea.
ACOMAIO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Huanuco in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Santa Maria del Valle, situate on
the confines of the infidel Panataguas Indians.
ACOMAIO, another settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Quispicanchi in Peru.
A CO MARC A, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Vilcas Huaman in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Vilcas.
ACOMES, a fall of the river Amariscoggin, in
the province of Continent, one of the fouf which
compose the colony of New England.
AGO
11
ACOMULCO, a settlement of the head settle
ment and alcaldia mayor of Zochicoatlan in
Nueva Espafia. It contains 12 Indiau families,
and is two leagues to the u. of its capital.
ACONCAGUA, a province and corregimietito
of the kingdom of Chile ; bounded n. by a part
of the province of Quillota, e. by the Cordillera,
s. by the valley of Colina, of the jurisdiction of
Santiago, zo. by the province of Quillota. Its
territory is level and well watered. It is divided
into two parts by a large river of the same name,
having a bridge built of stone and mortar, with
two arches. It produces abundance of wheat and
much wild marjoram, which is carried to Peru,
and forms the principal branch of its commerce.
In this province is the royal road, lying through
the Cordillera in the way to Mendoza, which is
very rough and dangerous, on account of the
many slopes and steep declivities towards the river ;
the path is very narrow, and in various places it is
necessary to open a pass by means of a pick-axe ; so
that, if at any time the mules should crowd together,
they would push each other into the river, which has
not unfrequcntly been the case. The royal treasures
are carried by this road from the month of Novem
ber to April and part of May. A few years since,
some small houses of brick and mortar have been
built on one or other side of the Cordillera, which
they call casuchas (miserable huts) ; in these thej
put, in the winter time, some coal, biscuit, and
hung beef, so that the couriers, providing them
selves with the keys of the doors at Mendoza, or, on
the other side, at the Guardia of Aconcagua, may
have something to live upon, in case they should
be stopt by a fall of snow on their journey ; and
with this precaution, a courier goes every month
to Santiago, carrying with him the mails brought
by the ships from Europe. In the winter it is
customary to walk on foot over the snow, from
Paramillo, which is three leagues from the top of
the Cordillera, and four from its descent to the
place which is called Los Ojos de Agua, through
the valley of Putaendo ; but towards the n. there
is another way, which thej r call De Los Patos,
which is the road generally taken in going to tbp
city of San Juan ; but the Cordillera being more
lofty here, it is only passable in the months of
February and March. The inhabitants of this
province amount, on an average, to 8000 souls.
The capital is San Felipe el Real. [Lat. 32 11
s. Long. 70 12 30" w.~]
ACONCAGUA, a large river which runs through
the above province, rising in the mountains of the
Cordillera^ and running through it by the side of
the road which leads to Buenos Ayres ; branching
12 AGO
out various ways, and watering, from the place in
which it rises, the extensive vallies of Curimon,
Aconcagua, Quillota, and Concon ; in which are
cultivated large crops of wheat, flax and hemp ;
and it, moreover, enters the sea in as large a stream
as if it had never undergone the like ramifications :
its mouth is in 33 lat.
ACONCAGUA, a settlement of the same pro
vince, which was formerly its capital, until the
foundation of the city of S. Felipe. It is very
thinly peopled, and is situate in the valley of this
name.
ACONCAGUA, a volcano of the same province.
ACONCHI, a settlement of the province and
government of Sonora in Nueva Espana.
3 ACON1CH1, a settlement of Indians of N.Ca
rolina, situate on the shore of the river Eno.
ACONICHI, an island in ihe middle of the river
Dan, in the same province.
ACONQUIJA, the most lofty mountain of the
province and government of Tucuman, in the
district of the city of Catamarca, and very near
it. It is perpetually covered with snow, and
abounds with minerals of gold. Its jurisdiction
is disputed by the province of Atacama.
ACOP1A, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Quispicanchi in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Sangarara.
ACORA, a settlement of the province and
government of Chucuito in Peru, situate on the
shore of the Gran Laguna (great lake). Lat. 16
40 30" s. Long. 70 15 w.
ACORI, a small river of the province and cap
tainship of Para in Brazil. It runs w. bet ween the
Pacajes and Yavarais, and enters the river of the
Ama^onas, in the arm formed by the island of
Marajo.
ACORIA, a settlement of the province and
ccrregimievto of Angaraes in Peru.
ACORO, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimienlo of Huanta in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Tambillo.
ACOS, a settlement of the province and corre-
ginrifnto of Jauja in Peru.
At os, another settlement of the province and
rorregt mifnto of Quispicanchi, annexed to the
curacy of Acomayo.
ACOSTA, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, situate on
the n. shore of the large river of San Francisco,
near where it enters the sea.
ACOSTAMBA, a settlement of the province and
correginricnto of Ctistro-virrcyna in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Pilpichacha.
ACOSTA M BO, a settlement of the province
ACT
and covregimiento of Huanta in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Huaribamba.
ACOTAMA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Iguari.
ACOTITLAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment and alcaldia mayor of Autlan. It con
tains 15 Indian families, who employ themselves in
breeding the larger sort of cattle, in making sugar
and honey, in dressing seeds, and extracting oil
of cacao, which abounds greatly, from the num
ber of trees yielding this fruit. It is annexed to
the curacy of Tccolotlan, from whence it is two
leagues to the s. w.
[ACOUEZ, an Indian nation in Canada.]
ACOXCH1APA, a settlement of the head set
tlement of Xonacatepec, and alcaldia mayor of
Cuemavaca, in Nueva Espana.
[ACQUACKNACK, or ACQUAKINUNK, a
town on the w. side of Passaic river, in Essex
county, New Jersey, ten miles . of Newark, and
17 n. w. from New York. Lat. 40 47 n. Long.
74 10 w.
ACTIPA, SAN MATEO I>E, a settlement of the
alcaldia mayor of Tezcoro in Nueva Espaiia, an
nexed to the curacy of Capulalpa.
ACTIPAQUE, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle*
ment of the head settlement and alcaldia mayor
of Toluca in Nueva Espaiia, four leagues to
the s. of its capital, and situate on the shore of
the lake Tezcoco.
[ACTON, a township in Middlesex county,
Massachusetts, containing 853 inhabitants; 24
miles n. w. of Boston.]
ACTOPAN, the district and alcaldia mayor of
Nueva Espana, commonly called Octupan. Its
productions and commerce are as follows : They
consist in seeds, rigging, saltpetre, and the feed
ing of goats and sheep, chiefly prized on account
of their skins and their fat. It is of a mikt tem
perature ; but the ground is infested with prickly
plants, thorns, and teasels. There are some estates
here of about eight or ten labouring families each.
In this district, and in its environs, are many sing
ing birds, which, in the Mexican language, are
called zenzontla ; and among others is the nightin
gale. The capital bears the same name, and in it
there are no less than 2750 families of Otho-
mies Indians, divided into two parties, and sepa
rated by the church, which is a convent of the
order of St. Augustin, and a very ancient piece of
architecture. It also contains 50 families of Spa
niards, Mulattoes, and Muslccs. 23 leagues n. n. e.
of Mexico. Long. 98 49 w.. Lat. 20 19 30" n.
ACTUPAN, SAN PEDRO m, the head set-
A C U
tlemcnt of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Xochimilco, in the same kingdom. It contains
210 Indian families, including those of its wards.
ACUA, a river of the kingdom of Brazil, in
the island of Joancs or Marajo. It runs s. s. e.
and enters the large arm of the river of the Amo-
zonas.
ACUIAPAN, a settlement of the head settle,
ment and alcaldia mayor of Zultepec in Nueva
Espafia, situate between two craggy steeps, and
annexed to the curacy of Temascaltepec. It con
tains 38 Indian families, who carry on a commerce
by the dressing of hides of large and small cattle.
Six leagues n. of its capital.
ACU1LPA, a settlement of the head settlement
of Olinaltt, and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in
Nueva Espaiia. It is of a hot and moist tempe
rature, abounding in grain, chia, (a white medicinal
earth), seeds, and other productions, with which
its inhabitants carry on a trade. These consist of
92 Indian families. It is a little more than three
leagues from its head settlement.
ACUIO, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of
Cinaqua in Nueva Espana ; of a hot temperature,
and inhabited only by nine Indian families, whose
commerce consists in collecting salt and wild wax.
It belongs to the curacy of Tauricato, and in its
district are 1 1 sugar mills, and seven pastures fit
for the larger cattle, and which are so extensive
and considerable as to employ in them 50 families
of Spaniards, and 235 of Mustees^ Mulattoes, and
Negroes. 30 leagues towards the s. of its capital.
ACUL, a settlement of the island of St. Do
mingo, in the part possessed by the French ; si
tuate on the n. coast, on the shore of the port of
Petit-Goane.
ACUL, another settlement in the same island,
belonging also to the French ; situate s. of the
Llanos of the N.
ACUL, another settlement on the s. coast, upon
the bay which forms the point of Abacu.
ACUL, a river of the above island. It is small,
and runs-into the sea behind the point of Abacu.
ACULA, SAN PCDKO DE, a settlement of the
head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Cozama-
loapan in Nueva Espana, situate upon a high
hill, and bounded by a large lake of salubrious
water, called by the Indians Pitetla ; which lake
empties itself into the sea by the sand bank of Al-
varado, and the waters of which, in the winter
time, overflow to such a degree as nearly to inun
date the country. It contains 305 Indian families,
and is four leagues to the e. of its capital.
AC U LEO, a lake of the kingdom of Chile,
which empties itself into the river Maipo, famous
ADA
13
for good fish, highly prized in the city of San-
tiago. It is three leagues in length, and in some
parts one in breadth. It is in the district of the
settlement of Maipo, of the province arid corre-
gimiento of Rancagua.
AC LIMA, a river of the captainship of Seara
in Brazil : it enters the sea between the lake
Lpieni and the cape of Las Sierras.
ACLliAGU, ANGORAS, or CAMOSIX, a river
of the province and captains/tip of Seara in Bra
zil, which rises in the province of Pernambuco,
runs n. for many leagues, and enters the sea be
tween the points of Tortuga and Pahneras.
ACURAIP1TI, a river of the province and
government of Paraguay, which runs s. s. e. and
enters the Parana.
ACUT1TLAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Tepuxilco, and alcaldia
mayor of Zultepec, in Nueva Espana. It contains
45 Indian families, who trade in sugar, honey, and
maize, and many other of its natural productions.
It is five leagues n. e. of its head settlement, and a
quarter of a league from Acamuchitlan.
ACUTZIO, a settlement of the head settle
ment of Tiripitio, and alcaldia mayor of Valla-
dolid, and bishopric of Mechoacan. It contains
136 families of Indians, and 11 of Spaniards and
Muatees. There are six large cultivated estates in
its district, which produce abundance of wheat,
maize, and other seeds ; and these estates keep in
employ eight families of Spaniards, 60 of Mulat
toes, and 102 of Indians, who have also under
their care many herds of large and small cattle,
which breed here. It is one league and a half s.
of its head settlement.
ADAES, NUESTRA SGNORA DEL PILAR DE
Los, a town and garrison of the province of Los
Texas, or Nuevas Felipinas, and the last of these
settlements, being upon the confines of the French
colonies. It is of a mild temperature, very fertile,
and abounding in seeds and fruits, which the earth
produces without any cultivation ; such as ches-
nuts, grapes, and walnuts. The garrison consists
of a captain and 57 men, for the defence of the In
dian settlements lately converted by the missions
belonging to the religious order of St. Francis.
It is 215 leagues from its capital, and 576 from
Mexico. Long. 93 35 . Lat, 32 9 .
AOAES, a lake of the above province, about five
leagues broad, and 10 in circumference, forming
agulphjin which large ships can sail with ease. It
is more than 180 fat horns deep, as was once proved,
when it was found that a line of that length did not
reach the bottom. It abounds in a variety offish,
which are caught in vast quantities without nets >
ADA
ADO
the same being the case with regard to the nume
rous rivers which intersect and fertilize the pro
vince ; all of them entering and augmenting the
already abundant stream of the Mississippi. In
the middle of the lake is a pyramid ical mount, of
above 100 yards in circumference, composed of a
stone similar to crystal, and being the loftiest of
any in the province. Its borders abound with
cattle, called cibolaa^ a sort of wild cow, having the
neck well covered with a long and soft wool, and
affording delicious food to the natives. By the fat
which they procure from the numerous ant-eaters,
which breed here, they supply the want of oil.
There are also some castors, and other kinds of
mountain-animals. Two leagues from the gar
rison.
ADAES, a river of the above province, which
runs s. e. in the district or country of the Indians,
who give it the denomination ; and enters the river
Mexicano.
[ADA1ZE are Indians of N. America, who live
about 40 miles from Natchitoches, below the Yat-
tasses, on a lake called Lac Macdon, which com
municates with the division of Red river that
passes by Bayau Pierre. They live at or near
where their ancestors have lived from time imme
morial. They being the nearest nation to the old
Spanish fort, or mission of Adaize, that place was
named after them, being about 20 miles from them
to the s. There are now but 20 men of them re
maining, but more women. Their language dif
fers from all others, and is so difficult to speak or
understand, that no nation can speak ten words of
k ; but they all speak Caddo, and most of them
French, to Avhom they were always attached, and
join them against the Natchez Indians. After the
massacre of Natchez, in 1798, while the Spaniards
occupied the post of Adaize, their priests took
much pains to proselyte these Indians to the Roman
Catholic religion, but, we are informed, were totally
unsuccessful.]
[ADAMS, a township in Berkshire county,
Massachusetts, containing 2040 inhabitants, is a-
bout 140 miles n. w. of Boston. In the n. part
of this town is a great natural curiosity. A pretty
mill stream, called Hudson s brook, which rises in
Vermont, and falls into the n. branch of Hoosuck
river, has, for 30 or 40 rods, formed a very deep
channel, in some places CO feet deep, through a
quarry of white marble. Over this channel, where
deepest, some of the rocks remain, and form a
natural bridge. From the top of this bridge to
the water is 62 feet ; its length is about 12 or 15,
and its breadth about 10. Partly under this bridge,
and about 10 or 12 feet below it. is another, which
is wider, but not so long ; for at the e. end they
form one body of rock, 12 or 14 feet thick, and
under this the water flows. The rocks here are
mostly while, and in other places clouded, like
the coarse marble common at Lanesborough, and
in other towns in Berkshire county.]
[ADAMSTOWN, a town in Lancaster county,
Pennsylvania, containing about 40 houses ; 20
miles n. e. of Lancaster.]
ADAUA, a river of the province and govern
ment of St. Juan de los Llanos, in the Nuero
Reyno de Granada. It rises between the Meta and
Meteta, runs e. and enters the Orinoco in the
port of San Francisco de Borja .
ADAUQUIAIVA, a small river of the province
and government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalu-
cia, which rises
near the sierra of Parime ; and
to e. enters the sources of the
running from is*
Cauca.
[ADA YES. See MEXICANO River.]
ADDI, a settlement of the province and govern
ment of Sonora in Nueva Espaiia ; situate on the
shore of a small river, between the settlements of
Uquitoa and Tibutana.
ADDIS, a settlement of the island of Barba-
docs, one of the Antilles ; situate in the district
of the parish of Christ Church, on the s. coast.
[ADDISON, a township of the district of Maine
in Washington county, 10 miles s. w. of Machias,
on the sea-board, between Englishmen s bay and
Pleasant river. It was called No. 6. until it was
incorporated in Feb. 1797.]
[ADDISON County, in Vermont, is on the e, side
of lake Champlain, and is divided nearly into
equal parts by Otter creek ; has Chittenden county
on the n. and Rutland county on the s. and con
tains 6449 inhabitants, dispersed in 21 townships.
It is about 30 miles by 27. A range of the green
mountains passes through it. Chief town Middle-
bury, granted Nov. 1761.]
[ADDISON, a town of the above county, con
taining 401 inhabitants. It lies on lake Champ-
lain, and is separated from Newhaven, on the e.
by Otter creek. Snake mountains on the s, e. lie
partly in this township, granted 1761.]
[ADEQUATANGI& Creek, in New York
state, is the eastern head-water of Susquehannah
river.]
ADICONI, a port on the coast of the N. sea,
in the province and government of Venezuela. It
is e. of the peninsula of Para^uana.
[ADMIRALTY Bay, and Port Mulgrave, on
the n. zo. coast of America, lie in Lat. 59 31 n.
Long. 140 18 . a>.]
ADOLES, a settlement of Indians, of the pro-
A G A
vince of Orinoco, and part of the Saliva nation,
forming a separate district, and situate in the
plains of San Juan, of the new kingdom of Gra
nada, near the river Sinaruco. It was destroyed
by the Caribee indians in 1684.
ADORATORIO, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Huarochiri in Peru, situate
w. of Lurin.
[ADSON S Town lies near the n. e. line of New
Jersey, and s. e. of the Drowned Lands ; 27 miles
n. of Morristown, and 24 ??. w. of Patterson.]
ADUANA, a settlement of the province and
government of Maracaibo, situate on the shore of
the lake of this name, on the e. side.
ADVANCE. See FORWARD.
AE1QUAIA, the head settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tonala in Nueva Espana.
AERIUCTUQUEN, a mountain of the pro-
v.inceand colony of Surinam, or part of Guayana,
in the Dutch possessions. It is the beginning of
the great sierra of Binocote, between the rivers
Cutini and Caroni.
AFFREUX, a lake of the province and colony
of Virginia, near the coast.
[AFLJERA, one of the islands of Juan Fer-
nandes, on the S. sea coast, in the kingdom of
Chile. About 400 leagues to the n. of Cape Horn.
This coast swarms with sea lions and wolves.
Lat. 33 47 s. Long. 80 41 w.
AGA, a mountain of the province and captain
ship of Rio Janeiro in Brazil. It is between the
rivers Irutiba and Tapoana, on the sea-coast.
AGACES, a nation of Indians, of the province
of Paraguay, on the shore of the river of this
name, towards the e. The people are numerous,
valiant, and of a lofty stature. In ancient times
they were masters of that river, cruising about in
it, and being the enemies of the Guaranies ; but
after several conflicts, they were at last subjected
by Alvar Nunez Cabeza de Vaca, governor of the
province, in 1542.
AGALTECA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Honduras, in the kingdom of Guate
mala.
[AGAMENTIGUS, a river of the province and
colony of New England, of York county, dis
trict of Maine. It is indebted to the ocean for its
waters, through Pascataqua bay ; having no con
siderable aid from streams of fresh water. Its
mouth is about four miles s. from Cape Neddie
river. Small vessels can enter here.]
[AGAMENTIGUS, a mountain of consider
able elevation in the district of Maine, distant
about six miles from Bald Head, and eight from
York harbour. Lat. 43 12 n. and Long. 70
AGO
15
43 w. from Greenwich. It is a noted land-mark
for seamen, and is a good directory for the entry
of Pascataqua harbour, as it lies very nearly in
the same meridian with it and with Pigeon hill,
on Cape Ann. The mountain is covered with
wood and shrubs, and affords pasture up to its
summit, where there is an enchanting prospect.
The cultivated parts of the country, especially on
the s. and s. w. appear as a beautiful garden, in
tersected by the majestic river Pascataqua, its
bays and branches. The immense ranges of
mountains on the n. and n. zo. afford a sublime
spectacle; and on the sea side the various in-
dentings of the coast, from Cape Ann to Cape
Elizabeth, are plainly in view in a clear day ; and
the Atlantic stretches to the e. as far as the power
of vision extends. At this spot the bearing of the
following objects were taken, with a good sur
veying instrument, October II, 1780.
Summit of the White mountains, n. 15 w.
Cape Porpoise, n. 63 e*
Rochester hill, n. 64 w.
.Tuckaway South peak, s. 80 w.
Frost s hill, Kittery, s. 57 w.
Saddle of Bonabeag, n. 14 w.
Isle of Shoals Meeting-house, s. 6 e.
Varney s hill, in Dover, distant 10| miles by
mensuration, n. 89 w. Variation of the
needle, 6 w.~\
[AGAMUNT1C, or AMAGTJNTIC Pond, in
the district of Maine, sends its waters northward to
the Chaudiere, through the west branch of that
river.]
[AGCH1LLA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Pilaya and Paspaya in Peru.
It has in its district seven public chapels, within
four leagues distance.]
AGENAGATENINGA, a river of the pro
vince and country of the Amazonas, in the Portu
guese territory. It rises in the country of the
Anamaris Indians, runs n. and enters the abundant
stream of the Madera.
AG1QUA, a river of N. Carolina, which runs
n. w. and afterwards turning to the w. enters the
Cherokees.
AGNALOS, a nation of infidel Indians, of the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, inhabiting the moun
tains n. of the river Apure.
AGNAPURAS, a chain of mountains, or a
cordilhra of the kingdom of Peru, which run for
leagues from n. to s. without termination, and
separate the Taucas from the Chizuitos Indians.
[AGOM1SO, an island of Hudson s bay, near
its w. coast; n. n. e. from Albany fort.]
AGON1CHE, a river of Nova Scotia, running
16 A G U
from s. to e. between 4 the rivers Mechicor and St.
John, and entering the sea at the mouth of the
bay of Fundy.
AGRATUMATI, a river of the province and
government of Darien, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises in the mountains of the if. and
enters the sea by the Little Beech, opposite Cali-
donia.
AGREDA, or NUEVA MA LAGA, a city of the
province and government of Popayan, in the king
dom of Quito, founded by Geronimo Aguado in
J54I. It is small, and of a hot temperature, but
abounds in gold mines. Forty-five leagues s. w.
of its capital, 42 from Quito, and 37 to the e. of
the S. sea.
AGRESINAS, a settlement founded by the
Portuguese fathers of the Carmelite order, in the
country of the Amazonas, situate on the shores of
the river Amazonas.
AGRIAS, a nation of Indians of the province
and government of Santa Marta, to the w. of the
Cienega Grande. It was formerly very numerous,
but at present considerably reduced.
AGUA, Port of, on the n. coast of the island
of St. Domingo, between Point Rabel and the Bay
of Marques.
AGUA, a small island, situate near the w. coast
of the island of Vaca, in the channel formed by the
island of St. Domingo, in front of the bay of
Mesle.
AGUA, also OJGS DE AGUA, two springs or
fountains of the province and corregimiento of
Cuyo, in the kingdom of Chile, near the lake of
Inca, from whence the river Quillota takes its
source.
AGUA BLANCA, a settlement of the province
and government of Venezuela, situate between the
rivers Sarare and Acarigua, to the e. of the town of
Araure.
AGUA BUF.NA Y DULCE, or FRESH WATER,
a bay of the strait of Magellan, near the bay
of La Gente. .
AGUA-CALIENTE, a settlement of the kingdom
of Guatemala.
AGUA-CLARA, a river of the province and
government of Paraguay. It runs e. and enters
the Parana on the w. side.
AGUA COLORADA, a river of the same province
and government as the former, which runs e. and
enters also the large river of Parana.
AGUA DE CULBBRA, SAN FRANCISCO XA-
VIER DE LA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela, a reduction of Indians of
the Capuchin lathers ; but the place is also inha
bited by some Spanish families. It belongs to the
A G U
district and jurisdiction of the city of San Felrpc ;
and in its vicinity dwell a great number of people
in tiie estates belonging to it, and which produce
abundance of cacao, plantains, ywo?s, and other
vegetable productions.
AGUA-DULCK, CALETA DE, or Creek of, on
the s. coast of the strait of Magellan, on the side
of the bay of San Martin.
AGUA ESCONUIDA, a settlement of the pro
vince and government of Sonora in Nueva Espana,
situate at the foot of a mountain, and to the n. of
Santa Clara.
AGUA-VERDE, an island of the gulph of
California, or Red sea of Cortes, situate near the
coast, between the islands of Carmen and Mon-
serrat.
AGUACAGUA, a settlement of the province
of Guayana, and government of Cumana, one of
those belonging to the missions of the Catalanian
Capuchin lathers. It is on the shore of the river
Caroni, near the mouth, through which this en
ters the Orinoco. Lat. 8 22 n. Lono-. 62*
42 to.
AGUACATAL, a settlement of the province
and government of Antioquia, situate in the val
ley of Pcneo, on the shore of the river Cauca.
Lat. 8 n. Long. 75 28 w.
AGUACATENANGO, a settlement of the pro
vince and alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the king
dom of Guatemala. [Lat. 16 18 n. Long.
91 57 w.l
AGUACATLAN, the head settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Xala in Nueva
Espana. In 1745 it contained 80 families of In
dians, who employed themselves in the culture of
maize and French beans. It has a convent of the
religious order of St. Francis, and lies two leagues
s. e. of ils capital.
AGUAC11APA, a settlement of the province
and government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
AGUADA, a settlement of the island of Porto-
rico ; situate in the bay of its name, between the
capes Boriquen and St. Francis. It serves as an
inlet for ships going to Tierra Firme and Nueva
Espana to take in water. PLat. 18 25 n. Loner.
67 6 a;.]
AGUADA, the aforesaid bay in the above island.
AGUADA, the point on the coast and at the head
of the above island, 27 leagues distant from the
cape of San Rafael, of the island of St. Domingo.
AGUADA, a river near the cape or former point,
and in the same island, being a place where ships
are accustomed to take in water.
AGUADA, a small river of the province and
A G U
captainship of the Rio Grande in Brazil. It
rises near the coast, and runs s. s. e. entering the
sea close to the cape of San Roque.
AGUADA, a sharp point or small island of the
S. sea, near the coast, in the province and corre-
gimiento of Atacama.
AGUADA, a point on the coast of Tierra Firme,
in the province and government of Cartagena. It
is one of those which form the mouth of the gulph
of Uraba or Darien.
AGUAD1LLA, a river of the province and
kingdom of Tierra Firme. It rises in the moun
tains on the s. and enters the large river Chagre
very near its mouth, and the castle of this name.
Here ships take in water, on account of the conve
nience of a bay, for the defence of which there is,
upon the shore, a battery belonging to the same
castle, which was built under the directions of
Don Dionisio de Alcedo, in 1743.
AGUADORES, River of the, in the island
of Cuba. It runs into the sea on the s. coast of
this island, having at its mouth a watch-tower and
guard to give notice of vessels which may enter the
port of Santiago de Cuba, from whence it is
seven leagues distant.
AGUA1O, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Sierra Gorda, in the bay of Mexico,
and kingdom of Nueva Espana, founded in the
year 1748 by the Colonel of the militia of Quere-
taro, Don Joseph de Escandon, Count of Sierra
Gorda.
AGUAIO, another settlement, with the dedicatory
title of San Miguel, in the new kingdom of Leon,
inhabited by Spaniards ; 10 leagues distant from
La Punta.
AGUAIUS, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Quixos and Marcas in the kingdom
of Quito.
AGUAGE, a settlement and real of mines of the
province and government of Sonora in Nueva
Espana. Lat. 29 n. Long. 1 1 1 5 w.
AGUAJES, a settlement of the province of
Tepeguna, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situ
ate on the shore of the river of Las Nasas.
AGUALEI, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, which rises in the sierras
of Usupama, and enters the Caroni on the e. side.
AGUALULCO, a settlement and capital of the
jurisdiction of Izatlan in Nueva Galicia. It has
a convent of the religious order of St. Francis, and
in 1745 it contained upwards of 100 families of
Indians, including the wards of its district ; 17
leagues w. of Guadalaxara. Lat. 20 44 n.
Long. 103 33 w.
TOL. I.
A G U
17
AGUAMENA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Santiago de las Atalayas, and government of
San Juan de los Llanos, in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada, annexed to the curacy of that city. It is
of a hot temperature, and produces the same fruits
as the other settlements of this province.
AGUAMIRO, a settlement of the province and
cerregimiento of Huamalies in Peru, celebrated for
some medicinal and very salutary baths.
AGUAN, a river of the province and govern
ment of Honduras, wliich runs into the sea at the
gulph of this name.
AGUANATO, SANTA MARIA DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district of Puruandiro,
andalcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in the prdvince
and bishopric of Mechoacan. It is of a cold tem
perature, situate at the foot of the sierra of Curupo,
and contains 36 families of Indians, who gain theit
livelihood by trading in dressed hides. Sixteen
leagues from Pasquaro or Valladolid.
AGUANO, a lake of the province and govern*
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It is
formed by an arm or channel of the river Gualla-
ga, and is very near the shore of that river.
AGUANOS, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement
of the province and government of Mainas in the
kingdom of Quito ; one of those which belonged
to the missions held there by the Jesuits, and
thus called from the nation of Indians of whom it is
composed. It was founded in 1670 by the father
Lorenzo Lucero.
AGUANOS, another settlement, with the dedica
tory title of San Francisco, in this province, and
of these missions.
AGUAPAI, a river of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay. It rises between the Pa
rana and the Uruguay, near the settlement of San
Carlos, runs s. forming a curve, and returning e.
enters the last of the above rivers not far from the
settlement of La Cruz.
AGUAPAI, another river of the same province
and government, which runs w. and enters the
Parana close to the Juan Gazu.
AGUAPEI, a river of the same province and
government as the two former. It is very small,
and rises in the mountains of Nuestra Senora de
Fe ; runs from n. tos. and enters the Parana.
AGUARAU, a river of the proyince and go
vernment of Paraguay, which runs w. and enters
the Parana between the Inau and Piray.
AGUAR1CO, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement of
Indians, converted by the missions of the Jesuits,
in the province and government. of Mainas; situ
ate on the shore of the river Napo.
AGUARICO, another settlement oftbe same pro
vince, and belonging to the same missions, and
bearing the dedicatory title of San Estanislao.
AGUARICO, a river of the same province and
government, being one of those which enter the
Napo by the n. side. At its mouth, or entrance,
begins the large province of the Ericabellados ;
and here it \vas that the Portuguese attempted to
establish themselves in 1732, invading it with a
certain number of Piraguas, (small vessels), which
came from Para. They were, however, through
the well-timed precautions of the president of Qui
to, forced to retire without attaining their object.
This river contains much gold in its sands, and
its body is much increased by other streams, such
as those of the Azuela, Cofanes, Sardinas, and Du-
ino. It descends from the grand Cordillera of the
Andes, near the town of San Miguel de Ibarra,
washes the territory of the Sucumbios Indians, and
enters the Napo in lat. 123 s.
AGUAR1NGUA, an ancient and large settle
ment of the nation of the Taironas Indians, in the
province and government of Santa Marta.
AGUARO, a river of the province and go-
Ternment of Honduras. It enters the S. sea to the
e. of Aguan.
AGUARO, CANO DE, a river of the province and
government of Venezuela. It enters the Guarico,
and is famous for abounding in fish, particularly
a kind called pabon, which has a circular spot of
sky-blue and gold upon its tail, resembling 1 an eye,
and which is much esteemed for its excellent fla
vour.
AGUAS, a small river of the province and
government of Paraguay. It runs n. n. w. and
enters the Uruguay close to the Juipa.
AGUAS-BLANCAS. See YAGUAPIIU.
AGUAS-BELLAS, a small river of the pro
vince and government of Paraguay. It runs e.
and enters the Parana.
A^UAS-CALIENTES, an akaldia mayor of the
the kingdom of Nucva Galicia, and bishopric of
Guadalaxara, in Nueva E*paiia. Its jurisdiction
includes four head settlements of the district, and
two large estates called the Pavellon, as also the
estate Del Fuerte, in which quantities of grain and
seed are cultivated. The principal settlement is
the town of the same name, of a moderate tempera
ture, its inhabitants consisting of 500 Spanish fa
milies, as also of some of Mustees and Mulattoes;
and although some Mexican Indians are to be
found here, they merely come to traffic with the
productions of the other jurisdictions. It con
tains three convents ; one of the bare-footed Fran
ciscans, a sumptuous and well-built fabric ; one of
the Mercenarios; and a third of San Juan de Oiosj
with a well-endowed hospital ; not to mention
several other chapels and altars in the vicinity.
It is 140 leagues n. n.w. of Mexico, and 35 of
Guadalaxara. Long. 101 51 30* w. Lat. 22 & n.
AGUAS-CALIENTES, another settlement in the
province and government of Venezuela, of the
kingdom of Ticrra Firme, situate upon the coast.
AGUASTELAS, SAN MIGUEL DE, a settle
ment of the head settlement of the district of San
Andres of Acatlan, and akaldia mayor of Xalapa,
in Nueva Espana. It is but lately established,
and is one league s. of its head settlement.
AGUATEPEC, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle
ment of the head settlement of the district and
akaldia mayor of Tecali in Nueva Espana. It
contains 48 families of Indians.
AGUATLAN, the head settlement of the dis
trict of the akadia mayor of Izucar in Nueva Es
pana. It was formerly a separate jurisdiction;
but on account of its smallness, and the ill-fa
voured and craggy state of its soil, it was incorpo
rated with another close to it. It contains 46 Indian
families, and is 12 leagues e. of its capital.
AGUATUBI, a settlement of the province of
Moqui in Nuevo Mexico.
AGUATULCO, a river of the province and
akaldia mayor of Tegoantepec in Nueva Espana.
It runs e. and enters the S. sea near the Capolita.
AGUEDA, MONO DE SANTA, a mountain of
the n. coast of the straits of Magellan, in the Sierra
Nevada (snowy sierra).
AGUEDA, a point or cape near the above moun
tain.
[AGUGA Cape, on the coast of Peru, S. Ame
rica, lies s. of Puira, in the 61 of s. lat. and in the
8Pofo>. long.]
AGU1.JO, SAN MIGUEL DE, a settlement of
the new kingdom of Leon.
AGLJILA, VILLA GUTIERREZ DE LA, atowii
of the akaldia mayor of Xerez in Nueva Espana.
It was formerly very considerable, and had a nu
merous population of Spaniards, when it was
made a fortress against the Tepehuanes and Tarau-
maras Indians. It is an akaldia may or , but its
jurisdiction is consolidated with another, on ac
count of its being a place of little consideration,
and its population being very scanty, and living
in some small wards and estates in its district, ft
lies at the e. entrance of the province of Nayarith,
and is the boundary of the kingdom of Nucva
Gulicia, being nine leagues c. of Xerez.
AGUILA, a very lofty mountain of the province
A G U
and government of Darien, near the . coast, and
thus called from an eagle with two heads, which
was caught here in 1608, and which was sent to
the queen, Dona Maria-Ana of Austria, mother
of Philip III. At its skirt is a bay, or swampy
ground, which is round, and has a very narrow
inlet. Forty-five leagues from Cartagena.
AGUILA, a point or cape of the larger island of
the Maluinas or Falkland isles ; thus named from
having been discovered by the French frigate, the
Aguila, or Eagle. It is one of those which form
the great bay or port.
AGU1LUSCO, a settlement of the head settle-
ment of the district of Arantzan, and alcaldia
mayor of Valladolid, in the province and bishop
ric of Mechoacan. It contains 32 families of In
dians, who employ themselves in sowing seed,
cutting wood, manufacturing vessels of fine
earthen-ware, and saddle-trees for riding.
AGUIRRE, a river of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela. It rises by the side of the
city of Niiira, runs s. passes through the town of
San Carlos, and enters the Sarara.
AGUIRRE, some pastures for young horses in
the province and corregimiento of Coquimbo, of
the kingdom of Chile, between the rivers Ramos
and Mamas.
AGUJA, Point of the, on the coast oPTierra
Firme, and of the province and government of
Santa Marta, between this city and Cape Chichi-
bacoa. It is the part of land which projects far
thest into the sea.
AGUJA, Point of the, another point on the
coast of the S. sea, and of the province and corre
gimiento of Piura in Peru.
AGUJA, Point of the. See article EGUILLE.
AGUR, FRANCISCO, a settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Espiritu Santo in Bra
zil, situate near the coast and the bay of Espiritu
Santo.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a capital city of the pro
vince and government of E. Florida, situate on the
e. coast, in a peninsula, or narrow strip of land.
It has a good port, which was discovered by Ad
miral Pedro Menendes de Aviles, on St. Augus-
tin s day in the year 1565, which was his reason
for giving the place this title, which has, however,
been twice changed. He also built here a good
castle for its defence. The city has a very good
parish church, and a convent of the Franciscan
order ; and, as far as relates to its spiritual con
cerns, it is subject to the bishop of Cuba, who has
at various times proposed the erection of an
abbey, but has not obtained his wish, although it
had been approved by the council of the Indies.
A G U
19
It has two hospitals, one for the garrison troops,
and another tor the community ; it has also an
hermitage, with the dedicatory title of Santa Bar
bara. It was burnt by Francis Drake in 1586;
by Captain Davis, with the Bucaniers, in 1665 ;
but it was immediately afterwards rebuilt. In
1702 it was besieged by the English, under the
command of Colonel Moore, who, failing in his
attempts to take the castle, which was defended by
the governor, Don Joseph de Zuniga, exhibited
his revenge by burning and destroying the town.
In 1744 the English returned to the siege, under
the command of General Oglethorp, who was
equally unsuccessful, in as much as it was most
valiantly defended by the governor, Don Manuel
de Montiano, who defied the bombardment of the
enemy. This fort has a curtain of 60 toises long ;
the parapet is nine feet ; and the terrace, or horizon
tal surface of the rampart, is 20 feet high, with
good bomb-proof casemates, and mounted with 50
pieces of cannon, having also, on the exterior, an
excellent covered way. The city, although it is
encompassed by a wall, is not strong, and its de
fence consists in 10 projecting angles. It was ced
ed, with the whole of the province, to the English^
by the King of Spain, in the peace of Versailles, in
1762 ; and it remained in their possession till 1783,
when it was restored by the treaty of Paris. The
breakers at the entrance of the harbour have
formed two channels, whose bars have eight feet of
water each. Long. 81 40 . Lat. 29 58 .
AGUSTIN, SAN, a settlement and real of mines,
of the province of Taraumara, in the kingdom of
Nueva Yizcaya, which was formerly a population
of some consequence, and wealthy withal, from
the richness of its mines, which have lately fallen
into decay, and thereby entailed poverty upon the
inhabitants. It is 26 leagues s. of the town of S.
Felipe de Chiguagua.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another small settlement or
ward of the head settlement of the district of Zum-
pahuacan, and alcaldia mayor of Marinalco, in
Nueva Espafia.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Nopaluca, and alcaldia
mayor of Tepcaca, in Nueva Espafia. It contains
20 families of Indians, and is distant a little more
than a league from its head settlement.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another, in the head settlement
of the district of Pinoteca, and alcaldia mayor of
Xicayan. It contains 70 families of Indians, who
trade in grain, seeds, and tobacco. Four leagues
n. of its head settlement.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the dis
trict of Guilapa, and the alcaldi* mayor of Quatro
20 A H O
Villas. It contains 34 families of Indians, who
cultivate and trade in grain, pulse, coal, and the
bark of trees. A little more than two leagues to
the w. with a slight inclination to the s. of its head
settlement.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another setttlement of the pro
vince and government of Tucuman in Peru ; si
tuate on the shore of the river Tercero (third river.)
AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the pro
vince and alcaldia, mayor of Vera Paz in the king
dom of Guatemala.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres in Peru, on the shore
of the river Ibiquay.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Culiacan in Nueva Espana,
situate near the town of Rosario.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a point or cape of the coast, of
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Per-
nambuco, between the port Antonio Vaz and the
river Tapado. One hundred leagues from the
bay of Los Muertos ; [300 miles n. e. from the bay
of All Souls. Lat. 8 38 s. Long. 35 11 w.l
AGUSTIN, SAN, another point or cape of the
coast of the province and government of Rio de
Hacha, and kingdom of Tierra Firme, close to the
lake of San Juan, on the e. side.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a river of the province and
government of Antioquia, in the new kingdom of
Granada. It runs from 5. to n. and afterwards,
with a slight inclination to the w. enters the river
S. Juan, of the province of Choco.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a small island of the gulph of
California, or Red Sea of Cortes ; situate in the
most interior part of it, and near upon the coast of
Nueva Espana, opposite the bay of San Juan
Baptista.
[AGWORTII, a township in Cheshire county,
New Hampshire, incorporated in 1766, and con
tains 704 inhabitants; eight miles e. by w. from
Charlestown, and 73n.w. by w. from Portsmouth.]
AHOME, a nation of Indians, who inhabit the
shores of the river Zuaque, in the province of
Cinaloa, and who are distant four leagues from
the sea of California : they were converted to the
Catholic faith by father Andres de Rivas, a Jesuit.
Their country consists of some extensive and fer
tile plains, and they are by nature superior to the
other Indians of Nueva Espana. Moreover, their
Heathenish customs do not partake so much of the
spirit of barbarism. They abhorred polygamy,
and held virginity in the highest estimation : and
thus, by way of distinction, unmarried girls wore
5
A H U
a small shell suspended to their neck, until the day
of their nuptials, when it was taken oft" by the bride
groom. Their clothes were decent, composed of
wove cotton, and they had a custom of bewailing
their dead for a whole year, night and morning,
with an apparently excessive grief. They are
gentle and faithful towards the Spaniards, with
whom they have continued in peace and unity
from the time of their first subjection. The prin
cipal settlement is of the same name, and lies at
the mouth of the river Fuerte, on the coast of the
gulph of California, having a good, convenient,
and well sheltered port.
AHORCADOS, Point of the, on the shore of
the large lake of Los Patos, of the province and
captainship of Rey in Brazil.
AHORCADOS, some small islands or points on
the coast of the S. sea, in the district of Santa
Elena, of the province and government of Guay
aquil, close to the mouth of the river Colonche.
AHUACATEPEC, SAN NICOLAS DE, another
settlement of the above head settlement and alcal
dia mat/or.
AHUACATES, SANTA MARIA DE, a branch
of the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Cuernavaca in Nueva Espana.
AHUACATLAN, SANTA MARIA DE, a set
tlement* of the head settlement of the district of
San Francisco del Talle, and alcaldia mayor of
Zultepec, in Nueva Espana. It is of a cold tem
perature, inhabited by 51 families of Indians, and
distant three leagues s. of its head settlement.
AHUACATLAN, another settlement of the head
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Zochicoatlan in
Nueva Espana. It is of a cold temperature, si
tuate on a small level plain, surrounded by hills
and mountains. It contains 13 families of In
dians, and is seven leagues to the n. of its capital.
AHUACATLAN, with the dedicatory title of SAN
JUAN, the head settlement of the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Zacatlan in Nueva Nspana.
Its inhabitants are composed of 450 families of
Indians, and .60 of Spaniards, Mustees, and Mu-
lattoes, including the settlements of the district.
Five leagues from its capital, and separated by a
mountainous and rugged road, as also by a very
broad river, whose waters, in the winter time, in
crease to such a degree as to render all communi
cation between the above places impracticable.
AHUACATLAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Olinala, and alcaldia mayor of
Tlapa, in the above kingdom. It contains 160
families of Indians, who trade in chia, (a white
medicinal earth), and grain, with which its territory
abounds. It lies n. w. of its head settlement,
A H W
AHUACAZALCA, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of San Luis de la Costa,
and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in Nueva Espaiia.
It contains 56 families of Indians, whose com
merce consists in rice and cotton. Three leagues
n. e. of its head settlement.
AHUACAZINGO, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Atengo, and alcaldia
mayor of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains
46 families of Indians, and is ten leagues c. of its
head settlement.
AHUAL1CAN, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tixtlan in Nueva Espaiia ; of a benign
and salutary temperature, as it is fanned bj the??.
breezes. It lies three leagues n. of its head settle
ment, which is Oapan ; and contains 36 families
of Indians.
AHUATELCO, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Izucarin Nueva Espana, situate on the skirt of the
volcano of the same name. In its district are
eight settlements, inhabited by 289 families of In
dians, and 11 of Muste.es and Mulattoes, who
live in some temporary habitations for labourers.
It is situate on a cold, rough, and barren soil, but
is nevertheless fertile in wheat, and abounds in
water and cattle. Eight leagues n. w. of its capital.
AHUATEMPA, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of Santa Isabel, and alcaldia
mayor of Cholula, in Nueva Espana. It contains 39
familiesof Indians, and is two leagues s. of its capital.
AHUATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa
in Nueva Espana. It contains 32 families of In
dians, and is two leagues n. of its capital.
AH U AT LAN, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district of San Juan
del Rio, and alcaldia mayor of Queretaro, inNueva
Espana ; annexed to the curacy of the former
place, and lying ten leagues n. w. of the latter.
AHUEHUEZ1NGO, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Chietlan, and alcaldia
mayor of Izucar, in Nueva Espana.
AHUEZ1TLA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa
in Nueva Espana. It contains^ families of In
dians, and abounds in cA/a, (a white medicinal
earth), grain, and earthen- ware. It is nine leagues
w. n. w. of its capital.
[AHVVAHHAWAY, a race of Indians, who
differ but very little in any particular from the
Mandans, their neighbours, except in the unjust
war which they, as well as the Minetares, prosecute
against the defenceless Snake Indians. They claim
to have once been a part of the Crow Indiansjwhom
A I A 21
they still acknowledge as relations. They have
resided on the Missouri as long as their tradition
will enable them to inform.]
AIABACA, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Piura in Peru.
AIACASI, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Chumbivilcas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Belille.
AIACOA, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It
rises to the w. of the Sierra Maiguatida, runs e. and
enters the Orinoco near the rapid stream of the
Marumarota.
AIACOCHA, a settlement of the pr <ind
corregimiento of Huanta in Peru, situate in the
island Tayacaja.
AIAHUALTEMPA, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of Zitlala, and alcaldia mayor
of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains 36 fa
milies of Indians, and is three leagues to the s. of
its head settlement.
AIAHUALULCO, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of Ixlahuacan, and alcaldia
mayor of Xalapa, in Nueva Espana, which, in the
Mexican language, signifies a small river. It
abounds in the best fruits of its jurisdiction, such
as pears and other sorts of fruit highly esteemed at
Vera Cruz. It contains only three families of Spa
niards, 22 of Mustees and Mulattoes, and 70 of In
dians. In its district are several temporary habi
tations for labourers, and pastures for breeding cat
tle, which reach as far as the district of Tepcaca,
in the lofty eminence of Xamiltepec, 16 leagues
distant from Xalapa. It includes also within its
administration the cultivated estates extending as
far as the place called Puertezuelo, where this juris
diction approximates to that of San Juan de los
Llanos on the w. s. w. side ; and in the culture of
the above estates many Spaniards, Mustees, and
Mulattoes, are employed. One league s. w. of its
head settlement.
AIAHUALULCO, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Zitlala, and alcaldia
mayor of Chilapa, in the kingdom of Xalapa, and
annexed to the curacy of this place, from which it
is three leagues distant, being nine to the s. of its
head settlement. It contains 42 families of Indians,
including another small settlement incorporated
W 7 ith it.
A1AHUASA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Aimaraez in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Pachaconas.
AIAMARCA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Castro Virreyna in Peru, an*
nexed to the curacy of Cordova.
22 A I A
A1ANABE, a settlement of Indians of S. Caro
lina, situate on the shore of the river Uuflle-noir.
AI APANGO, the head settlement of the district
of the alcaldia mayor of Chalco in Nueva Es
pana. It contains 100 families of Indians, and is
annexed to the curacy of Amccameca, at two
leagues to the 5. of its capital.
A1APATA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Carabaya in Peru, and very
opulent, on account of its silver mines. The sands
on the banks of the rivers here have been known so
richly impregnated with this metal, that lumps of
it have been at different times picked up. It is the
most considerable population in the province, and
the temperature is so salutary, that it is very com
mon to meet with persons of 90 years of age, and
many also of 100.
A1APEL, a town of the province and govern
ment of Antioquia, iu the new kingdom of Gra
nada, situate on the bank of a large lake or swamp
of the same name, and which is formed from the
waters of the rivers Cauca, San Jorge, and others.
In its district are the laxaderos, or washing places
for gold, of La Cruz, San Mateo, Thuansi, Can,
Ure, Man, San Pedro, and La Soledad.
AIARANGA, a settlement of the province and
c-orregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Paccho.
AIARI, a settlement of the province and corre
gimiento of Huanta in Peru, annexed to the cu
racy of Mayoc.
A I ATA, a settlement of the province and cor-
tcgimiento of Larecaja in Peru.
AIATASTO, a large river of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the district and juris
diction of the city of Salta, on the banks of which
arc some pasture grounds of the same name, upon
which are fed 40,000 head of neat cattle, arid 6000
of horses for breeding.
AIATEPEC, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of Atitlan, and alcaldia mayor of
Villalta, in Nueva Espana. It contains 45 fami
lies of Indians, and is 17 leagues from its capital.
AIAU1, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Castro Virreyna in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Huaitara.
AIAU1RI, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Lamoa in Peru. In its vicinity are
some forts, which were built by the Indians in the
time of their gentilism, and now in a state of great
dilapidation. There is a lake of warm water here,
the bottom of which has never yet been found.
The water always keeps at one height, so that it is
presumed that it finds its way out through some
subterraneous channel. There is also another warm
A I M
water spring at two leagues distance, "which is very
noxious, and, as it runs, has the property of petri
fying, in like manner as the spring of water in
Guancavelica.
AIAUIRI, another settlement of the province and
corregimienlo of Yauyos in Peru.
A1AUTLA, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Teutila iu
Nueva Espana, of a warm temperature, and inha
bited by 100 Indian families, who support them
selves by cultivating and selling the vat/?iil/a plant.
Nine leagues s. of its capital.
AICAROPA, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana,or Nueva Andalucia. It
rises in the country of the Armocotos Indians, runs
from e. to w. with a slight inclination to the s. and
enters the Caura.
AICHES, a settlement of Indians of the province
and government of Las Texas, in Nueva Espana,
sitzate in the way which leads to Mexico.
A1C1ACH1 A, a settlement of the missions which
belonged to the Jesuits, in the province of Tarau-
mara and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, 40 leagues
w. s. w. of the town and real of the mines of Chi-
guagua.
A1ECT1PAC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Yxteapan, and alcaldia
mayor of Tlapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains
21 Indian families, and is three leagues e. of its
head settlement.
AIENCAS, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Cuenca, in the kingdom of Quito,
annexed to the curacy of Paccha.
A1GA, a settlement of the province and corre
gimiento of Huailas in Peru.
AIGAME, a settlement and real of mines of
the province and government of Sonora in Nueva
Espana.
A1LES, a river of the province and government
of Louisiana. It runs s. e. between the rivers Canot
and Noyre, and empties itself into the Mississippi.
AIMARAEZ, a province and corregimiento of
Peru, bounded n. w. and w. by the province of
Andahuailas, of the bishopric of Guamanga, s. by
Parinacocha of the same, s. e. by Chumbivilcas,
and e. by Cotabamba. It is 40 leagues in length
from n. to s. and 26 in width from e. to w. includ
ing in its figure on the w. side the last mentioned
province. It is one of the most uneven soils in the
kingdom, being full of lofty sierras and snowy
mountains. It is on this account that its climate is
very cold, excepting, however, in some vallies,
where it is more temperate, and where, on some
small sloping grounds, the inhabitants sow seed and
grain, and cultivate fruit trees and cane plantations,
A I M
from which they are enabled to make sugar. It is
intersected by three rivers, which are of no use
whatever to it, being too low in their beds ; but they
unite and form the Pachachaca, which enters the
province of Abancay, and has more than 40 bridges
of wood and cord thrown over it in different parts.
There are innumerable veins of gold and silver ore-
in this province, which are not worked, from the
want of energy, and from the poverty existing
among the inhabitants ; and thus only some tri
fling emolument is now and then derived from one
or the other. It was otherwise in former times,
but these mines are now almost all filled with water.
Some mines of quicksilver have been discovered,
but the working of them has been forbid. Here
is little of the cattle kind, and no cloth manufac
tures peculiar to the country are made here, with
the exception of a sort of thick quilt, which they
call Chuces ; and a kind of grain is gathered here,
known by the name of Maino. This province was
united to the empire of Peru by Capac Yupan-
qui V. Emperor of the Incas. The language of the
natives is the same as that which is most universal
throughout the kingdom. The capital formerly
consisted of a large and well ordered settlement,
which was called Tintay, but which is at present
but thinly inhabited, on account of the scarcity of
water, and from a plague, in which almost all its
inhabitants perished. The number of souls in the
whole of the province may amount to 15,000. It
contains 50 settlements within its jurisdiction. The
yearly tribute received by the corregidor used to
amount to 800,100 dollars, and the duties paid
upon the akavala, (a centage on goods sold), to
688 dollars.
The settlements of its jurisdiction are:
Chaluanca. Ayahuasa.
Colca. Huancaray.
Mollebamba. Sabaino.
Carabamba. Catarosi.
Matara. Ant ill a.
Antabamba. Iluaquirca.
Oropesa. Pocoanca.
Totora. Tapairihua.
Traparo. Chalvani.
Chacoche. Caypi.
Caleauzo. Caracara,
Viri. Sanaica.
Pampamarca. Huaillaripa,
Silco. Pichihua.
Atuncama. Amoca.
Chacna. Yanaca.
Capaya. Saraico.
Muitu. Subyunca.
Pachaconas. Lucre.
Sirca, Chuquingft,
Pichurhua. Ancobamba.
Colcabamba. Pampayacta.
Soraya. Chapinmrca,
Huairahuacuo. Lambraraa.
Toraya. Pairaca.
AIMAKAPA, a small river of the province and
colony of Surinam, in the part of Guayana pos
sessed by the Dutch. It is one of those which en
ter the Cuyum near where it joins the Esquivo.
AINACA, a settlement of the province and r-or-
rfginiiento of Caxatarnbo in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Cochamarca.
A1NACOLCA, a gold mine of the province and
corregimiento of Arequipa in Peru. It is famous
for the excellent quality of this metal, but it is very
difficult to be worked, on account of the hardness
of its stone.
AIO, a settlement of the province and corregi
miento of Condensuyos de Arequipa in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Chichas.
A1OA1O, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Sicasica in Peru, eight leagues from
its capital.
AIOCUESCO, SANTA MARIA DE, the head
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Antequera, in the province and bishopric of Me-
choacan in Nueva Espana. It is of a hot tem
perature, contains a convent of the religious order
of Santo Domingo, and 400 Indian families, who
carry on some commerce in the cochineal, (the
plant producing which they cultivate), and a very
considerable one in the manufacture of Ptdgues,
on account of the abundance of Magueyes which
are found here. Seven leagues s. of its capital.
AIOTITLAN, the head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Amola in Nueva
Espana, immediately upon the coast of the S. sea,
and situate between two deep ravines. Its tem
perature is very hot and troublesome to live in, on
account of the various venomous animals and in
sects that abound in its territory. It contains 76
Indian families, whose trade consists in making
troughs and trays very finely painted. This set
tlement, in which there is a convent of the order
of St. Francis, is beautifully surrounded with
plantations. Fifteen leagues distant from its capital.
AIONANTOU, a settlement of Indians of New
France, situate in the county of Canahoque, on the
shore of one of the salt marshes that are found
there.
AIOZINAPA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of Oliuala, and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in
Nueva Espana, of a hot and moist temperature,
and abounding in cochineal, fruit, and pulse, with.
24, A I U
which the inhabitants trade. These are composed of
34 Indian families. It is a little more than three
leagues from its head settlement.
AIOZINGO, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor
of Chalco in Nueva Espana, situate on the shore
of the lake of Mexico, with a good port, at which
are embarked the fruits of many provinces for the
supply of that capital, (Chalco), which is within
eight or ten hours sail from hence. It has a good
convent of S. Augustin, where a most beauti
ful image of the virgin is reverenced, and sup
posed to be wonder-working. Its inhabitants con
sist of 120 Indian families and some Spanish. It
is distant one league s. s. e. from its capital.
AIQUILE, a settlement of the province of Miz-
que in Peru.
AIRICOS, a nation of Indians who inhabit the
plains of Cazanare and Meta, of the new kingdom
of Granada, to the e. of the mountains of Bogota,
on the borders of the river Ele. It is numerous,
and feared by all its neighbours, on account of its
valour and dexterity in the use of arms.
AIRICOS, with the dedicatory title of SAN
FRANCISCO XAVIER, a settlement which belonged
to the Jesuits, and founded in 1662 by father An
tonio de Monteverde, and composed of some of
those Indians who were thus reduced to the Catho
lic faith.
AIRIHUANCA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Cotabamba in Peru.
AIRS, a small city of the province and colony
of New Jersey, in the county of Burlington.
AIUDA, NUESTRA SENORA DE LA, a village
and settlement of the Portuguese, in the province
and captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, situate
upon the sea-coast, and on the shore of the river
S. Miguel.
AIUDA, another settlement in the province and
captainship of Puerto Seguro, situate upon the
coast on the shore of the port.
AIUILA, a river of the province and alcaldia
mayor of Soconusco, in the kingdom of Guate
mala. It runs into the S. sea between the settle
ment of Suchitepec and the river Coatlan.
AIUINOS, a nation of Indians of the province
and government of Cinaloa in Nueva Espana,
converted to the faith by father Francisco Olinano,
of the abolished society of the Jesuits, in 1624.
They live towards the n. of the above province,
and in the times of their heathenism they dwelt in
the lofty mountains, in order that they might de
fend themselves from the other nations with whom
they were at war. They are docile, well-inclined,
and of good habits.
AIUN, or IUMERI, a river of the province and
A K A
viceroy/aft^ of Buenos Ayres. It runs s. and enters
the Rio Negro.
AIUNGIIA, PAGO DE, a settlement of the pro
vince and government of Tucuman, in the district
and jurisdiction of the city of Santiago del Estero,
from whence it is 22 leagues distant. It is situate
on the shore of the river Dulce.
AIUTLA, the head settlement of the district of
the alcaldia mm/or of Villalta in Nueva Espana.
It is of a cold temperature, containing 187 Indian
families, and a convent of the religious order of S.
Domingo; distant 13 leagues to the e. of its capi
tal.
AIUTLA, another settlement in the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Autlan
of the sanie kingdom, with 23 Indian families, wh*
have large stores of pulse and fruit, so rich and fer
tile is their country. It is annexed to the curacy of
Tenamaztlani, from whence it lies one league s.
A1UA, a small town of the island of St. Domin
go, situate in the line which divides the Spanish
territory from the French. It was the inhabitants
of this town who chiefly contributed to ensure the
victory which was gained against the Spaniards in
the plain of Pucrfo Real, by the president Don
Francisco de Segura y Sandoval, in 1691.
AIX, PALMARDE, a large beach on the coast
of Florida, within the channel of Bahama, near
the point of Canaveral ; memorable for the ship
wreck of 22 vessels, composing the fleet of Nueva
Espana, which took place in 1715, being under the
command of Don Antonio de Ubila ; memorable
also for the loss of two galleons from Tierra Firme,
commanded by Don Antonio de Echevers ; the
loss of the one and the other amounting to nearly
20 million dollars.
AIX, a river of the same province, which runs
into the sea very near the Palmar.
AJOIANI, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Carabaya in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Coaza.
[A JOS, a parish situate on the foot of the moun
tains which separate the rivers Paraguay and Pa
rana, about 24 leagues e. of Asuncion. Lat. 25
26 34" s. Long. 56 30 a?.]
AJOUES, a settlement of Indians of the pro
vince and government of Louisiana, in which the
French held a garrison and fort for its defence, on
the shore of a lake near the Missouri.
AJOUES, another settlement of the same province
and government, situate on the shore of the river
Missouri.
AKANCEAS, a nation of savage Indians of N.
America, who live at the conflux of the rivers
Mississippi, and another abundant stream of its
ALA
name. The religion of these idolaters is very sin
gular, for they acknowledge a supreme being, who,
they imagine, manifests himself to them in the
figure of some animal which feeds in their fields ;
and when this dies, they substitute another, after
having signified very great demonstrations of re
gret for the fate of the one which is lost.
AKANKIA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Louisiana. It is an arm of (he Mis
sissippi, which runs s. s. e. and enter* the lake of
Maurepas.
AKANSA, a settlement of Indians of the pro
vince and government of Louisiana. It has a fort
built by the French, and it is near the mouth of
the river of its name, where it enters the Missis
sippi.
AKANSA, another settlement in the same pro
vince, situate also on the shore of the aforesaid
river, and distinguished by the name of Petit
Akansa.
AKANSA, a river of the above province and
government. It rises in the country of the Oza-
ques Indians, runs many leagues s. e. as far as the
town of Satovis, when, turning to the s. it enters
by two mouths into the Mississippi, being through
out subject to large cataracts.
AKOUKA, a settlement of the province of La
Guayana, in the Dutch possessions, or colony of
Surinam ; situate on the shore of the river Little,
just before it enters the Marawin.
[ALABAHA, a considerable river in E. Flo
rida. Also said to be the name of a branch of St.
Mary s river.]
[ALABAHA, a considerable river of Georgia,
which pursues a s. course to thegulph of Mexico,
100 miles w. of the head of St. Mary s river. Its
banks are low, and a trifling rain swells it to more
than a mile in width. In a freshet the current is
rapid, and those who pass are in danger of being
entangled in vines and briars, and drowned ; they
are also in real danger from great numbers of hun
gry alligators. The country for nearly iOO miles
on each side of this river, that is to say, from the
head of St. Mary s to Flint river, which is 90
miles zo. of the Alabaha, is a continued soft, miry
waste, affording neither water nor food for men or
beasts ; and is so poor indeed, as that the common
game of the woods are not found here. The
country on the w. of Alabaha is rather preferable
to that on the ej
[ALABAMOUS, an old French fort, in the
t>. part of Georgia ; situate between Coosa and
TaUapOQse rivers, and not far from their conflu
ence.]
[ALABAMA, an Indian village, delightfully
VOL. I.
ALA 35
situated on the banks of the Mississippi, on several
swelling green hills, gradually ascending from the
verge of the river. These Indians are the remains
of the ancient Alabama nation, who inhabited the
e, arm of the Great Mobile river, which still bears
their name, now possessed by the Creeks, or Mus-
cogulges, who conquered the former,]
[ALABAMA River is formed by the junction
of the Ooosa or Coosee, or High Town river, and
Tallapoosee river, at Little Tullasee, and runs in
a s. w. direction, until it meets Tombigbee river
from the n. w. at the great island which it there
forms, 90 miles from the mouth of Mobile bay, in
thegulph of Mexico. This beautiful river has a
gentle current, pure waters, and excellent fish.
It runs about two miles an hour, is 70 or 80 rods
wide at its head, and from 15 to 18 feet deep in
the driest season. The banks are about 50 feet
high, and seldom, if ever, overflowed. Travellers
have gone down in large boats, in the month of
May, in nine days, from Little Tallasee to Mobile
bay, which is about 350 miles by water. Its banks
abound w ith valuable productions in the vegetable
and mineral kingdoms.
[ALABASTER, or ELEUTHERA, one of the
Banama or Lucayo islands, on which is a small fort
and garrison. It is on the Great Bahama bank.
The soil of this island and Harbour island, which
lies at the n. end of it, is better than Providence
island, and produces the greatest part of the pine
apples that are exported ; the climate is very
healthy. Lat. 24 40 to 26 30 n. Long. 7G 22
to 76 56 w.]
[ALACHUA Savannah is a level green plain,
in the country of the Indians of that name in
E. Florida, situate about 75 miles w. from St.
Augustine. It is about 15 miles over, and 50 in
circumference ; and scarcely a tree or bush of any
kind to be seen on it. It is encircled with high
sloping hills, covered with waving forests, and
fragrant orange groves, rising from an exube
rantly fertile soil. The ancient Alachua town
stood on the borders of this savannah ; but the
Indians removed to Cuscowilla, two miles distant,
on account of the unhealthiness of the former site,
occasioned by the stench of the putrid fish and
reptiles, in the summer and autumn, driven on
shore by the alligators, and the noxious exhala
tions from the marthes of the savannah. Though
the horned cattle and horses bred in these meadows
are large, sleek, sprightly, and fat, yet they are
subject to mortal diseases ; such as the water rot,
or scald, occasioned by the warm water of the sa
vannah ; while those which range in the high
forest* are clear of this disorder.]
E
26 ALA
ALACLATZALA, a branch of the head set
tlement of the district of S. Luis, of the coast and
alcaldia mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It
contains 125 Indian families, and is one league
from the settlement of Quanzoquitengo.
ALACRANES, some islands, or rather some
hidden rocks, of the N. sea, in the bay of Mexico,
opposite the coast of Yucatan. Those who navi
gate these parts arc accustomed to pass round be
yond them for fear of venturing amongst them, al
though there are some good channels among them,
and withgood soundings. They are for the most part
barren, producing nothing beyond a herb called
?20row,and deficient in fresh water ; neither do they
produce any animal except the mole, which is
found here in prodigious numbers. There are,
however, a quantity of birds, of three distinct sorts,
each forming a community of itself, and entirely
separated from the other two ; and it has been
observed, that if one party may have fixed upon
any place for building their nests, the others never
think of disturbing them, or driving them from it ;
but the noise these birds make is so great, that one
cannot pass near them without suffering consider
ably from their united clamours.
[A LAD AS, a parish situate about 14 leagues
s. e. of Corrientes, in Lat. 23 15 20" s. Long. 58
30 rr.~)
ALAHUIZTLAN, SAN JUAN DF, a branch
of the head settlement of the district of Escateopan,
and alcaldiamayor of Zaqualpa, in Nueva Espana.
(t contains 270 Indian families.
ALAIN, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises
in the country of the Locamas Indians, runs from
r. to n. and turning to the n. n. f. enters the Pucare.
ALAMEDA, a settlement of the missions be
longing to the religious of St. Francis in Nuevo
Mexico.
ALAMILLOS, a settlement of the province of
Taraumara and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya ; one
of the missions which belonged to the religious of
St Francis. It is close to the town and real of
the mines of Santa Eulalia.
ALAMO, a settlement of the province and
government of the new kingdom of Leon, situ
ate 15 leagues to the s. e. of the Point.
ALAMOS, REAL DE Los, a settlement and
real of the mines of the province of Sinaloa in
Nueva Espana. It is situate s. e. of the Sierra
Mad re, and surrounded by rich silver mines,
which would produce abundantly but for want of
labourers. There are in its district five estates
that are fertile in maize, French beans, and sugar
cane. The spiritual concerns of all these parts
ALA
are under the direction of a curate, whose jurisdic
tion extends as far as the river Mayo, which flows
down from the sierra. It is 20 leagues distant
from the town of Tucrtc, and between these lies
the valley of Maquipo. [Population 7900 souls.]
ALAMOS, with the dedicatory title of S. JORGE,
a town of the province and captainship of Para in
Brazil, founded by Jorge del Alamo, who gave
it his name, in a place called La Vigia. It has a
magnificent parish church, with the title of Nuestra
Senora de Nazareth , with a large and good fort,
and well furnished with artillery. Also, at the dis
tance of a league and an half from the settlement,
is a house of charity belonging to the religious
order of the Capuchins of La Piedad.
ALAMOS, another town of the province and go
vernment of Sonora, in the line that divides the
confines of this jurisdiction and the province of
Ostimuri, between the rivers Hiaqui and La
Sonora.
ALAMOS, another settlement of the same pro
vince and government as the former, situate to
the s. of the garrison of Coro de Guachi.
ALAMOS, another of the missions belonging to
the abolished society of Jesuits, in the province
of Taraumara and kingdom of Nueva V izcaya.
It is 27 leagues 5. w. and a quarter of a league s.
of the real of the mines and town of S. Felipe de
Chiguaga.
ALAMOS, another settlement and real of the
silver mines of the province and government of
Cinaloa.
ALANGAS1, a settlement of the kingdom of
Quito, in the district of the corregimiento of the
Cinco Leguas de la Capital. In its territory is a
fountain of hot medicinal waters.
A LANG AST, a river of the above corregimiento y
and rising in the desert mountain of Sincholagua ;
over it there is a large bridge, composed of a single
arch, but so strong, that when, in 1660, a part
of the mountain fell upon it, and precipitated one
half of it into the stream, the other half still re
mained firm and immoveable. This bridge is
built of mud and stone.
ALANIS, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo, in the district of the city
of Merida, situate in the way which leads from
this city to the new kingdom of Grenada.
ALANGI, SANTIAGO DE, a city and head
settlement of the district of the province of Chi-
riqui and government of Santiago de Veragua,
in the kingdom of Tierra Firme. It is small, but
abounding in fruits and cattle ; in which a regular
trade is carried on for supplying the city of Pa
nama. This trade consists principally in pigs,
ALA
mules, poultry, cheese, and salt meats. It has
likewise some mines in its district, which are not
altogether neglected, though the advantages de
rived from them would be immensely increased, if
the number of labourers were greater. It is go
verned by a lieutenant nominated by the governor
of Santiago de Veragua. ["Lat. 8 12 n. Long.
80 40 w.~\
ALAQUES, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Tacunga in the kingdom of
Quito.
ALAQUINES, a branch of the head settle
ment of the district of Tamazunchale, and akaldia
mayor of Valles, in Nueva Espana, situate on the
shore of a large river which divides this jurisdic
tion from that of Guadalcazar.
ALARA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Antioquia in the new kingdom of Gra
nada. It rises at the foot of the sierra of Gua-
moco, and s. of the town of this name ; runs a?,
and enters the Cauca.
[ALASKE, a long peninsula on the n. w. coast
of America, formed by Bristol bay and the ocean
on the n. w. and n. and by the ocean and the
waters of Cook s river on the s. and s. e. At its
extremity are a number of islands, the chief of
which, in their order westward, are, Oonemak,
Oonalasha, and Ocutnnak, which form part of
the chain or cluster of islands called the Northern
Archipelago. Captain Cook, on his return in
1779, passed through the channel e. of Oonemak
island. Sec NORTH-WEST COAST OF AMERICA.]
ALATAMALIA, a large river of the province
and government of Florida. It runs nearly due
e. and enters the sea opposite the Gcorgean isles.
[This river, which is navigable, is more properly
of Georgia. It rises in the Cherokee mountains,
near the head of a western branch of Savannah
river, called Tugulo. In its descent through the
mountains it receives several auxiliary streams ;
thence it winds, with considerable rapidity,
through the hilly country 250 miles, from whence
it throws itself into the open flat country, by the
name of Oakmulgee. Tkence, after meandering
for 150 miles, it is joined by the Oconee, which
likewise has its source in the mountains. After
this junction it assumes the name of Aiatamaha,
when it becomes a large majestic river ; and flow
ing with a gentle current through forests and
plains 100 miles, discharges itself into the Atlan
tic by several mouths. The n. channel glides by
the heights of Darien, about 10 miles above the
bar, and after several turnings, enters the ocean
between Sapelo and Wolf islands. The s. chan
cel, which is esteemed the largest aad deepest,
ALB 27
after its separation from the n. descends gently,
taking its course between M Intosh.and Brough-
ton islands, and at last by the w. coast of St.
Simon s sound, between the s. end of the island
of that name, and the ;?. end of Jekyl island.
At its confluence with the Atlantic it is 500 yards
wide.]
ALAUSI, a province and small corregimiento
or district of the kingdom of Quito ; bounded w. by
the province of Riobamba, n. w. by Chimbo, s.
by Cuenca, w. by the district of Yaguache, and
e. by that of Macas. It is watered by the rivers
Uzogoche, Gussuntos, Pinancay, Alausi, and
others of less note. It abounds in mountains, the
most lofty of which are toward the w. ; the country
is pleasant, and yields liberally every kind of
fruit and grain that are common either to America
or Europe. It contains many sugar mills, and
the sugar is the best in the kingdom. The air here
is mild and healthy, and the climate cannot be said
to be inconveniently hot. It is governed by the
corregidor, who resides in the capital.
ALAUSI, the capital of the above province. If
has in its district some mineral fountains of hot
water, established with suitable conveniences by
some families of consideration residing there. Its
trade consists in cloths, baizes, and cotton gar
ments, which are wrought in its manufactories.
It has a very good parish church, and a convent
of the order of St. Francis. [Lat. 2 12 n.
Long. 78 39 a>.]
[ALBANS, ST. a township in Franklin county,
Vermont, on lake Cham plain, opposite N. Hero
island, with 256 inhabitants.]
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a county of the pro
vince and colony of New York. It contains a
certain number of plains fertile ingrain, in which,
and in planks of pine, its principal commerce con
sists. The winter is extremely cold, and the river
Hudson is generally frozen for 100 miles, so as
to bear immense burthens. The great quantity
of snow that falls at this season is useful, not only
because it covers the grain, and keeps it from pe
rishing by the frost, but because, when it melts, it
so increases the waters of the river, as to facilitate
thereby the transportation of the productions of
the country.
[ALBANY County lies between Ulster and
Saratoga; its extent 46 miles by 28. By the
slate census, Jan. 20, 1796, the number of elec
tors in this county were 60S7, and the number of
towns 11.]
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, the capital of the
above county, founded by the Dutch in 1608,
together with that of Orange, on the shore of the
E 2
28 A L I>
river Hudson. It is small, but has a great trade
from the contiguity of the Iroquese Indians. It
contains 350 houses, built afterthe Dutch fashion ;
and that of the magistracy, which consists of
a mayor, six aldermen, and a recorder, is very
beautiful. The city is defended by a regular fort
with four bastions, the rest of the fortification con
sisting of palisades. Here the treaties and alli
ances have been made with the Indians. It was
taken by Robert Car in 1664, and added to this
province by Colonel Dongan. [It is 160 miles n.
of the city of New York, to which it is next in rank,
and 340 s. of Quebec. This city and suburbs, by
enumeration in 1797, contained 1263 buildings, of
which 863 were dwelling houses, and 6021 inha
bitants. Many of them are in the Gothic style,
with the gable end to the street, which custom the
first settlers brought from Holland ; the new
houses are built in the modern style. Its inhabit
ants are collected from various parts of the world,
and speak a great variety of languages, but the
English predominates ; and the use of every other
is gradually lessening. Albany is unrivalled for
situation, being nearly at the head of sloop navi
gation, on one of the noblest rivers in the world.
it enjoys a salubrious air, and is the natural em
porium of the increasing trade of a large extent of
country y>. and n, a country of an excellent soil,
abounding in every article for the W. India
market; plentifully watered with navigable lakes,
creeks, and rivers ; settling with unexampled rapid
ity ; and capable of afford ing subsistence to millions
of inhabitants. The public buildings are, a low
Dutch church, of ancient and very curious con-
struction, one for Episcopalians, two for Presby
terians, one for Germans or High Dutch, and one
for Methodists ; an hospital, city hall, and a hand
some brick jail. In the year 1609, Henry Hudson,
whose name the river bears, ascended it in his boat
to Auraniaj the spot on which Albany now stands.
The improvements in this city have, of late
years, been very great in almost all respects.
Wharfs have been built on the river, the streets
have been paved, a bank instituted, a new and
handsome style of building introduced. One mile
w. ofthis city, in its suburbs, near the manor-house
of lieutenant-governor Van Renssalaer, are very
ingeniously constructed extensive and useful
works, for the manufacture of Scotch and rappee
snuff, roll and cut tobacco of different kinds,
chocolate, mustard, starch, hair-powder, split-
pease, and hulled barley. These valuable works
are the property of Mr. James Caldwell, who un
fortunately lost a complete set of similar works by
re, in July 1794, with the stock, valued at
ALB
37,500 dollars. It is a circumstance worthy of
remark, and is evincive of the industry and eater-
prise of the proprietor, that the whole of the pre
sent buildings and machinery were begun and
completed in the short space of eleven mouths.
These works are decidedly superior to any of the
kind in America. All the articles above enume
rated, even to the spinning of tobacco, are manu
factured by the aid of water machinery. For the
invention of this machinery, the proprietor has
obtained a patent. These works give employ
ment and subsistence to 40 poor boys, and a num
ber of workmen.] Long. 73 42 w. Lat. 4S
40 n. lim.<v
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a large river of New
France, which takes its rise from the lake Chris-
tinaux, runs n. e. and enters the sea at Hudson s
bay.
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a fortress in New South
Wales, N. America. [Lat. 52 17 n. Long. 81
51 w.~]
ALBARICOQUES, Point of the, a cape on
the n. coast, in the head settlement of the island
of Santo Domingo, and in the French territories.
It lies between the Trou d Enfers and Cape Bom-
bo n.
ALBARRACIN, Desert of, a very, lofty
mountain, always covered with snow, in the new
kingdom of Granada.
ALBARRADA, a settlement of Indians of
the kingdom of Chile, situate on the shore of the
river Cauchupil.
ALBARRADA, another settlement, with the dedi
catory title of San Miguel, in the head settlement
of the district of Mitla, and alcaldia mai/or of
Tentitlan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 22
Indian families, and is seven leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ALBARREGAS, a large and abundant river
of the new kingdom of Granada, which descends
from the mountains of Bogota, irrigates the coun
try and the city of Merida, running n. of this
city until it enters the lake Maracaibo.
ALBEMARLE, a county of the province and
colony of N. Carolina, and that part of it which
is most agreeable, fertile, and salutary. It pro
duces various sorts of fruits and pulse, and the
winter is very temperate. This colony was esta
blished in J670 by the lords and proprietors of it,
who equipped, at their own expeuce, three ships,
and a considerable number of persons, with provi
sions for 18 months, and an abundance of merchan
dize, tools, and arms fit for the new establishment;
to which they sent resources yearly, in the pro
portion required, until it appeared to be in a fit
ALB
A L C
state to maintain itsdf. Thus the colonisfs lived
for some years, and in time the productions in
which their commerce consisted, increased to such
a degree as tcr have caused them to excel all the
other English colonies.
ALBEMARLE, another county or part of Vir
ginia, washed by the river Fluvana on the s.
\rhieh divides itself into several branches, and
adds much to the fertility of the country. It is
bounded e. by the county of Goochiand, a ! . divided
by a chain of mountains of Augusta, and by that
of Louisa on the n. [It contains 12,585 inha
bitants, including 5579 slaves. Its extent, about
35 miles square.]
ALBEMARLE, a strait, which is the mouth or
entrance into the sea of the river Roanoke.
ALBERTO, a small settlement or ward of
the head settlement of the district of Tlazintla,
and alcaldia mayor of Ixmiqnilpan, in Nueva
Espana.
[ALBION, NEW, the name given by Sir
Francis Drake to California, and part of then, w.
coast of America, when he took possession of it.
A large uncertain tract of the n, w. coast is thus
called. Its limits, according to Mr. Arrow-
smith s chart, are between 27 12 and 41 15
n. lat. Humboldt asserts, that, agreeably to sure
historical data, the denomination of New Albion
ought to be limited to that part of the coast which
extends from the 43 to the 48, or from Cape
White of Martin de Aguilar, to the entrance of
Juan de Fuea. Besides, he adds, from the mis
sions of the Catholic priests to those of the Greek
priests, that is to say, from the Spanish village of
San Francisco, in New California, to the Russian
establishments on Cook river at Prince William s
bay, and to the islands of Kodiac and Unalaska,
there are more than a thousand leagues of coast
inhabited by free men, and stocked with otters and
Phocae ! Consequently, the discussions on the
extent of the New Albion of Drake, and the pre
tended rights acquired by certain European na
tions, from planting small crosses, and leaving
inscriptions fastened to trunks of trees, or the
burying of bottles, may be considered as futile.
The part of the coast on which Capt. Cook landed
on the 7th of March 1778, and which some desig
nate as New Albion, is in n. lat. 44 33 . e. long.
235 10 , which he thus describes : The land
is full of mountains, the tops of which are covered
with snow, while the vallies between them, and
the grounds on the sea-coast, high as well as low,
are covered with trees, which form a beautiful
prospect, as of one vast forest. At first the natives
seemed to prefer iron to every other article of
commerce; at last they preferred brass. They
were more tenacious of their property than any of
the savage nations that had hitherto been met
with ; so that they would not part with wood,
water, grass, nor the most trifling article without
a compensation, and were sometimes very unrea
sonable in their demands." Sec CALIFORNIA,
NEW.]
ALBOR, a small island of the N. or Atlantic
sea, one of the Bahamas, between those of Neque
and S. Salvador.
ALBUQUERQUE, SAN ROSA DE, a settle
ment and real of the silver mines of the alcaldia
mayor of Colotlan in Noeva Espaaa. It is 19
leagues s. w. of the head settlement of the district
of Tlaltenango.
ALBUQUERQUE, a town of New Mexico, situate
on the shore of the Rio Grande (large river) of the
N. [opposite the village of Atrisco, to the w. of
the Sierra Obscura. Population 6000 souls.]
ALBUQUERQUE, a small island, or low rocks, of
the N. sea, near that of S. Andres.
ALCA, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Condensuyos of Arequipa in Peru.
ALCALA, a settlement ot the province and
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa, and kingdom of Gua
temala, in the division and district of that city.
ALCAMANI, a branch of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Igualapa in
Neuva Espana, and two leagues to the n. of the
same.
ALCANTARA, S. ANTONIO DE, a town of
the province and captainship ofMaranam in the
kingdom of Brazil. It has been frequently invaded
by the infidel Indians, who destroyed its work
shops, so that its inhabitants have been much
seduced.
ALCANTARA, S. ANTONIO DE, another settle
ment in the province and district of Chanco, in
the kingdom of Chile, near the shore of the river
Mataquino.
ALCARAI, a small river of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres. It runs e. and
enters the river La Plata between those of Lay
man and Gomez.
ALCATRACES, Island of the, one of (hose
which lien, of St. Domingo, between the s. point
of the Caico Grande, and the Panuelo Quadrado,
(square handkerchief).
ALCHICH1CA, S. MARTIN DE, a ward of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Izucar in Nueva Espana, belonging to
that of Santa Maria de la Asuncion.
ALCHIDOMAS, a settlement of the province
of the Apaches in N uevo Mexico, situate on the
30
ALE
shore of the Rio Grande Colorado, (large coloured
river), or of the North.
ALCO, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Chumbivilcas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Libitaca.
ALCOHOLADES, a nation of Indians of the
province of Venezuela. They are of a docile and
affable disposition, and live upon the borders of
the lake Maracaibo. Their numbers are much
diminished, from the treatment they received from
the German Weltzers, who, through a covetous-
ness to possess the gold of these people, killed the
greater part of them.
ALCOZAUCA, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It contains
104 families of Spaniards, Mulattoes, and Mustees;
not a single Indian dwells in it. It is of a mild
temperature, and in its district were the once cele
brated mines of Cayro, which were crushed in and
destroyed, having been almost unparalleled forthe
quantity of silver that they produced. Eight lea
gues from its capital.
ALDAS, a small settlement or ward of the head
settlement of the district of Santa Ana, and alcaldia
mayor of Zultepec, in Nueva Espana.
ALDEA, DEL ESPIRITU SANTO, a settlement
of the province and captainship of Tondos Santos
in Brazil, situate on the coast, at the mouth of the
river Joana.
ALDEA, DEL ESPIRITU SANTO, another settle
ment of the province and captainship of Seregipe,
in the same kingdom, situate on the shore, and
at the entrance of the river Real.
[ALDEN, Fort, in Cherry Valley, in the
state of New York.]
ALDWORT, a settlement of the island of
Barbadoes, in the district and parish of Santiago,
on the a>. coast.
ALEBASTER, or ELEUTHERA, an island of
the channel of Bahama. See ALABASTER.
ALEGRE, a settlement of the province and
captainship of S. Vincente in Brasil, situate s.
of the settlement of Alto.
[ALEMP1GON, a small lake northward of
lake Superior.!
ALEXANDRIA, a city of Virginia, [formerly
called Belhaven, and situated on the southern
bank of the Patowmac river, in Fairfax county,
about five miles s: w. from the Federal city, 60
s. to. from. Baltimore, 60 n. from Fredericks-
burgh, 168 n. of Williamsburgh, and 290 from
the sea; 38 54 n. lat. and 77 10 w. long,
its situation is elevated and pleasant. The soil
is clayey. The original settlers, anticipating its
future growth and importance, laid out the streets
A L G
on the plan of Philadelphia. It contains about
400 houses, many of which are handsomely built,
and 2748 inhabitants. This city, upon opening
the navigation of Patowmac river, and in conse
quence of its vicinity to the future seat of the
federal government, bids fair to be one of the most
thriving commercial places on the continent. Nine
miles from hence is Mount Vernon, the celebrated
seat of the late General Washington.]
[ALEXANDRIA, a township in Grufton county,
New Hampshire, containing 298 inhabitants, in
corporated in 1782.]
[ALEXANDRIA, a township in Hunterdon coun
ty, IVew Jersey, containing 1503 inhabitants, inclu
sive of 40 slaves.]
[ALEXANDRIA, a small town in Huntingdon
county, Pennsylvania, on the Frankstown branch
of Janiatta river, 192 miles n. w. of Philadel
phia.]
ALEXO, S. an island of the N. sea, near the
coast of Brazil, in the province and captainship
of Pernambuco, between the river Formoso and
Cape S. Agustin.
ALFARO, S. MIGUEL DE, a settlement of the
province and government of the Chiquitos Indians;
situate on the shore of the river Ubay. It has a
good port, from whence it is also known by the
name of Port of the Chiquitos. It is, however,
at present destroyed, % and the ruins alone remain.
ALFAXA I UCA,* a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Kilotepec in Nueva Espana. It con
tains 171 Indian families, and is seven leagues
e. n. e. of its capital.
ALFEREZ, Valley of the, in the province
and corregimiento of Bogota in the new kingdom
of Granada.
ALFEREZ, a river of the province and captain*
ship of Rey in Brazil; it runs n. and enters the
lake of Mini.
[ALFORD, a township in Berkshire county,
Massachusetts, containing 577 inhabitants ; 145
miles w. from Boston.]
[ALFORDSTOWN, a small town in Moor
county, North Carolina.]
ALGARROBO, a settlement of the province
and government of Antioquia in the new kingdom
of Granada ; situate on the bank of an arm of the
river Perico, in an island which it forms in the
serranias of Guamoca.
ALGODON, Island of the, one of those
which are in the N. sea, between the s. point of
the Cayco Grande and the Panuelo Quadrado.
ALGODON, a settlement of the same name. See
BIEZMK.T.
ALGODONALES, a settlement of the province
A L I
and correrrimiento of Atacama in Peru, situate on
M
the coast.
ALGONQUINENSES, or ALGONQUINS, a
nation of savage Indians, who inhabit a part of
Canada: they are continually at war with the
Iroquees. Their idiom may be looked upon as
the mother tongue of all the other nations of that
country, and differs very slightly from the rest,
so that any one speaking it would be able to
travel in any other nation in these parts. They
border on the north side of lake Huron; and
although inhabiting the whole of the coast of lake
Superior, their number, according to Mackenzie,
does not exceed 150 families.
[ALGONQUINS, of Rainy Lake, Indians of
N. America, of the precise limits of whose coun
try we are not informed. They live very much
detached in small parties. The country they
inhabit is but an indifferent one ; it has been much
hunted, and the game, of course, nearly exhaust
ed. They are well-disposed towards the whites.
Their number is said to decrease. They are ex
tremely addicted to spirituous liquors, of which
large quantities are annually furnished them by
the n. w. traders, in return for their bark canoes.
They live wretchedly poor.]
[ALGONQUINS, of Portage de Prairie, In
dians of N. America, who inhabit a low, flat,
marshy country, mostly covered with timber, and
well stocked with game. They are emigrants
from the lake of the Woods, and the country e. of
it ; who were introduced some years since by the
n. w. traders, in order to hunt the country on the
lower parts of Red river, which then abounded
in a variety of animals of the fur kind. They are
an orderly, well-disposed people, but, like their
relations on Rainy lake, addicted to spirituous
liquors. Their trade is at its greatest extent.]
ALGUILGUA. See article SANTA MONICA;
ALHUE, a settlement of the province and
corregirniento of Rancagua in the kingdom of
Chile, annexed to the curacy of San Pedro.
ALHUE, a large lake of the same province and
kingdom.
[ALIATANS, Snake Indians, of N. America,
a numerous and well disposed people, inhabiting
a woody and mountainous country ; they are
divided into three large tribes, who wander at
a considerable distance from each other, and are
called by themselves So-so-na, So-so-bubar, and
I-a-kar : these are again subdivided into smaller,
though independent bands, the names of which we
have not yet learnt : they raise a number of horses
arid mules, with which they trade with the Crow In
dians, or which are stolen by the nations on the e. of
A L I
31
them. They maintain a partial trade with the
Spaniards, from \vhora they obtain many articles
of clothing and ironmongery, but no warlike im
plements.]
[ALIATANS, of La Playes, Indians of N. Ame
rica, who inhabit the rich plains from the head
of the Arkansas, embracing the heads of Red
river, and extending, with the mountains and high
lands, e. as far as it is known towards the gulph of
Mexico. They possess no fire arms, but are
warlike and brave. They are, as well as the
other Aliatans, a wandering people. Their coun
try abounds in wild horses, beside great numbers
which they raise themselves. These people, and
the West Aliatans, might be induced to trade on
the upper part of the Arkansas river. The Alia
tans do not claim a country within any particular
limits.]
[ALIATANS, of the West, Indians of N. Ame
rica, who inhabit a mountainous country, and
sometimes venture in the plains e. of the rocky
mountains, about the head of the Arkansas river.
They have more intercourse with the Spaniards of
New Mexico than the Snake Indians. They are
said to be very numerous and warlike, but are
badly armed. The Spaniards fear these people,
and therefore take the precaution not to furnish
them with any warlike implements. In their pre
sent unarmed state, they frequently commit hos
tilities on the Spaniards. They raise a great
many horses. 1
ALLANTE, a volcano of the kingdom of
Chile, in the province and country of Arauco ;
in 1640 it burst, the mountain opening in two
places, and throwing out large shapeless masses of
lava, with so great a noise as to be heard at many
leagues distance : the mischief it did was very
considerable.
ALIBAMONS, or ALIBAMIS, a nation of
Indians of Louisiana, dwelling n. of the Apaches.
It is very numerous, and is on terms of amity with
the French ; so that they never have communica
tion with the English, but from necessity. The
former, when they first established themselves in
this country, carried on a large trade here, but it
afterwards declined, on account of the distance of
the place. [These Indians are from West Florida,
off the Allibami river, and came to Red river
about the same time as the Boluxas and Appala-
ches. Part of them have lived on Red river,
about sixteen miles above the Bayau Rapide, till
lately, when most of this party, of about 30 men,
went up Red river, and have settled themselves
near the Caddoques, where, we are informed, they
have lately raised good crops of corn. The Cad-
32 A L K
tlos are friendly to them, and have no objection to
their settling there. They speak the Creek and
Chactaw languages, and Mobilian; most of them
French, and some of them English. There is
another party of them, whose village is on a small
creek in Apelousa district, about 30 miles >? w.
from the church of Appclousa. They consist of
about 40 men. They have lived at the same
place ever since they came from Florida ; are
said to be increasing a little in numbers for a few
years past. They raise corn, have horses, hogs,
and cattle, and are harmless, quiet people.]
[AL1CHE, commonly pronounced EYEISH,
Indians of N. America, who live near Nacog
doches, but are almost extinct as a nation, there not
being more than twenty-five souls of them remain
ing. Four years ago the small-pox destroyed the
greater part of them. Some years since they
were a considerable nation, and lived in a spot
which bears their name, which the road from
Natchitoch to Nacogdoches crosses, about twelve
miles &. of Sabine river, on which a few French
and American families are settled. Their native
language is spoken by no other nation, but they
speak and understand Caddo, with which people
they are in amity, often visiting one another.]
ALINA, a settlement of the head settlement of
the district of Pinzandaro, and alcald ut mayor of
Tancitaro, in Nucva Espana. It contains 20 fami
lies of Indians, who engage themselves in the
commerce of maize and wax, and is seven leagues
s. of its head settlement.
ALIS, a settlement of the province and corrc-
gimiento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the cu
racy of Laraos.
ALISOS, FARALLOX DE LOS, an island of tlie
N. sea, on the coast of California.
ALITAT1S, a small island of the coast of
Brazil, opposite the island of Marajo, and between
those of Yurua and Nova.
ALJARACA, a river of the province and cor-
reginnento of Sicasica in Peru. It rises in the
Cordillera, e. of its capital, runs n. e. inclining to
the n. n. e. and enters the Chuquiabo.
ALJOJUCA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Tlalchico-mula, and alcaldia
mayor of Tepeaca, in Nueva Espana ; situate on
the bank of a great lake, the waters of which are
somewhat brackish ; and its depth being 70 fa
thoms, has never been found to vary. It contains
172 families, and is seven leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ALKANSAS, a nation of savage Indians of
Canada or New France, situate in 33ofw. lat.
ALL
on the w. side of the Mississippi. See ALKANSAS
River.
ALLAUCA, a settlement of the province and
corrcgimiento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Tanripampa.
[ALLBURG1I, a township in Franklin county,
Vermont, containing H(j inhabitants, situated on
Missisquc bay.]
ALLCA, an ancient povincc of the kingdom of
Porn, to the s. of Cuzco. These Indians made a
great and vigorous stand against Manco Capac,
the fourth emperor of the Incus, and called the
conqueror; being much favoured by tlieruggedness
of the country, which abounds in woods, moun
tains, and lakes, as also in gold and silver mines.
[ALLEGHANY,a county in Pennsylvania, ex
tends from the junction of the river of that name
with the Ohio, where its chief town, Pittsburgh,
is situated, to the New York line. It contains
10,309 inhabitants, including 159 slaves.]
[ALLEGHANV is the most western county in
Maryland, and has Pennsylvania on the n. The
windings of the Patowmac river separate it from
Virginia on the 5. and Sideling-hill creek divides
it from Washington county on the e. It con-
4809 inhabitants, including 258 slaves. Cum
berland is its chief town. J
[ALLEGHANY Mountains, between the Atlantic
ocean, the Mississipi river, and the lakes, are a
long and broad range of mountains, made up of a
great number of ridges, extending n. e. and s. w
nearly parallel to the sea coast, about 900 miles
in length, and from 60 to 150 and 200 miles iu
breadth. Mr. Evans observes, with respect to
tliat part of these mountains w r hich he travelled
over, viz. in the back parts of Pennyslvania, that
scarcely one acre in ten is capable of culture.
This, however, is far from being the case in all
parts of this range. Numerous tracts of fine
arable and grazing land intervene between the
ridges. The different ridges which compose this
immense range of mountains, have different names
in the different states, viz. the Blue Ridge, the
North Mountain, or North Ridge, or Devil s
Back-bone, Laurel Ridge, Jackson s Mountains,
and Kittatimy Mountains; w : hich see under these
names. All these ridges, except the Alleghany,
are broken through by rivers, which appear to
have forced their way through solid rocks. This
principal ridge is more immediately called Alle
ghany, and is descriptively named the Back-bone
of the United States. From these several ridges
proceed innumerable branches or spurs. The
general name of the whole range, taken collective-
ALL
Jy, seems not yet to have been determined. Mr.
Evans calls them the Endless Mountains ; others
have called them the Appalachian Mountains, from
a tribe of Indians who live on a river which pro
ceeds from this mountain, called the Appalachi-
eola ; but the most common name is the Allegheny
Mountains, so called, probably, from the princi
pal ridge of the range. These mountains are not
confusedly scattered, rising here and there into
high peaks, overtopping each other ; but run
along in uniform ridges, scarcely half a mile high.
They spread as you proceed ,<?. and some of them
terminate in high perpendicular bluffs: others
gradually subside into a level country, giving rise
to the rivers which run s. into the Gulph of
Mexico.]
[ALLEGHANY River, in Pennsylvania, rises on
the>o>. side of the Alleghany Mountain, and after
running about 200 miles in a s. zv. direction, meets
the Monongahela at Pittsburgh, and both united
form the Ohio. The lands on each side of this
river, for J50 miles above Pittsburg, consist of
white oak and chesnut ridges, and in many places
of poor pitch pines, interspersed with tracts of good
land and low meadows. This river, and the Ohio
likewise, from its head waters until it enters the
Mississippi, are known and called by the name of
Alleghany river, by the Seneca, and other tribes
of the Six Nations, who once inhabited it.]
ALLEGU1PPES, a settlement of the province
and colony of Virginia, in the county of Hamp
shire, situate on the shore of the river Yauyau-
gani, and at the mouth which enters the Monan-
gahela.
[ALLEMAENGEL, a small Moravian settle-
ment on Swetara river, in Pennsylvania.]
[ALLEMAND, a river which falls into the
Mississippi from the s. e. about 43 miles s. of the
Natch es.1
ALLEMANDS, a settlement of the province
and government of Louisiana, on the shore of the
river Mississippi, between this river and the lake
Ovachas.
[ALLEN-TOWN, in Pennsylvania, North
ampton county, on the point of land formed by
Jordan s creek and the Little Leheigh. It con
tains about 90 houses, and an academy.
[ALLENSTOWN, a town in New Jersey, in
Monrnouth county, 15 miles n. e. from Burling
ton, and 13 s. by e. from Princeton.]
[ALLENSTOWX, a township in Rockingham
county, New-Hampshire, containing 254 inha
bitants; situated on the e. side of Merrimack
river, 25 miles n. w. of Exeter, and 40 from Ports
mouth.]
VOL. I.
A L M 33
ALLHEGENI, or rather ALLEGiiANY,a town
of the province and colony of Pennsylvania, in
which the English had an establishment and fort.
It is on the shore of the Ohio, which is also called
the Vieslle.
ALLIGATOR, Bay of, on the 5. coast of the
island of Jamaica.
ALLIGATOR, a river of N. Carolina, in the
division of Hyde ; It runs n. and enters the sea at
the sound of Albemarle.
ALL1U1TAS, a settlement of the island of
Cuba, on the n. coast, between the settlement of
Matanillas and Manati.
[ALLOWAY Creek, in Salem county, New
Jersey, emptier into the Delaware. It is navi
gable 16 miles, interrupted, however, by several
draw-bridges.]
[ALL-SAINTS, islands near Guadaloupe
island in the W r est Indies.]
[ALL-SAINTS, a parish in George-town district,
South Carolina, containing 2225 inhabitants, of
whom 429 are whites, and 1795 slaves. It sends
a member to each house of the state legislature.]
ALL-SAINTS Bay. See SANTOS.
ALMACEN, DEL REY, a settlement of the
province and corregimiento of Canete in Peru, situ
ate on the coast, opposite the islands of Chincha.
ALMAGRO, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement of the
province and corregimiento of Canete in Peru 3
founded by the conqueror Diego de Almagro, in
1536, in the valley of Chincha ; owing to a com
petition with Don Francisco Pizarro, who had
founded the city of Lima, and out of honour to
his native place of this title. It once bore the ap
pellation ot a city; but its inhabitants so dwindled
away, that it was forced to resign it a short time
after.
ALMAGUER, a city of the province and go
vernment of Popayan, in the kingdom of Quito r
founded by Captain Alonza de Fueii Mayor, in
1543, on the top of a small mountain, which is in the
middle of a plain called Guachicono. It abounds
in wheat, maize, barley, fruits, and some sorts of
cattle. Its temperature is mild and pleasant, and
in its district are some gold mines. It lies seven
leagues s. of Popayan. [Lat. 1 56 n. Long.
[ALMARIA. See VILLA RICA.]
ALMAS, REAL DEL Rio DE LAS, a Portuguese
settlement and real of gold mines, in the terri
tory of the Guayazas Indians, and kingdom of
Brazil ; situate on the shore and source of the
river Tocantiues.
ALMA?, REAL DEL Rio DE LAS, a river of the
same kingdom and territory, which rises in the
r
34 A L O
sierra near Villaboa, to the s. runs e. and enters
the Tocantines.
ALMENAS, a river of the province and corre
gimiento of Arequipa in Peru, close to the point
of Chile.
ALMER1A, a settlement of the jurisdiction
and government of Vera Cruz in Nueva Espana,
situate on the coast, at the mouth of the river
Noadan.
PALMIRA, a town in Mexico. See ANGELOS.]
ALMIRANTE, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Parayba in Brazil, situate on
the shore of the river Aracay.
ALMIRANTE, a bay on the coast of the pro
vince and government of Veragua, in the kingdom
ofTierra Firme, and w. of Escudo; thus called
from its having been discovered by Admiral
Columbus in his fourth voyage. At its entrance
are many small islands and hidden rocks, upon
which its discoverer had well nigh been wrecked.
ALMIRANTE, a river of the province and
government of Florida, which runs s. e. and enters
the sea in the bay of Panzacola.
ALMOLOIA, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Zultepec in Nueva Espana, situate in
a spacious, very pleasant, and well watered plain.
Its temperature is mild ; it contains 77 Indian
families, and is annexed to the curacy of Temas-
caltepec. It lies three leagues w. of its capital,
and inclining to the s.
ALMOLOIA, SAN PEDRO DE, another settlement,
with the dedicatory title of San Miguel del Rio,
being the head settlement of the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Metepec in the same kingdom.
It contains 156 Indian families, and to its curacy
are annexed several others. It lies three leagues
n. w. of its capital.
ALMOLOLOIAN, the head settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Colima in Nueva
Espana. It contains 60 families of Indians, 15
of Spaniards and 22 of Mustees and Mulattoes,
who occupy themselves in the culture of maize
and French beans ; and has a convent of the order
of St. Francis, and is a quarter of a league n. of
its capital.
ALOA, a settlement of the kingdom of Quito,
in the corregimiento of the district of the Cinco
Leguas de esta Capital.
ALOASI, a settlement of the same kingdom
and corregimiento as the former.
ALOJAM1ENTO, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Copiapo in the king
dom of Chile ; situate on the shore, and at the
mouth of the river Chiminal.
ALP
ALONCHE, a settlement of the district of
Yaguache, in the province and government of
Guayaquil, and in the kingdom of Quito.
ALOTEPEC, a settlement of the head settle-
ment of the district of Atitlan, and alcaldia mayor
of Villalta, in Nueva Espana. It contains 67
Indian families, and is 19 leagues from its capi
tal.
ALOZOZINGO, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle
ment of the head settlement of the district of San
Martin de Temelucan,atid alcaldia mayor of Gue-
jozingo, in Nueva Espana, having in it 110
families of Indians.
ALPABAMBA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Parinacocha in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Colta.
ALPAMARCA, a settlement of the province
and government of Canta in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Atabillos Altos.
ALPACIA, a settlement and asiento of the
mines of the province and corregimiento of Con-
desuyos in Peru, annexed to the curacy of An-
dary.
ALPAIACU, a small river of the province and
government of Quijos and Marcas in the king
dom of Quito. It runs from n. to s. and enters the
Llucin.
ALPARGATON, a settlement of the province
and government of Venezuela, situate near the
coast, in the bay of Burburata, to the w. of Port
Cabello.
ALPARGATON, a river in the same province and
government, which rises in the Serrania, opposite
the coast, and runs to the w. of Port Cabello.
ALPIZAGUA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Culi-
acan in Nueva Espana. It contains 36 families
of Indians. Its district abounds in the various
fruits of that region, and also in some maize. It is
five leagues e. of its capital.
ALPOIECA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Atengo, and alcaldia mayor
of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana, in which there are
42 families of Indians. It is one league distant from
its head settlement.
ALPOIECA, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Ixcateapan, and alcal
dia mayor of Tlapa, in the same kingdom. It
contains 115 families of Mistecos Indians, and is
two leagues e. of its head settlement.
ALPOIECAZINGO, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of
Tlapa in Neuva Espana. It contains 140 fami
lies of Indians, and is four leagues s. e. of its
capital.
ALT
ALPONECA, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement
of the had settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor (*f Jochimilco in Nueva Espaiia. Although
it is situated within the jurisdiction of that of Te-
tela, it contains 30 families of Indians, and a con
vent of the order of St. Dominic.
ALPUIECA, SANTA MARIA DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district of Huitepec,
and alcaldia mayor of Cucnavaca, in Nueva Es-
paiia. It contains 77 families of Indians.
[ALSTEAD, a township in Cheshire county,
New Hampshire, containing 1111 inhabitants;
eight miles s. from Charlestown.]
ALTA, a lake of the province of Venezuela, and
government of Cumana. It lies s. of the valley of
Pasqua, and w. of the river Unare, which is very
near to and joins it.
ALTABOIANO, a settlement of the province
and government of Tucuman, in the district and
jurisdiction of the city of Cordova.
ALTABONITA, a small bay of the island of
Cuba, on the n. n. e. coast, and at the e. head,
between the bay of Nipe and Port Tanabo.
ALTAGRACIA, a city and capital of the pro
vince of Sutagaos in the new kingdom of Granada.
It was founded in 1540 by the Captains Pedro
Ordonez de Cevallos, Juan Lopez de Herrera,
and Diego Sotelo. It abounds in wax, honey, and
pita, these being the productions in which the na
tives trade, as likewise in boats, cut out of the
solid trunks of the large trees, abounding in its
very craggy mountains. It has at present but a
miserably scanty population.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement, with the de
dicatory title of Nuestra Senora, in the province
and government of Cumana. Its inhabitants en
joy a royal privilege of indemnification from the
tributes. It is situate on the shore, within a
cannon s shot of the capital.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro
vince and government of Tucuman, in the king
dom of Peru, of the district and jurisdiction of
the city of Cordova, on the shore and at the
source of the Rio Segundo.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro
vince of Guayana and government of Cumana.
It is one of those which belonged to the missions
of the Catalanian Capuchin fathers.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement of the pro
vince and government of Gnayana, which is at
present separated from that of Cumana.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro
vince and government of Venezuela, in the juris
diction of the city of S. Sebastian, and valley of
ALT 35
Orituco ; in which district there are many estates
of cacffo, esteemed particularly good, and several
sugar mills, on either side of the river Orituco.
ALT A MIR, a settlement of the province of
Barcelona, and government of Cumana, situate
on the shore of the river Chivata, to the n. w. of
the town of San Fernando.
ALTAMIRA, a settlement of the province and
government of Sierra Gorda, in the Seno Mexi-
cano, (bay of Mexico), and kingdom of Nueva
Espana ; founded by the count of that title, D.
Joseph de Escandon, colonel of the militia of the
city of Queretaro, in 1750, who gave it this name,
from his attachment and friendship towards the
Marquis of Altamira, auditor of that royal audi
ence, and one of those who were destined by the
king to be inspector in the concerns relating to the
conquest and the population of that province.
ALTAMIRA, another settlement in the province
and government of Venezuela, one of those under
the care of the fathers of the Capuchin missions.
It abounds in large cattle.
ALTAR, a town and garrison of the province
and government of Sonora.
ALTAR, a settlement in the province and go
vernment of Venezuela, consisting of Indians con
verted to the Catholic faith by the Capuchin
fathers ; in the jurisdiction of the town of San Car
los, near the river Cojade.
ALTAR, a very lofty mountain of the kingdom
of Quito, in the corregimiento of Riobamba, to the
e. of this town. It is always covered with snow,
from whence it is called the snow-mountain. It
serves as a boundary to the mountains of the coun
try, the other side of this mountain being as yet
unknown. From it the rivers Llurin and Min
take their rise, which, united, enter the Pastaza,
always running e. This mountain is one of those
which form the Cordillera called, of Collanes.
ALTO, SAN ANDRES DEL, a settlement of the
province and government of Mainas in the king
dom of Quito ; one of the missions held there by
the abolished order of the Jesuits ; situate on the
shore of the river Maraiion, and opposite the city
of S. Francisco de Borja.
ALTO, SAN ANDRES DEL, another settlement
in the province and captainship of San Vincente
in Brazil ; situate s. of the settlement of Espigon.
ALTO, SAN ANDREI? DEL, another settlement
in the province and corregimiento of Catamarca
in Peru.
ALTO, SAX ANDRES DEL, another settlement,
with the dedicatory title of San Miguel, in the
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor
F2
36
A L V
of Tecpatitlan, in the kingdom and bishopric of
Nueva Galicia. It is seven leagues e. of its capi
tal.
ALTO, SAN* ANDRES DEL, another settlement in
the province and government of Popayan, of the
kingdom of Quito.
ALTOBELO, a lofty, sharp- pointed island,
near the n. coast of flispaniola, discovered at a
great distance, and lying between the point Beata
and the island of Vaca. [Long. 71 18 . Lat.
17 38 a).]
[ALTON, a tract of land in Strafford county,
New Hampshire, n. e. from Barnstead.]
ALTOS, a settlement of the province and cap
tainship of S. Vincente in Brazil, situate between
those of Tributes and Porcon.
ALTOS, another settlement in the province and
captainship of Rey in the same kingdom, and on
the shore of the river Curucay.
ALTOS, a river of the province and government
of Guanuco in Peru. It is small, runs from s. to
n. and forming a curve towards the w. enters the
sources of the river Guallaga, opposite the settle
ment of Saramajos.
ALTOTONGA, a settlement of the head settle-
merit of the district of Xalacingo, and alcaldia
mayor of Xalapa, in Nueva Espana ; situate in a
fertile, beautiful, and spacious valley, from which
it takes its name. It is of a mild temperature,
abounding in fruits, pulse, and tobacco. Jt con
tains 105 Spanish families. The word Altotonga
signifies, in the Mexican language, hot and saltish
water ; and this comes from a river which has its
rise in two hills united to each other, and situate
at a league s distance to the s. This river runs into
the lake of Alchichica, of the jurisdiction of Te-
peaca. It lies a league and a half s. e. of its head
settlement.
ALVA, SAX Luis DE LAICACOTA DE, an
establishment of silver mines, celebrated for
their riches, in a mountain of this name, which
signifies enchanted lake ; there being a lake at the
top of the mountain formed by the Indians, who
made use of it as a place in which to deposit and
conceal their riches. This place was discovered
in 1657 by the Colonel Don Joseph de Salcedo,
who, having received some vague rumours of its
importance, and finding that there was little need
of hands for the working the mountain of San
Joseph, sent his men hither to work. They ac
cordingly opened the ground, and having suc
ceeded in finding some metals of a superior quality,
contrived to let off the lake, so as to come to the
principal vein. Here they discovered an iia-
A L V
mensc quantity of silver, which they dug out at a
trilling cxpence. They also found the mouths of
other mines ; namely, of those of Las Anirmis and
Laicacota Baxa, which were contiguous, and
equally rich. From the last of these, Salcedo
took, in one night, 93 casks full of silver, valued
at a hundred thousand dollars, also a massy lump
of silver, which weighed seven arrobas. The me
tal was, moreover, so fine and pure, that, after
paying the quinto or duty to the king, it was
coined into money without any previous refine
ment. From these riches the disgraces of Salcedo
took their origin ; it was from them that arose the
bickerings and party spirits which appeared
among the Andaluces and Criollos on one side,
and the mountaineers and the Viscainos on the
other. A battle was the consequence, and the
plain was covered with dead bodies. The plain
bears the same name (Alva), and is, to this day,
strewed with whitened bones. This disastrous
affair induced the viceroy, the Count of Lemos,
to come in person to put a stop to these differences ;
and he, upon his arrival, ordered the settlement,
which consisted of upwards of 300 houses, to be
laid waste ; and finding a pretext for the removal
of the Colonel Salcedo, caused him to undergo his
sentence in the city of Lima, in 1686 ; but, as the
sentence was about to be put into execution, it
happened, and, as it is believed, by the decree of
heaven, which would bear testimony to his inno
cence, that the mine became inundated ; so that it
could never after be emptied ; and although vast
sums have been employed upon this work, no sil
ver has ever since been extracted.
AL VAttADO, a very abundant river of Nueva
Espana, forming itself from one which descends
from the sierras of Zongolica and Misteca. All
these three unite near the settlement of Cuyote-
peque, in the alcaldia mayor of Cozamaloapan,
and collecting the streams of many others, which
swell it to an immense size, it enters the sea at the
mouth of its name, 12 leagues from Vera Cruz.
It was anciently called Papaloapan, and was the
first that was discovered by Herrian Cortes. It
has a battery at its entrance, guarded by a detach
ment from V era Cruz.
ALVARADO, a settlement of the jurisdiction and
alcaldia mayor of Vera Cruz in Nueva Espana.
It is of a hot and dry temperature, inhabited by
60 families of Spaniards and Mulattoes, whose
commerce consists in fish ; as the land, although
naturally fertile, yields no productions by which
their commerce might be enlarged. They have a
church, iu which the image of our Lady of Con-
A M A
ception is revered, on account of the miracles
wrought by it ; and according to tradition, it was
said to have been found shut up in a chest, lying
upon the sea-shore on the coasts of Goazacoalco.
Fourteen leagues from Vera Cruz, n. w. and 88 from
Mexico.
ALVARO, SIERRA DE MAESTRO, or Lunar
Sierra, a cordillera of the mountains of the coast of
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Espiritu
Santo, between the point of Tiburon and the island
of Reposo.
A L VERNE, MOUNTAIN OF, a settlement
composed of Indians, converted by the missions
of the order of St. Francis, in the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Gaudalcazar. It contains 30
families, and is 12 leagues n. of the settlement of
Sta. Rosa.
ALZ, MANUEL DE, a river of the kingdom of
Brazil. It rises between those of La Palma and
Tocantines, runs nearly s. and, forming a curve
towards the w. enters the latter river in 10 s.
according to the map of Cruz, and 11 18 s. ac
cording to Arrowsmith, [which refutes the opinion
of Mr. De Lisle, who places it in 7.]
A LZOUJ, a settlement of the head settlement of
the district of San Luis, of the coast and alcaldiamay-
orof Tlapain Nueva Espana. It contains 190 fami
lies of Indians, who are very industrious in tilling
and cultivating the ground, which produces, in
abundance, maize, cotton, French beans, and rice.
AMA, a settlement of the province and govern
ment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy of
Huamanga.
AMACACHES, a nation of Indians, of the
kingdom of Brazil, and province and captainship
of Rio Janeiro, inhabiting the woods and moun
tains towards the 5. It is very numerous, and
much dreaded, on account of the incursions which
they have made upon the Portuguese establish
ments. Amongst them are to be found some canni
bals. Their weapons are darts and macanas, a sort of
club, composed of a very heavy and solid wood ;
and they use in their wars a very active poison,
with which they anoint the points of their arrows
and lances.
AMACHURA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Cumana. It runs n. and enters the
sea in the principal mouth of the Orinoco.
AMACORE, a large river of the province and
government of Guayana, which descends from the
W.Cordillera, and running towards the e. waters
many parts unknown, or at least inhabited by some
barbarous Indians. Its banks are covered with
beautiful and umbrageous trees. After collecting
in its course the waters of several other rivers, it
empties itself into the N. sea.
AMA
37
AMACU, a lake of the province of Guayana;
in that part which is possessed by the Dutch.
AMACU1CA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Xonacatepec, and alcaldia
mayor of Cuernavaca, in Nueva Espana.
AMACUITLAPILCO, a settlement of the
same head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Xonacatepec.
AMACURO, a settlement of the province and
government of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate in the interior of the Serrania. It
is one of those missions belonging in that province
to the fathers of the Aragonese Capuchins, at the
point of Paria, and on the interior coast of the
gulph Triste.
AMACURO, a river in the same province, which
runs towards the n. and joins the Orinoco at its
large mouth, called De Navios.
AMADEA, a river of the province and govern
ment of S. Juan de los Llanos in the new kingdom
of Granada. It rises to the n. of its capital, and
joins the Meta very near to its source.
AMAGUAJES, S. ANTONIO DE, a settlement
of the province and corregiwiento of Pastes in the
kingdom of Quito, situate on the shore of a small
river, which enters that of S. Miguel.
AMAGUANA, a settlement of the kingdom of
Quito, in the corregimiento of the district of the
Cinco Leguas de su Capital.
AMAGUANA, a river of the same province and
kingdom, which rises from the n. summit of the
Paramo, or desert of Elenisa, and running w.
collects all the waters which take their course
from that cordillera, and from the mountains of
Ruminavi and Pasuchua. It afterwards joins the
river Ichubambato the n. at a small distance from
the settlement of Conocoto ; and being increased by
the streams which flow in abundance from the &.
part of the cordillera t it changes its name to Guail-
labamba ; and then, receiving also the waters of
another, called Pisque, takes the denomination of
Alchipechi, following a ;i. course till it enters the
river of Esmeraldas ; which is so large, that near
the settlement of S. Antonio, in the corregimlento
of Quito, it is necessary to cross it en taravita, its
width not admitting of its being passed by a ford,
or by a bridge.
AMAGUNTICK, a stagnant water, or lake, of
New France, on the confines of New England.
AMAIA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Chayanta, or Charcas, in Peru.
AMAIALUI, a settlement and asiento of the
gold mines of the province and corregimiento of
Chayanta, or Charcas, in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Chayantacas.
AMAIUCA, a small river of the province and
38
A M A
country of the Amazonas. It rises in (he territory
lying between the Payaguas and the Cobachis In
dians ; runs with an inclination to the s. s. c. and
enters the Mazanon, very near the mouth of the
large river Napo .
AMAJUNO, a small river of Florida, which
runs w. and enters the sea opposite the island of
Anclote.
AMAMAZOS, a nation of barbarous Indians,
o the n. of the city of Ganuco in Peru ; bounded
by the nation of the Panataguas, and s. w. by the
cordillera real of the Andes.
AMAMBAI, CORDILLERA DE, a sj emzofthe
province and government of Paraguay. It extends
many leagues from the n. n. w. to the s. s. e. and
its mountains abound in the herb Paraguay.
AMAMBAI, CORDILLERA DE, a river ot the same
province, which rises in the territory of the Mon-
teses Indians. It runs s. and enters the Parana,
opposite the large island of Salto.
AMANA, a settlement of the province of Bar
celona, and government of Cumana, situate on the
shore of the river of its name, to the n. of the
Table-land of Guampa.
AMANA, a river in the same province and go-
vernment, which rises at the foot of the mountains
of Bergantin ; runs e. and enters the Guarapiche.
AMANALCO, S. GERONIMO DE, the head
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Metepeque in Nueva Espafia. It contains 1224
families of Indians.
AMAN1BO, a river of the country of the Ama
zonas, or Guayana, in the Dutch possessions. It
runs n. making several windings, and enters the
sea near the lake of Iracubo.
[AMANIBO, a town on the coast of Guayana,
between Paramaribo, and Cayenne.]
AMANIQUE, a river of the province and
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Qui
to. It rises in the territory of the Plateros In
dians, runs from e. to w. and enters the river
Perene, or ancient Maranon.
AMANTANE, SAN MIGUEL DE, an island of
the great lake Chucuito, belonging to the pro
vince of Paucarcolla, on the lofty plains of which
were established some settlements of note, but
which have, by lapse of time, fallen into decay.
The houses were somewhat peculiar, having been
built entirely of stone, and the roofs of the rooms
having been vaulted with the same ; forming edi
fices altogether handsome and well-constructed.
This island, which is three leagues in circumfe
rence, is full of orchards and gardens, producing
fruits, herbs, and flowers.
AMANTARA, a small island of the lake Titi-
A M A
caca, belonging to the province and government
of Chucuito, near the strait of Capachica.
AMAUTATA, a river of the province and cor-
regimiento of Carabaya in Peru. It rises in the
valley of Inaguana, to the s. of the settlement of
Cuyocuyo, and runs n. forming a curve to enter
the source of the river Inambari.
AMAZONAS, SAN FELIPE DE, a settlement ot
the province and government of Mainas in the
kingdom of Quito. It is on the shore of the river
Nanai.
AMAPAES, a barbarous nation of savage In
dians in Nueva Andalucia, to the w. of the river
Orinoco, and near the mountain of Paria. They
inhabit the territory between the rivers Catury,
Cayari, and Meta, and are bounded by the Isape-
rices, with whom they are continually at war.
They are valiant and hardy, sincere and faithful ;
they live by the chase, and by fishing, and their
arms are bows and arrows, which are tipped with
a very active vegetable poison. The territory is
caJled Amapaya, and is comprehended in the pro
vince of Paria.
AMAPALA, a settlement of the. province and
government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of Gua
temala, situate upon a strip or narrow point of
land "running into the S. sea, at the distance of
four leagues from the town of San Miguel, and
220 miles s. c. of Guatemala. [Long. 87 55 w.
Lat. 13 12 .]
AMAPILCAN, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espafia, containing
15 Indian families.
AMACUCHO, alias TAMBERIA, a settlement of
the province and cor regimiento of Cajamarca in
Peru.
AMARETE, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Larecaja in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Charazani.
AMARGOS, an island of the coast of Chile,
at the mouth or entrance of the river Valdivia ;
where there is also a castle of the same name.
AMARGOSO, a river of the province and cap
tainship of Rio Grande in Brazil. It rises near
the coast, runs n. and enters the sea by a wide
mouth, between the point of Tiburon and that of
Mello.
AMARILLO, a river of the province and cor
regimiento of Loja in the kingdom of Quito. It
rises at the foot of the sierra, near the settlement of
Saraguro ; runs w. and enters the Tumbez.
AMAR1SCOGGIN, a river of the district of
Maine. See ANDROSCOGGIN.
AMARO, JUAN, a town of the province and
captainship of the bay of Todos Santos in the
A M A
kingdom of Brazil, founded in the year 1668 by
a Portuguese gentleman of this name, in virtue of
the concession of proprietorship made by King
Don Pedro, and as a reward for the services of the
former in its conquest. The same gentleman im
mediately sold it to Colonel Manuel Araujo de
Aragon, whose descendants are in possession of it
at the present day. Its population and commerce
are equally scanty. It is situate near the river
Longoribo, [or Panuaca. Lat. 13 17 n. Long.
40 14 w.]
AM ABO, JUAN, a settlement, also called Mina de
Luis Amaro, in the territory of Guayazas, of the
same kingdom , situate on the shore of a river which
enters the Tocan tines.
AMARO, JUAN, another settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Puerto Seguro in the
same kingdom ; situate at the port of the capital.
AMARO, JUAN, another settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Pernambuco, situate at
the source of the river of Antonio Grande, to the
n. n. e. of the settlement of San Sabastian Novo.
AMARO, JUAN, another settlement, called Sari
Amaro el Velho, or Viejo, in the same province
and captainship as the former.
AMARO, JUAN, another town of the province and
captainship of San Vincente in the same kingdom,
situate on the shore of the bay of this name.
AMARO, JUAN, a small island near the coast of
this last mentioned province, where the Portuguese
have a fort or castle, with the name of La Cruz.
It is on the side of the bay of San Vincente.
AMARUCA, a settlement of the province of
Guayana and government of Cumana ; one of those
belonging to the missions held there by the Cata-
lanian Capuchin fathers. It lies s. of the city of
Santo Tomas.
AMARUMAIU, a large river of the king
dom of Peru, which rises in the cordillera of the
Andes, in 13 30 s. lat. It passes through the
province of Mojos, after a long course of many
leagues through unknown parts ; and after fre
quently changing its name, it enters into the Ma-
ranon, in 4 36 . s. lat.
AMASARENDO, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Parayba in Brazil, situate near
the coast.
AMATENANGO, a settlement of the pro
vince and alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the king
dom of Guatemala.
AMATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Zulte-
pec in Nueva Espana, situate on the top of a moun
tain. It is of a cold temperature, and its popu-
A M A 39
lation consists of 80 Indian families. It lies 12
leagues s. e. of of its capital.
AMATEPEC, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Totontepec, in the alcal
dia mayor of Villalta. It is of a cold temperature,
contains 15 families of Indians, and lies a little more
than seven leagues to the e. of its capital.
AMATICLAN, S. Luis DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district of Huitepec, and
alcaldia mayor of Cuernavaca, in Nueva Espana.
It contains 43 families of Indians.
AMATINCHAN, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa
in Nueva Espana. It contains 62 families of In
dians, and lies two leagues n. e. of its capital.
[AMATIQUES, a sea-port town at the mouth of
Guanacos river, which empties into the Amatique
gulf, or gulf of Honduras, in the province of Vera
Paz, Mexico. The inhabitants are chiefly logwood-
cutters, and on the s. of the gulf is a tract of land
called Amatique land. Lat. 15 23 . Long. 89.]
AMAT1TLAN, SAN CHRISTOBAL DE, a
settlement of the kingdom of Guatemala, si
tuate in the valley of Mixto, or of Pinola. In
the Mexican tongue it signifies the city of letters,
from a custom which the natives have of writing
upon the bark of trees, and thus forming tablets,
which they send to a great distance. It has some
excellent medicinal baths, renowned for the cure of
several infirmities. A great commerce is carried
on from the salt which is collected every morning
from the shores of a lake, and which they purity.
It has a large market-place, with a magnificent
church, and a convent of the order of St. Domi
nic, being one of the richest establishments main
tained by this order throughout that kingdom.
It is said to be famous for having made the dis
covery of curing the cancer by eating raw lizards.
The Indians used this remedy from the time of
their gentilism, and it was first tried by the Eu
ropeans in 1780, as appears by testimony and in
formation transmitted by the provisional viceroy
of New Spain, Don Martin de Mayorga ; the same
information having been passed, by order of the
King, to the tribunal of the first physician of this
court.
AMATITLAN, SAN CHUISTOBAL DE, another
settlement of the same province, distinct from the
former.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA TE ? a settlement of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Tanzitaro in Nueva Espana, situate on
the skirts of the sierra of this name. It is of a
cold temperature, inhabited by 60 families of In-
40
A M A
dians, 29 of Spaniards, and 12 of Ahistees and
Mulattoes. So great is its commerce, and so
abundant is it in fruits and grain, that it could
maintain, with ease, double its present number.
It has a convent of Monks, of the order of St.
Francis ; in whose church, an image of Christ cru
cified, and which image also bears the title of
Milagro, or miracle, is held in particular reve
rence. It is said to have obtained this title from a
miracle well authenticated among the people of
this settlement. Fourteen leagues s. of its capital.
AMATLAN-, SANTA ANA DK, another settle
ment, with the dedicatory title of San Luis, of the
head settlement of the district and akaldia mayor
of Mialniatlan in the same kingdom. It contains
380 families of Indians, including those of its wards ;
and here, as in the former settlements, is found
a fruit something like a filbert, which they call
coatecos, or tcpexilotes^ which is veryjiard, and of
which are made beads and rosaries, ornamented
and painted with different ciphers of Jesus, Mary,
and Joseph, or sentences of the Magnificat, which
are so permanent that it has been thought by some
that the trees produced them in this state : they
arc not unfrequently carried to Spain in little
boxes. It is two leagues to the n. of the capital.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settle
ment belonging to the missions of the order of
St. Francis, in the akaldia mayor of Tuchipila,
at a short distance from the large river of Guada-
laxara. Ten leagues n. W. of its capital.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement
of the head settlement of the district Tepoxtlan,
and akaldia mayor of Cuernavaca.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settle
ment, which is the head settlement of the district
of the akaldia mayor of Cordova, annexed to the
curacy of La Punta. It contains 220 Indian
families, who, from the fertility the ground ac
quires from the waters of the rich stream of the
Truchas, arc eabled to cultivate large quantities
of fruits and pulse. Two short leagues s. of its
capital.
AMATLA.V, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement,
with the dedicatory title of San Joseph, the head
settlement of the district of the akaldia mayor of
Zacatlan. In this settlement, and in the wards of
its district, the families of Indians are estimated
at 248.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement
(with the dedicatory title of San Pedro) of the
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor
of Cozamaloapan. It is of a hot temperature, situ
ate on the shore of a large river of the same name,
and was formerly the capital. It contains 150
A M B
families of Indians, and is two leagues e. of its
capital.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement
of the head settlement of the district and akaldia
mayor of Izatlan. It is 12 leagues from Aqua-
lulco, which i^ the capital.
AMAZONAS. See the article MARANON.
AMBALEMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Tocarima, and government of Mariquita, in the
new kingdom of Granada, situate on the shore of
the large river Magdalena. It produces in abund
ance the fruits peculiar to its climate, which is
excessively hot : these are sugar-cane, maize,
yucas, and plantains. It is much infested with
Moschettoes, moths, and serpents ; and its in
habitants may amount to about 100. It lies 12
leagues s. w. of Santa Fe.
AMBANA, a settlement of the province and
corregimicnto of Caxatambo in Peru.
AMBAR, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Larccaja in Peru.
AMBARGASTA, a settlement of the province
and government of Tucuman, in the district and
jurisdiction of the city of Santiago del Estero ;
front whence it is distant 52 leagues.
AMBATO, ASIENTO DE, the division and dis
trict of the province and corre^imiento of Rio-
bamba, part of which is in the kingdom of Quito.
Its temperature is very mild and healthy, the air
is good, and the earth so fruitful that it is no un
common thing to see the husbandman sowing,
reaping, and threshing, all in the same day. The
crops are abundant, and of the best quality. It
has many plantations of sugar-cane, from which is
procured a sugar superior to any produced by the
estates of the contiguous provinces : it has also
many delicate and exquisite fruits, and an abund
ance of cochineal, which they employ for dyeing,
and of which a much larger quantity might be
procured. The capital bears the same name, and
is founded upon a rugged spot on the banks of a
large river. Its temperature is benign and salu
brious ; it abounds in all kinds of flesh, and choice
productions ; the edifices are beautiful : besides
the parish-church, which is very good and large,
it has two parish-chapels of ease, and a convent of
Franciscans. In the year 1698 it was entirely de
stroyed, from an eruption of the volcano of Coto-
paxi, which is near to it; and, at the same time,
the snowy-mountain, or desert of Carguairaso,
throwing up a river of mud or lava, which inun
dated the whole country near, ruined the crops,
and killed the cattle, which in vain endeavoured to
avoid the destructive deluge. The monuments of
this misfortune are still visible, and various chinks
A M B
or chasms are still remaining, especially one, about
four or five feet wide, and running from n. to s.
nearly a league in length, towards the s. point of
the town ; but nevertheless, owing to the fertility
and extensive commerce of the town, it has become
already more considerable than it was formerly.
In several houses they make a sort of fancy bread,
so white and of so exquisite a flavour as far to sur
pass any sort of biscuit ; this article is exported
largely, even to the most distant settlements, since
in no other has it ever been imitated with success,
although the very flour and water have been car
ried hence for the experiment. It is 18 leagues
from Quito, and four from Tarunga. [Lat. 1 14
w. Long. 78 25 .]
AMBATO, ASJENTO BE, a river of the province
and corregimiento of Riobamba, near the former
capital. It runs with such violence, and with
such a tremendous stream, that it is impossible to
pass it otherwise than by a very strong built
bridge : it has one of wood, braced with thick
links of iron. This river afterwards joins others,
and these together form a large river, called
Patate.
AMBATO, ASIENTO DE, a mountain of the pro
vince and government of Tucuman in Peru, in the
jurisdiction of the city of Catamarca, to the w. of
the jurisdiction. It is large, and renowned not so
much for its considerable mines, of which vestiges
are yet apparent, as for the rumbling noises caused
in it by the air, which seem occasionally to pro
duce a kind of slight earthquake.
[AMBER Bay, on the peninsula of Yucatan
in the bay of Honduras, lies n. of ASCENSION Bay,
which see.]
[AMBERGREESE Key, an island in Hanover
bay, on the e. side of the peninsula of Yucatan,
in the bay of Honduras. It runs along the mouth
of the bay, is 70 miles long, but very narrow.
See ASCENSION Bay.
AMBOCAS, SAN LUCAS DE, a settlement of
the province and corregimiento of Loja in the king
dom of Quito.
AMBOL, SAN, a small river of the province
and government of Buenos Ayres. It runs w. and
enters the Plata near the town of Santa Lucia.
[AMBOY. See PERTH AMBOY.]
[AMBROSE, ST. an island in the S. Pacific
ocean, on the coast of Chile, four or five leagues
due &\ from St. Felix island. At first view, it
appears like two small islands ; but after a nearer
approach, it is found they are joined by a reef.
It lies in Lat. 26 17 40" s. and Long. 79 8
35" &. from Greenwich. There is a large rock
four miles to the n. of the island, called, from its
VOL. I.
A M E 41
appearance, Sail Rock. Captain Roberts, who
was here in 1792, found St. Felix island inacces
sible. On St. Ambrose island, his crew killed and
cured 13,000 seal skins, of the best quality, in
seven weeks. The island has little else to recom
mend it. Fish and craw fish abound. The best
season for sealing is from the 1st of April to the 1st
of August. The island has the appearance of
having had volcanic eruptions.]
AMBROS1O, SAN, a small settlement or ward
of the head settlement of the district of Ocula,
and alcaldia mayor of Tocuyo ; thus called by
Ambrosio de Alfinguer, who wns the first who en
tered it in 1529. In its vicinity are the Barbarian
Indians, the Xuruaras, and the Corominos. The
territory is level, fertile, and abounding in maize,
and in all sorts of grain ; also in cotton and sugar
cane, which, however, being very watery, will not
admit of being made into sugar. The climate is
hot and unhealthy, and it has to the e. the cordil-
lera of the mountains of San Pedro, and to the w.
the cordillera of those of Bogota.
AMBUQUI, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of the town of Ibarra in the king
dom of Quito, situate on the shore of the river
Mira-cerca, of the settlement of Pimampiro.
AMEALEO, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of San Juan del Rio, and alcal
dia mayor of Queretaro, in Nueva Espana, an
nexed to the curacy of Santa Maria of Tequisqui-
apan. It contains 58 families of Indians.
AMECA, a head settlement of the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Autlan in Nueva Espana. It
contains 40 families of Spaniards and Mustees, and
43 of Indians, who trade in seeds and swine, hav
ing enough of them for the supply of the jurisdic
tion. In its district are many herds of large
cattle, with some goats. Thirty leagues to the n.
of its capital.
AMECA, another settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tala in
the same kingdom. It is ot a moderate tempe
rature, fertile in all kinds of seed, fruit, and pulse.
In its vicinity, towards the w. is the great estate of
San Nicolas, and to the e. that of Cabejon, besides
many others on the shore of the river, which runs
to the town of La Purificacion. Eight leagues w.
s. w. of its capital.
AMECAMECA, a head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcala ia mayor of Chalco in Nueva
Espana, situate at the skirts of a mountain which
leads up to the snowy volcano, on which account
it is of a very cold temperature. The whole of its
district is full of very fertile estates, and in one of
these was born the famous Sor Juana Ines de la
42 A M E
Cruz, the Mexican poetess, and who was baptized
in the parish church of this settlement. It con
tains 570 families of Indians, and some of whites.
Three leagues between the e. and s. of its ca
pital.
AMECAQUK, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Calpa, and alcaldia mayor
of Atrisco, in Nueva Espana. It contains 275
families of Indians, and is five leagues s. w. of its
capital.
AMEL1E, or AMF.LIA, a county of the pro
vince and colony of Virginia in North America.
It lies between several rivers, and is bounded on the
n. by the county of Cumberland, on the e. by that
of Prince George, and s. and w. by that of Lu-
nemberg. [Amelia, including Nottaway, a new
county, contains 18,097 inhabitants, of whom
11,037 are slaves.]
AMELIE, or AMELIA, an island, situated seven
leagues n. of the city of S. Agustin, on the e.
coast of Florida. It is nearly two miles wide and
thirteen long, and one league distant from the river
of St. Juan. [It is fertile, and has an excellent
harbour. Its . end lies opposite Cumberland
island, between which and Amelia isle, is the entry
into St. Mary s river, in Lat. SO 41 40" n.
Long. 81 34 40" w.]
AMKLIE, or AMELIA, a settlement of the same
province, situate on the shore of the river Con
ga n-
[AMELINS, ECOUA, is a s. e. head branch of
\\abash rive^, whose mouth is nine miles w. e.
from the mouth of Salarnine river, and 45 miles s.
zv. from the Miami village and fort.]
AMENGOACA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ; it
rises in the territory of the Uniguesas Indians,
runs from re. to e. and afterwards turning n. enters
the Ucayale.
AMERICA, the Indies, or the New World,
one of the four parts of the Universe, and the
largest. It Mas richer and better peopled in the
time of the Indians, and more fertile and abound
ing in the necessaries and comforts of life. It is,
as it were, surrounded by the sea, and is indeed a
continent as far as the Arctic Pole, where its boun
daries have not been discovered. This immense
country, nearly 2000 leagues in length, was un
known to the ancients, until it was discovered by
Christopher Columbus, a Genoese, in the service
of their Catholic Majesties, Don Fernando V.
and Dona Isabel, in four following voyages. In
the first voyage he departed from the port of Palos
dt- Moguer, with three small vessels and ninety
meu, in the year 1491, and hud to contend with
A M E
incredible difficulties, as well in combating the
prejudices of the Spaniards, who opposed his
ideas, holding his attempt as something chime
rical, as in preserving the crews of the vessels that
accompanied the expedition ; many of whom,
depressed and tired with the labours and hard
ships of so long a voyage, endeavoured to put an
end to their existence. It is improperly called
America, from the celebrated pilot Horentin Ame-
rico Vespucio, who discovered the continent to the
5. of the equinoctial line : others will have that it
was before discovered by Sancho de Huelva, who
was driven there in a storm in the year 1484.
The English assert, that in 1170, or 1190, it was
discovered by a man of the name of Madoc, or
Madocro, son or brother of Ousen Quisneth,
prince of Wales, who, in two voyages to Virginia,
Florida, Canada and Mexico, founded English
colonies ; but this is a mere fable. This country
has produced, and yet produces gold, silver, and
other precious metals, in prodigious quantities, an
infinite variety of herbs, plants, fruits, roots, fish,
birds, and animals unknown, and such as had
never heretofore been seen ; an astonishing variety
of exquisite woods, some of the trees being of an
enormous size. Its natives, though, on account of
the innumerable nations and provinces of which it
is composed, differ entirely amongst each other,
were nevertheless all idolaters. The greater part
of this immense country, which is, from its size, as
it were unpeopled, is possessed by the Spaniards,
who were its discoverers and conquerors ; but after
this, the French, invited by its riches, established
themselres in different parts, as also did the En
glish, the Portuguese, the Dutch, and the Danes.
America is divided into North and South by the
isthmus of Panama, or Ticrra Firme. TheN. part,
known at the present day, extends from 11 to 70 de
grees of latitude, and comprehends the kingdoms
of Nueva Espana, California, Louisiana, Nuevo
Mexico, Virginia, Canada, Newfoundland, Florida,
and the islands of St. Domingo, Cuba, Jamaica,
Puertorico, and the other Antilles. The Meri
dional or 8. part extends itself from 12 degrees n.
lat. to 60 .s\ comprehending Tierra Firme, Darien,
the new kingdom of Granada, Nueva Andalucia,
Peru, Chile, Paraguay, Quito, the country of the
Amazonas, Brazil, and the Tierras Magallanicas,
or of the Patagones. Its largest mountains are
those of the great chain, or Cordillera of the Andes,
which run from n. to s. from the isthmus of Pa
nama to Cape Horn. The mountain Chimborazo
is the loftiest of any known in the world at the pre
sent day; and others, especially those in Quito,
are of an extraordinary height, and always covered
2
AMERICA.
43
with snow. America is also watered by the largest
rivers in the universe ; such are those of the Ama-
zouas, Orinoco, Magtlalcna, Atrato, La Plata,
Esmeraldas, Jeneyro, Negro, Coca, Ucayale,
Cauca, Putumayo, Beni, Madura, Napo, Pa
rana, Pilcomayo, Mississippi, St. Lawrence, &c.
The barbarous nations belonging to it are innu
merable, and scattered over all parts, living in the
most savage slate in the mountains, forests, and
lakes, without any head, government, or laws ;
some of them are cannibals, and they all gain their
livelihood, in general, by fishing and the chase.
Their languages are as various as their different
nations ; nevertheless the mo-st universal dialect
that is spoken in Peru is the Quechuan and the
Aymaran, and in Nueva Espaiia the Mexican.
Of religions, the most common are, idolatry among
the barbarians, and the Catholic religion in those
countries which have been subdued. Some of the
idolaters worship the sun, moon, and the stars ;
but they confess, and are sensible of a superior
Being, who created them, and who preserves them.
They believe in the immortality of the soul, the
rewards and punishments of another world, and in
the common enemy, whom they call Zupay ; in
the universal deluge, and many other truths,
although even these are enveloped in a thousand
errors, and disfigured with accounts and fables
which have been handed down to them by their
ancestors ; others, more savage, adore nothing, or
at least pay but little respect to their idols, which
they choose from among plants, serpents, and
quadrupeds. It is evident they have, all of them,
some confused sort of light, impressing them with
something that they cannot understand, but
which they respect and fear. The greater part of
them are given to polygamy, and they are not
without their ceremonies in matrimony, and at
their funerals ; but they are all, without excep
tion, much addicted to drunkenness, arid have
different sorts of strong drinks, which they make
of herbs, roots, fruits, &c. They are, for the
most part, robust, moderate, liberal, faithful, com
passionate, patient, and silent ; but revengeful,
jealous, luxurious, and stupid : of an obscure
colour, with hair long and black, with round
faces, being of a sad countenance, beardless, and of
a good stature and person. There are some that are
of a good colour, with a cheerful and noble coun
tenance ; and grace and pleasantness are not want
ing amongst the women. Besides these Indians,
America is inhabited by the Europeans, who have
established themselves here since the times of its
conquest, also by the sons of those, who are known
by the name of Creoles, those of Peru being called
Chapetones, and those of Nueva Espana Cachu-
pines. The Negroes, who are brought from the
coast of Africa in considerable numbers, and who
are sold as slaves to work in the sugar-cane < states,
and in the mines of gold or silver, and other ser
vile capacities, are the authors of a race called
Castas, or peculiar breeds : thus the Mustees are
the offspring of the Spaniard and the Indian, and
the Mulattoes of the Spaniard or White and of a
Negro or other woman ; the names of such off
spring being Zambo, Cholo, Puchuela, Salta Atras,
Tente en el Ay re, Quarteron, Quinteron, &c.
This country abounds in gold, silver, copper,
quick-silver, iron, antimony, sulphur, nitre, lead,
load-stone, and marbles of every sort and colour ;
in diamonds, rubies, emeralds, amethysts, gra
nites, alabaster, rock-crystal, and all kinds of
precious stones and minerals, besides its pearl-
fisheries, which are carried on in many parts.
Its fields produce every kind of grain, fruit, pulse,
herbs, plants, and flowers, native to Europe, be
sides an infinite variety of others peculiar to this
climate ; such as the cacao tree, the cinnamon,
pepper, sarsaparilla, xaynilla, scarlet dye, to
bacco, balsams of a thousand kinds, Brazil and
log-wood, bark, sassafras, aloes, vu\& azibar ; fine
smelling incense, gums, barks, resins, and medi
cinal herbs. The number of cattle is incredible,
and the breed of European horses and mules de
serves particular estimation. Its woods are filled
with tigers, leopards, and bears ; its rivers, witli
lizards, alligators, and thousands of different kinds
of fish ; in its fields are found numbers of vipers
and snakes, differing, to a surprising degree, in
their powers, qualities, forms, and colours ; also
other insects and venomous animals. The climate
is various, and is changed according to the situ
ation of the country, or of the different places. In
the valleys and plains, and on the shores of the sea,
it is commonly very hot ; upon the slopes or skirts
of mountains, and in the country which lies more
lofty, the temperature is most commonly mild and
pleasant. The copious rains that are frequent
under the equinoctial line, are not the only cause
of the mildness of temperature experienced in
those parts, but this is effected in no small degree
by the winds and snows of the neighbouring moun
tains, from which proceeds an excessive degree of
cold. The part possessed by the King of Spain,
and which is the larger, is governed by four Vice
roys, established in Lima, Buenos Ayres, Mexico,
aud Santa Fe ; an account of which governments
will be found under their articles, and for a des-
o 2
44
AMERICA.
criptiou of which we have referred to the Chroni
cles of Antonio de Herrera, as being the most
punctual and complete.
In what regards those who first peopled, and
who were the ancient inhabitants of this hemis
phere, and from whence they came, we leave this
problem to be answered by the numerous cele
brated historians and philosophers who have writ
ten so much upon this subject ; observing only,
that the opinion which, at the present day, most
generally obtains, is, that America was peopled in
the n. part, from Kamtchatka.
[AMERICA is one of the four quarters of the
world, probably the largest of the whole, and is,
from its late discovery, frequently denominated the
New World, or New Hemisphere. This vast
country extends from the 56th degree of s. lat. to
the north pole, and from the 55th to the 165th de
gree of w. long, from Greenwich. It is nearly
10,000 miles in length. Its average breadth may
be about 1800 or 2000 miles. It has two sum
mers and a double winter, and enjoys almost all the
variety of climates which the earth affords. It is
washed by two great oceans. To the e. it has
the Atlantic, which divides it from Europe and
Africa. To the w. it has the Pacific, or Great
S. sea, by which it is separated from Asia. By
these it carries on a direct commerce with the other
three parts of the world. America is divided into two
great continents, called North and South America,
by an isthmus about 500 miles long, and which,
at Darien, about lat. 9 n. is only 60 miles over ;
other writers say 34 miles. This isthmus, with the
n. and s. continents, forms the Gulph of Mexico,
in and near which lie a great number of islands,
called the West Indies, in contradistinction to the
eastern parts of Asia, which are called the East
Indies.
In America Nature seems to have carried on her
operations upon a larger scale, and with a bolder
hand, and to have distinguished the features of
this country by a peculiar magnificence. The
mountains of America are much superior in height
to those in the other divisions of the globe. Even
the plain of Quito, which may be considered as
the base of the Andes, is elevated farther above the
level of the sea than the top of the Pyrenees in
Europe ; and Chimborazo, the most elevated point
of the Andes, is 20,280 feet high, which is at least
7102 feet above the Peak of Teneriffe. From the
lofty and extensive mountains of America, descend
rivers, with which the streams of Europe, of
Asia, or of Africa, are not to be compared, either
for length of course, or for the vast body of water
which they convey to the ocean. The Danube,
the Indus, the Ganges, or the Nile, in the e. hemi
sphere, are not of equal magnitude, even with the
St. Lawrence, the Missouri, or the Mississippi, in
N. America ; and fall far short of the Amazon
and the La Plata in S. America.
The lakes of the New World are no less con
spicuous for grandeur than its mountains and
rivers. There is nothing in other parts of the
globe which resembles the prodigious chain of
lakes in N. America, viz. Superior, Michigan,
Huron, Erie, and Ontario : they may be properly
termed inland seas of fresh water : and even those
of the second or third class are of greater circuit
(the Caspian sea excepted) than the greatest lake
of the ancient continent.
The luxuriance of the vegetable creation in the
New World is extremely great. In the s. pro
vinces, where the moisture of the climate is aided
by the warmth of the sun, the woods are almost
impervious, and the surface of the ground is hid
from the eye under a thick covering of shrubs, of
herbs, and weeds. In the n. provinces, although
the forests are not incumbered with the same wild
luxuriance of vegetation, the trees of various spe
cies are generally more lofty, and often much
larger, than are to be seen in any other parts of the
world.
Notwithstanding the many settlements of the
Europeans on this continent, great part of Ame
rica remains still unknown. The n. continent
contains the four British provinces, viz. 1. Up
per Canada; 2. Lower Canada, to which are
annexed New-Britain, and the island of Cape
Breton ; 3. New-Brunswick ; 4. Nova Scotia, to
which is annexed St. John s island. Besides these
there are the island of Newfoundland, and the 16
United States. It contains also the Spanish terri
tories of E. and W. Florida, Louisiana, New
Mexico, California, and Mexico. Besides these
there are immense unexplored regions to the w. and
n. w. The s. continent has been already delineated.
America, so far as is known, is chiefly claimed
and divided into colonies by three European na
tions, the Spaniards, British, and Portuguese. The
Spaniards, as they first discovered it, have the
largest and richest portion, extending from Louisi
ana and New Mexico in N. America, to the straits
of Magellan in the S. sea, excepting the large
province of Brazil, which belongs to Portugal ;
for though the French and Dutch have some forts
upon Surinam and Guayana, they scarcely deserve
to be considered as proprietors of any part of the
s. continent.
AMERICA.
Next to Spain, the most considerable proprietor
of America was Great Britain, who derived her
claim to N. America from the first discovery of
that continent by Sebastian Cabot, in the name of
Henry VII. of England, in the year 1497, about
six years after the discovery of S. America by Co
lumbus, in the name of the king of Spain. The
country was in general called Newfoundland, a
name which is now appropriated solely to an island
on its coast. It was a long time before the English
made any attempt to settle in this country. Sir
Walter Raleigh, an uncommon genius and a brave
commander, first shewed the way, by planting a
colony in the s. part, which he called Virginia, in
honour of queen Elizabeth, who was unmarried.
The French, indeed, from this period until the
conclusion of the war of 1756, laid a claim to, and
actually possessed Canada and Louisiana ; but in
that war, they were not only driven from Cana
da and its dependencies, but obliged to relinquish
all that part of Louisiana lying on the e. side of
the Mississippi ; and the British colonies, at the
peace of 1763, extended so far as to render it dif
ficult to ascertain the precise bounds of the empire
of Great Britain in N. America. To the n. Bri
tain might have extended her claims quite to the
pole. From that extremity, she had a territory ex
tending s. to Cape Florida in the Gulph of Mexi
co, in n. lat. 25, and consequently near 4000
miles in a direct line ; and to the w. the bounda
ries were unknown : but having entered into dis
putes with her colonies, she brought on a war, of
which she felt the ruinous effects, by the dismem
berment of her empire in N. America ; and Bri
tish America, at the peace in 1783, was circum
scribed within the narrow limits already men
tioned.]
A Chronological List of the most celebrated Dis
coverers of America :
Years.
1492. Christopher Columbus, a Genoese, who,
on the llth October, first discovered the
island which is called San Salvador, one of
the Lucayas, and afterwards the following :
1497. The island of Trinidad, coast of Nueva
Andalucia.
1498. The island of Margarita.
1302. Portobello, Nombre de Dios, the Rio de
San Francisco, with the other coasts and
islands. This great man, alas ! worthy of a
better fortune, died on the 20th May, 1506,
in Valladolid ; and having required in his
will that his body should be carried em
balmed to the island of St. Domingo, one of
the Larger Antilles, these lines were inscribed
Years.
upon his tomb, and which, for those times,
are excellent :
Hie locus abscondit prceclarf membra Columbi y
Cujus prcedarum nomen ad asfra xolat.
Non satis unus erat sibi mundus notus, at orbem
Ignotum priscis omnibus ipse dedit.
Divilias summas terras dispcrsit in omnes,
Atque animas ccelo tradidit innumcras.
Intpnit campos ditinis legibus aptos,
Pegibus et noslris prospera regna dedit.
1497. Americo Vespucio discovered, in the month
of May, the coast of Paria, and from him the
whole of the New World takes its name.
1498. The Antilles, the coast of Guayana, and
that of Venezuela.
1501, The const of Brazil, the Bay of Todos
Santos, and the e. coast of Paraguay.
1503. A second time the coast of Brazil, the
river Curubnta, that of La Plata, and the
coast of Los Pampas in Paraguay.
1498. Vicente Yanez Pinzon, a Spaniard, dis
covered Tombal, Angra, the Rio de las
Amazonas and its islands, the Para or Mara-
non, and the coast of Paria and Caribana.
1501. Rodrigo Galvan de Bastidas, a Spaniard,
discovered the islands Verde, Zamba, the
city of Calamari, now Cartagena, the Gulph
of Uraba, part of the n. coast of Darien and
that of Sims.
151 1 . Juan Diaz de Solis, a Spaniard, discovered
part of the course of the river La Plata in Pa
raguay.
1512. Vasco Nunez de Balboa discovered the S.
or Pacific sea through the Isthmus of Pa
nama.
Juan Ponce de Leon discovered Florida.
1514. Gaspar de Morales discovered, in the S.
sea, the islands of Las Perlas and those of
Rey.
1515. Pedrarias Davila discovered the coast of
Panama, the Cape of Guerra, Cape Blanco,
and the a?, coast of Darien, as far as the point
of Garachine.
1517. Francisco Hernandez de Cordova disco
vered Yucatan.
1518. Juan de Grijalba began the discovery of
Nueva Espana.
1519. Hernando de Magallanes, a Portuguese,
discovered the port and river of San Julian^
and on the 6th of November of the following
year, 1520, the strait to which he gave his
name. He also discovered the land of the Pata-
gones, that of Fuego, and the Pacific Sea. He
was the first who went round the world from
46
AMERICA.
Years.
the w. to the c. in which voyages he spent
three years and 28 clays, returning to Eu
rope in the same ship, which was called the
Victor j/, and of which it was said,
Prhna ego velivolis ambivi curs ib us orbem.
Afagelliana worn sub duce duct a f retro*.
Ambh i, weritotfue vocor Victoria ; sunt mi
Vela, alce t prelium gloria, pugna mare.
1522. Gil Gonzalez Davila discovered through
Nueva Espana the S. Sea, and Andres Nino
652 leagues of coast in the N. Sea.
1524. Rodrigo Bastidas discovered Santa Marta.
1525. Francisco Pizarro, Hernando de Luqne,
and Diego de Almagro,. joined company in
Panama, and discovered the river of San
Juan, the country of Esrneraldas, and the
coast of Manta.
1526. Francisco Pizarro discovered the land of
Tumbez.
Francisco de Montejo discovered Yucatan.
Sebastian Gobato, a Venetian, discovered
the coast and land of Pernambuco, and 200
leagues further on of the river Paraguay,
and of that of La Plata.
1531. Garcia de Lerma, a Spaniard, discovered
a great part of the large river Magdalena in
the new kingdom of Granada.
Diego de Ordcz discovered the grand river
Orinoco, and the country of the Caribes.
Nunode Guzman discovered Nueva Gali-
cia, called Xalisco.
1533. Francisco Pizarro, Marquis of Los Char-
cas and Atavillos, discovered the island of
Puna, Tumbez, Truxillo, the coast of Peru,
as far as Guanuco and Caxamarca.
1535. He discovered the river Rimac, Pachaca-
mac, and the coast of Lima.
1533. Pedro de Alvarado and Hernando dc Soto
discovered Cuzco and Chimo.
1534. Sebastian Venalcazar discovered Quito,
the Pastes Indians, and other parts of Po-
payan.
1535. Diego de Almagro discovered Atacama
and Chile.
Pedro de Mendoza, a Portuguese, disco
vered the rest of the river La Plata, and the
famous mountain of Potosi.
1539. Pedro de Valdivia discovered the rest of
the kingdom of Chile, the country of the
Araucanos, Chiloe, the land of the Pata-
gones, and the coast of Magellan to the z&
1540. Gonzalo Pizarro discovered the rivers Na-
po arid Coca, aud the province of the Canelos.
Years.
1540. Panfilo de Narvaez discovered Nuevo
Mexico.
Francisco de Orellana discovered the
grand river Maranon, or of the Arnazonas.
1543. Domingo de Irala discovered the rivers
Paraguay and Guarani.
1566. Alvarode Mendana discovered the Solo
mon Isles.
1576. Francis Drake, an Englishman, discovered
Cayenne and the coast of Guayana..
157S. lie discovered the islands of the straits of
Magellan, the whole of the coast, of Chile,
the islands of Mocha, other islands, and the
coast of Peru.
15S5. He discovered the coast of the llio del
Hacha and of Coro, of which it is said :
Quern tlmuit Icevis etiam Neptunus in widis y
Et rediit toto victor ab oceano,
Fcedifragos pellcns pelago prostabit Iberos
JDrakius, huic tumulus CKquoris unda fuit.
1601. Juan de Onate discovered the rest of Nu
evo Mexico.
1616. Jacobo de Maire, a Dutchman, discovered
the strait which still preserves the name he
gave it.
1617. Fernando Quiros discovered the unknown
land to the *. near the Antarctic Pole.
1619. John More, James Hermit, and John
Hugo Scapenham, Dutchmen, discovered
the islands of the Estates, Port Mauritius,
and the island called Hermit.
1670. Nicolas Mascardi, a Jesuit, discovered the
city of Cesares, in the kingdom of Chile.
[1764. Byron, an Englishman Islands in Pacific
Ocean.
1766. Carteret, an Englishman do.
Wallis, an Englishman do.
Pages, a Frenchman do.
Bougainville, a Frenchman do.
1769. Cook, an Englishman made discoveries
1771.
in the Pacific.
Surville, a Frenchman do.
1775.
Marion and du Clesmeur, Frenchmen do.
Hearne, an Englishmando.
Cook, Clerke, and Gore, Englishmen do.
Carter, an Englishman in N. America.
1789. Mackenzie, an Englishman do.
Pike, an American in Louisiana.]
A Catalogue of the Founders of the principal
Cities of S. America.
Years.
1502. Christopher Columbus Portobelo.
1509. Alonso de Ojeda Buenavista.
* Probably J reta.
AMERICA.
Years.
1.5 JO. Diego Nicuesa Nombre de Dios.
1514. Gabriel de Roxas Acla.
1517. Caspar Espinosa Nata.
1518. Pedrarias Davila Panama.
1519. Pedro Daza Santiago de Atalayas.
1525. Gonzalo de Ocampo Cordova deCumana.
Marcelo Villalobos Margarita.
Rodrigo Bastidas Santa Marta.
1526. Ifiigo Carbajal Curaana.
1530. Ambrosio Alfinger Maracaibo.
1531. Francisco Pizarro Piura.
Pedro de Heredia Cartagena and Tolu.
Fraucisco Pizarro- Arequipa.
Sebastian Benalcazar Quito.
Francisco. Pacheco Puerto Viejo.
Nicolas Federman Rancheria.
Francisco Pizarro Truxillo, Lima.
Pedro de Mendoza Buenos Ayres.
Francisco Henriquez Tenerife.
Diego dc Almagro Almagro.
Alonso de Alvarado Chachapoios.
Pedro de Mendoza Buena Esperanza.
Sebastian Benalcazar Cali, Popayau.
Francisco de Orellana Guayaquil.
Pedro de Anasco Timana.
Gonzalo Ximenez de Quesada Santa Fe.
Sebastian Benalcazar La Plata.
Juan Salazar La Ascension.
Pedro Anzures Chuquisaca.
Francisco Pizarro Huamarga.
Juan Gomez Alvarado Guanuco.
Lorenzo de Aldana Pasto.
Sebastian Benalcazar Plasencia.
Martin Galiano Velez.
1510. Geronimo Santa Cruz Mompox.
Pedro Ordifiez de Cevallos, Lope de Her-
rera, and Diego Sotelo Altagracia.
1541. Juan Salinas Valladolid.
Pedro de V aldivia Santiago de Chile.
Geronimo Aguado Malaga.
Francisco Henriquez Barbudo.
1542. Jorge Robledo Antioquia, Anserma, Car-
tago.
Sebastian Benalcazar Arma.
Juan de Salinas Loyola
1543. Alonso Fuenmayor Almaguer*
Juan Moreno Caloto.
Sebast ian Benulcazar -Caramanta.
Diego Martinz de Ospina Neiva.
THUS Diaz Melgarejo Ontiveros.
1544. Sebastian Venegas Tocaima.
Lorenzo Martin Tamalaincque.
Fernando Valdez Soiupallon, S. Miguel
de las Pulmas,
Years.
J544.
1546.
1547.
1548.
1549.
1535.
153G.
1537.
1538.
1539.
1550.
155 1 .
1552.
1553.
1555.
1557.
1558.
1559.
1560.
1562.
1563.
1566.
1570.
1571.
Pedro de Valdivia Coquimbo, La Serena.
Alonso Mercadillo Loxa.
Jacobo Castellon Cadiz.
Luis Lanchero Muzo.
Pedro dc Ursua Tudela.
Francisco Roldan Victoria.
Alonso Mendoza La Paz, Vilianueva de
los Infantes.
Garcia de Mendoza Confines.
Juan Nunez de Prado Cordova del Tucu-
man, Santiago del Estero.
Diego Palomina Jaen.
Andres Salinas Salinas.
Pedro Mercadillo Zamora.
Fernando de Santa Ana Los Reyes.
Peel rode Valdivia Villa Rica, La Imperial.
Andres Lopez Galarza Ibaque.
Francisco Pedroso Mariquita.
Pedro Mantilla San Juan Giron.
Geronimo Avellaneda S. Juan de los
Llanos.
Juan Viliegas Segoria.
Pedro de Valdivia Valdivia.
Pedro de Alvarado Toro.
Juan Lopez de Heredia Caguan.
Andres Hurtado de Mendoza Canete.
Pedro de Tarita Londres.
Adriano de Vargas S. Joseph de Cravo.
Gil Ramirez Davalos Cnenca.
Miguel de Armendariz Pamplona.
Andres Hurtado de Mendoza Osorno.
Diego de Paredes Paz de Truxillo.
Gil Ramirez Davalos Baeza.
Lope Garcia de Castro Castro, or Chiloe.
Francisco Faxardo Carballeda.
Francisco Rivas Cara.
Domingo Fernandez de Solo Caceres.
Diego Lopez de Zuniga fca.
Juan de los Pinos Merida.
Alonso Rangel Salazar de las Palmas.
Pedro Centellas Barcelona.
Diego Lopez de Zuniga Arnedo.
Juan de Salamanca-Carora.
Francisco Cuceres San Christobal.
Francisco 1 lernandez Ocana.
Francisco de Toledo Guancavelica.
Martin de Loyola Santa Cruz de Loyola.
Miguel de Ibarra Ibarra.
Juan Pedro Olivcra Cornuta.
Pedro Sarmiento Filipolis, Nombre de Dios.
Antoniode los Rios San Jus(ino>
Domingo Lozano Buga.
Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza
Mendoza,
48
Years
1572. Gaillermo de la Mota Villar San Luis
de Marafion.
Diego Vaca de Vega Borja.
Diego Fernandez de Cordova Moquehna.
Juan de Zarate S. Martin del Puerto.
Joseph Manso de Velasco Buena vista del
Callao.
Catalogue of the Founders of the principal Cities
of Spanish N. America.
1494. Bartolomew Columbus St. Domingo.
Christopher Columbus Bonao.
Christopher Columbus Concepcion de la
Vega.
1502. Juan de Esquivel Higuey.
Juan de Esquivel Ceibo.
Nicholas de Ovando Puerto de Plata.
1503. Diego Velasquez Xaragua.
Diego Velasquez Salvatierra.
Diego Velasquez Maguana.
Diego Velasquez Yaquimo.
1504. Diego Velasquez Azua.
Nicolas de Obando Yaguana.
Nicolas de Obando Buenaventura.
1505. Rodrigo Mexica Cotui.
1506. Juan de Esquivel Salvaleon.
1509. Juan Esquivel Santiago de los Cabal-
leros.
Juan de Esquivel Sevilla.
1510. Juan Ponce de Leon Puertorrico.
1514. Diego Velasquez Santiago dc Cuba.
Diego Velasquez Baracoa.
Diego Velasquez Puerto Principe.
Diego V r elasquez Sancti Spiritus.
Diego Velasquez Havana.
Juan de Garay Melilla.
Juan de Garay Oristan.
1518. Hernan Cortes Segura de Tepeaca.
Hernan Cortes Vera Cruz.
1520. Gonzalo de Sandoval San Estevan del
Puerto.
1522. Andres de Tapia Medellin.
Gonzato de Sandoval Goazacoalco.
Gonzalo de Sandoval Colima.
1523. Juliano Rodriguez de Villafuerte Zaca-
tula.
Francisco Fernandez de Cordova- --Leon
de Nicaragua.
Francisco Fernandez de Cordova Gra
nada.
1524. Francisco Fernandez de Cordova Bru-
selas.
Pedro de Alvarado Santiago de Guate
mala.
Francisco de las Casas Truxillo.
AMERICA.
Years.
1525. Hernan Cortes Nra. Sra. de Victoria de
Tabasco,
1526. Francisco de Montejo Valladolid de Yu-
} . .catan.
1528. Diego Mazariegos Villaroel.
1530. Diego Davila S. Sebastian de Chiametla.
Niuio de Guzman S. Miguel de Culia-
can.
Gabriel de Roxas Gracias a Dios. tmrr^
1531. Diego Mazariegos Chiapa.
Alonso de Carceres Comayagua.
Nuiio de Guzman Guadalaxara.
Nuno de Guzman Espiritu Santo.
Nuiio de Guzman Compostela deXalisco.
Nuno de Guzman Purificacion.
Christobal de Olid Pascnaro or Mechoa-
can.
1532. Francisco de Montejo Salamanca.
Diego Davila San Jorge de Olancho.
1533. Licenciado Saluieron Puebla de los Ange
les.
Nicolas de Obando Monte Christi.
1536. Christobal de Olid Valladolid .
Pedro de Alvarado San Pedro.
1538. Alonso de Ojeda Buena V r ista.
1540. Francisco de Montejo S. Francisco de
Campeche.
1542. Francisco de Montejo Merida.
1551. Francisco de Ibarra Guadiann.
1560. Juan de Tolosa Zacatecas.
1565. Pedro Menendez San Agustin.
1570. Don Martin Henriquez Concepcion de
Zelaya.
1596. Andres de Arriola Panzacola.
1599. Conde de Monterrey Monterrey.
1613. Martin Reolin Lerma.
1618. Diego Fernandez de Cordova Cordova.
1623. Jacobo Castellon Cubagua.
1637. Martin de Zavala Cadereita.
1642. Alvaro de Quinoncs LoreHzana.
1748. Don Joseph Escandon Monclova.
1750. Don Joseph Escandon Altamira.
[AMESBURY, a flourishing town in Essex
county, Massachusetts, on the n. w. bank of Merri-
mack river, about four miles n. w. of Newbury-
port, containing 1801 inhabitants. Powaws river
divides the township from Salisbury, over which a
handsome bridge has lately been erected. A num
ber of mills lie on this river round the lower falls.
See POWAWS River.]
[AMEWELL is the most populous town in
Hunterdown county, New Jersey. It contains
5201 inhabitants, including 283 slaves.]
[AMHERST, a township in Cumberland coun-
A M I
ty, Nova Scotia, situate on Chignecto Bason, on
the s. side of La Planch river, and on the rivers
Napan and Macon. The navigation of the two
last is difficult, on account of shoals. The town
was settled by North Irish, Yorkshire, and New
England people.]
[AMHERST, the shire town of Hillsborough
county, New Hampshire, is a town of some note,
formerly Souhegan West, and was originally
granted from Massachusetts. It has 2369 inhabi
tants, and was incorporated in 1762. The Aurean
Academy was founded here in 1790. A few years
ago, the township being much infested with wolves,
the people, on a day appointed, surrounded a large
swamp whicli they frequented, and kept up an in
cessant firing of guns and beating of drums the
whole day ; which music forced the wolves to de
camp the following night with dismal bowlings,
and they have never done any mischief in the town
since. Amherst lies on a n. branch of Souhegan
river, which falls into Merrimack river, and is 60
miles w. of Portsmouth, and 53 n.w. of Boston.
Lat. 42 54 n. Long. 71 33 o>.]
[AMHERST, a township in Hampshire county,
Massachusetts, containing 1233 inhabitants; 91
miles w. from Boston, and about eight n.e. from
Northampton.]
[AMHERST County, in Virginia, lies between
the Blue Ridge and the tidewaters, and contains
13,703 inhabitants, including 5296 slaves. It lies
on the n. of James river.]
[AMICU, a lake in the province of Cumana,
S. America, whose waters run s. through Parima
river into the Amazon.]
AMICURI, a lake of the province and country
of th Amazonas, in the part possessed by the
Portuguese, formed by a river which enters the
Madera.
AMILGAMBO, or AMILGANELO, a settlement
of the province and government of Tucuman, in
the jurisdiction of the city of Rioxa, to the n. n. e.
It is now destroyed, and the ruins of it alone re
main.
AMILPA, a head settlement of the district of
the alcaldia mayor of Xochimilco in Nueva Es-
pana, situate on the top of a mountain whicli rises
near the capital. It has in it a very good convent
of the order of St. Francis, with an endowed ca-
thedral for the instruction of the novices in the
Mexican tongue. It is surrounded by many wards ;
and the number of Indian families amount alto
gether to 730, who live by tilling the ground.
[AMILPAS, two volcanoes in the province of
Guatemala in New Spain, near the mountains of
Soconusco.]
VOL. I.
A M O
49
AMILTEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Juquila, and alcaldia may or
of Xicayan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 14
families of Indians, and is six leagues from its ca
pital towards the n. e.
AM1NE, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, which rises in its mountains, and
runs from w. to e. until it enters the Guarapiche.
AM1RCARE, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia,
which rises near the country of the Caribes In
dians, runs from w. to e. and enters the Caroni.
AMIT, a river of the province and government
of Louisiana, which runs from s. to the side of the
Mississippi, and enters the Akankia.
AM1XOCORES, a barbarous nation of Indians
of the kingdom of Brazil, who inhabit the woods
and mountains to the $. of the capital of Rio Ja-
neyro. They are cruel and treacherous, and main
tain a continual warfare with the Portuguese.
Their territory and their manners are but little
known.
AMOCO, a settlement of the province and eor-
regimiento of Ayinaraez in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Pocoanca.
[AMOENIA, a thriving township in Dutchess
county, New York, six miles distant from Sharon
in Connecticut. It contains 3078 inhabitants, of
whom 383 are electors.]
AMOGUAJES, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settle
ment of the province and government of Quijos
Marcas in the kingdom of Quito, situate on the
shore of a small river which enters the Putumayo.
AMOI, a river of the province and government
of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises in
the country of the Simi^ayes Indians, runs from
n. to s. and enters the Tigre, or Pinguera.
AMOI A, a river of the new kingdom of Gra
nada. It rises behind the desert of Ruiz, and
after many turnings enters the river Magdalena.
AMOLA, or AMULA, alcaldia mayor and juris
diction of Nueva Espana, in the kingdom of Nu
eva Galicia, and bishopric of Guadalaxara. In
the Mexican tongue it signifies the land of many
trees, from its being well stocked with them. The
name is now corrupted, and is called Amula. Its
jurisdiction is composed of 17 settlements, which,
from the coast of the S. sea, form a cordillera to
wards the e. as far as the boundaries of Zavula.
The capital is the settlement of Tuzcacuezco.
The settlements of its jurisdiction are :
Tuzcacuezco, Cuzalapa,
Mazatlan, Ton ay a,
San Gabriel, Tetepam,
Ayotitlan, Xiquilpa,
A M O
Chacala,
Copa/a, Cuicatlau,
San Juan, Z a pot it Ian,
Chachichilco, Toxin.
Tollman,
AMOLTEPEC, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Teozaqualco in Nucva Espaua. It con
tains 96 families of Indians, who gather cochi
neal and cultivate some maize. Jt is nine leagues
to the .<?. ofifs capital.
[ YMONOOSl CK, an Indian name given to
two fivers in New Hampshire ; the one is called
Upper Amonoosnck, passing through a track of
excellent meadow. Jl rises near the n. end of the
White hills, runs n. about 15 miles, where is a
carrying place of about three miles to Amariscog-
gin river. From thence the river runs s. to. and
w. nearly 18 miles, and empties into the Con
necticut at Northumberland, near the Upper
Coos.
The other is called Great or Lower Amonoo-
suck, which rises on the w. side of the White
mountains. It falls into the Connecticut just
above the town of Ilaverhill in Lower Coos, by
a mouth 100 yards wide. About two miles from
its mouth it receives Wild Amonoosuck, 40 yards
wide, from Francoiiia and Lincoln mountains.
Two or three hours rain raises the water in this
last mentioned river several feet, and occasions a.
current so furious as to put in motion stones of a
foot in diameter, but its violence soon subsides.]
AMOPOCAN, a settlement of Indians of the
province and corregimietilo of Cuyo in the king
dom of Chile, situate on the shore of a river.
AMORTAJADO. See SANTA CLARA.
AMOTAPE, a settlement of the province and
rorrtgimicfilo of Piura in Prtu, immediately upon
the coast of the S. sea, and a quarter of a league
from, the river of its nnme, which forms itself into
pools in the rainy season, which so fertilize the
land as to produce abundance of seeds, roo/s, and
fruits peculiar to a hot climate. It is in the direct
Voad called Vales, which leads to Piura. In its
vicinity is a mine of Cope, a sort of black and
hard naphtha, resembling ns/iphulla, in which a
great commerce is carried on with the ports,
Avheie it is used instead of a. quitran, though it is
more conunonlv mixed with the latter. [In -4
50 kit. 80 42 w. lung.] and 14 leagues from the
capital.
AMOTAPF, a sierra of the same province and
corregimiento, beginning at cape Blanco, arid
running in a n. n. c. direction until it becomes in
corporated with the sierra of Pachini.
AMOTAP. -, a river ef the above province.
A M S
AMOZAQtJE, a settlement and head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of the
Puebla de los Angelos, situate in a hot and diy
temperature. It contains, besides the parish
church, a convent of the order of St. Francis ;
one hundred families of Spaniards, Mulattoes, and
Mustees, and 586 of Indians, including those of
the wards of its jurisdiction. Three leagues c. of its
capital.
[A MPA LLA, by some authors called AM PALI A,
a city and seaport in Guatemala gulf, in that of
Mexico, 350 miles s. e. of the city of Guatemala,
and carries on a brisk trade in cochineal, cocoa,
hides, indigo, &c.]
AMPARAES, a settlement of the province and
corrcgimiento of Paucartambo in Pern, annexed
to the curacy of that of Cochabamba. [Lat.
19 12 jr. Long. 67 3 a>.] ,,cqH
AMPATA, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, and of the jurisdiction
of the city of Rioja, and to the s. of the same.
AMPI, a settlement of the province and ror-
regimiento of Parinacoche in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Pacca.
AMPOLA, a river of the province and colony
of N. Carolina, which runs s. and enters the Al-
dama.
AMPONES, a barbarous nation of Indians in
the province and government of Paraguay. The
natives are small, and inhabit the forests of the
Rio de la Plata to the s. It is bounded n. by the
Yaperaes, e. by the Mcpones, and s. by the Chi-
menes. They all form one nation, although they
are dirided into several tribes. They are cour
teous and valorous, maintain themselves upon
wild fruits and fish, which they catch in the.yeigh*
bouring lakes, and which they preserve by smok
ing. They enjoy a line country and a healthy
climate. They have some gold mines, and this
metal is also found in the sand of the shores of
their rivers; nor are they without some inter
course with the city of Concepcion. Some have
been converted to the Catholic faith through the
zeal and exertions of the Jesuits.
AMSTERDAM, a capital town of the island
of Cura/ao, with a large bay on the s. coast, op
posite the cape of Ilicacos of Tierra Finne.
[AMSTKHUAM, a new township in Montgomery
county, New York. It contains 235 inhabitants,
who arc electors.]
AMSTERDAM, NEW, a city in the province of
Guajjfc^ta, and in the Dutch possessions, situate
near fl|i$oast. [Lat. 6 n. Long. 57 15 o>.]
AMsk.iiDAM, another city in the province
and colony of New England, which belongs to
AMU
(he English, but founded by the Dutch on the
shore of the bay and river called Mantrati. See
NEW YORK.
AMSTERDAM, an island of the S. sea, discovered
by the Dutch captain Tasmani, who gave it this
name in 1643. It lies for the most part very low,
and is subject to inundations of the sea at the flood
tides, when the water rises to the height of nine
feet. It is inhabited by savages of a docile and
affable nature, who have good means of subsist
ence. The climate is temperate, and it is seven
leagues distant from the other island, which the
Dutch call Rotterdam.
AMUES, SAN FRANCISCO DE LOS, a settle
ment and real of the silver mines of the alcaldia
mayor of San Luis de la Paz, and bishopric of
Mechoacan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 36
families of Spaniards, 92 of Mustees and Mulattoes,
and 43 of Indians, who are all employed in the
commerce of the silver that is dug from the mines.
Fifteen leagues e. of the capital.
AMULALAS, or AMULALS, a settlement of
the province and government of Tucuman, called
formerly Mataray. It is a population of the an
cient Abipones Indians.
AMURCAS, a nation of barbarous Indians,
descended from the Panches, in the new kingdom
of Granada. They live in the forests to the s. of
the river Magdalena; but of them little is known.
[AMUSKEAG FALLI, in New Hampshire, are
on Merrimack river, 16 miles below Concord,
and seven below Hookset falls. It consists of
three pitches, one below the other, so that the
water falls about 80 feet in the course of half a
mile. The second pitch, which may be seen from
the read on the w. side, is truly majestic. In the
middle of the upper part of the fall is a high
rocky island, on the top of which are a number of
pits, made exactly round, like barrels or hogs
heads, some of which are capable of holding
several tons ; formed by the circular motion of
small stones, impelled by the force of the descend
ing water. There is a bridge a little below the
falls, 556 feet in length, and 20 in breadth, con
sisting of 2000 tons of timber, and made passable
for travellers 57 days after it was begun. Lat.
42 59 nJ
AMU fURI, a large river of the new kingdom
of Granada, which runs through the plains of
Cazanare, and being united to the river of this
name, enters the Orinoco on the n. side.
AMUZGOS, a head settlement of the- district
of the a/ca/(#a mayor of Xicayan in Nueva Es
pana. It is of a hot temperature, and contains
ANA l
three or four families of Spaniards, and 76 of
Indians, who carry on a commerce in cotton,
bainilla, tobacco, and cochineal, which are its
natural productions. It lies 15 leagues between
n. and s. of its capital.
ANA, STA. a settlement of the government of
Mariquita in the new kingdom of Granada. It
has more than 200 housekeepers, is of a hot tem
perature, but is nevertheless healthy, and abound
ing in natural productions, notwithstanding it
must be allowed, that the water is apt to cause
cotosj or morbid swellings in the throat, an epi-
demy to which almost all the inhabitants are sub
ject. It has been a place of note, in consideration
of its silver mines, from whence immense quanti
ties of this metal have been extracted, but they
are now abandoned.
ANA, STA. another small settlement or ward in
the district of Ocuila, and alcaldia mayor of Mari-
nalco, in Nueva Espana.
ANA, STA. another settlement in the district of
Tenanzingo, and of the former alcaldia mayor in
the same kingdom, situate on the verge of a deep
chasm, which divides this jurisdiction from that of
Zaqualpa. It contains 31 families of Indians, is
of a moderate temperature, and lies two leagues
from its capital.
ANA, STA. another settlement and head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Zul-
tepec in the same kingdom. It contains 117
families of Indians, who collect much wax and
virgin honey in their district. Seven leagues *.
of its capital.
ANA, STA. another, in the head settlement of the
district and alcaldia mayor of Toluca, with 124
families of Indians, and close to its capital.
ANA, STA. another, in the head settlement of the
district of Isabel, and alcaldia mayor of Cholula.
It contains 134 Indian families, and is three
leagues s. of its capital.
ANA, STA. another, in the province and govern
ment of the Chiquitos Indians in Peru, reduced
by the missions held there by the Jesuits. In the
head settlement of the Rio Capivari.
ANA, STA. another, in the province and govern
ment of Cartagena, and kingdom of Tierra Firme,
of the district of Mompox, situate on the shore of
the large river Magdalena.
ANA, STA. another, of the missions that were
held by the Jesuits in the province and govern
ment of Paraguay, situate on the *hore oft Jie river
Parana, between the settlements of San Cosine and
Loreto.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and can-
H 2
52 ANA
tainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore of
the river Xingu, in the country of the Guaiapis
Indians.
ANA, STA. another, of the island of Curac,oa,
and colony of the Dutch, situate on the s. coast,
and opposite that of Tierra Firme.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and govern
ment of Buenos Ayres, situate to the s. of San
Joaquin.
ANA, STA. another, of the province of Tarau-
mara in Nueva Espana, a reduction of the mis
sions held here by the Jesuits. It is 15 leagues
from the real of San Felipe de Chiguaga.
ANA, STA. another, of the province of Cinaloa,
a reduction of the missions of the abolished society
of the Jesuits.
ANA, STA. another, in the kingdom of Nueva
Mexico, a reduction of the missions of the order
of St. Francis.
ANA, Si A. another, in the province and cor-
regimiento of Castro Vireyna in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Pilpichaca.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and corregi-
miento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the curacy
of Pucquin.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and corre~
gimiento of Porco in the same kingdom.
ANA, STA. another small settlement or ward of
the district and jurisdiction of Valladolid, in the
province and bishopric of Mechoacan.
ANA, STA. another,in the head settlement of the
district of Yautepec, and alcaldia mayor of Nex-
apa, in Nueva Espana, situate on the top of a
bill. It contains 18 Indian families, who employ
themselves in the culture of grain ; and it lies to
the s. of its bead settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Mitla, and alcaldia mayor of Tentit-
lan. It contains 25 families of Indians, is of a
cold and moist temperature, and lies a little more
than four leagues from its head settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Amaqueca, and alcaldia mayor of
Zayula, situate between two lofty hills to the s.
of lake San Marcos. It is of a benign and
healthy temperature, enjoys pure and delicate
waters, contains 70 Indian families, and its dis
trict abounds in maize, wheat, and fruits. Five
leagues n. e. of its head settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the corrtgimiento and
jurisdiction of Velez, in the new kingdom of Gra
nada, annexed to the curacy of Chitaraque. It is
of a hot temperature, abounding in the same fruits
as that place, and from whence it is but at a small
distance. It contains 250 housekeepers.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and corre-
gimicnto of Angaraes in Peru.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Tepecpan, and alcaldia mayor of
Theotihuacan, in Nueva Espana.
ANA, STA. another, which is the real of the
mines of the alcaldia mayor of Guanajuato, in the
same kingdom and province, and bishopric of
Mechoacan.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Huchuetlan, and alcaldia mayor of
Cuicatlan. It contains 149 families of Indians,
and is two leagues and a half to the ;/. of its head
settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlajomulco. It
contains a convent of the order of St. Francis.
ANA, STA. another, of the missions held there
by the Jesuits, in the province of Tepeguana and
kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya: situate on the shore
of the river Florido, near the settlement and real
of the mines of Parral.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme; situate on the shores of the lake of this
name, and at the part opposite to the entrance of
the same.
ANA, STA. another, of the same province and
government as the former, situate in the peninsula
formed by the cape of San Roman, of that coast,
and in the w. part.
ANA, STA. another, of the province of Barce
lona, and government of Cumana, in the kingdom
of Tierra Firme; one of those held in charge by
the missionaries of Peritu, and followers of St.
Francis ; situate on the top of a mountain, towards
th s. and a quarter of a league e. of the town of
San Fernando.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and govern
ment of Cumana, situate to the e. of the city of Cu-
managoto, and near the settlement of Aracagua.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and go
vernment of Moscos in the kingdom of Quito ;
situate on the shore of the river Yacume, between
this and that of Marmore.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and country
of the Amazonas, in the territory of Matagroso ;
situate near the river Senere, between this and the
Itenes.
[ANA, STA. a mission and real of mines of the
province of Old California, celebrated on account
of the astronomical observations of Velasquez.]
ANA, STA. another settlement and parish 01 the
island of Guadaloupe, situate in the part of the Gran
Tierra and s. coast, in front of the Diamond isles.
ANA
ANA, STA. another, which is the real of the
gold mines belonging to the Portuguese, in the
territory and country of the Araes Indians in Bra
zil, situate on the shores of the port and river of
that name.
ANA, STA. another, which is a parish of the
English in the island of Jamaica, in the n. part.
ANA, STA. a town of the province and govern
ment of Venezuela, founded in the peninsula of
Paraguana, very near the w. coast.
ANA, STA. another, in the n. part of the island
Margarita, of the Guayqueries Indians, who are
indemnified by the king from all contributions.
They employ themselves in fishing, and in the
years when the rain is abundant they have plenty
of maize. They manufacture very fine hats of
straw,* and cords of the same, which they use
in ornamenting their lances, and for other pur
poses.
ANA, STA. a small river of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, which runs into the
sea near the cape of San Antonio of the Rio de la
Plata.
ANA, STA. another, in the province and alcaldia
mayor of Tabasco in Nueva Espana, which runs
into the sea between the river Topliquillos and
Dos Bocos, in the bay of Mexico.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and country
of tile Amazonas, in the territory of Matogroso.
It rises in some mountains near the road that leads
to Villaboa, runs from n. to s. making several
windings, and enters the river Prieto, just pre
vious to its entering upon the confines of Para
guay.
ANA, STA. another, also called \acuma, in
the province and government of Moxos of the
kingdom, of Quito. It rises near lake Rogacuelo,
runs towards the s. s. e. and afterwards directing
its course to the e. enters the river Marmore.
AN A, STA. another, of Hispaniola or St. Domingo,
in the part possessed by the French. It runs
w. and enters the sea by the coast in this direction,
between the settlement of San Luis and the river
Tuerto.
ANA, STA. another, on the coast which lies
between the river La Plata, and the straits of
Magellan.
ANA, STA. islands of the N. sea, near the coast
of Brazil, in the bay of San Luis de Marauans.
Of these there are three, but they are all deserted.
They abound in thick woods, in which are found
large birds, called by the Indians faux, from suf
fering themselves to be easily taken. [Long. 43
44 . Lat. 2 SO 7 .]
ANA, STA. another small island of the same
ANA S3
kingdom of Brazil, on the coast of the province
and captainship of Maranan, also called Dos
Macomes by the Portuguese, between the point
of Arboles Secos (dry trees) and the canal of
Buen Fondo.
ANA, STA. another, in the straits of Magellan,
on the n. coast, near the entrance of the S. sea.
ANA, STA. a bay of the island of Curazao, op
posite the cape or point of Hicacos.
ANA, STA. a mountain of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela, called El Pan de Santa
Ana, in the peninsula of Paraguana.
ANA, STA. a point of land on the w. coast of
the straits of Magellan, between the bay of Agua
Buena and that of La Gente.
ANA, STA. another, on the same coast and
strait, in the bay of Buena Pesca.
ASA, STA. another river, with the additional
title Maria, in the province and government of
Buenos Ayres. It runs w. and enters the Parana
between the rivers of Potre and Antonio Tomas.
[See ANNA and ST. ANN.]
[ANAHUAC, the ancient Indian name of Now
Spain, or Mexico, including all the parts of New
Spain lying between the 14th and 21st degrees oT
latitude.]
ANAICA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy
of Arahuay.
ANAIRAHI, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore
of the river Xingu, in the country of the Guayapls
Indians.
ANALCO, the akaldia mayor and jurisdiction
of Nueva Galicia in Nueva Espana, of the bishop
ric of Guadalaxara. It is much reduced, and
extends to only as far as three other settlements,
but enjoys the title from being governed by ah
ordinary alcalde, who appoints annually one bf
those of Guadalaxara. The productions of ifs
territory are wheat, maize, seeds, and various
sorts of fruit peculiar to that region. The princi
pal settlement bears the same name. It is of a
cold temperature, and inhabited by 16 families of
Spaniards and Mustees, and 40 of Indians. It
lies a little more than a league to the e. of Guada
laxara, and 80 w. of Mexico, with a slight incli
nation to the n.
ANALCO, another, with the dedicatory title of
San Juan, the head settlement of the district and
alcaldia mayor of Teocuilco in the same kingdom,
of a moderate temperature. Close to it runs the
large river of the same name, in which, at certain
seasons of the year, trout are found. With its
waters they irrigate and fertilize the land for cut-
54
ANA
tivating several fruits ; but the principal emolu
ment of the inhabitants, who are cpmposed of 182
families of Indians, consists in cochineal. Four
teen leagues to thew. with some inclination to the
w. of its capital.
ANALOG, another, with the dedicatory title of
San Pedro, in the head settlement of the district
and alcaldia mayor of Juchipila, annexed to the
curacy of Atemanica, from whence it is two
leagues arid an half distant.
ANALCO, another, in the kingdom of Nueva
"i r*
Vizcaya, situate somewhat more than a quarter of
a league to the s. of the capital of Ouadiana.
ANALOG, another, with the dedicatory title of
San Antonio, in the head settlement and alcaldia
mayor of Cumavnca.
ANA PVCUSI, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Acoria, situate on the shore of the
river I.^ruchnca.
ANANDIVA, or ANADINVA, a river of the
province and captainship of Marauan in Brazil.
ANANEA, a settlement of the province and
corregimietito of Asangaro in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of the capital.
ANANEO, a mountain of the corrcgitnicnlo
and province of Asangaro in the kingdom of Peru,
where there are some rich gold mines, which pro
duce five or six thousand castellanos [an old
Spanish coin, the fiftieth part of a mark of gold,]
a year. Formerly it yielded abundantly, but
the working of it is at present impeded by the
snows.
ANAPITI, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Caxamarquilla in Peru.
ANAPOIMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Tocaima, and government of Mariquita, in the
new kingdom of Granada, situate below the plain
of Juan Diaz. It is of a burning and extremely
bad temperature, abounding only in ticks or lice,
which are very obnoxious and troublesome. It is
situate amidst crags and steep mountains. It is a
short day s journey from Santa Fe, in the high
road which leads to Tocaima. It is very scantily
inhabited, scarcely containing a dozen Indian
families.
ANAPUIA, a large province of Andalucia,
abounding in woods, lying to the s. of the moun
tains of San Pedro. It extends towards the w.
from the river Buria, to the e. from the moun
tains of Meta, and to the n. from the district of
the province of Venezuela. It is very barren, and
its woods are inhabited by some families of the
Parimoes, barbarian Indians.
ANAQU1TO, a valley or entrance to the city
A N C
of Quito, lying on its n. side, having in it a her
mitage or chapel, in which was buried the first
viceroy of Peru, Blasco Nunez Vela, who died
in the battle fought on this plain between himself
and Gonzalo Pi/arro in 1546. It is more than a
mile long, and has a lake abounding in fish and
aquatic fowl.
ANA U AM A, a river of the country of the
Amazonas, in the purt possessed by the Portu
guese.
ANARIQl 1, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Caxamarquilla in Peru.
ANASCO, a settlement of the island of Puer-
torico, situate on the w. coast, on the shore of
the bay of its name.
[AN AST ATI A, ST. a small island closS to
the coast of E. Florida, situated s. of Mastances
inlet, where the river Mastances forms two islands
of the same name at its mouth. St. Anastatia
island is bounded on the n. by St. Augustine s bar.
Here is a quarry of fine stone for building.]
ANATIGUCHAGA, lakes of the province
and government of Maiuas in the kingdom of
Quito. They are three in number, upon the
banks of the river Maranon, with which they com
municate in the territory of the Mainas Indians.
ANAURA-PUCU, a river of the province of
Guayana, in the Portuguese possessions.
ANAU1LLANA, a small river of the province
and country of the Amazonas, in the Portuguese
possessions. It runs from n. to s. and enters the
river Negro, close to the settlement of Toromas.
ANAUX, a river of the province and govern
ment of Venezuela, one of the four which supply
with water the city of Caracas. It rises in the
serrania which lies between this city and thr port
ofGuaira s. and enters the Guaire near the ca
pital.
ANCA MARES, a nation of Indians who in
habit the c. shore of the river Madera, bounded s.
by the nation of Guarinumas, and n. by the Hu-
nuriaes. It is a very warlike and robust nation.
In 1683 they attacked the Portuguese, and obliged
them to give up their intention of introducing
themselves to the right of navigating the river.
They are divided into different tribes or parts, the
most numerous of which are those who form the
tribe of the Ancamaris, inhabiting the shores of
the river Cayari.
ANCA, Point of, on the coast of the king
dom of Chile, and district of Guadalubquen, one
of the two which form the mouth or entrance of the
river of Valdivia.
ANCAS, a nation of Indians, who give their
name to a large settlement of the province of
A N C
Iluailas in Peru, between that -of Curuay, and
that of Yungay. The memory of it alone re
mains, it having 1 been overwhelmed by the ruins
of a mountain, which burst by an earthquake on
the 6th of January, in the year 1725, burying
tlie whole of the population, which amounted to
15,000 souls.
ANCASTE, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of
Gatamarca.
ANCATATA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Paria in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Challapata. It lies 21 leagues from the
town of Oruro.
ANCATEMU, a settlement of Indians of the
island of La Laxa, in the kingdom of Chile, on
the shore of the river {Jiiren.
ANCE, GRAND, a settlement and parish of
the island of Martinica, a curacy of the religion
of .Santo Domingo, situate on the n. coast, be-
\veen the river Capot and that of Lorrain, oil the
shore of the river of its name.
ANCE, GRAND, a small river of the above
island. It runs n. e, and enters the sea close to
that settlement.
A SICE, GRAND, a large bay and capacious
and convenient port of the island of San Christo-
bal, one of the Antillas, in the s. e. extremity,
towards the part of the s. w. between the point of
Salinas and the Gros-Cap.
ANC^, GRAND, another bay, called La Grande
del E. in the island of Guadalupe, on the coast
which looks to that point, between the point of
Vieux-Fort and Los Tres Rios.
ANCE, GRAND, another, called Quartel de
Petite-Ance, a settlement and parish of the
French, in the part which they possess in the
island of St. Domingo, oa the n. coast, between
those of Morin and Llanos of the N.
ANCE, GRAND, another bay of -the coast of
the Rio de San Lorenzo, in New France, between
the rivers Oville and the Three Salmones.
.ANCE, GUAND, another river, La Petite-
Ance, in the island of St. Domingo, and in the
French possessions, it rises near tin? n. coast,
runs n, n. w. and enters the sea opposite the shoal
La Cocque Y r ieul!e.
ANCES, GRANDS, two bays of the island of
Guadalupe, on the w. w. coast, at a small distance
from each other, between the fort of San Pedro
and the point of Gros-Morne, or Gran Morro.
ANCliAC, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Iluanta in Peru, situate on the
summit of the mountain, and on the opposite part
of the river Angoyaco.
A N C 55
ANCIIIHUAI, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of liuumunga in Peru, annexetk
to the curacy of Anco.
ANCHO, a river of the province and govern
ment of Santa Marta in the kingdom of Tierra
Fiirue. It enters the sea from the coast, to the w.
of the point of Aguja.
ANCLOTE, a small island close to the coast
of Florida, between Charles bay and the rrver
S. Pedro. [Lat. 29 4 n. Long. 83 41 pj.1
[ANCLOTE Point, on the peninsula of Califor
nia, and coast of the N. Pacific ocean, lies in
lat. 29 IT w. and 115 11 w. long.; s. from
the town of Vclicata, and n. e. from the small
island of Guadalupe.]
ANCO, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Huamanga in Peru, the province of
Huanta interposing. It is of a cold temperature,
but abounding in the productions peculiar to the
mountains of the Andes, in which i(s inhabitants
have some estates, where they cultivate cocoa,
sugar-cane, maize, and some garden herbs. Its
territory is extremely fertile, but much infested
by insects and reptiles, such as snakes, vipers, and
scorpions, which arc common in every part of the
mountains. Here they have plantains, alligator-
pears, chirinioyas, guat/abtu- , pines of excellent
flavour, oranges, lemons, and other fruit. It has
four other settlements annexed to its curacy, and
formerly it had also another, called Marocmarca,
which was in the valley of this name, within the
mountains ; having been depopulated at the be
ginning of this century, from the inhabitants re
tiring to the other settlements, from dread of the
tigers. It contains 1200 souls, including those of
the four other aforementioned settlements. Twenty
leagues distant from its capital. [Lat. 13 14 s.
Long. 73 10 a>.]
ANCO, another settlement in the province and
corrcgimicnto of Omasuios in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Achacache.
ANCOBAM BA , a settlement of the province and
corre*rir)riento of Amaraez in Peru.
rANCOCpS Creek, in New Jersey, a water of
the Delaware, six miles s.w. from Burlington. It
is navigable 16 miles; and considerable quantities
of lumber are exported from it.]
A.NCON, a very lofty mountain of the pro
vince ami kingdom of Tierra Firme, near to which,
and almost at the skirts, is situate the city of Pa
nama. It is full of a variety of large trees, dif
ferent birds, and animals ; contains several foun
tains of very good water, by. means of which the
city is supplied with a never-failing stream, which
they call Chorrillo, but which is, however, some
56 A N C
distance from the city. There was formerly on
its summit a telegraph, or watch-tower, supported
by the king, to give notice of the vessels which
were coming to that port.
ANCON, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Chancai in Peru, situate upon the
coast.
ANCON, a point of the coast of the S. sea, in
the former province and correginnento.
ANCOX, a gulph, with the sirname of Sardi-
nas, in the province of Esmeraldas and kingdom
of Quito. It lies very open, and consequently
the currents are very rapid. It is somewhat more
than tive leagues distant from the mouth of the
river of Santiago, and four from the point of
Manglares. Its centre is in Lat. 1 25 n. Long.
78 50 w.
ANCON, a shoal of the e. coast of the strait of
Magellan, with the sirname of South. It is oppo
site the bay of Los Gigantes.
ANCONES, very lofty mountains on the coast
and in the government of Santa Marta, on the
skirts of which is a lake, in which are caught
botiitos, (sea fish resembling tunnies). They lie
between the city and the point of Chichibacoa.
ANCOOS, a small river of the province and
English colony of New Jersey, in the county of
Burlington. It runs n. n. w. and enters the Dela
ware.
ANCORA, a small island of the coast of Brazil,
in the province and captainship of Rio Janeyro,
between Bahia-Hermosa, and the river De las
Ostras.
ANCORA1MES, a settlement of the province
and corregimienlo of Omasuyos in Peru, situate
upon the e. shore of the lake Titicaca.
A NCOS, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Conchucos in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Llapo.
ANCUD, a small settlement of the island of
Chiloe, from which the Archipelago derives its
name, the number of the islands being 40. The
largest of all, in which is the city of Castro, is that
of Chiloe, which shuts in the Archipelago on the
u\ They abound in wheat, maize, and amber.
It is usual to find gold upon the sea shore. This
Archipelago is 83 leagues long from n. to s. and
35 wide from e. to w.
ANCUIA and ABADES, a settlement of the
province and government of Pastos in the king
dom of Quito.
ANCUMA, CORDILLERA DE, mountains of
the kingdom of Peru. They run from n. n. w. to
*. s. e. from the province of Asangaro to that of
La Paz, on the side of the great lake Titicaca,
AND
dividing the provinces of Asangaro and Oina-
suyos from those of Apolabamba, Larecaja, and
La Paz.
ANCUTERES, a nation of infidel Indians,
inhabiting the forests of the river Napo. They are
very numerous, savage, treacherous, and incon
stant ; have amongst them a people called Santa
Maria de los Ancuteres, on the shore of a river.
It was a rcducr.ion of the Jesuitical missiona
ries of the province of Quito; is bounded on the s.
and s.s. e. by the nation of the Congies Indians,
and bordering upon those of the Abixiras and
Icaquates.
ANDABAMBA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Acobamba.
ANDAC, a small river of the province and
colony of Nova Scotia. It runs s. and enters the
sea at the bay of Fundy.
ANDACOLLO, a settlement and seat of the
gold mines of the province and corrcgimiento of
Coquimbo in the kingdom of Chile. ^In its dis
trict is the valley of Las Huigerillas, in which is
a convent of the strict observers of the religion of
San Francisco; and upon a lofty mountain, where
the various ramifications of the cordillera unite,
is a celebrated gold mineral. On the summit is a
small plain, from whence runs a stream. In its
church is reverenced an image of Nuestra Senora
del Rosario, before which not only the people of
the neighbouring provinces are eager to make their
devotions, but also some of the most remote pro
vinces.
ANDAHUA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Condesuyos ofArequipain Peru.
ANDAHUAILAS, a province and corregi
miento of Peru, bounded on the n. e. by the pro
vince of A bancay and by that ofAimaraez, s. e.
by Parinacocha, s. by Lucanas, w. by Vilcas
Huaman, and n. e. by the summit of the mountains
of the Andes, from whence it is not remembered
that the infidel Indians, (who inhabit the interior
of those mountains), ever made an incursion upon
this province. Its forests are very thick. It is
24: leagues long from n. w. to s. e. and 15 wide.
The high road from Lima to Cuzco passes through
it. It lias no other river of note than that which
runs down from the province of Vilcas Huaman,
dividing these provinces, and which is called in
this province river of Pampas. The same has a
bridge of criznejas or twigs, of 30 yards long, and
above one and an half wide, by means of which the
cargas pass which are carried from Lima to Cuz
co, and also those which pass from the latter place
to Lima. This province produces wheat, maize,
AND
seeds, and all kinds of fruit ; and from its having
parts in it of a cold temperature, it abounds like
wise in the productions which arc natural to a
similar climate, but this, indeed, in a decree not
more than sufficient to supply its own necessities.
The only branch of its commerce is sugar, of
which SO or 40 thousand arrobas are manufac
tured yearly in several estates. Among the best
of these is that of Moiobamba, -which is entailed
on the Marquises of that title. The inhabitants of
this province should amount to 12,000 souls,
divided into 27 settlements. The repartimiento
used to amount to 110,500 dollars, and the alca-
vala, or centagc on goods sold, to 884 dollars. Its
capital is the settlement of the same name, in Lat.
13 25 s. and Long. 73 s 4 x.
ANDAHUAILAS, a valley of the above province,
memorable for a great battle, in which the Inca
Viracocha was victorious over the nation of the
Chancas, who were commanded by his brother.
Thirty leagues from Cuzco.
AiVDAHUAlLILLAS, a settlement of the
province and corregimiento of Quispicanchi in
Peru .
ANDAIMARCA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Castro- Vireyna in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Huaitara.
ANDAJES, a settlement of the province and
corregimicnto ofCaxatambo in Peru.
ANDALIEN, Valley of, in the province and
corregimiento of Puchacay in the kingdom of
Chile. Jt lies e. of the city of Concepcion.
ANDALIEJ*, a large and navigable river of the
same province and kingdom, which traverses and
irrigates that valley. It laves the fields of the
city of Concepcion, and enters the sea at the bay
of this name, between the rivers Maule and Bio-
bio.
ANDALGALA, a river of the province and
government of Tucuman, on the confines of the
kingdom of Chile.
ANDALGALA, a lake of that province.
ANDALUCIA,NuEVA, a province of the king
dom of Tierra Firme, anciently called Serpa ; divid
ed into North, or Superior, and South, or Inferior.
It comprehends Guayana, or Caribana and Paria.
Taking it at its full extent, it is more than 300
leagues from the island of Margarita, to the cape
Pinion, or n. shore of the river Maranon, inhabit
ed by the barbarous nations of the Caribes, Omi-
guas, Peritoes, Palenques, Arvacos, Amapaes,
Ivarepices, Parimoes, and others. Among the
many rivers which lave it, the largest is the Ori
noco. Its climate is for the most part hot and un
healthy. The ground is rugged, mountainous,
VOL, I.
AND 57
covered with forests, and but little known. Its
coasts, as well on the n. as e. were first discovered
by Columbus in 1497, and afterwards by Ame
rica Vespucio, with Alonzo de Ojeda, in May
I4S8. It contains mines of gold and other metals,
although they are not worked : it has also pearl
fisheries, which, although in former times t!vy
yielded most plentifully, are at present neglected.
It abounds in cattle, and the greatest source of its
commerce is in cacao, of an excellent quality.
The capital of the province is Cumana.
Catalogue of the barbarous nations and principal
towns of this province.
Nations. Aquire,
Acomes, Aricani,
AmapaeSj Aro,
Aravis, Aropa,
Aricaretis, Aruari,
Aricoris, Atanari,
Arbacas, Berbis,
Campagotes, Buria,
Canuris, Cabomi,
Carivinis, Caora,
Chahuas, Capurvaca,
Cumanaes, Cassipouri,
Eparagois, Caturi,
Marones, Cavo,
May os, Corentin,
Iflorinies, Coropatuba,
Omiguas, Coura,
Palenques, Curiguacuriu,
Papinis, Demarari,
Parimoes, Esquebo, or
Parragotes, Esquibo,
Peritoes, Europa,
Saymagoes, Guaveteri,
Sebayos, Guarepiche,
Supiayes, Majo,
Vacuronis, Mahuiri,
Yaos, Masiacari,
Vuaripices. Maravin4,
Cities. Maroni,
Cadiz Nueva, Macpari,
Cordova, Moruga,
Cumana. Orinoco,
Mountains. Ovarabiche,
Guanta, Ovetacates,
Panagara, Pao,
San Pedro, Paraba,
Saporovis, Piari,
Vacarima. Saima,
Jtivers. Sinamari,
Amacore, or Surinam,
Amacuri, Timeraris,
Amana, Varca,
i
58
AND
Varima, Essequeb,
Via, or Mompatar,
Uvia, Surinam.
Vyacopo, or Islands.
Yacopo, Assapara,
Vyaricopo. Blanca,
Promontories. Cayena,
Caldera, Coche,
Cepercu, Cubagua,
Cenobebo, Iracapono,
De Salinas, Maiparo,
Oranges, Maraca,
Pinzon, Marasi,
Roniata. Margarita,
Lakes. Ovaracapa,
Cassipa, Escudo,
Parirne. Tortuga,
Fountains. Trinidad.
A ray a,
ANDAMARCA, a town of the province and
corregimienlo of Cajamarquilla in Peru.
ANDAMARCA, another settlement in the pro
vince and corregimiento of Carangas, of the arch
bishopric of Charcas, in the same kingdom.
ANDAMARCA, another, of the province and cor-
regimiento of Parinacoclias, annexed to the cu
racy of Charcana.
ANDAMARCA, another, in the provinceand corre-
gimiento of Jauxa, annexed to the curacy of Comas,
situate on the frontiers of the infidel Indians of the
mountains.
ANDAMVRCUS, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Chacayan.
ANDAQUIES, a settlement of the province
and government of Popayan in the new kingdom
of Granada.
ANDARAl, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Condensuyos de Arequipa in Peru.
ANDARAPA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Andahuailas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of San Geronimo.
ANDARIEL, a settlement of the province and
government of Darien in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the n. coast, on the shore of the
gulph of Uraba.
ANDASTES, a barbarous nation of Indians of
Canada, bounded by Virginia.
ANDES, CORDILLERA DE LOS, a chain of
mountains and most lofty serranias, which extend
oyer nearly the whole of America, for the space of
more than 1000 leagues, running continually from
n. to s. from the province of Santa Marta, where
they have their origin, in the Sierra Nevada, of the
new kingdom of Granada, through the provinces
of Peru and Chile, as far as the straits of Magellan
and cape Horn, where they terminate. They are
divided into two branches : one which passes
through the interior of the new kingdom of Gra
nada, on the s. part of the plains of San Juan,
beginning in Guayana ; and the other which forms
various lines and curves, divided in different direc
tions, through Cuzco, Tucuman, Tarma, and Pa
raguay, and afterwards becomes united with the
grand chain of mountains of Brazil. It takes its
course through the isthmus of Panama into the
kingdom of Nicaragua, passes into those of Gua
temala, Mechoacan, and the province of (/inaloa,
and continues itself through the unknown countries
of N. America. Those mountains are clad with
immense forests, and their tops are continually
covered with snows, from the melting of which
are formed great lakes, and the largest rivers in
the world. Their greatest elevation is in the
kingdom of Quito, where the lofty Chimborazo
rises superbly among the rest; it has many volca
noes vomiting fire, and which have caused infinite
mischief in the provinces, producing earthquakes,
inundations, and scattering, far and wide, mud,
bitumen, and burning stones : in its entrails are hid
den the greatest treasures of nature, such as gold,
silver, and other metals, precious stones, marbles,
and mineral earths of the rarest and most esteemed
qualities. Almost all the mines in the bosom of
these rich mountains are worked, and principally
those of Peru and Chile. Besides the name of
Andes, they bear others also, given to them by the
various settlements in their vicinities. The roads
which, upon their account, were made by the
Incas, Emperors of Peru, were truly magnificent ;
but they are at present destroyed, and those which
are used now for the communication of the inte
rior provinces, may be called precipices rather
than roads, and are only passable on foot, or on
mules, which are very tractable and safe. These
mountains are inhabited by many barbarous and
fierce nations, and they abound in mineral waters
of approved medicinal virtues. The greatest width
of these mountains is 20 leagues, being in some
parts 12 leagues from the sea-coast, and in others
approaching to it within five leagues. They
abound in vicunas, guanaeosj monkeys, and apes of
infinite kinds, tigers, leopards, and swine, who
have the navel in the spine and smell of musk,
with a multitude of other curious birds and ani
mals, altogether unknown in Europe ; such is the
condor, in the kingdom of Chile, which is a car
nivorous bird of an extraordinary size, having the
power to carry with it up into the air animals of
considerable weight, such as sheep, and even small
2
ANDES.
59
calves, making, as it flies, a noise which may be
heard at a great distance. The craggy parts
abound in cacao., so useful for the Indians, as also
in cachalagua. It has been attempted to pass
irom Chile to Peru, but this cannot be effected
during six months in the winter without imminent
risk, since many have been lost who have enga
ged in this enterprise. Indeed it is said, that at
that time the Cordillera is shut up.
[The lofty chain of the Andes, running along the
western coast of America, extends on both sides
of the equator to near the 30th degree of latitude.
It is of unequal height, sinking in some parts to
600 feet from the level of the sea, and at certain
points, towering above the clouds to an elevation
of almost four miles. The colossal Chimborazo
lifts its snowy head to an altitude which would
equal that of the Peak of Teneriffe, though placed
on the top of Mount Etna. The medium height
of the chain under the equator may be reckoned at
14,000 feet, while that of the Alps and Pyrenees
hardly exceeds 8000. Its breadth is proportion-
ably great, being 60 miles at Quito, and J50 or
200 at Mexico, and some districts of the Peruvian
territory. This stupendous ridge is intersected in
Peru and Nueva Granada by frequent clefts or
ravines, of amazing depth ; but to the n. of the
isthmus of Panama, it softens down by degrees,
and spreads out into the vast elevated plain of
Mexico. In the former provinces, accordingly,
the inhabitants are obliged to travel on horseback
or on foot, or even to be carried on the backs of
Indians ; whereas carriages drive with ease through
the whole extent of New Spain, from Mexico to
Santa Fe, along a road of more than 15,000 miles.
The equatorial regions of America exhibit the
same composition of rock that we meet with in
other parts of the globe. The only formations
which Humboldt could not discover in his travels,
were those of chalk, roe- stone, grey wakke, the
topaz-rock of Werner, and the compound of ser
pentine with granular limestone, which occurs in
Asia Minor. Granite constitutes, in South Ame
rica, the great basis which supports the otber for
mations ; above it lies gnesis, next comes mica
ceous schist, and then primitive schist. Granu
lar limestone, chlorite schist, and primitive trap,
often form subordinate beds in the gnesis and mi
caceous schist, which is very abundant, and some
times alternates with serpentine and sienite. The
high ridge of the Andes is every where covered
with formations of porphyry, basalt, phonolite,
and greenstone ; ami these, being otten divided
into columns, that appear from a distance like
ruined castles, produce a very striking and pic
turesque effect. At the bottom of those huge
mountains, occur two different kinds of limestone ;
the one with a filiccous base, enclosing primitive
masses, arid sometimes cinnabar and coal ; the
other with a calcareous base, and cementing toge
ther the secondary rocks. Plains of more than
600,000 square miles are covered with an ancient
deposit of limestone, containing fossil wood and
brown iron ore. On this rests the limestone of the
Higher Alps, presenting marine petrifactions at a
vast elevation. Next appears a lamellar gypsum,
impregnated with sulphur and salt; above this,
another calcareous formation, whitish and homo
geneous, but sometimes cavernous. Again occurs
calcareous sandstone, then lamellar gypsum mixed
with clay ; and the series terminates with calca
reous masses, involving flints and hornstone. But
what may perplex some geologists, is the singular
fact noticed by Humboldt, that the secondary for
mations in the new world have such enormous
thickness and elevation. Beds of coal are found
in the neighbourhood of Santa Fe, 8650 feet above
the level of the sea ; and even at the height of
14,700, near Huanuco in Peru. The plains of
Bogota, although elevated 9000 feet, are covered
with sandstone, gypsum, shell-limestone, and evea
in some parts with rock-salt. Fossil shells, which
in the old continent have not been discovered high
er than the summits of the Pyrenees, or 11,700
feet above the sea, were observed in Peru, near
Micuipampa, at the height of 12,800; and again
at that of 14,120, besides at Huancavelica, where
sandstone also appears. The basalt of Pichincha,
near the city of Quito, has an elevation of 15,500
feet ; while the top of the Schneekoppe in Silesia
is only 4225 feet above the sea, the highest point
in Germany where that species of rock occurs.
On the other hand, granite, which in Europe
crowns the loftiest mountains, is not found in the
American continent above the height of 11,500
feet. It is scarcely known at all in the provinces
of Quito and Peru. The frozen summits of Chim
borazo, Cayambe, and Anitsana, consist entirely of
porphyry, which, on the flanks of the Andes,
forms a mass of 10 or 12,000 feet in depth. The
sandstone near Cuen^a has a thickness of 5000
feet ; and the stupendous mass of pure quartz, on
the w. of Caxamarca, measures perpendicularly
9600 feet. It is likewise a remarkable fact, that
the porphyry of those mountains very frequently
contains hornblende, but never quartz, and seldom
mica. The Andes of Chile have a distinct nature
from those three chains called the ?Jaritime Moun
tains, which have been successively formed by th*
waters of tiie ocean. This great interior structure
60
AND
AND
appears to be coeval with the creation of the
world. It rises abruptly, and forms but a small
angle with its base ; its general shape being that of
a pyramid, crowned at intervals with conical, and,
as it were, crystallized elevations. It is composed
of primitive rocks of quartz, of an enormous size,
and almost uniform configuration, containing no
marine substances, which abound in the secondary
mountains. It is in the Cordillera of this part of
the Andes, that blocks of crystal are obtained,
of a size sufficient for columns of six or seven
feet in height. The central Andes are rich, be
yond conception, in all the metals, lead only
excepted. One of the most curious ores in the
bowels of those mountains is the pacos, a com
pound of clay, oxyd of iron, and the muriate of
silver, with native silver. The mines of Mexico
arid Peru, so long the objects of envy and admira
tion, far from being yet exhausted, promise, under
a liberal and improved system, to become more
productive than ever. But nature has blended
with those hidden treasures the active aliments of
destruction. The whole chain of the Andes is
subject to the most terrible earthquakes. From
Cotopaxi to the S. sea, no fewer than forty volca
noes are constantly burning ; some of them, espe
cially the lower ones, ejecting lava, and others
discharging the muriate of ammonia, scorified
basalt and porphyry, enormous quantities of water,
and especially moya, or clay mixed with sulphur
and carbonaceous matter. Eternal snow invests
their sides, and forms a barrier to the animal and
vegetable kingdoms. Near that confine the tor
por of vegetation is marked by dreary wastes.
In these wide solitudes, the condor, a fierce and
powerful bird of prey, fixes its gloomy abode. Its
size, however, has been greatly exaggerated.
According to Humboldt, it is not larger than the
laemmcr geyer, or alpine vulture of Europe; its
extreme length being only three feet and a half,
and its breadth across the wings nine feet. The
condor pursues the small deer of the Andes, and
commits very considerable havoc among sheep and
heifers. It tears out the eyes and the tongue, and
leaves the wretched animal to languish and expire.
Estimating from very probable data, this bird
skims whole hours at the height of four miles ; and
its power of wing must be prodigious, and its
pliancy of organs most astonishing, since in an
instant it can dart from the chill region of mid-air
to the sultry shores of the ocean. The condor is
sometimes caught alive, by means of a slip-cord ;
and this chaie, termed correr bmtres^ is, next to
a bull-fight, the most favourite diversion of the
Spanish colonists. The dead carcase of a cow or
horse soon attracts from a distance crowds of these
birds, which have a most acute scent. They fall
on with incredible voracity, devour the eyes and
the tongue of the animal, and plunging through
the anus, gorge themselves with the entrails. In
this drowsy plight they are approached by the
Indians, who easily throw a noose over them.
The condor, thus entangled, looks shy and sullen ;
it is most tenacious of life, and is therefore made to
suffer a variety of protracted tortures. The most
important feature of the American continent, is the
very general and enormous elevation of its soil.
In Europe the highest tracts of cultivated land
seldom rise more than 000 feet above the sea ;
but in the Peruvian territory extensive plains
occur at an altitude of 9000 feet ; and three fifths
of the viceroyalty of Mexico, comprehending the
interior provinces, present a surface of half a mil
lion of square miles, which runs nearly level, at an
elevation from 6000 to 8000 feet, equal to that of
the celebrated passages of Mount Cenis, of St.
Gothard, or of the great St. Bernard. These
remarkable facts are deduced chiefly from barome
trical observations. But Humboldt has adopted a
very ingenious mode, infinitely superior to any
description, of representing at one view the col
lective results of his topographical and mineralo-
gical survey. He has given profiles, or vertical
sections, of the countries whlcn he visited, across
the continent, from Acapulco to Mexico, and
thence to Vera Cruz ; from Mexico to Guanaxu-
ato, and as far as the volcano of Jorullo ; arid from
Mexico to Valladolid. These beautiful plates
are in every way highly interesting.]
ANDIETUM, asmall river of the province and
colony of Maryland. It runs s. and enters the
Potowmac.
AND1NOS, a small river of the province and
country of the Amazonas, in the Portuguese pos
sessions, and in the territory of the Natayas In
dians. It runs from s. s. e. to n. n. w. and enters
the lake Maguegazu. According to the descrip
tion of Mr. Bellin, who calls it Andiras, it enters
the river Abacachis.
ANDOAS, SANTA TOM AS DE, a settlement and
reduction of the missions held there by the Jesuits,
in the province and government of Mainas, of the
kingdom of Quito.
[ANDO\ /r ER, a large, fertile, and thriving town
in Essex county, Massachusetts. It contains 2863
inhabitants, in two parishes. In the s. parish are
a paper mill and powder mill, from the latter of
which the army received large supplies of gun
powder in the late war. There is an excellent aca
demy in this town, called Phillip s Academy,
AND
which owes its existence to the liberal benefactions
of the family whose name it bears. Andover is
under excellent cultivation, particularly that part
ivhich is watered by Shawsheen river. It lies
about 20 miles &. from Newbury-port, and about
22 n. from Boston. Lat. 42 41 n. Long. 71
8 a?.]
[A-NDOVF.R, in Hillsborough, New Hampshire,
contains 645 inhabitants, and was incorporated
1779.]
[ANDOVER is the s. w. township in Windsor
county, Vermont, has Chester on the e. lies 32
miles n. e. of Bennington, and contains 275 inha
bitants.]
[AN DOVER, a place in Sussex county, New
Jersey, near the source of Pequest river, five miles
s. s. t. from New Town, and 16 in the same direc
tion from Walpack.]
ANDRE, BAHIA DE, on the ;?. coast of the
straits of Magellan.
[ANDRE, ST. a town in the kingdom of Leon,
in N. America, near the mouth of Nassas river,
which falls into the gulf of Mexico.]
[ANDREANOFFSKI Isles, a crescent of isles
between Asia and America, discovered in 1760.
See BEHRING S Straits, and NORTHERN Archi
pelago. 1
ANDRES, SAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Texupilco, and alcaldia may
or of Zultepec, in Nueva Esparia, situate on the
top of an extensive and craggy elevation, of a hot
and moist temperature. It contains 77 families of
Indians, and is three leagues to the e. of its capi
tal.
ANDRES, SAX, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of
Toluca, in the same kingdom, with 134 families of
Indians. It is a small distance n, of its capital.
ANDRES, SA.V, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Tlatotepec, and alcaldia mayor of
Tepeacn. It contains 33 families of Indians, and
is three leagues from its head settlement.
ANDRES, SAN, another, which is the head set
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Tuxt a. It contains 1 170 families of Indians.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Marinalco,
at the distance of one short league from its capi
tal.
AN DUES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Texpatlan, and alcaldia mayor
of Cuernavaca.
ANDRES, SAV, another, which is a small ward
united to that of Tequiszitlan, in the alcaldia may-
or of Theotihuacan.
AND
61
ANDRES, SAN, another, in the head settlement
of the district of Ahuacathm, and alcaldia mayor
of Zacatlan, at more than a league s distance from
its head settlement.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Xonotla, and alcaldi i mayor of
Tetela, lying one league s.w. of its head settle
ment.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Guejozingo.
It contains 15 families of Indians, including those
of the ward of San Pedro, which is joined to it,
both being tothe s. of their capital.
ANDRES, SAN, another, a small settlement or
ward of the alcaldia mayor of Guauchinango, an.
nexed to the curacy of that of Tlacuclotepec.
AN DUES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Papalotipac, and alcaldia mayor
of Cuicatlan, with 20 families of Indians.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Hiscontepec, and alcaldia mayor
of Nexapa. It comprehends 68 families of Indians.
ANDRLS, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Tepehuacan, and alcaldia mayor of
Tepee, in which there are reckoned to be 40 fami
lies of Indians, employed in cultivating cotton.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district and ahaldia mayor of Zapatlan and
Tuspa. In its vicinity, and upon the shores of
the river Amazonas, is an estate called El Tigre
a la Raya, (the tiger at bay), and that of Mangtia-
ro, also upon the shore of the same river. It is four
leagues from its capital.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the missions that
were held by the Jesuits, in the province of Te-
peguana, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situate
on the shore of the river of Las Nasas.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the mission belong
ing to the order of St. Francisco, in the province
of Taraumara, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya;
10 leagues distant between the s. e. and e. s. e. of
the real of San Felipe de Chiguaga.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the jurisdiction and
government of San Juan Giron, in the new king
dom of Granada, situate in the most uneven part
of \\\G serrania.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Cartagena, in the kingdom of Ticrra
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Sinu.
ANDRI s, SAN, another, of the same province
and government as the former, and at a small dis
tance from it.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Pucquin.
<3 AND
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Zacapula in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the missions that
belonged to the Jesuits, in the province and go
vernment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito, on
the shore of the river Hayai, at a small distance
from that of San Juan.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the kingdom of Gua
temala.
ANDRES, SAN, another settlement and parish of
the English, in the island of Jamaica, on the s.
side.
ANDRES, SAN, another, being a parish and the
head settlement of the district of the island of Bar-
badoes, situate upon the e. coast.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the above island,
of the district and parish of St. Thomas.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Vera Paz in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
ANDRES, SAN, an island of the N. sea, situate
in front of the coast of Tierra Firme, and s. of that
of Santa Catalina : it is desert.
ANDRES, SAN, another island of the N. sea,
one of the Lucayas, between the island Larga and
that of El Espiritu Santo.
ANDRES, SAN, a bay of the province and go-
rernment of La Louisiana, between the two rivers
Incognitos (unknown).
ANDRES, SAN, another bay of Florida, in the
province of Georgia, between that of Santa Rosa
and the river Apalachicola.
ANDRES, SAN, a fort of the English, situate in
an island of the coast of Georgia.
ANDRFS, SAN, a cape, or point of land, on the
coast of the Patagones, which lies between the
river of La Plata and the straits of Magellan.
[ANDREW S, ST. a small town in the con
tested country between New Brunswick and the
United States ; situated in the rear of an island of
the same name, on the e. side of the arm of the
inner bay of Passamaquoddy, called Scoodick.
The town is regularly laid out in the form of an
oblong square. The few inhabitants are chiefly
employed in the lumber trade. The common tides
rise here about 18 feet.]
[ANDREW S, ST. atownship in Caledonia county,
Vermont, 100 miles n. e. from Bennington.l
[ANDREW S, ST. a parish in Charleston district,
South Carolina, containing 2947 inhabitants, of
whom 570 are whites, and 2516 slaves.]
[ANDREW S Sound, ST. lies s. of Jekyl s island,
and is formed by it and a small island at the mouth
of Great Sagilla river. The small river opposite
this sound separates Camden from Glynri county,
in Georgia.]
fANUROS Islands, sometimes called Holy
Ghost Islands, are of very considerable magnitude,
and have been very erroneously placed in almost
every map or chart of the Bahama islands. They
extend in a sort of curve, or crescent, upwards of
forty leagues in length. There is a passage be
tween the northern point of them (at J culler s
keys) and the Berry islands, ofditlicult navigation,
and not above eight feet deep. Vessels, therefore,
proceeding from that quarter to Cuba, should go
round the n. end of all the Berry islands, over the
Great Bahama bank; which, however, will (not
admit ressels drawing more than 12 feet. There
arc also several passages, or creeks, (though very
shallow), through this chain of islands, particularly
towards the s. extremity and Grassy Creek keys.
Upon the w. side of Andros islands is the most
n. extremity of the Great Bahama bank. On the
e. side there are no soundings at any considerable
distance from the shore. The most w. point of
the principal Andros island lies about 10 or 11
leagues w. n. w. from the w. end of New Provi
dence. High Point, which is the most s. part of
it, lies about eight leagues s. from the w. end ol the
same island. There are few, if any, inhabitants now
on Andros island. In the interior of the island, there
is a shallow swamp or lake of fresh water, almost
the only one which is to be found in the Bahama
islands ; and it communicates with the sea by a
creek, or lagoone, navigable for flat-bottomed
boats. Great quantities of various sorts of timber
abound in the interior; but, from the shallowness of
the banks, and extreme difficulty of getting any
communication to the coast, the trees remain un
touched. One part of Andros island extends to
the w. very far into the Great Bahama bank, in
a s. w. direction from New Providence, towards
Salt key and the island of Cuba. In J788 An
dros island contained about two hundred inhabi
tants, including slaves; and previous to May
1803, lands were granted by the crown, to the
amount of 16,025 acres, for the purpose of culti
vation. See BAHAMAS.]
[ANDROSCOGGIN,orAMARiscoGGiNRiver,
in the district of Maine, may be called the main
western branch of the Kennebeck. Its sources are
n. of lake Umbagog. Its course is southerly till
it approaches near to the White mountains, from
which it receives Moose and Peabody rivers. It
then turns to the e. and then to the A- . e. in which
A N E
course it passes within two miles -of the sea-coast,
and then turning n. runs over Pejepskaeg lulls
into Merry- Meeting- bay, \vhere it forms a junction
with the Kennebeck, 20 miles from the sea. For
merly, from this bay to the sea, the confluent
stream was called Sagadahock. The lands on this
river are very good.
ANEAV, Port of the, on the w. coast of the
island of Newfoundland andgulph of St. Lawrence,
between cape Raye and the bay of Anguila.
ANECUILCO, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Tetelzingo, and alcaldia
mayor of Coautla, in Nueva Espaila. It contains
20 families of Indians, and at a little more than a
league s distance there is the estate of Mapaztlan ;
in the vicinity of which is a ranc/ieria, consisting
of 22 families ofMtilattoes and Mustees, who have
near to this place another estate, in which they
grind silver-metals, and which is of the real
of the mines of Coautla. It is one league s. w. of
its head settlement.
ANEGADA, a small island of the N. sea, one
of the Antillas, situate to the e. of that of rtier-
torico. It is barren, without water, and desert,
[is dependent on Virgin Gorda. It is about six
leagues long, is low, and almost covered by water
at high tides. On the s. side is Treasure Point.
Lnt. 18 46 n. Long. 61 22 a?.]
ANEGADA, also a bay of the coast of the straits
of Magellan. It is large and capacious, and lies
between that of San Matias and the cape of San
Andres.
ANKGADA, a small island near the coast
of Vera Cruz, in the bay or gulph of Mexico,
between the Arrecife del Palo, and the island of
Cabezas.
AN EG A DA, a point of land of the 5. coast of
the straits of Magellan, close to the cape of Orange,
and opposite the bay of La Poses ion.
AN EGA DA, another bay of the coast of the
Patagones, which lies between the river of La Plata
and The strait of Magellan.
ANECADITOS, a settlement of the island of
Cuba, on the ?. const, between port Trinidad and
the island Cochinos.
ANEGADIZOS, River of the, in the province
and government of Choco, of the kingdom of
Tierra Firme. It runs almost directly from e. to
w. into the S. sea, near the point of Salinas.
ANEGADIZOS, SENAS DE i,os, the name of three
mountains, which are upon the coast of the S. sea,
in the same province and government as the former
river.
ANEMBI, a river of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay in Peru.
A N G 63
AUGACIIILLA, a river of the district of Gua-
dalabquen, in the kindom of Chile. It runs o\
and enters the Valdivia near this city.
ANGAGUA, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district of Uruapan,
and alcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in the province
and bishopric of Mechoacan ; situate in the in
terior of the serrania. It contains 22 families of
Indians, and is distant 10 leagues to the s. of its
head settlement, and 15 from the capital.
ANGAMARCA. a settlement of the province
and corregimienlo of Latacunga in the new king
dom of Quito.
ANGAMOCUT1RO, SAN FRANCISCO DC, a
settlement of the head settlement of the district of
Puruandiro, and alcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in
the province and bishopric of Mechoacan ; situate
on the top of a hill, in the e. part of its capital ;
is of a warm and dry temperature ; contains 45
families of Spaniards, Mustees, and Mulattoes,
and 106 of Indians. Twenty-five leagues e. of its
capital Pasquaro.
ANGARAES, a province and corregimiento of
Peru, bounded on the n. by the province of Jauja,
on the w. by the Andes, arid joins the province of
Castro-V irreynato the s. ; to the c. it is bounded by
the island of Tayacaja, of the province oflluanta :
24 leagues in length from e. to w. and 12 in width,
having a very irregular figure. Its temperature is
for the most part cold, except in one or two
hollow uneven parts, which are somewhat tempe
rate ; but there is nevertheless no scarcity in
wheat, maize, and other seeds. In the temperate
parts are cultivated the sugar-cane, some fruits
and herbs, and a kind of hay called ichu, serving
as fuel for the ovens in which they extract the
quicksilver, from which great emolument is de
rived, since the miners buy this article at a great
price. It abounds in cattle of every kind, and in
native sheep, which serve to carry the metals to
the ovens. There are also found in this province
various coloured earths for painting, such as umber,
which they call guancahclica^ oropimente^ ocre
almagre, vermillion, and others of different hues.
It is watered by the river Sangoiaco, which divides
it from the island of Tayacaja, belonging to the
province of lluanta, the river Vilcabamba, which
also divides it from the province of Tauxa, and
the rivers Licay and La Sal, all of which run into
the Maranon. It has six curacies or parishes of
Indians, and 30 other settlements, dependent upon,
or annexed to these. Its reparthniento was 36,422
dollars, of which it paid 1456 of alcumla in five
years. The capital is Guancavelica, and the set
tlements of its jurisdiction are,
A N G
Andabamba,
Paucara,
Ilillinca,
Vechuilluiaillas,
Iluachocollpa,
Pata,
Iluando,
Palea,
Anancusi,
Pallalla,
Chacapa,
Iscuchaca,
Cuenca,
Moya,
Vilcabamba,
Incahuasi,
Acobambilla,
Callanmarca,
Achonga.
San Antonio,
San Sebastian,
Santa Ana,
Santa Barbara,
Acobamba,
Acoria,
Conaica,
Lircay,
Julcarmarca,
Autarpanca,
Iluaillas,
fluancahuanca,
Congallo,
San Christoval,
Asuncion,
Sacsamarca,
Huailazuchu,
Chacllatacana,
Espiritu Caja,
Todos Santos,
ANGASMAIU, a river of the province and
government of Popayan, in the valley of Los
Mahteles. It runs from e. to ?. and, alter collect
ing the waters of the Tuanambu and the Guaitara,
enters the Patia on the s. side, which thus be
comes increased by its stream. It then divides the
jurisdiction of Quito from that of Popayan, and
is the mark of the boundary of the inquisition of
Lima, and the point from whence that of Carta
gena begins. Its mouth is in Lat. 2 4 n. Long.
78 24 w.
ANGASMAHCA, a settlement of the province
and government of Tarma in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Parianchacra.
ANG ASMARCA, another, of the province and cor-
regimiento of Huamachuco, also in Peru.
ANG ASM A RCA, a river of the same province and
correginritnfo. It rises to the s. of the capital,
and enters the river Santa.
ANGEL, SAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of (he district and alcaldia mat/ or of Coyoacan
in Nueva Espana, of an agreeable and delightful
temperature, and well stocked with houses, gar
dens, and orchards, which serve as places of re
creation to the people of Mexico. There is a
convent of mo;<ks of the order of St. Francis,
and another magnificent convent of the bare-footed
Carmelites, which is a college of studies. It has
some commerce in cloths and baizes, wrought in
its manufactories ; is distant somewhat more than
a quarter of a league from the zz. of its capital.
ANGIX, SAX, another settlement in the head
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of
Periban in the same kingdom. It contains 86
jfaniilies of Indians, and six of Muslecs, who ob
tain a livelihood in making shoes and saddles, as
its territory has no productions whatever. It has
a convent of the order of St. Francis, and is six
leagues to the e. of its capital.
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the kingdom of Chile,
which is a place of encampment, and a frontier of
tiie Arucanian Indians, near the river Biobio.
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the province and
corngianento of Pasto in the kingdom of Quito,
situate in the road which leads down from Po
payan.
ANGEL, SAX, another, of the province and
government of Sonora in Nueva Espana, on the
shore of a river which enters into that of Gila, to
the a?, of the garrison of Horcarsitas.
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the missions held by
the Jesuits, in the province and government of
Buenos Ayres, on the shore of the river Yui.
Here the Portuguese, commanded by Gomez
Freirede Andrade, held their head -quarters, in the
year 1756, when the lieutenant-general Don Pedro
Cevallos, with the Marquis of Valdelirios, was
sent over to treat for an exchange of prisoners
between the settlement of Paraguay and the crown
of Portugal. [It was founded in the vear 1707,
in Lat. 28 17 19" n. Long. 54 52 .]
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito,
situate at the source of the river of its name.
ANGEL, SAN, a large island of the gulph of
California, or Red sea of Cortes, situate in the
most interior part of it, at a small distance from
the coast.
ANGEL, SAN, a river of the province and cor~
regimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito,
which rises from the desert of Angel, runs s. s. e.
and enters the Mira, a little before the bridge
which is across the latter, in Lat. 27 T n.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, a capital city
of the province of Tlaxcala in Nueva Espana,
founded in 1533 by the bishop Don Sebastian
Ramirez de Fuenleal ; is of a warm and dry
temperature, and one of the most beautiful cities
of America, being inferior to none in Nueva
Espana, save its capital. Its temples are sump
tuous, its streets wide, and drawn in a straight
line from e. to w. and from n. to s. ; the public
squares are large and handsome ; and the ancient
edifices of proportionate architecture. The ca
thedral is extremely rich, ornamental, and well
endowed ; to this is united the magnificent chapel
of Sagrario, with two curacies and four assisting
parish chapels, which are, the chapel of the In
dians, that of Los Dolores, at the bridge of San
Francisco, that of Los Cozos, and another, also
ANGELES.
65
having the name of Los Dolores, contiguous to
the convent of Bethlemites, and that of San Mar
cos, as suffragan : besides these, it has four other
parishes ; that of San Joseph, with five places of
visitation, which are those of (he Indians, San
Pablo, Santa Ana, San Antonio, and Nuestra Se-
nora de Loreto ; also the parish of Santa Cruz,
with four other places of visitation, namely, of
Santiago, San Miguel, San Matias, and Guada-
lupe ; the parish of Santo Angel Custodio with
two ; Los Remedies, and San Baltasar, and that of
Santa Cruz with three ; namely, of San Juan del
Rio, El Santo Christo de Xonacaltepec, and Mise-
ricordia. It contains the three following convents :
St. Domingo, a large building ; the royal college
of San Luis, with public studies and the convent for
recluses of San Pablo : and in its vicinity two
large chapels, one of the Mistecos Indians, and
another of the order of Penitence, to which is an
nexed that of La Santa Escuela. It has also a
convent of the religious order of St. Francis, and
some independent chapels of the order Tercera of
Indians ; and without the walls of the city, other
churches and hospitals. It has also the college which
was formerly of the Jesuits, and contiguous to that,
the church of San Miguel, of Indians ; and of San
Ildefonso,of barefooted Carmelites, which is a house
for novices and for studies ; two colleges of San J uan
de Dios, one for novices and the other a hospital,
called San Pedro ; the college of San Hipolito de la
Caridad, and the convent of Bethlemites, of the
La Convalescence, with schools for children ; the
church of the Oratorio de San Felipe Neri, and that
of the congregation of the ecclesiastics of St. Peter,
for the practising of ministers in the duties of the
pulpit and the confessional. Its monasteries are
those of Concepcion, San Geronimo, Santisima
Trinidad, "Santa Catalina, of Dominican nuns ;
Santa Ines de Monte Policiano, of the same order ;
of Santa Rosa de Maria, of barefooted Carmelites ;
of Santa Monica, of the Recoletan Agustines, Ca
puchins, and St. Claire. The colleges which
adorn this city are, San Pedro and San- Juan, in
which is included the Tridentine seminary, where
the collegians are taught grammar, the graver
sciences, and the Mexican tongue ; also the great
college of San Pedro and San Pablo, for studying
theology and philosophy ; of San Geronimo, for
teaching grammar ; and of San Ignacio, for the
graver studies. Here is a college for children,
with the title of La Caridad ; another entirely for
married women and widows ; that of Jesus Maria,
contiguous to that of San Geronimo ; and another
female convent, with a magnificent temple and de
vout sanctuary of the miraculous image of Nuestra
VOL, I.
Sefiora de la Soledad. Besides these aforesaid
temples, there are, without the walls of the city,
various chapels and hermitages in the wards of
the Indians which encompass it ; and with those
who inhabit these wards, and those within the
city, the numbers of families amount to 3200 of
Mexican Indians, and 15,000 Spaniards, Mustees,
and Mulattoes. The commerce which they main
tain, although it has been upon the decline from
the beginning of the present century, with regard
to what it was before, consists of cloths and fruits
of Spain and of the country, and some cloths
from China, besides various effects which find
their way hither from the other provinces. It
also traffics in soap of various qualities, cotton
manufactures, fine earthen ware, resembling that
of Talavera, and all kinds of iron and steel work,
as plough-shares, chopping-knives, table-knives,
spurs, and stirrups ; and, what are held in particular
estimation, the white arms, renowned for a singular
temper, and not inferior to those of Toledo. It
is the seat of the bishop suffragan to the arch
bishop of Mexico, established in the year 1526, in
the city of Tlaxcala, and translated to this in
1550. Its mitre has had the glory of having
adorned the head of the venerable Senor Don Fray
Juan de Palafox, whose canonization is no small
subject of discussion at the present day. This
famed person was the author of many sacred and
profound works, and among the rest, those of the
turbulent disputes which he maintained with the
extinguished society of the Jesuits.
[La Puebla de los Aageles, the capital of the
intendancy of its name, is more populous than Lima,
Quito, Santa Fe, and Caracas ; and after Mexico,
Guanaxuato, and the Havannah. the most consider
able city of the Spanish colonies of the new conti
nent. La Puebla is one of the small number of Ame
rican towns founded by European colonists; for in
the plain of Acaxete, or Cuitlaxcoapan, on the spot
where the capital of the province now stands,
there were only in the beginning of the 16th cen
tury a few huts, inhabited by Indians of Cholula.
The privilege of the town of Puebla is dated 28th
Sept. 1531. The consumption of (lie inhabitants,
in 1802, amounted to 52,951 cargas (of 300 pounds
each) of wheaten flour, and 36,000 car gas of
maize. Height of the ground at the Plaza Mayor,
7381 feet; population, according to Humboldi,
67,800. This city is 22 leagues to the e. of
Mexico. Long. 98 3 . Lat. 19.]
Catalogue of the Bishops of La Puebla de los
Angeles.
I. Don Fray Julian Garces, native of Aragon.
a Domincan, preacher to the Em ptror Charles Y,.
K,
66
ANGELES.
elected bishop of Tlaxcala in 1527 ; lie died in
1542.
2. Don Fray Pablo de Tulavera, native of the
town of Navalinarquende ; elected in 1543 ; died
in 1545.
3. Don Fray Martin Sarmicnto, native of Oja-
castro, a Franciscan monk, commissary-general of
India; elected in 1546; died in 1557.
4. Don Bernardo de Villa Gomez ; elected in
1559 ; died in J570.
5. Don Antonio dc Ruiz de Morales y Molina,
native of Cordova ; elected in 1572; he died in
1576.
6. Don Diego dc Romann, a native of Valla-
dolid, canon of Granada, inquisitor, founder of
the college of the Jesuits of his country ; elected
in 1378 he died in 1606.
7. Don Alonso de la Mota y Escobar, native of
Mexico, dean of that metropolitan church ; he
founded the college of San lldefbnso, of the
Jesuits of this city, endowed it with provisions for
25 nuns ; and under his direction and influence,
were founded the convents of Santa Teresa and
Santa Ines.
Also, Don Juan de Santo Matia Saenz de Ma-
fiosca, bishop of Cuba, removed to this, but died
before he took possession of it.
8. Don Gutierre Bernardo de Quiros, native of
Tineo in Asturias, inquisitor of Toledo and Mex
ico ; elected in 16^6; he died in 1638.
9. Don Juan de Palafox y Mendoza, native of
Ariza in Aragon, treasurer of Tarazona; elected
in 1639 ; promoted to the archbishopric of Mexico
in 1556.
10. Don Diego Osorio de Escobar y Llamas, na
tive of Coruna, canon of Toledo ; elected in 1556,
founder of the convent of LaSantissima Trinidad,
of monks of Concepcion ; promoted to the arch
bishopric of Mexico in 1667.
11. Don Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, na
tive of La Palencia, mayor collegian of Cuenca,
magistral canon of Segovia, bishop of Chiapa and
of Gnadalaxara ; promoted in 1667; he founded
the colleges of San Pedro and San Pablo, of St.
Domingo, that of San Joseph dc Gracia, for
children, and that of Santa Monica ; he finished
the beautiful tower of the church, erected two
gates of marbles, put up the statues, and finished
the exchange, which fronts the mart ; he was pro
moted to the bishopric of Mexico in 1703, presented
to this in 1676 ; he did not accept of the promotion of
the bishopric or vice-royalty of Mexico, to which
he was invited ; he died in the year 1699.
Don Fray Ignacio de Urbina, of the order of
St. Gerorae, archbishop of Santa Fe, in the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada ; he was before presented to
this in 1702, but declined it.
12. Don Garcia Legaspi Altamirano, native of
Mexico, archdeacon of that metropolis ; as bishop
of this church, promoted in the year 1703, of
which he took possession the following year, and
in a short time died.
13. Don Pedro Nogales Davila, native of Za-
lamea in Estremadura, of the order of Alcantara,
inquisitor of Logrono ; he was elected in 1708,
and died with the reputation of sanctity in 1721.
14. Don Juan Antonio de Lardiz-avaly Elorza,
native of Segura in Guipuzcoa, mayor collegian of
San Bartolome, magistral canon of Salamanca,
and professor of sciences in that university ; he
was elected in 1722, and was offered the arch
bishopric of Mexico in 1735 ; this however he de
clined accepting, and died in 1733.
15. Don Benito Crespo, a knight of the order
of Santiago, native of Estremadura, dean of
Oaxaca, bishop of Durango ; promoted to La
Pnebla in 1734, and died in 173?!
16. Don Pedro Gonzalez Garcia, native of Tor-
delaguna ; he was delaying three years and an
half in the port of Santa Maria, without daring to
embark on account of the war, when he was pro
moted to the bishopric of Alvila in Spain, in
1743.
17. Don Domingo Pantalcon Alvarez de Abreu,
native of Canaria, archbishop of St. Domingo ;
promoted to this of La Puebla in 1743; he en
couraged the foundation of the convent of Santa
Rosa, and dedicated the church of Nuestra Seiiora
del Refugio, in the small settlement of Las Caleras ;
he died in 1763.
18. Don Francisco Xavier Fabian y Fuero,
native of Terzaga, bishop of Siguenga, of which
he was magistral collegian in the grand college of
Santa Cruz, canon and abbot of Santa Leocadia
in the church of Toledo ; elected in 1764, and
promoted to the archbishopric of Valencia in
1774.
19. Don Victoriano Lopez Gonzalo, vicar-
general of the church of La Puebla ; elected in
1774.
[ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, Intendancy of.
This intendancy, which has only a coast of 26
leagues towards the great ocean, extends from 16
57 to 20 40 of n. latitude, and is consequently
wholly situated in the torrid zone. It is bounded
on the . e. by the intendancy of Vera Cruz, on
the e. by the intendancy of Oaxaca, on the s. by
the ocean, and on the w. by the intendancy of
Mexico. Its greatest length, from the mouth of
the small river Tecoyame to near Mcxitlan, is 118
ANGELES.
[leagues; and its greatest breadth, from Techuacan
to Mecameca, is 50 leagues.
The greater part of the intendancy of Puebla is
traversed by the high cordilleras of Anahuac.
Beyond the 18th degree of latitude the whole
country is a plain eminently fertile in wheat,
maize, agave, and fruit trees. This plain is from
1800 to 2000 metres, or 5905 to 6561 feet, above
the level of the ocean. In this intendancy is also
the most elevated mountain of all New Spain, the
Popocatepetl. This volcano, first measured by
Humboldt, is continually burning ; but for these
several centuries it has thrown nothing up from its
crater but smoke and ashes. This mountain is
COO metres, or 1968 feet, higher than the most
elevated summit of the old continent. From the
isthmus of Panama to Bering s straits, which
separate Asia from America, we know only of
one mountain, Mont St. Elie, higher than the
great volcano of Puebla.
The population of this intendancy is still more
unequally distributed than that of the intendancy
of Mexico. It is concentrated on the plain which
extends from the eastern declivity of the snowy
mountains to the environs of Perote, especially on
the high and beautiful plains between Cholula, La
Puebla, and Tlascala. Almost the whole country,
from the central table-land towards San Luis and
Ygualapa, near the S. sea coast, is desert, though
well adapted for the cultivation of sugar, cotton,
and the other precious productions of the tropics.
The table-land of La Puebla exhibits remark
able vestiges of ancient Mexican civilization. The
fortifications of Tlaxcala are of a construction
posterior to that of the great pyramid of Cholula,
a curious monument, of which Humboldt promises
to give a minute description in the historical account
of his travels in the interior of the new continent. It
is sufficient to state here, that this pyramid, on the
top of which he made a great number of astrono
mical observations, consists of four stages ; that in
its present state the perpendicular elevation is only
54 metres, or 177 feet ; and the horizontal breadth
of the base, 439 metres, or 1423 feet ; that its
sides are very exactly in the direction of the meri
dians and parallels ; and that it is constructed (if
we may judge from the perforation made a few
years ago in the n. side) of alternate strata of brick
and clay. These data are sufficient for our recog
nising in the construction of this edifice the same
model observed in the form of the pyramids
of Teotihuacau, which that author also de
scribes. They suffice also to prove the great
analogy between these brick monuments, erect
ed by the most ancient inhabitants of Anahuac,
the temple of Belus at Babylon, and the pyra
mids of Menschich-Dashour, near Sakhara in
Egypt.
The platform of the truncated pyramid of Cho
lula has a surface of 4200 square metres, or 45,208
square feet English. In the midst of it there is a
church dedicated to Nuestra Senora de los Reme
dies, surrounded with cypress, in which mass is
celebrated every morning by an ecclesiastic of In
dian extraction, whose habitual abode is the sum
mit of this monument. It is from this platform
that we eujoy the delicious and majestic view
of the Volcan de la Puebla, the Pic d Orizaba,
and the small Cordillera of Matlacueye, which
formerly separated the territory of the Cholulans
from that of the Tlaxcaltec republicans.
The pyramid, or teocalli of Cholula, is exactly
of the same height as the Tonatiuh Itzaqual of
Teotiuhacan, already adverted to ; and it is three
metres, or 9. 8 feet, higher than the Mycerinus, er
the third of the great Egyptian pyramids of the
group of Ghize. As to the apparent length of its
base, it exceeds that of all the edifices of the same
description hitherto found by travellers iu the old
continent, and is almost the double of the great
pyramid known by the name of Cheops. Thosewho
wish to form a clear idea of the great mass of this
Mexican monument, from a comparison with objects
more generally known, may imagine a square, four
times the dimensions of the Place Vendome, co
vered with a heap of bricks of twice tlie elevation
of the Louvre ! The whole of the interior of the
pyramid of Cholula is not, perhaps, composed of
brick. These bricks, as was suspected by a cele
brated antiquary at Rome, M. Zoega, probably
formed merely an incrustation of a heap of stones and
lime, like many of the pyramids of Sakhara, visited
by Pocok, and more recently by M. Grobert. Yet
the road from Puebla te Mecameca, carried across
a part of the first stage of the teocalli, does not
agree with this supposition. We know not the
ancient height of this extraordinary monument.
In its present state, the length of its base is
to its perpendicular height as eight to one, while
in the three great pyramids of Ghize, this propor
tion is as one and six-tenths and one and seven -
tenths to one, or nearly as eight to five.
The intendancy of Puebla gratifies the curiosity
of the traveller also with one of the most ancient
monuments of vegetation, the famous ahahuete,
(cupressus disticha. Linn.), or cypress of the
village of Atlixco, which is 76.4 feet English in
circumference, measured interiorly (for its trunk
is hollow) ; the diameter is 16 feet English. This
Cypress of Atlixco is, therefore, to within a few
K 2
ANGELES.
[feet of the same thickness as the baobab (andan-
sonia digitata) of the Senegal.
The district of the old republic of Tlaxcala, in
habited by Indians jealous of their privileges, and
very much inclined to civil dissensions, has for a
long time formed a particular government. It is
indicated in the general map of New Spain as
still belonging to the intendancy of Puebla ; but
b^ a recent change in the financial administration,
Tlaxcala and Guautlade las Hamilpas were united
to the intendancy of Mexico and Tlapa, and
Ygualapa separated from it.
There were, in 1793, in the intendancy of Pue
bla, without including the four districts of Tlax
cala, Guautla, Ygualapa, and Tlapa :
Males 187,531 souls.
Fcmaleg m ^2l
,Males 25,617
Females 29,363
iMales 37,318
[ Females 40,590
Secular ecclesiastics * 585
Monks 446
Nuns.. 427
Indians,
Spaniards
or whites,
Mixed race,
Result of the total enumeration, 508,098 souls,
distributed into six cities, 133 parishes, 607 vil
lages, 425 farms (haciendas), 886 solitary houses,
(ranches), and 33 convents, two-thirds of which
are for monks.
The government of Tlaxcala contained, in 1793,
a population of 59,177 souls, whereof 21,849
were male, and 21,029 female Indians. The
boasted privileges of the citizens of Tlaxcala are
reducible to the three following points: 1. The
town is governed by a cacique and four Indian
alcaldes, who represent the ancient heads of the
four quarters, still called Tecpectipac, Ocotelolco,
Quiahutztlan, and Tizatlan ; these alcaldes are
under the dependence of an Indian governor, who
is himself subject to the Spanish intendant : 2.
The whites have no seat in the municipality, in
virtue of a royal cedula, of the 16th April 1585 :
and, 3. The cacique, or Indian governor, enjoys
the honours of an alferez real. The progress
of the industry and prosperity of this province
has been extremely slow, notwithstanding the
active zeal of an intendant equally enlightened
and respectable, Don Manuel de Flon, who lately
inherited the title of Count de la Cadena. The
flour trade, formerly very flourishing, has suf
fered much from the enormous price of car
riage from the Mexican table-land to the Ha-
vannah, and especially from the want of beasts of
burden. The commerce which Puebla carried on
till 1710 with Peru, in hats and delft ware, has en
tirely ceased. But the greatest obstacle to the
public prosperity arises from four-fifths of the
whole property ( fined s) belonging to mort-main
proprietors ; that is to say, to communities of
monks, to chapters, corporations, and hospitals.
The intendancy of Puebla has very considerable
salt-works near Chila, Xicotlan, and Ocotlan, in
the district of Chiautla, as also near Zapotitlan.
The beautiful marble, known by the name of
Puebla marble, which is preferable to that of Biza-
ron and the Real del Doctor, is procured in the
quarries of Totamehuacan and Tecali, at two and
seven leagues distance from the capital of the in
tendancy. The carbonate of lime of Tecali is
transparent, like the gypsous alabaster of Volterra,
and the Phengites of the ancients.
The indigenous of this province speak three
languages totally different from one another, the
Mexican, Totonac, and Tlapanec. The first is
peculiar to the inhabitants of Puebla, Cholula, and
Tlascala ; the second, to the inhabitants of Za-
catlan ; and the third is preserved in the environs
of Tlapa. Whatever may be the depopulation of
the intendancy of Puebla, its relative population is
still four times greater than that of the kingdom of
Sweden, and nearly equal to that of the king
dom of Aragon. The industry of the inhabi
tants of this province is not much directed to
the workitig of gold and silver mines. Those
of Yxtacmaztitlan, Temeztla, and Alatlauquitepic,
in the Partido de San Juan de los Llanos, of
La Canada, near Tetela de Xonotla, and of San
Miguel Tenango, near Zacatlan, are almost aban
doned, or at least very remissly worked.
The most remarkable towns of the intendancy of
Pnebla are, the capital of this name, Tlascalla,
Cholula, Atlixco, Tehnacan de las Granadas,
Tepeaca or Tepeyacac, Huljocingo or Huexot-
zinco. Population in 1803, 813,300. Extent of
surface in square leagues, 2696. Number of
inhabitants to the square league, 301.]
ANGELES, PUFBLA DE LOS, with the dedicatory
title of Nuestra Senora, a town of the province
and government of Popayan, founded in 1565 by
the captain Domingo Lozano. It was large and
well peopled ; but it is at present reduced to a
miserable state, by the repeated ravages committed
in it by the infidel Indians of the frontier. Twenty
leagues from Tocaima, and nine from the town of
Neiva.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, an other settlement,
with the sirname of Angeles de Roamainas, a re-
duccion of the missions which belonged to the re
gulars of the company of Jesuits, in the province
A N G
and government of Mainas, of the kingdom of
Quito, situate on the shore of the river Napo ;
founded by the father Lucas Maxano in 1659,
from a nation of Indians of its name.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, with the
dedicatory title of Santa Maria, in the province
and government of Cumana, of the kingdom of
Tierra Firme, situate in the middle of the serrania.
It is one of those of the mission which is under the
care of the Capuchin Catalanian fathers.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, with the
dedicatory title of Nuestra Senora, in the district
of Chiriqui, of the province and government of
Yeragua, kingdom of Tierra Firrae.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, with the same de
dicatory title, a reduction of the missions in Ori
noco, held by the regulars of the extinguished
order of Jesuits, of the province of the new king
dom of Granada, situate on the shore of that river.
It is composed of Indians of the nation of Saliva.
In 1733 it was destroyed and burnt by the Caribes
Indians, who could not, with all their strength,
destroy the cross that was in it.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, of the pro
vince and government of La Senora in Nueva Es-
pafia; situate on the shore of the river of this name.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, of the
district and corregimiento of Bogota in the new
kingdom of Granada, near the capital of Santa Fe.
ANGELES, PUEBLV DE LOS, a bay on the coast
of thegulph of California, or Red sea of Cortes, in
the most interior part of it, behind the island of
the Angel de la Guardia.
ANGELES PUEBLA DE LOS, a port on the coast
of the province and alcaldia mayor of Tecoantcpec
in Nueva Espana, and in the S. sea. It is the
mouth of the river Cayola, between that of La
Galera and the settlement of Tanglotango.
ANGLOIS, CUL DE SAC, a port of the 5. e.
coast of the island of Martinica, very convenient,
secure, and well sheltered. It is between the cape
Ferre, and the bay of the same name.
ANGLOIS, CUL DE SAC, another port on the
n. coast of the river Lawrence in New France,
to the s. of St. Pancras.
ANGOGARD, a settlement of New France, or
Canada, situate on the shore of the river St. Law
rence, at a small distance from the city of
Quebec.
ANGOIACO, a river of the province and cor
regimiento of Angaraes in Peru. It is the same
that afterwards takes the name of the Ancient Ma-
raiion ; some call it Sangolaco.
ANGOL, a city of the kingdom of Chile,
founded by Pedro de Valdivia, with the name of
A N G 69
Los Confines. It was afterwards changed by Don
Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza to a more open and
level spot, eight leagues from the cordillera^ and
20 from La Concepcion, in a soil abounding in
fruits, seeds, and vines ; as also in raisins, figs, and
other dried fruits. It is surrounded by Cyprus,
and is bounded by the river Biobio on the s. and
by another small stream on the n. which, running
rapidly, might encourage the building of mills
upon it. This city was destroyed by the Arauca-
nos Indians, who set fire to it in 1601, putting to
death a great number of its inhabitants. It has
never yet been rebuilt ; and the ruins of it alone
remain a mournful witness of its melancholy catas
trophe.
ANGOSTO, Port, of the strait of Magellan,
discovered by Pedro Sarmiento on the 7th of
February 1580. It is one of the parts which this
admiral took possession of for the crown of Spain,
putting up a cross, when in the night he saw a
globe of fire rising from the earth, which afterwards
became elongated in the air, so as to represent a
lance ; it then took the figure of a half-moon,
being of a bright red and whitish colour. This
port has a clear bottom at 22 fathoms depth, and
is three leagues from the point of San lldefonso.
ANGOSTURA, a strait of the river Paraguay,
in the province and government of this name, in
that part which is entered by the Pilcomayo, and
where a redoubt has been thrown up for the defence
of that pass.
ANGOSTURA, another, in the river Orinoco; it
becomes narrowest in the province and govern
ment ofGuayana, where was lately built the city
of Guayana.
ANGRA DE LOS REYES, a city of the pro
vince and captainship of the Rio Janeiro in Brazil,
situate upon the coast of a small bay, so called,
and which gives it its name : it has two churches,
a monastery of nuns, and it is garrisoned by a
detachment of 20 men. Its fisheries are the only
means of its commerce ; it is 36 miles from the
river Janeiro. Lat. 23 4 s. Long. 44 11 w.
ANGUALASTA, a settlement of Indians of the
province and government of Tucuman, and juris
diction of the city of Rioja, in Peru.
ANGUASSETCOK, a settlement of the Eng
lish, in the province and colony of New Hamp
shire.
ANGUILA, or SVAKE Island, in the N. sea,
one of the Small Antilles, inhabited by the English,
is 10 leagues in length, and three in width, and
takes its name from its figure. Its productions are
tobacco, much esteemed for excellent quality,
maize, and some sugar. It abounds in cattle,
70
A N I
which have multiplied in a wild state in the woods ;
has only one port or bay of any convenience. I-t
was in the possession of the English from the
year 1650, when it was but badly peopled ; has
been at different times ravaged by the French ;
but in the year 1745 these were caused to retire
with great loss. N. of the island of San Martin,
and s. e. of La Anegada, in lat. 18 12 n. and
long. 63 10 w. [It is included amongst the
Virgin islands, and of the government of the go
vernor general of the Leeward islands.]
ANGUILA, another, a small island or rock of
the coast of the island of Cuba, close to that of
Los Roques, between that island and that of San
Andres, one of the Lucayas.
[ANGLJ1LLE, Cape, a point of land in New
foundland island, on the w. side, in the gulf of
St. Lawrence, 6 leagues n. from cape Ray, the
s. w. extremity of the island, in lat. 47 57 w.]
[ANGUH.LE, a bay on the n. n. e. side of the
island of St. John s, in the gulf of St. Lawrence,
opposite Magdalen isles, and having St. Peter s
harbour on the s. c. and Port Chimene on the n. w.~]
ANGUILLE, a point or strip of land of the same
coast, and near the former bay.
ANGUSTIAS, a settlement of the province
and corrcgimicnto of Tunja in the new kingdom of
Granada, situate in the district of the city of
Pamplona, and valley of Los Locos, on the shore
of the river Macio.
ANHEIMBAS, a small river of the province
and government of Paraguay. It runs e. and enters
the Parana.
ANIBA, a small river of the province and
country of Las Amazonas, in the Portuguese pos
sessions, and in the territory of the Urubaquis
Indians. It runs from n. to s. and enters the pools
there formed by the Maranon, which, according
to the description of Mr. Bellin, are a lake called
Sarava.
ANIBALIS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
descended from the Betoyes, in the llanos of Casa-
nare and Meta, of the new kingdom of Granada :
they are very numerous, and of a gentle nature, re
duced to the Catholic faith by the missionaries of
the abolished society of Jesuits in the year 1722.
AN 1C AN, small islands of the S. sea, near
those of Malvinas, or of Falkland, discovered by
Monsieur de Bougainville, when he established
himself here with the French.
ANIL, a river of the province and captainship
of Maranon in Brazil.
AN1LORE, a river of the province and country
of Las Amazonas. It rises in the Cacao moun
tains of the Oreguatos Indians, runs many leagues
ANN
from s. to n. and enters the river Madera, in the
terriory of the Unuriaos Indians.
ANIMAS, a river of the province and govern
ment of Florida. It runs s. and enters the rivers
Jordan and St. Philip, and then runs n.
ANIMAS, a small island of the gulph of Cali
fornia, or Red sea of the Cortes. The interior
part is very close upon the shore. It is one of
those which is called De Salsiuedes.
ANIMAS, another, of the river of Valdivia, in
the kingdom of Chile, and district of Guadalab-
i
quen, opposite the city.
ANIME, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of San Juan de los Llanos in the new
kingdom of Granada, situate near the river Ariari.
[ANN ARUNDEL County, in Maryland, lies
between Patapsco and Patuxent rivers, and has
Chesapeak bay s. e. Annapolis is the chief town.
This county contains 22,598 inhabitants, of whom
10,131 are slaves.]
[ANN, Fort, in the state of New York, lies at
the head of batteaux navigation, on Wood creek,
which falls into S. bay, lake Champlain, near
Skenesborough. It lies six miles and three quar
ters s. w. by s. from Skenesborough Fort, 10 e. s. e.
from Fort George, and 12 n. e. by . from Fort
Edward on Hudson river. Such was the savage
state of this part of the country ; and it was so cover
ed with trees laid lengthwise and across, and so
broken with creeks and marshes, that general Bur-
goyne sarmy, in July 1777, could scarcely advance
above a mile in a day on the road to Fort Edward.
They had no fewer than 40 bridges to construct,
one of which was of log work two miles in length ;
circumstances which in after ages will appear
hardly credible. Lat. 43 22 n. Long. 73 27 a?.]
[ANN, ST. a lake in Upper Canada, n. from
lake Superior, which sends its waters n. e. into
James s bay through Albany river.]
[ANN, ST. is the chief town of the province of
Parana, in the e. division of Paraguay, S. America.]
[ANN S, ST. a port on the e. side of Cape Bre
ton island, where fishing vessels often put in. It
lies on the n. w. side of the entrance into Labrador
lake.]
[ANN S, ST. is a small town on the river St.
John s, province of New Brunswick, about 80
miles from St. John s. It is at present the seat of
government.]
ANNA, of the North, a river of the pro
vince and colony of Virginia, which runs e. and
enters the Rapahanock.
ANNA, called, of the South, to distinguish it
from that of the same province and colony. It also
runs c. and enters the Pamunkey.
ANN
AXNA, a county of the province and colony of
Maryland, one of the 10 of which it is composed.
ANNA, an island of New France, in lake Supe
rior, between the island of Pont Chatrain and the
s. coast.
ANNA, a cape or point of land of the coast of
New England, in the province and colony of Mas
sachusetts. It runs many leagues into the sea, be
tween the river Penny cook and Port Boston. [It
forms the n. side of Massachusetts bay, as cape
Cod does the s. side. Lat. 42 40 n. Long. 70
38 w. See GLOUCESTER. This cape was so named
in honour of Anne, consort of king James the
First.]
ANNA, ST. another cape of the s. coast of the
river St. Lawrence, in the province of Acadia or
Nova Scotia.
ANNA, ST. a settlement and establishment of the
French, called La Criquede St. Anne, in the part
\vhich they possess in Guayana.
ANNAC1OIS, or ANNACOUS, a barbarous na
tion of Indians, in the kingdom of Brazil, and pro
vince and captainship of Puerto Scguro. They
inhabit the woods and mountains to the w. near the
rivers Grande and Yuearu. They are constantly
in a state of warfare, night and day, and are irre
concilable enemies of the Portuguese, -whose colo
nies and cultivated lands they continually infest,
and which they destroyed in 1687.
ANNAPOLIS, REAL, a city and bay of the
province and colony of Nova Scotia. It was the
capital until this was translated to Halifax, since
it was but small and badly fortified. It was found
ed, with the name of Severn, by the relics of an
army established here in the time of Queen Anne of
England, on the shore of an excellent bay towards
the n. The French established themselves here in
the year J605, under the command of Mr. Pointis,
who came from the island of Santa Cruz with a
certain number of colonists. He gave it the name
of Port Royal ; but the English, headed by co
lonel Nicholson, drove them from the port. This
port, besides being covered with the thickest clouds,
is of difficult ingress and egress. Ships can make
it only at one certain period of the year, and then
but with great precaution ; the currents here being
so rapid, as generally to drive them stern foremost ;
but indeed, if it were not for this, it would be one
of the best ports in the world. It is two leagues in
length, and has a small island, called the island of
Goals, almost opposite the middle of the quay. It is
of a good depth , and well sheltered from every wind .
\V hen it belonged to the French , the sh ips employed
in the whale fisheries used to put in here ; but this
commerce is at present wanting, since the English
A. N N
71
rather prefer Port Breton. The city, although
small, has some beautiful edifices, but of moderate
height. The English destroyed the old forlifica-
tion, and constructed another of a regular form,
with four bastions, a deep ditch, a covered way, a
counterscarp, a half-moon, and other exterior
works detached from the body of &e fortified
place, all of which excite in the Indians reveren
tial awe. It has also different batteries conveniently
placed to repel the attacks of an enemy, who can
only hope to carry it by bombardment. This
fortified place appears to be the battery of New
England, and is the last to impede the invasion of
the French or Indians on the e. as well by sea as
land. Not far from the port is a point of land,
lying between two rivers, where the tide falls 10
or 12 feet, and all around are beautiful meadows,
which are thronged with all kinds of birds. Its
principal commerce consists in skins, which they
exchange with the Indians for European manufac
tures. It is the residence of a governor, and is
garrisoned by 500 men. At the beginning of this
century it was, amongst the French, the very Dun
kirk of America, serving as an asylum for pirates
and cruisers, to the ruin of commerce and the
fisheries. [The harbour is two leagues in length
and one in breadth, and the small island, before
referred to, is almost in the middle of the basin,
which is said to be large enough to contain
several hundred ships. Its depth of water is no
where less than four or five fathoms ; it being
six or seven on one side of the island, and on the
other 16 or 18. The town is not large, but has
some very handsome buildings. It is fortified ;
nor can it be easily attacked but by a bombard
ment. The fort is capable of containing about
100 men in its present state.] Long. 65 22 .
Lat, 44 49 n.
ANNAPOLIS, REAL, a capital city of the coun
ty of Ann Arundel, in the province and colony of
Maryland, at the mouth of the Severn, and was, by
an act of the Assembly in 1694, declared a maritime
city, it being ordained that it should be the resi
dence of a collector and commandant of the ma
rine ; from which time it began to take the name of
Annapolis. Hither also was transferred the tribu
nal of the county, together with all the state
papers, acts, and other important documents :
the parish church w;ts erected in 1699, and a puh-
lic school was founded agreeably to an act of the
.Assembly, having the archbishop tor its chancel
lor. Procurators, visitors, and governors were
also appointed to preside in this citji, though this
establishment failed to answer the wise purposes
of its creation. The alba-aaid tribunal meets, in
9,
72 A N O
ordinary, on the second Tuesday in September,
November, January, March, and May. This
city consists of more than 40 houses, but has
not arrived at that pitch of grandeur that was
expected, on account of its planters and mer
chants having been always at variance, as are
those of Virginia; and from this it is judged,
that it can never hope to rise at a greater elevation
of dignity or fortune. [It stands at the mouth of
the Severn, 30 miles s. of Baltimore, 32 e . by n.
from the Federal city, 72 s. zo. from Wilmington
in Delaware state, and 132 s. w. from Philadel
phia. In 1694 it was made a port town. It is
situated on a peninsula formed by the river and
two small creeks, and affords a beautiful prospect
of Chesapeak bay, and the e. shore beyond it. This
city is of little note in the commercial world, but
is the wealthiest town of its size in the United
States. The houses, about 300 in number, are
spacious and elegant, indicative of great wealth.
The state house is the noblest building of the kind
in the Union. It stands in the centre of the city,
from which point the streets diverge in every
direction like radii. Lat. 39 2 n. Long. 76
40 a;.]
[ANNAPOLIS River, in Nova Scotia, is of small
size. It rises in the e. near the head waters of the
small rivers which fall into the basin of Minas.
Annapolis river passes into the bay of Fundy
through the basin of its own name ; on the s. side
of which, at the mouth of the river, stands the
town and fort of Annapolis Royal. It is navi
gable for ships of any burden 10 miles ; for those of
100 tons, 15 miles ; and is passable for boats within
20 miles of Horton. The tide flows up 30 miles.]
[ANNAPOLIS, a county on the above river, ad
joining to King s county, having five townships,
viz. Wilmot, GranvihY, Annapolis ; the chief
towns, Clare and Monckton. It is chiefly inha
bited by Acadians, Irish, and New Englanders.]
[ANNATOM, one of the New Hebrides cluster
of islands.]
ANNOTO, a river of the island and govern
ment of Jamaica. It runs n. and enters the sea
on the coast lying in this point, and between the
rivers Blowing and Paltnito.
ANO, NUEVA, a port of the N. sea, of the
coast of California, or Red sea of Cortes; disco
vered in 1613, on the first of Januan^, on which
account this name was given it.
ANOANAPA, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It
rises in the country of the Amacotas Indians, runs
from *. to . and enters that of Aicaropa.
ANOLAIMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Tocaima and government of Mariquita, in the
new kingdom of Granada. It is of a hot tempe
rature, abounding in fruits peculiar to the climate,
such as rnaize, plaintains, yucas, and quantities of
sugar-cane, of which sugar and preserves are made
in an infinite variety of mills ; and in this consists
the commerce of the natives. These may amount
to somewhat more than 100, exclusive of some In
dians. Eight leagues from Santa Fe.
ANOPL, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Pastes in the kingdom of Quito.
ANOURAMA, a river of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil. It runs e. and joins
the Maranon between the rivers Urupi and Mara-
capucii.
ANOURIAHI, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the
shore of the river Xingu.
ANOZONOI, a settlement of the province and
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito.
ANSERMA, SANTA ANA DE, a city of the
province and government of Popayan, in the dis
trict and jurisdiction of the audience of Quito,
founded in 1532 by the field-officer Jorge Robledo,
upon a hill seven leagues distant from the river
Cauca. It is of a very hot temperature ; the
earth abounds in gold mines and in salt, from which
it took the name of the Vozanser, which, in the
idiom of the Indians of this country, signifies salt.
Its productions are rare, and it is very subject to
tempests, when balls of fire and lightning often
cause serious mischief. It was at first called Santa
Ana de los Caballeros, on account of the number
of the knights who assembled at its foundation. la
its vicinity dwelt the Tapuyas, Guaticas, Quin-
chias, Supias, and other Indians, who are now no
longer heard of here. Fifty leagues n. e. of Po
payan.
ANSERMA, a settlement of the same name, with
the addition of Vieja, of the same province and
government, situate between two rivers.
[ANSON, an interior county of N. Carolina, in
Fayette district, having Mecklinburgh county n.
and Bladen and Cumberland counties on the e. It
contains 5J33 inhabitants, including 828 slaves.
ANTA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimicnto of Abancai in Peru.
ANTA, a province of <he kingdom of Quito, but
little known, to the s, of the city of Jaen, covered
with impenetrable forests, lakes, rivers, and pools.
It is unknown whether it be inhabited by infidel
Indians.
ANTA, a river of the province and captainship
of Rey in Brazil. It runs s.s.w. and enters the
river Curucny
ANT
A NT ABA MBA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Aymaraes in Peru.
ANTAL1S, a barbarous and warlike nation of
Indians of the kingdom of Chile, to the w. of Co-
quimbo, bounded by the province of Putunu-
aucasi. They valorously opposed the progress
of Inca Yupanqui, compelling him to end his
conquests on the other side of the river Maule, the
last boundary of Peru.
ANTAPALPA, a settlement of the province
and .corregimiento of Chilques and Masques in
Peru, annexed to the curacy of Omacho.
ANTARPANGO, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Yulcarmaca.
ANTEGO. See ANTIGUA.
ANTEQUERA, [now called Oaxaca,] a ca
pital city of the province and alcaldia mayor of
Oaxaca in Nueva Espana, founded in a beauti
ful and spacious valley of this name, in 1528, by
Juan Nunez del Mercado. It is a large and fine
settlement, of an extensive vicinity and great com
merce, as well from the fertility of its soil, and
from the abundance of its fruits, as from its being
in the direct road to the provinces of Guatemala.
It has, besides the curacy of the Sagrario of its
cathedral, the assisting parish chapels of La San-
gre de Christo, Nuestra Senora de las Nieves,
Nuestra Scfiora de la Consolacion, San Joseph,
the hospital of San Cosme and San Damian, and an
hermitage of La Santisima Trinidad ; eight con
vents of monks, which are, two of Santo Domingo,
one called Elgrande, a sumptuous fabric, and the
other San Pablo ; one of Dezcalzos of San Fran
cisco, that of San August in of Nuestra Senora de
la Merced, of Carmetitas Dezcalzos ; a college
which belonged to the abolished society of the re
gular order of the Jesuits, with a house for stu
dents ; two hospitals, one of San Juan de Dios,
and another of Bethlemites ; two colleges, deno
minated Santa Cruz and San Bartolome, for the
education of children; thirteen monasteries of
nuns, amongst which, are that of Santa Monica de
Augustinas, the church, which is of magnificent
structure, and the gate of most exquisite archi
tecture, dedicated to Nuestra Senora de la Soledad
(to whose image, it being very beautiful and mi
raculous, that city pays singular devotion) ;
another of La Concepcion, another of Santa Cata-
lina de Sena, another of Capuchinas ; and a col
lege for the education of children. The city is
one of those most conspicuous for the beautiful
symmetry of its streets, for its public places and
edifices, which would have been still finer, had
they not suffered by earthquakes. The tempera-
VOL. I.
ANT 73
ture, although somewhat hot, is nevertheless
healthy. Its eastern part is situated upon the
long-continued top of a hill. It abounds in ex
quisite fruits, such as pears of various kinds,
apples, sapataSf pomegranates, melons, pines,
dates, limes, cedars, lemons, pitahayas, nuts,
and some grapes. Its wheat is scanty, and of bad
quality. The principal productions in which it
pays its duties to the King, are cacao of Soco-
nusco, ready-made chocolate, and powders of
Oaxaca, justly esteemed and celebrated for giving
a delicate flavour to chocolate. It also fabricates
black sealing-wax and some rosaries, the beads of
which are made of the kernel of a fruit called te-
pexiloty on which they write with wonderful
skill some versicles of the magnificat, and paint
upon them images with a nicety that makes them
much esteemed. In the cathedral, which is beau
tiful and amply large, (having three naves), as
well as in the chapels, is reverenced an arm of
San Juan Chrisostomo, with other precious relics ;
and in one of its chapels, a cross about a yard in
length, made from a part of that wonderful cross
of Guatulco, brought thither by the bishop Don
Juan de Cerbantes. The inhabitants of this illus
trious city, which has San Marcial for its patron,
are composed of 6000 families ; and in the year
1766, through the benign influence of the pa
tron, the number of souls amounted to 20,000.
It is 85 leagues to the e. s. e. of Mexico. Long.
277 10 . Lat. 18 2 .
[ANTERIM, a township in Hillsborough coun
ty, New Hampshire, having 528 inhabitants,
incorporated in 1777, 75 miles w. of Portsmouth,
and about the same distance n. w. of Boston.]
[ANTHONY S Falls, ST. in the river Mis-
sissippi, lie about 10 miles n. w. of the mouth
of St. Pierre river, which joins the Mississippi
from the w. and are situated in about lat. 44 50
n. and were so named by father Louis Hcnnipin,
who travelled into those parts about the year 1680,
and was the first European ever seen by the na
tives there. The whole river, 50 yards wide,
falls perpendicularly above 30 feet, and forms a
most pleasing cataract. The rapids below, in the
space of 300 yards, render the descent consider
ably greater ; so that when viewed at a distance,
they appear to be much higher than they really
are. In the middle of the falls is a small island,
about 40 feet broad, and somewhat longer, on
which grow a few hemlock and spruce trees ; and
about half-way between this island and the eastern
shore, is a rock, lying at the very edije of the fall,
in an oblique position, five or six feet broad, and
30 or 40 long. These falls are peculiarly situated,
74 ANT
as they are approachable without the least obstruc
tion from any intervening hill or precipice ; which
cannot be said, perhaps, of any other considerable
fall in the world. The scene around is exceed
ingly beautiful. It is not an uninterupted plain,
where the eye finds no relief, but composed of
many gentle ascents, which, in the spring and
summer, are covered with verdure, and interspers
ed with little groves, that give a pleasing variety
to the prospect.
At a little distance below the falls is a small
island, about one acre and an half, on which grow
a great number of oak trees, all the branches of
which, able to bear the weight, are in the pro
per season of the year loaded with eagle s nests.
Their instinctive wisdom has taught them to
choose this place, as it is secure, on account of
the rapids above, from the attacks either of man
or beast.]
[ANTHONY S Kill, a western water of Hudson
river. Its mouth is seven miles above that of
Mohawk river, with which likewise it communi
cates at the e. end of Long lake,]
[ANTHONY S Nose, a point of land in the
high lands on Hudson river, in the state of New
York, from which to Fort Montgomery on the
opposite side, a large boom and chain was ex
tended in the late war, which cost not less than
70,000/. sterling. It was partly destroyed, and
partly carried away, by General Sir Henry Clin
ton, in October 1777. Also the name given to
the point of a mountain on the n. bank of Mohawk
river, about 30 miles above Schenectady. Around
this point runs the stage road.]
[ANTICOSTI, a barren, uninhabited island,
in the mouth of St. Lawrence river. It is, how
ever, of very considerable size, being 120 miles
long, and 30 broad. The French formerly had a
settlement on this island, but at present it is unin
habited ; nor can it ever become of much im
portance, as it does not possess a single harbour
where a vessel can ride in safety. The wood
which grows upon it is small, and the soil is rec
koned unfruitful ; which, added to the severity of
the winter, will ever prove serious obstacles to its
colonization.]
[ANT1ETAM Creek, in Maryland, rises by
several branches in Pennsylvania, and empties into
Potowmack river, three miles s. s. e. from Sharps-
burgh. Elizabeth and Funk s Towns stand on this
creek. It has a number of mills and forges.]
ANTIGOA, PUNTA DE LA, an extremity and
cape of the island of Guadalupe, which runs into
the sea, facing the n.
ANTIGONA, a settlement of the province and
ANT
government of Tarma in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Ondores.
ANTIGOSTI, a large island of the gulph of
St. Lawrence, at the entrance of the river of this
name, in Canada.
ANTIGUA, an island of the N. sea, one of the
Small Antillas, called by the English, who possess
it, Antego. -It is six or seven leagues long, and
nearly the same broad. It is of difficult access
for vessels, on account of the currents and shallows
with which it abounds. It was first thought un
inhabitable from a supposed want of water ; but
the English, who established themselves in it,
discovered some fountains, and the inhabitants,
who may amount to about 900 persons, have
made many wells and cisterns for preserving the
rain water. It abounds in every kind offish, and
one of a peculiar sort, which they call perro dt
mar y . or sea-dog, from its devouring the other fish j
and even the fishermen, on which account the
bathing here is very dangerous. It has some very
good ports and bays, such as the bays of St. John
and Willoughby, and the ports English and Fal-
mouth. It has also a species of sea woodcock,
which has a beak similar to that bird, the upper
part of which is much larger than the lower; it
moves either jaw with equal ease ; and some have
been seen four feet long, and 12 inches wide to
wards the head ; they have two fins on each side,
and a large one upon the belly, rising like the
crest of a cock, and extending from the head to
the tail : but what is most extraordinary, is the
hard beak with two sharp and black horns, nearly
an inch and an half each, which the creature has
the power of withdrawing with pleasure into its
belly, this serving as a scabbard ; it has no
scales, but a black and rough skin upon its back.
This island abounds also with a variety of birds ;
and that which is the most common, is peculiarly
beautiful to behold, having the upper part of the
wings and belly of a golden colour, the other half
and the back of sky-blue, the tail and long fea
thers of the wings of a mixture of a very bright
red and blue, and studded with other feathers of
gold ; but the most singular feature is its head,
which is covered with a sort of dark bonnet, fring
ed with green, yellow, and clear blue; it has
also a variegated beak ; there is a ring of white
round the eyes, and the pupil is of a beautiful yel
low and red, having the appearance of a ruby set
in gold ; and upon the head is a plume of feathers,
of the colour of vermillion, and others of the co
lour of pearls. This bird is about the size of a
pheasant. The climate is hot, unsalutary, and
is very subject to hurricanes, similar to that
AN T I G U A.
dreadful one which happened in 1707. It is not
deficient in cattle, and its wild wax is similar to
that of Mainas. This island was first discovered,
about the year 1623, by Sir Thomas Warner,
and the English established themselves in it in
1636. The king of England granted it, in 1663,
to William Willoughby, who sent to it, in 1666, a
numerous colony to people it. It was the same
year attacked and ravaged by the French, from
whom it was retaken, in 1690, by Christopher
Codrington. In 1736, three Indians, by name
Court, Tombay, and Hecules, entered into a
conspiracy to put some gunpowder in a situation
that it might explode and blow up a saloon in
which the governor was giving a ball and enter
tainment ; but it was timely discovered, and the
conspirators met with the punishment they de
served.
[Antigua lies between lat. 17 and 17 12 n.
and between long. 61 38 and 61 53 w. ; is situate
about 20 leagues to the e. of St. Christopher s ;
and was discovered at the same time with that
island by Columbus himself, who named it from
a church in Seville, Santa Maria de la Antigua.
We are informed by Ferdinand Columbus, Utitt
that the Indian name was Jamaica. It is a singu
lar circumstance, that this word, which in the
language of the larger islands signified a country
abounding in springs, should, in the dialect of
the Charibbes, have been applied to an island
that has not a single spring or rivulet of fresh
water in it, notwithstanding what Alcedo asserts.
This inconvenience, without doubt, as it ren
dered the country uninhabitable to the Charibbes,
deterred for some time the European adventurers
in the neighbouring islands from attempting a
permanent establishment in Antigua ; but nature
presents few obstacles which the avarice or indus
try of civilized man will not endeavour to sur
mount. The lands were found to be fertile, and
it was discovered that the water preserved in the
cisterns was wonderfully light, pure, and whole
some. So early as 1632, a few English families
took up lands there, and began the cultivation of
tobacco.
But the settlement was nearly strangled in its
infancy. The attack by the French, in 1666, has
been already mentioned. It was then that the
island was invaded and ravaged with fire and
sword. All the Negroes that could be found
were taken away ; and the inhabitants, after be
holding their houses and estates in flames, were
plundered even to the clothes on their backs and the
shoes on their feet, without regard to sex or age.
Its recovery from this calamity was owing
chiefly to the enterprising spirit and extensive
views of Colonel Codrtngton ofBarbadoes. This
gentleman removing to Antigua about the year
1674, applied his knowledge in sugar-planting
with such good effect and success, that others,
animated by his example, and assisted by his ad
vice and encouragement, adventured in the same
line of cultivation. Mr. Codrington was some
years afterwards nominated captain-general and
commander-in-chief of all the Leeward Charibbean
islands ; and deriving from the appointment the
power of giving greater energy to his benevolent
purposes, had soon the happiness of beholding
the good effects of his humanity and wisdom, in.
the flourishing condition of the several islands un
der his government.
The prosperity of Antigua was manifested in
its extensive population ; for when, in the year
1690, General Codrington commanded on the ex
pedition against the French inhabitants of St.
Christopher s, Antigua furnished towards it no
less than 800 effective men : a quota which gives
room to estimate the whole number of its white
inhabitants, at that time, at upwards of 5000.
About 34,000 acres of land in this island are
appropriated to the growth of sugar, and pastur
age annexed ; its other principal staples are cot
ton-wool, ginger, and tobacco ; and they raise
in favourable years great quantities of provisions.
This island contains two different kinds of soil :
the one a black mould on a substratum of clay,
which is naturally rich, and when not checked by
excessive droughts, to which Antigua is particu
larly subject, very productive ; the other is a.
stiff clay on a substratum of marl ; it is much less
fertile than the former, and abounds with an
irradicablc kind of grass, in such a manner, that
many estates, consisting of that kind of soil, which
were once very profitable, are now so impoverish
ed and overgro\vn with this sort of grass, as either
to be converted into pasture land, or to become
entirely abandoned. Exclusive of such deserted
land, and a small part of the country that is alto
gether unimprovable, every part of the island may
be said to be under cultivation.
The island is divided into six parishes and 1 1
districts. The parishes are, St. John s, St. Mary .--,
St. George, St. Peter, St. Paul, and St. Philip.
It has six towns and villages : St. John s, (the
capital), Parham, Falmouth, Willoughby Bay,
Old Bay, Old Road, and James Fort ; the two
first of which are legal ports of entry. JNo island
in this part of the West Indies can boast of sol
L 2
ANTIGUA.
[many excellent harbours ; of these the principal
are English harbour and St. John s, both well
fortified ; and at the former are a royal navy yard
and arsenal, with conveniences for careening ships
of war. The military establishment generally
consists of two regiments of infantry, and two of
foot militia. There are likewise a squadron of
dragoons, and a battalion of artillery, both raised
in the island ; and the regulars receive additional
pay, as in Jamaica. The governor or captain-
general of the Leeward Charibbean islands gene
rally resides in Antigua, but visits occasionally
each island within his government ; and in hear
ing and determining causes from the other islands,
presides alone. He is chancellor of each island by
his office ; but in causes arising in Antigua, he is
assisted by his council, after the practice of Bar-
badoes ; and the president, together with a cer
tain number of the council, may determine
chancery causes during the absence of the go
vernor-general. The other courts of this island
are, a court of king s bench, a court of common
pleas, and a court of exchequer. The church of
the United Brethren has been very successful in
converting to Christianity many of the Negro
slaves of this and the other islands.
It is difficult to furnish an average return of the
crops of this island, which vary to so great a de
gree, that the quantity of sugar exported in dif
ferent years has been from 2500 to 18,000 hogs
heads. Thus, in 1779, were shipped 3382 hogs
heads and 579 tierces; in 1782, the crop was
15,102 hogsheads and 160.3 tierces; and in the
years 1770, 1773, and 1778, there were no crops
of any kind ; all the canes being destroyed by a
long continuance of dry weather, and when the
whole body of Negroes would have been in danger
of perish ing for want of food, if American vessels
with corn and flour had been at that time denied
admittance.
Account of the number of vessels, &c. that have cleared outwards from Antigua, between 5th January
1787, and the 5th January 1788, which was esteemed a favourable year, together with an account
of their cargoes, and the value thereof.
Whither Bound.
Shipping.
Sugar.
Rum.
Molai-
SM.
-j.
-c
_=
CottB.
Dyeing Trood, in
value.
Miscellaneous
articles, in value.
Total.
No.
Tonnage
Men.
Cwt. c,r . Ibi.
Gallons.
Gall*.
Ibi
IbR.
L. i. d.
L. . d.
L. s. d.
Great Britain -
65
13,806
90]
254,575 1 18
128,936
3,510
6
131,01*
1,742 6 6
46,466 18 3
484,483 19 6
Ireland - -
16
1,909
159
22,295
97,400
29,500
2,400
43
50,768 16 8
American States
71
8,281
552
<J,779
375,150
1,700
.
407 5
44,679 19 2
Brit. Col. in Amer.
34
2,127
177
844
109,320
700
14 7
11,031 15 4
Foreign W. Indies
4?
2,540
269
33
5,740
-
1,075
1,632 5
Total from Antigua
233
28,663
2,018
284 ; 526 1 18
716,546
5,910
M
160,510
4,142 6 6
48,006 10 3
592,596 15 8
In the report of the privy council on the slave
trade, in 1788, the British property vested here
is estimated at 69,277 taxed acres of patented
estates, and the Negroes are computed at 60,000,
valued at 50/. each Negro. In the same report,
a general appraisement of British property, vested
in the British colonies makes the land, buildings,
and stock, double the value of the Negroes, and
the towns, stores, arid shipping about ^ f of the
land.
Has.
In 1783, Antigua produced, of sugar, 3,900
1787, produced and exported, 19,500
1792, four years average, only 3,900
It is thought that 17,000 hogsheads of sugar, of
\Qcwt. may be reckoned a good crop ; but the es
timate of the sugar produced in Antigua cannot
exceed an average of 9000 hogsheads, of 13 cwt.
at the king s beam.
2
By return to the house of commons, 1806, the
hogsheads of sugar, at 13 cwt. exported, were
In 1789, - - - 12,500
1799, - - - 8,300
1805, - - - 3,200
The official value of the imports and exports of
Antigua were, in
Imports. Exports.
1809, - .198,121 j216,000
1810, - .285,458 .182,392
And the quantities of the principal articles ex
ported into Great Britain were, in
Coffee.
Sugar.
Rum.
Cotton
wool.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
1809
1810
Cwt
309
40
Cwt.
3,983
2,164
Cwt.
106,1.50
188,799
Cwt.
629
3,821
Galls.
143,223
77,092
Ibs.
112,016
39,880
ANT
[The island abounds in black cattle, hogs, fowls,
and most of the animals common in the other
islands. By returns to government in 1774, the
white inhabitants amounted to 2590, and the
slaves to 37,808 ; but the latter were estimated in
1787 at (50,000, as above mentioned.
The import of slaves into Antigua, by report of
privy council 1788, at a medium of four years,
and by a return to house of commons in 1805,
on a medium of two years, from 1803, were,
in
ANT
77
Average of four
Imports.
Re-exports.
Retained.
years to 1787
768
100
668
Two years to 1805
434
100
334
ANTIGUASI, a settlement of the province
and government of Tucuman in Peru, and of the
district and jurisdiction of the city of Cordova.
ANTILLA, a settlement of the province and
coregimiento of Abancaiin Peru.
ANTILLA, another, of the province and corre-
gimiento of Angaraes in the same kingdom, an
nexed to the curacy of Sabayno.
ANT1LLAS, or ANTILLES, islands of the N.
sea, discovered by Christopher Columbus in his
first voyage, in 1492, situate between 18 and 24
n. lat. extending themselves in the form of a bow
from the coast of Florida to the n. to the coast of
Brazil to the s. They are divided into the Wind
ward and Leeward islands, and into Greater and
Less. Of the Greater are Cuba, Hispaniola or
St. Domingo, Jamaica, and Puertorico ; of the
Smaller the principal are 28.
Belonging to the English.
Virgines, Nevis,
Anguila, Antigua,
St. Christopher s, Monserrat.
Barbadoes,
Belonging to the French.
S. Bartholomew, Deseada,
[[Ceded to Sweden Los Santos,
in 1785.] Martinica,
Guadalupe, Granada.
Mariegalante,
Belonging to the French and Dutch.
San Martin.
Belonging to the Dutch.
San Eustaquio, Bonaire,
Aves, Curazao.
Belonging to the Spanish.
Margarita, Trinidad.
Belonging to the Danes.
St. Thomas, Santa Cruz.
Charibbes.
Dominica, Becoya.
San Vincente,
Desert.
Tabago, Santa Lucia.
Almost all enjoy a benign temperature, and the
cold of winter is unknown to them. The fields
preserve an everlasting verdure, and the soil is
fertile in every kind of production, particularly
in sugar, brandy, cotton, ginger, indigo, coffee,
and tobacco ; these being the principal branches
of commerce. Besides the above-mentioned islands,
are those of Anegada, Sombrero, Saba, Grana-
dilla, and others much smaller, which are, more
properly speaking, little isles or rocks. At the
time of their disco very they were peopled by In
dian Charibbes, who are cannibals of a very fierce
nature; a few of whom still keep possession of
some of the smaller isles. The Europeans esta
blished themselves in them in 1625, after that the
Spaniards had kept in their possession some of the
principal of them from the time they were first
discovered. They have since been colonized by
the English, French, Dutch, and Danish, and
numbers of Negroes have been brought from the
coast of Africa to labour in them ; these latter
forming the greater part of their population.
Although the vine has been brought hither, the
wine produced from it is not found to keep.
These islands are extremely subject to violent
hurricanes, and it is seldom that five years elapse
without some deplorable calamity taking place.
[The whole of the lesser islands, with the ex
ception of St. Bartholomew, which still belongs to
Sweden, and Margarita to Spain, have fallen into
the hands of the English. See WEST INDIES,
also each island under its respective head.]
ANT1NGO, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman in Peru, of the jurisdic
tion of the city of Rioja, situate to the . of the
same.
ANT1OQU1A, the province and government
of the new kingdom of Granada, one of those which
are called Equinocciales, from their being close
upon the line, bounded n. by the province of Car
tagena, s. by Popayan, e. by the jurisdiction of
Santa Fe, and w. by the government of Choco.
It was called, in the time of the Indians, Hebex-
ico, and was discovered and conquered in 1541
by the brigadier George Robledo. It is of a
benign and mild temperature, abounding in pro
ductions and in gold mines, from which it derives
its source of commerce. It has also some mines
of hyacinths, granite, and rock-crystal ; but they
are little wrought, from the scarcity of workmen.
78
ANT
The country is mountainous, and watered by
various rivers, although it is not without some
large tracts of level ground. The capital is Santa
Fe.
ANTIOSA, VALLE DE, in the province and
corregimiento of Chilchas and Tarija in Peru.
[ANTIQUERA, a seaport town in the pro
vince of Oaxaca in Mexico. See ANTEQUERA.]
[ANTIQUERA, a town in New Spain, province
of Oaxaca, 75 miles s. of the city of Oaxaca. See
ANTEQUERA.]
ANT1SANA, PARAMO DE, a very lofty
mountain covered with snow, in the kingdom of
Quito, towards the e. From it the rivers Quixos
and Caranga take their source ; some believe that
it is a volcano. It is elevated 3016 feet above the
level of the sea. It belongs, with its district, to
the house of the Marquises of Orellana, who have
also given to it a title, calling it Vizcondes de An-
tisana.
[The above is a porphyritic mountain of the
Andes, in the vicinity of Quito, which was as
certained by Humboldt, in 1802, to have rising
from it a crater, in the midst of perpetual snow,
to an elevation of 19,150 feet above the level of the
sea.]
[ANTISANA, a hamlet in the Andes of the
kingdom of Quito, elevated, according to Hum
boldt, 3800 feet above the celebrated plain of
Quito, and 13,500 above the sea, and said to be
unquestionably the highest inhabited spot on the
surface of our globe.]
ANTOFAGASTA, a settlement of the pro
vince and correguruento of Atacama in Peru, be
longing to the archbishopric of Charcas, annexed
to the curacy of its capital.
ANTO1NE, S. Cape of, on the e. coast of
the island of Newfoundland, between the bay of
Pistolet and that of Luvres.
ANTOGO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Coquimbo in the kingdom of
Chile, situate on the shore of the river Mamas.
ANTOGO, a volcano of the mountains of the
Cordillera of the same kingdom.
ANTON, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of
Penonome, in the province and kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate near the coast of the S. sea, be
tween the two rivers Chiru and Colorado, of a
warm temperature. It abounds in cattle of the
swine kind, in maize and other seeds, in which
its commerce consists, and with which it supplies
the city of Panama, and the vessels which sail
from its port for the provinces of Peru. Eighteen
leagues to the s. w. of its capital.
ANTON, another, in the province and cajptain-
ANT
ship of Paraiba in Brazil, situate on the coast
and shore of the river Camaratuba.
ANTON, another, of the province and captain
ship of Pernambnco, in the same kingdom, on the
shore of the river Tapicura.
ANTONA, LACUNA DE, a port of the coast of
the island of St. Domingo.
ANTONIO, SAN, a settlement of the head
settlement of Tollman, and alcaldla mayor of
Queretaro, in Nueva Espana, with 32 families of
Indian?.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Tampolomon and alcaldia of Valles, in the same
kingdom ; annexed to the curacy of its liead set
tlement. It is of a hot and moist temperature, pro
duces different sorts of grain and seeds, as do the
other settlements of its jurisdiction, and much
sugar-cane, of which the natives make sugar for
their commerce. It contains 128 families of Guas-
tecos Indians, and is 17 leagues to the s. of its
capital, and four to the e. of its head settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
and alcaldia mayor of Toluca. It contains 51
families of Indians, and is at a little distance to
the a? of its capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, the head settlement
of the alcaldia mayor of Metepec. It comprehends
261 families of Indians.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Ahuacatlan, and alcaldia mayor ofZacatlan;
three leagues from its head settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Coronan<o, and alcaldia mat/or of Cholula. It
contains 44 families of Indians, and lies a league
and a half n. of its capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, a small settlement or
ward of the alcaldia mayor of Guauchinango,
annexed to the curacy of Pantepec.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Huehuetlan, and alcaldia mayor of Cuscatlan,
situate in an umbrageous valley. It contains 140
families of Indians, who employ themselves in,
preparing, and in the commerce of, saltpetre, and
in spinning cotton. It lies to the s. of its head
settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement of
Chapala, and alca Idia mayor of Zay ula , on the shore
of the great lake or sea of Chapala. It contains 27
families of Indians, who employ themselves in
fishing, and in the culture of various seeds and
fruits, which the fertility and luxuriance of the
soil produces; and with these they traffic with the
neighbouring settlements, by means of canoes. One
league w. of its head settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the government ef
ANT
Neiba in the new kingdom of Granada, annexed
to the curacy of the town of La Purificacion,
situate on the spot which they call del Paramo.
It contains 500 housekeepers; and at a very little
distance is a convent of Agustine Rocolects.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the kingdom of
Quito, of the corregimiento of the district of Las
Cinco Leguas de la capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province of Te-
peguaria, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situated
130 leagues to the n. w. of the real of Guanacebi,
in the vicinity of which is a large uninhabited spot,
called Tinaja.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate in the middle of the serrania. It is
a reduction of Indians, and one of those held under
the care of the Arragonese Capuchin fathers.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, which is the parish of
the ancient Barinas, situate in the serrania and
table plain of Moromoy, where that cily was. In
its district are some small estates of cacao and
sugar-cane, and some very rich modern establish
ments of indigo.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, with the addition of
Las Cocuisas, in the province of Barinas, situate
near to the river Apure. Its district abounds in
the larger cattle.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, with the addition of
X-os Altos, situate in the vicinity of the city of
Caracas. Its mountains abound in excellent woods
and in maize.
ANTONIO, SAN, a town of the province and
government of Guayana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Paragua.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Maracaibo in the kingdom of
Tierra Firme, and district of the city of San Chris-
tobal ; situate in the road which leads down to
the Nuevo Reyno.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and government as the former, situate in the district
of the city of Pcdraza.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and government, on the shore of the river Paragua,
near its source, between the cities of Pedraza and
Barinas Vieja.
ANTONIO, SAN, another settlement and asiento
of the mines of the province and government of
Chucuito in Peru, near the volcano of Ornate.
ANT
79
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of the bay of Todos Santos in Brazil,
situate on the shore of the river Paraguaca, near
the bay.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of Sergipe in the same kingdom, situ
ate on the coast, and at the mouth of the large
river of San Francisco, at the same point.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and captainship, situate at the source of the river
Sirugipa.
ANTONIO, SAN, another settlement and real of
the silver mines in the province and bishopric
of Guadalaxara in Nueva Espaiia.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Colchagua in the kingdom of
Chile, on the coast, and at the mouth of the river
Rapel.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Aconcagua in the same king
dom.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of
Cordova, to the w. of this city.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and government as the former, situate between the
settlements of Solo and Tororal.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Coquimbo in the kingdom of
Chile, on the shore of the river Mamas.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, distinct from
the other of the same name, which is found in it.
It lies upon the coast, and at the mouth of the river
of Sun Angelo.
ANTONIO, SA\ T , another, of the same captainship
and kingdom, on the shore of the river Tapi-
cura.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the captainship of
Para in the same kingdom, on the shore of the
river of the Amazonas, and??, of the capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito,
situate to the s. s. e. of the capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Popayan in the new kingdom of
Granada.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the missions held
there by the regulars of the company of Jesuits, in
the province of Gaira, of the government of Para
guay. It is destroyed, and the ruins of it alone
are visible upon the shore of the river Guabay,
from the time that it was razed by the Portuguese
of San Pablo, in 1680.
80
ANT
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, situate upon the
shore of the river Ibiguay.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the country and
province of Las Amazonas, and territory of Mata-
groso, between the river Itenes and that of
Senere", to the w. of the town of S. Francisco
Xavier.
AJTTONIO, SAN, another, with the surname of
Abad, in the province and government of Carta
gena, of the district of Sinu, situate on the bank of
the stream Ingles ; one of those lately formed in
1776 by the governor Don Juan Pimienta.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and
captainship of Los lllieos in Brazil ; situate near
the sea coast, and at the source of river Santa
Cruz.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and
taptainship of Paraiba in Brazil, on the shore of
the river Camaratuba.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, on the coast
of the river Ciranhaya.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the missions, who
maintained the religion of S. Francisco, in Nuevo
Mexico.
ANTONIO SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Teutalpan, and alcaldia mayor of Zacatlan, in
Nueva Espana ; one league distant from its head
settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, called El Cerro del
Antonio, in the province and government of Car
tagena, situate on the sea shore, on the n. coast,
and also to the . of thereat De la Cruz.
ANTONIO, SAN, a capital town of the province
and alcaldia mayor of Zuchitepec in the kingdom
of Guatemala.
ANTONIO, SAN, a village in the province and
captainship of Todos Santos in Brazil.
ANTONIO, SAN, a town of the province and
taptainship of the bay of Todos Santos in Brazil.
[ANTONIO, SAN, a town in New Mexico, on the
o>. side of Rio Bravo river, below St. Gregoria.
Also the name of a town on the river Hondo,
which falls into the gulf of Mexico, n. e. of Rio
de Bravo, and on the eastern side of the river, s.
by w. from Texas.]
[ANTONIO, SAN, another town in the province
of rfavarre in N. America, on a river which runs
5. w. in the gulf of California.]
ANTONIO, SAN, a bay on the coast of the S. sea,
of the province and government of Choco, close
to that of San Francisco Solano.
[AJTTONIO, SAN, DE LOS CUES, averypopu-
A N T
lous place of the intendancy of Oaxaca, on the
road from Orizaba to Oaxaca, celebrated for the
remains of ancient Mexican fortifications.]
ANTONIO, SAN, a port of the n. coast of the
island of Jamaica, between Cold bay and the
river Grande.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the coast of the
kingdom of Chile, in the S. sea, and of the pro
vince and corregimicnto of Melipilla. Lat. 33*
39 s. Long. 71 41 w.
ANTONIO, SAN, a cape or point of land of the
river Mississippi, opposite the Isla Grande.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres, one of
the two which form the entrance of the mouth of
the river of La Plata.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, which is the w. extre
mity of the island of Cuba, opposite that of Coto-
che, of the province of Yucatan, from whence it
is four leagues distant. Long. 84 56 . Lat.
21 54 .
ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the
province and captainship of Todos Santos in Brazil,
close to the cape of S. Salvador ; there is a castle
in it of the same name, and a settlement, in which
excellent sugar is made. Long. 38 37 w. Lat.
13 s.
ANTONIO, SAN, a small island of the coast of
Brazil, between this and that of Santa Catalina, in
the captainship of Rey : the Portuguese have a
fort in it of the same name.
ANTONIO, SAN, a small river of the same king
dom ; it rises in the sierra of Los Coriges, runs c*
and enters the Tocantines on the w. side.
ANTONIO, SAN, another small river of th
province and government of Buenos Ayres, which
runs w. and enters the Parana, between those of
Anna Maria and Bernardo de Arcos.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of Rey in Brazil, which runs e. and
enters the great lake of Los Patos, in the territory
of the Tages Indians.
ANTONIO, SAN, a large river of the province
and captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil ; it enters
the sea, upon the coast between that of Camaraibi,
and that of Antonio Pequeno, so called to distin
guish it from this river ; also called Antonio
Grande.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, called Antonio Peque
no, to distinguish it from the former; in the same
province or captainship. It runs into the sea
between that river and the lake Del Norte.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Texas in Nueva Espana.
A N Z
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Costarica, in the kingdom of Gua
temala ; it runs into the N. sea, between the rivers
Conception and Talamancas.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Paraguay ; it runs n. and enters the
Grande de Curituba.
ANTONIO, SAN, a point of land on the coast of
the strait of Magellan, between the bay of Arenas
and the bay of Santa Catalina. At this point
Pedro Sarmicnto took possession of that country
for the crown of Spain.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the
province and corregimiento of Melipilla in the
kingdom of Chile, between those points which
form the port of the same name.
ANTONIO, SAN, some shallows or rocks on the
coast of Brazil, of the province and captainship
of Los Ilheos, at the entrance or mouth of the
river of Santa Crnz.
ANTONIO, SAN, a canal, running from the
river of Magdalena, which enters the swamp of
Santa Marta, of the province and government of
this name.
ANTONIO, SAN, a fort of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, on the banks, and at
the source of the river Sala, built as a defence
against the Pampas Indians ; it lying directly in
the road which leads to Tucuman.
ANTONIO, SAN, another fort and garrison of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres.
[ANTRIVENTR1A, a subdivision of Tierra
Firme, lying to the s. of Cartagena.]
ANUNCIACIOiV, NUFSTRA SENORA DE LA,
a settlement of the province and government of
Mainas in the kingdom of Quito, situate at the
source ofthe river Santa Maria.
[ANVILLE, or Miller s Town, in Dauphine
county, Pennsylvania, at the head of Tulphe-
hocken creek. When the canal between the
Susquehannah and Schuylkill, along these creeks,
is competed, this town will probably rise to some
consequence. It lies 18 miles n. e. by e. from Har-
risburgl*, and 65 n. w. from Philadelphia.]
[ANZ FRMA. See ANSERMA.]
ANZUI ^LOS, a river of the province and
government of Costarica in the kingdom of Gua
temala ; it vises near the coast, runs e. and enters
the sea bet.veen the rivers San Juan de Nicaragua
and Matiiu;, in the province of Veragua.
ANZUKROS, or ANZURES, a river of the
province nnd government of Quijos and Marcas
in the kingdom of Quito ; it runs nearly due s.
and enters the Putumayo.
VOL. I.
A P A
81
APABOTA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, or N.ueva Andalucia ; it rises
in the country of the ferocious Charibbee Indians,
and enters the Arui, on the n. side, a little before
that of the Apaguata.
APACEO, SAN JUAN BAUTISTA DE, ahead
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor
of Zelaya, in the province and bishopric of Me-
choacan; it contains 135 families of Indians, ami
200 of Spaniards, Mu sices , and Mulattoes, as well
as a convent of Franciscan monks. The territory
of its jurisdiction is very fertile and pleasant; it
is renowned for its abundant crops of grain and
delicate fruits, especially the grape, which is held
in high estimation for the superiority of its fla
vour. Four leagues to the s. of its head settle
ment.
APACF.O, another settlement, with the dedica
tory title of Santa Maria, in the head settlement of
the district of Zitaguaro, and alcaldia mayor of
Maravatio, in the bishopric of Mechoacan ; it
contains 24 families of Indians, and is three
leagues to the s. of its head settlement.
APACHE, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Paccho.
[APACHIERA, an audience and province of
New Mexico, whose capital is St.. Fe.]
APACUATA, a small river of the province
and government of Guayana, or Nueva Anda
lucia. It rises in the country of the ferocious
Charibbee Indians, and enters on the n. side into
the Arui.
APAGO, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ; it rises
in the cordillera, runs n. and enters the Maranon,
forming first some lakes by its waters.
APALACHES, a nation of Indians of Florida,
in the territory of its name ; dwelling on the side
of a chain of rugged mountains. They are very
fierce, and so valorous, that it has never been pos
sible to subject them from the time that they were
first discovered by the Governor Hernando de
Sota, in 1539. They have for their dwellings
certain edifices of an oblong square figure, the
extremities of winch universally point due n. and
s. so that they are little molested by these winds,
which, indeed, are here the most prevalent. The
pavement is simple and elegant ; being made of
calcined shells, and of a sort of sand of a gold
colour, which they collect from the mountains,
forming from it a paste, which, being spread upon
the ground, and becoming dry, emits a colour as
brilliant as though it were a plate of gold. The
A P A
clothing and household furniture of these Indians
consists of the skins of the beasts of the mountains :
although they have abundance of vines, they are
very sober, from their ignorance in what manner
to make use of them, and commonly drink nothing 1
but water: they are accustomed to give their
male children the names of the enemies they have
conquered, or of some hostile settlement which
they have plundered and burnt: they maintain
the strictest faith in war ; nor are they excited to
this by a slight pretext, neither through a spirit of
avarice or of conquest, but only when they arc
obliged for their own defence, or for the just satis
faction of injuries received. These Indians have
never known the barbarous method of poisoning
their arrows ; they treat their prisoners with hu
manity, and their wives and children in the same
manner as their servants: some assert that they
are very long-lived, and that it is common for
them to reach a century : they adore the sun, to
which they sing hymns every morning and even
ing ; but at present they have a religion, which is
a mixture of their own with the catholic and some
protestant sects. [The A pal aches are emigrant
Indians from West Florida 4 from off the river
whose name they bear ; came over to Red river
about the same time the Boluxas did, and have
ever since lived on the river, above Bayau
Jlapide. No nation has been more highly esteem
ed by the French inhabitants, no complaints
against them are ever heard. There are only 14
men remaining, who have their own language, but
speak French and Mobil ian.]
.-/yA PAL ACHES, a bay on the coast of this pro
vince, discovered by the Governor Hernando de
Soto, in J535, from whence the Spaniards after
wards formed a settlement called San Marcos,
which was immediately reduced to a miserable
village of Indians : before its cession, together
with the province, to the English in the peace of
Versailles, in 1763, it had a fort manned by a
detachment of the garrison of San A gust in. Seven
ty-four leagues from the bay of Carlos.
APAL ACHES, a settlement of Indians of the pro
vince and government of Louisiana ; situate on
the shore of the river Movila.
[APALACHES, or St. Mark s River, rises in the
country of the Seminole Indians, in E.Florida, near
the n.w. source of Great Satilla river; runs s. w.
through the Apalachy country into the bay of
Apalachy, in the gulf of Mexico, about J5 miles
below St. Mark s. It runs about 135 miles, and
fulls into the bay near the mouth of Apalachicola
/iver.]
A P A
[APALACHIAN Mountains, a part of the range
called sometimes by this name, but generally
Alleghany mountains. In this part of the great
chain of mountains, in the Cherokee country, the
river Apalachicola has its source.]
APALACHICOLA, a town of the province and
colony of Georgia, in which the English had a
fort, on the shore of the river Savannah, now
abandoned.
[APALACHICOLA is likewise the name of the
mother town or capital of the Creek or Musco-
gulge confederacy, called Apalachucla by Ber
tram. It is, says he, sacred to peace ; no cap
tives are put to death, or human blood spilt here ;
and when a general peace is proposed, deputies
from all the towns in the confederacy meet here to
deliberate. On the other hand, the Great Coweta
Town, 12 miles higher up the Chata-Uche river,
is called the Bloody Town, where the Micos chiefs
and warriors assemble when a general war is pro
posed ; and there captives and state malefactors
are put to death. Apalachicola is situated a mile
and an half above the ancient town of that name,
which was situated on a peninsula formed by the
doubling of the river, but deserted on account of
inundations. The town is about three days jour
ney from Tallassee, a town on the Tallapoose
river, a branch of the Mobile river. See COWETA
and TALLASSEE.]
APALACHICOLA, a river running between E.
and W. Florida, [and having its source in the Apa-
lachian mountains, in the Cherokee country, with
in 10 miles of Tuguloo, the upper branch of Savan
nah river. From its source to the mouth of
Flint river, a distance of 300 miles, it is called
Chata-Uche, or Chatahooche river. Flint river
falls into it from the *. e. below the Lower Creek
towns, in n. lat. 31. From thence it runs near
80 miles, and falls into the bay of Apalachy, or
Apalachicola, in the gulf of Mexico, at cape
Blaize. From its source to the 33d deg. of n.
lat. its course is s. w. ; from thence to its mouth,
it runs nearly s. See CHATA-UCHA and FLINT
Rivers.]
[APALACHY Country extends across Flint
and Apalaches rivers, in E. Florida, having the
Seminole country on the n. e. Apalachy, or Apa-
lachay, is by some writers applied to a town and
harbour in Florida, 90 miles e. ofPensacola, and
the same distance w. from Del Spiritu Santo
river. The tribes of the Ap-dachian Indians He
around it.]
[APALOUSA, Indians of N. America. It is
said the word Apalousa, in the Indian language,
A P A
means black head, or black skull. They are
aborigines of the district called by their name.
Their village is about 15 miles a. from tlie Apa-
lousa church ; have about 45 men. Their native
language differs from ail other ; they understand
Attakapa, and speak French, plant corn, have
cattle and hogs.}
APANEO, SAN FHANC:-SCO DK, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Tixtlan in Nucva Espana, of a hot tem
perature. Its population, including its wards,
may amount to 352 families of Indians. Three
leagues n. of its capital.
APANGO, a head settlement of the district and
alcaldia mayor of Zayula in Nueva Espana, with
140 families of Indians; five leagues $. of its
capital.
tiAPANI, a river of the province and country of
tbe Amazonas. It rises in the territory of the Aspe-
ras Indians, runs n.n.w. and enters the Madera.
APANTOS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
who inhabit the woods lying 20. of the province of
Guayaquil, and n. of the Maranon ; bounded on
the w. by the province of the Curies Indians,
with whom they live in union and friendship.
They are inimical to the Tupinambos, use bows
and arrows for weapons, and a certain kind of
short darts, which are very heavy. They go en
tirely naked, both men and women ; the latter
accompany their husbands to battle, and assist
them by carrying and serving out to them their
arrows. They live by the chase, and worship a
demon, which, according to some, appears in
hideous forms to their priests, who pass for won
derful sorcerers, and are very skilful at banquets
in mingling poison in the cups of the guests.
APARCELADGS, CABO, a cape on the coast
of the PatagoneS). which lies between the straits of
Magellan and the river La Plata..
APARIA, an imaginary and fabulous province,
which some geographers maintain to be situated to
the . of the river (Jururary, and that of the Mara*
nou, where there is, in fact, no other province than
that of Los Quijos.
APAR1CION, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of
the small river which runs into the G uache. It lies
n. of the town of Araure, and e. of Truxillo.
APAiiU, a river of the kingdom of Brazil,
which rises in the serrania, to the s. of the town
Boa ; runs s. and enters the Madera.
APASTEPEC, a settlement of the province and
alcaldia mayor of San Salvador, in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
API 83
APATO, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento ofXaujasin Peru.
APATENOMA, a river of the district of Mar-
cas, and government of this name, in the king
dom of Quito. It rises in the cordi Iem, near
the settlement of the Inca, and enters the Ma
ranon .
APAXCO, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of Atitalaquia, and alcaldia mayor of
Tepelango,- in Nucva Espana. It contains 145
families of Indians.
APAZINGAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tanzi-
taro in Nueva Espana. It contains 34 families of
Spaniards, 48 of Mmlees and Miulattoes, and 22
of Indians, and in the rancos of its district 47
others; all of whom are employed in cultiva
ting the land, in breeding the larger cattle, and in
collecting bees-wax and honey. Its temperature
is sultry ; its territory is fertile, agreeable, and
abounding ia fruits, and lies 11 leagues to the s.
of its capital.
APENA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It
rises in the interior of its mountains, is navigable
for small vessels and canoes, and runs almost di
rectly from s. to n, turns to the e. and enters the
Guallaga on the e. side ; forming, about half-way
in its course, a lake called Mahuati.
APERAS, a barbarous nation of Indians, who
inhabit the forests bordering on the river Maranon,.
towards the s. They are divided into various
tribes or companies, meeting for the purposes of
labour, and wandering through the woods. They
occupy a space of unknown country, of upwards
of 46 leagues, beyond the river Cayari.
APE RE, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mojos in the kingdom of Quito.
APERRUES, a barbarous nation of Indians,
of the province of Paraguay, to the n. e. to the
e. of the city of La Asuncion. These Indians are
idle, proud, and restless, continually molesting
the other nations. The few that have remained
are reduced into something like a settlement.
APETUOS, a barbarous nation of Indians, of
the kingdom of Brazil, in the province and
captainship of Puerto Scguro. They live in the
woods towards the s. and in the vicinity of rivers
and lakes, that they may be able to occupy
themselves in fishing, which is their princi
pal means of subsistence. They are but little
known.
AP1AGA, a small river of the province and
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito,-
M 2
84
A P O
A P O
It rises in the sierra which divides this province
from that of Quixos and Marcas, runs nearly due
j. and enters the Morona.
APIA!, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of S. Juan -de Los Llanos in the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada, annexed to the curacy of the
city of S. Martin del Puerto. It is poor and
wretched, of a very scorching temperature, and,
as such, produces only maize, yucas, and plan
tains, immediately by it, the regulars of the
abolished company of Jesuits had a noble and rich
estate. In its district is found abundance of the
herb escorzoneza (viper s grass).
AP1CHIQUI, a barbarous nation of Indians,
of the kingdom of Quito, on the coast of the S.
sea, and to the s. e. of that city. It is compre
hended in the government of Mainas, and was sub
jected and united to the empire of Peru by the Inca
liuainacapac, thirteenth Emperor.
APIOCHAMA, a large and rapid river of the
kingdom of Peni. It runs to the n. of the city
of La Paz, and after running 22 leagues from 5. w.
to n. e. it enters the w. side of the river Beni.
APISSINITAS, a small river of New France,
or Canada, which runs $. zo. between those of
Monepieux and De Pic, and enters the lake Supe
rior.
APLAO, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Cuinana in Peru, situate in the fer
tile valley of Mages, close upon a river.
APO, SAN MARTIN DE, a settlement of the
head settlement of the district of Uruapan, and
alcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in the province and
bishopric of Mechoacan. It contains 30 families
of Indians, and is distant 15 leagues to the e. of
its head settlement, and 27 from the capital.
APOLABAMBA, a province of Peru, bounded
by the province of Moxos to the e. and Carabaya
to the zo. It extends about 80 leagues from s. w.
to K. e. and in this space are situate the settlements
consisting of the missions of Apolabamba, founded
and governed by the monks of San Francisco, of
the province of San Antonio de Charcas. Of these
settlements there are eight, and the number of their
inhabitants, including both sexes and all ages,
may amount to 3000. The country is mountain
ous, intersected with hills, rocks, and precipices ;
the road, consequently is very rugged from the
settlement of Buenavista to the pleasant valley ; in
going to which, are three descents, called, from
steepness, the Attempts, (las Tentaciones), the last
being the most difficult. This territory has many
rivers, the most considerable of which is the Tui-
clii. Many idioms are spoken in the aforesaid
provinces, the inhabitants being a mixture of diffe
rent nations, namely, the Uchupiamonas, Lecos,
Yubamonas, and Poromonas. The fruits which
they cultivate are yucus, rice, maize, camotes,
mani) and plantains, which are the common ali
ment of all the settlements : they likewise cul
tivate cotton, of which they make body linen for
themselves : they collect some wax, which the
bees deposit in the trunks of trees ; and in the
pampas or llanos of Isllamas, some cacao, which
is produced without any other trouble or culture
than such as nature may afford. The trees herp
are very numerous ; of these are the guayacanes>
cedars, inarias, &c. Ir it be not put a stop to
soon, these woods will be rilled with monkeys of
every tribe ; these animals are very mischievous,
and, in order to gratify their appetites, pick off
all the buds from the trees. On the moun
tains are several wild beasts and venomous animals,
insects, and grubs. In every settlement, two al
caldes are appointed by the missions, for its poli
tical government, and these appointments are
confirmed by the viceroy of Peru. The produc
tions that have been before stated as peculiar to it,
are carried for sale to La Paz, and to other
parts, the products of which, whether they may
nave been sold or exchanged, are sufficient for the
necessary subsistence of the Indians, and of the
missionaries and the churches. The larger cattle,
the flesh of which alone is here tasted, are provid
ed from the provinces of Lampa andAsangaro;
and with the two settlements of Thumapasa and
Isllamas, the last of the province of Moxos, it
barters cacao for other goods. The entrance to
this province is through the settlement of Pelechu-
co, from that of Larecaxa.
The settlements of this jurisdiction are,
San Juan de Sahagun, San Antonio de Aten,
S. Juan de Buenavista, S. Joseph de Uchupia-
Santo Cruz de Valle monas,
Ameno, Trinidad de lariapu,
Concepcion de Apola- S. Antonio de Isllamas.
bambii,
APOLABAMBA, a settlement of this province and
corregimiento, situate on the shore of the river
Santa Rosa, one of those which are composed of
the missions.
APOMARCA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Cotabambas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Pitu.
APOMATOX, a river of the province and
colony of Virginia, which runs e. and turning
towards the s. afterwards takes its former direction,
until it enters the river James.
A P O
APONGARA, a small river of the province
and colony of Surinam, or part of Guayana be
longing to the Dutch. It enters into another river,
which is nameless, and where many rivers unite to
enter the Cuyuni.
APONGO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Vilcas Huaman in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Canaria.
APONIA, a settlement or alcaldia mayor of the
Portuguese, in the province and country of the
Amazonas, situate on the shore of the river of its
name, a little before it enters the Madera.
APONIA, a river of the same province, which
runs from w. to e. and enters that of the Madera,
opposite that of Tucumare.
[APOQUENEMY Creek falls into Delaware
bay, from Middletown in Newcastle county,
Delaware, a mile and an half below Reedy island.
A canal is proposed to extend from the 5. branch
of this creek, at about four miles from Middle-
town, to the head of Bohemia river, nearly ^eight
miles distant, which will form a water communi
cation between Delaware bay and that of Chesa-
peak, through Elk river.]
APOROMA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Carabaya in Peru, situate on the
frontier of the Chunchos Indians, on the shore of
the river Inambari. It has a celebrated mine -of
gold of the finest quality.
APOSOL, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Juchipila
in Nueva Espana, situate five leagues to the s. of
that head settlement.
APOSTOLES, a settlement of the missions
which belonged to the regulars of the abolished
company of Jesuits, in the province and govern
ment of Paraguay, situate between the rivers Pa-
Tana and Uruguay, to the s. of the settlement
of S. Joseph.
[APOSTOLE&, a settlement of Indians, of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres, found
ed by the Jesuits in 1632, in the mountains of
Tape. Lat. 27 54 43" s. Long. 55 49 19" o>.]
APOSTOLES, some islands of the strait of Ma
gellan, which lie at its entrance into the S. sea,
close to the cape Deseado. They are 12 in num
ber, from which circumstance this name was given
to them. They are all small, barren, and desert;
their shores, although they abound with good
shell-fish, are very dangerous, from being rocky.
Lat. 52 s 34 s. Long. 75 6 w.
APOSTOLES, another island, of lake Superior,
of New France, or Canada, situate near the s.
const.
APOTOS, a barbarous nation of Indians, of the
A P U
85
province and country of Lns Amazonas, who inha
bit the shores of the river Cunuris, bounded on the
n. by the nation of the Tagaris, and s. by that of
the Cunuris.
APOZO, SAX LUCAS DF, a settlement of the
head settlement of the district of Irurnpo, and al
caldia mayor of Maravatio, in the bishopric of Me-
choacari. It contains 15 families of Indians, and
is a league and a half e. s. e. of its head settlement.
APPA, a settlement and the capital of the alcal-
dia mayor of this name, in Nueva Espana. Some
call it Apami. It contains 200 families of In
dians ; and its jurisdiction, which is very much re
duced, comprehends only two other head settlements
of the district. It lies on the boundary dividing
the archbishopric of Mexico from the bishopric of
La Puebla, and it has itself some territory in the
latter. Its inhabitants employ themselves in tilling
the ground. In the two aforesaid settlements, in
cluding those of its rancherios and estates, the inha
bitants amount from 25 to 30 families of Spaniards,
MusteeS) and Mulattoes, who are equally employed
in the cultivation of maize, barley, beans, and
other seeds, and in the breed of swine, for which
the country is well adapted.
[APPLE Island, a small uuinhabi ed island in
St. Lawrence river, in Canada, on the *. side of
the river, between Basque and Green islands. It
is surrounded by rocks, which renders the naviga
tion dangerous.]
[APPLE Town, an Indian village on the . side
of Seneca lake, in New York, between the town
ships of Ovid on thes. and Romulus on the .]
[APPOMATOX is the name of a s. branch of
James river, in Virginia. It may be navigated
as far as Broadways, eight or ten miles from Ber
muda Hundred, by any vessel which has crossed
Harrison s bar in James river. It lias eight or
nine feet water, a mile or two farther up to Fisher s
bar, and four feet on that and upwards to Peters-
burgh, where all navigation ceases.]
APROBAGUE, orApitooACK, a river of the
province and government of Cayenne, belonging
to the French, in the kingdom of Tierra Firme.
Its source is in the interior of the mountains, and it
enters the sea near cape Orange.
APROBAGUE, a point or cape of the coast of
the same province. It is one of those which form
the entrance or mouth of the river mentioned in
the above article.
APUALA, a settlement and head settlement of
the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tepozcolula
in Nueva Espana ; situate in the most woody part
of the road leading to the coast. In its territory
are found two-headed eagles. Onr of these, which
86
A P U
had been killed, was presented by the curate. lo the
Marques de Valero, viceroy of that kingdom ; and
the viceroy sent it to Spain.
APTAI-A, anolher settlement in the alcaldia
mayor of Yanguitlari, with 85 families of Indians,
who employ themselves in the cultivation of seeds
and fruits of different sorts. Six leagues n. of its
capital.
APUCARA, an ancient province of Peru, n. of
Cuzco. In past times it was Avell peopled by In
dians. It was conquered by Yupanqui, fifth Em
peror of the Incas, and united to the empire of
Capac.
APUI, a small river of the province and go-
Ternment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It
rises in the country of the ferocious Charibbee In
dians, runs nearly due e. and enters the Arvi.
APU1AS, a barbarous nation of Indians, of the
kingdom of Brazil, in the province and captainship
of the Rio Janeiro. They inhabit the loftiest
mountains towards the w. and extend themselves
to the . for many leagues. These Indians are
rriu l and treacherous, and are continually at war
Avith the bordering nations and with the Portuguese,
to. whom they do infinite mischief, from the nightly
sallies that they are accustomed to make. The
women, as Avell as the men, go entirely naked.
They are given to drunkenness and luxury, re
specting neither age nor affinity the most close,
and render themselves a terror even to their friends
and allies. They live upon the flesh of their ene
mies, or upon fish. They are accustomed to treat
tfieir prisoners well, that they may get fat, and
make them, for this reason, partake of their horrid
banquets. If there should be among the captives
on unfortunate female, she becomes the victim of
their brutal lust, end uniformly perishes under
their repealed and successive acts of violation, and
is thus abused till she literally breathes her last.
These Indians could never be subjected either by
the Portuguese or by the missionaries ; for tht.se
have always fallen a victim to their cruelty.
APU1DO, a settlement of the province of Vene
zuela and government of Maracaibo; situate in
the Punta Colontda of the coast.
APU1LAILAUAXARE, a river of the pro
vince and country of Las Arnazonas, in the
Portuguese possessions. It rises in the territory of
the Andhases Indians, runs from s. to n. and
turning its course a little to the w. e. enters the
river Abacachis, which is a canal or arm of the
Mad era.
APULCO, a settlement and head settlement of
the ahaldia mayor of Cuquio in Nueva E.spanu.
.Three leagues e. of its capital.
A P U
[APURE, SAN FERNANDO DF, a j-ettlemcnt
formed on (he right shore of the celebrated river of
this name, by some of the inhabitants of the town
of Guanare, of the province; and government of
Venezuela. Allured by the fertility of the soil, they
soon obtained for their little village the title and
honours of a cily. Their property consists chiefly
in oxen and mules, and, they are given much
rather to grazing than to agriculture. Their city,
without being large, is pretty well built, and the
only church it has, though not a grand building,
is neat and well endowed. Population about jjOOO
souls.]
APURE, a large river of the Nuevo Reyno
de Granada; it rises in the serranias of Pamplona >
and takes the name of Uru, collecting in its chan
nel the Maters of several other streams ; namely ?
that of Chitaga, which rises in the sume s/crlYf,
those of St. Domingo, Masparro, ami La Portu-
guesa, in the jurisdiction of Barinas, and that of
Guarico in Caracas. Being formed of all these,
it takes the name of the Apure for upwards of SCO
leagues through the extensive llanos of San Juan,
and, overwhelmed by the weight of its waters,
rushes through a forest, and empties itself into the
Aguarico, which flows in a small stream from the
province of Caracas, and is not navigable until it
receives these additional waters : it then, in an un
restrained course, runs 20 leagues further, and
enters, by very rapid streams and by three mouths,
into the Orinoco. Its rush is indeed so violent,
that, although it be there a league in width, the
Orinoco resigns its current entirely to the influence
of the waters of the Apure for upwards of a league,
when the fury of this river being somewhat abated
by dreadful whirlpools, (at which even the dex
terous and crafty Indian has been known to shud
der), it runs for the space of three leagues more
amicably with the Orinoco ; its waters, however,
being yet distinguishable, from their bright and
crystal appearance, until, being further commixed
by the rocks of the current of Aguarico, they be
come at length inseparably confounded with the
sombre stream of the Orinoco. On its shores are
four settlements of the missions which were held
there by regulars of the order of the Jesuits and
others, consisting of some reductions of Indians,
established by the monks of St. Dominic. Near
the city of Pamplona is a very large bridge. On
the ;?. part this river receives, besides those already
mentioned, those of Caparo, Suripa, Canagua,
Paguii, Cailode Guachi-quin,and Yuca; and on
the s. the Guaritico, Cano tie los Seteata, and
others of little consideration, such as the Mati-
yure. In the part called La Horqucta de Apure,
* A P U
opposite the settlement of San Antonio Jo Cocnisns,
and on the s. side, this river throws out an arm,
which is called Apurito, through which it dis
charges nearly a fourth part of its waters : and
thus separating itself from the mother stream, it
traverses a great part of those llanos, sometimes in
the main branch, and at others divided into various
lesser streams, forming sundry islands ; and these
again uniting, receive the waters of the Arauca,
which flows clown from the llanos of Cazanare,
and enters the Orinoco. The main body of the
A pure, after receiving the river Portuguesa,
throws out an arm to the n. which runs to unite it
self with the Guarico, in the province of Venezuela,
and then empties itself into the Orinoco. The re
gulars of the company of the Jesuits did not find
any settlements of missionaries on the shore of this
river, as, in fact, all the settlements that were
founded by them were at some distance from it.
[The Apure (observes Depons) rises in the neigh
bouring mountains of St. Christopher, belonging
to the kingdom of Santa Fe ; its length is 170
leagues, of which 40 arc from n. e. to s. e. and the
remainder from w. to e. it then takes its course to
the s. to join the Orinoco. It is navigable for
more than 60 leagues, and in its course increases
the volume of its waters by a number of other rivers,
of which some are also navigable, and the more
useful, because, after having irrigated a great part
of Venezuela, they serve for the conveyance of the
produce which springs from the luxuriance they
afford to the soil. These rivers are the Tinaco,
San Carlos,* Cojeda, Aguablanca, Acarigua, Are,
Yaruo, Hospiria, Abaria, Portnguesa, Guanare,
Tucupido, Bocono, Masparro, La Yuca, St. Do
mingo, Paguey, Tisnados, &c. These succes
sively confound their waters in the immense plains
of Venezuela. Almost the whole of them are
united above Santiago, and form a considerable
volume of water, which, at twelve leagues below
that place falls into the Apurc, 20 leagues n. of the
Orinoco. This quantity of water being too much
for the bed of the Apure to contain, is forced into a
division of many branches, and so falls by several
months into the Orinoco. The cattle bred upon
the banks of the Apure, and of the other rivers
which lose their names in joining its waters, consist
of numerous droves, and are highly esteemed.
They are principally oxen, horses, and mules, but
chiefly the latter. Their exportation is naturally
by Guayana, through the accommodation of the
pastures in that route up to the Orinoco. All
the part of Venezuela, forming the new province
of Barinas, and even all its s. part, are invited by
the facility of the transport tp so iid their coffee,
A Q U
87
ootlon, Mud iiiJigo, to Guayann, instead of carry
ing them on mules to Caracas or Puerto Cabal .o,
over a hundred leagues, on roads almost impracti
cable, and crossed by rivers nearly unbounded.]
APUR1MAC, a large river of the province of
Abancay in Peru ; it rise. 1 - in it, and following a n.
course, passes through Cuzco, uniting itself after
wards with those of Santiago and Pachucuaca, and
after running 120 leagues through the mountains
of the Andes, it enters the Maranon with the name
of Ucayale, in such an augmented stream that it is
difficult to ascertain which is the tributary one ; it
then, by the force of its waters alone, is obliged to
change the direction of its course. Some have
maintained that this river is truly the Maranon,
founding their opinion on its remote origin. It
traverses the high road which leads from Lima
to Cuzco, and other provinces of the sierra. It
is crossed by a bridge, made of thongs or cords,
of SO yards long and three wide, at which there
is paid a toll of four reals for every parcel of goods
of the country, and 12 reals for such as are of Spaim
Some bagres are caught in this river.
[AQUA FORT, a settlement on the e. side of the
s. c. extremity of Newfoundland island. Lat. 47
5 n. Long. 52 33 a>.]
AQUAQUATI, a river of the province and
government of Portobelo in the kingdom ofTierra
Firme ; it rises in the mountains on the n. and
enters the sea at the bay of Mandinga, opposite
the small island of Broquel.
AQUATZAGANE, a settlement of Indians,
of the province and colony of Pennsylvania.
[AQUEDOCHTON, the outlet of lake Wimi-
piseogee, in New Hampshire, whose waters pass
through several smaller ones in a s. w. course, and
empty into Merrimack river, between the towns of
Sanburn and Canterbury.]
AQUEPEZPALA, a settlement of the province
and alcaldia mayor of Comitlan in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
AQUETI, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises
in the country of the Guallagas Indians, enters the
river of this name, and that of Ucayale, runs w.
and e. forming a curve, and enters the latter.
AQUI, a river of the province and government
of San .Juan de los Llanos in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada. It runs e. and enters the Rio Negro,
where the Maranon joins the Orinoco.
AQU lA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Caxatambo in Peru, aunexed to the
curacy of Chiquian.
AQU1ACULCO, a river of the province and
government of Vcra Cruz in Nueva Espona. It
83 A Q U
runs n. and enters the sea to the a), of the Alvarado,
opposite La Roca Partida.
AQU1CHA, a settlement of the province and
corregiminito of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of its capital.]
[AQU1DNECK, the ancient Indian name of
Rhode island, in the state of Rhode island.
AQUIGU1RES, a barbarous nation of Indians,
of the kingdom of Brazil, very numerous and
valorous ; they inhabit the woods and mountains
towards the a 1 , and make frequent sallies upon the
Portuguese establishments of the captainship of
Espiritu Santo, and often do great mischief. Iheir
customs are similar to those of the other barbarous
tribes in Brazil.
AQUILA, SANTA MARIA DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district of Maltrata, and
akaldta mayor of Orizaba, in Nueva Espana. It
contains 70 families of Indians, and is half a
league distant from its head settlement, and lies
lour and a half w. of the capital.
AQUIMURU, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana,
situate at the source of a river, near the settlement
of Busanis.
AQUINABIS, a settlement of the missi ons
held by the Portuguese Carmelite fathers, in the
country of the Amazonas, situate on the shore of
the Rio Negro.
AQUIRA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Cotabambas in Peru ; near to which
is a spring of water, forming a stream abounding in
trout, which, although small, are nevertheless well
tasted, and much esteemed, especially in the time
of Lent.
AQUIRE, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana in Nueva Andalucia. It rises in
the sierras of Itamaca, and enters in a very large
stream into the Orinoco, where this runs into
the sea, at its widest mouth called De Navios.
AQUIRE, a port of the coast of the kingdom
of Tierra Firme, in the province and government
of Cumana.
AQUISMON, a settlement and head settlement
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Valles in
Nueva Espana, situate on the skirts of the sierra
Madre. It is commonly the residence of the
akaldia mayor, and a Franciscan convent that it
has is the abode of the grand ecclesiastical super
visor of the jurisdiction, from the conveniency of
its central situation, for providing against any un
toward circumstances that might happen upon the
frontiers, and for a check upon the bordering In
dians. It contains 240 families of Indians, 25 of
Spaniards, and as many others of Mustees and
2
A R A
Mulatloes. At three leagues distance, upon the
skirt of the sierra, it has two rancherias of Pames
and Guastccos Indians. Twelve leagues s. of its
capital.
AHAA1BAIBAS. SeeGuAiiAYos.
ARABANATE, a large lake of the province
and government of Mainas in the kingdom of
Quito, to the s. of the river Marailon, abounding
in tortoises. It enters through a canal into the river
Guallaga, on the e. side. It is three leagues dis
tant from the settlement of the lake, which is the
principal of the missions of Mainas, and four
from the settlement of Chamicuros, to the n. n. w,
ARABATE, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Yamparaes in Peru, of the
bishopric of Charcas.
ARABIBIBA, a small river of the province
and captainship of Todos Santos in Brazil. It rises
at the foot of the sierra of Mongaveira, runs e.
and afterwards shaping its course s. enters the
bay.
ARACA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Cicasica in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of that of Lurubay. It has in its district
a gold mine, though the same is worked with
little success. /
ARACAI, a river of the province and captain
ship of Paraiba in Brazil, it rises in the territory
or country of the Petiguares Indians, runs e. and
then shaping its course to s. s. e. enters the sea,
between the river of Monganagappe and the port
of Jorge Pinto.
ARACARI, a settlement of the missions held
by the Portuguese Carmelite fathers, in the province
and country of Las Amazonas ; situate on the
shore of the Rio Negro.
ARACARI, a river in this province, in the part
belonging to the Portuguese. It runs e, and
forms a large lake before it enters the Rio Negro.
AHACAS, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Cumana, which rises close to the set
tlement of Iguana, runs s. and enters the Orinoco,
opposite the Ciudad Real.
ARACOA, CANO DE, an arm of the river
Orinoco, communicating with the channel of Ma-
nano, and the grand river Desparrarnadero.
ARACOR1, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Rey in Brazil, situate in the island
Bepitanga. t
ARACU YES, a barbarous nation of Indians, of
the kingdom of Brazil, but little known : they live
in the woods of the captainship of Pernambuco^, and
all that is known of them is, that they are nume
rous, and feed with a rare zest upon tigers : they
go naked, and carry suspended to their ears, lips,
A R A
and prepuces, small tablets of an oval form, for
ornament : they paint their bodies all over red
and yellow, and to their heads, arms, and legs,
they attach the feathers of the birds of the most
beautiful colours : their weapons are bows, arrows,
and clubs of heavy wood.
ARAGANA-CUERA, a lake of the province
and country of the Amazonas, in the territory pos
sessed by the Portuguese. It is an overflowing or
pool of the river Maranon, opposite the island
Cuchibara.
ARAGANATUBA, a settlement of-the province
and country of the Amazonas, in the part pos
sessed by the Portuguese ; situate on the shore of
that river.
ARAGUA, a town of the province of Barcelona,
in the government of Cumana, founded in 1744 by
some Mustees and Negroes, who established them
selves there. The territory, although level, is
only fit for breeding cattle, for which purpose there
are 24 estates. Its inhabitants may amount to
150. The above estates, with some plantations
which yield wretchedly, together with the indo
lence of the natives, concur in making it alto
gether but a desolate spot. Twenty leagues from
its capital.
ARAGUA, some valleys in the province and
government of Venezuela, where there are fjve set
tlements of Spaniards and some Indians, called
La Victoria, S. Mateo, Cagua, Turmero, and
Maracay, near the lake of Valencia ; in the dis
tricts of which are many estates of indigo, some
sugar-mills, and abundance of tobacco, with
which article they supply the government.
ARAGUA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay, which runs n. and enters the
Moretes.
ARAGUAIA, a large river of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil. It rises in the
sierra of the Coriges, runs n. n. e. and afterwards
turning n. enters the Tocantines, in the territory of
the Parainabas Indians.
ARAGUITA, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, in the district of which
there are many good cacao estates. It belongs to
the curacy and parish of Caucagua.
ARAGUITA, SA.VTO DOMINGO DK, a settlement
of the province and government of Cumana in
Nueva Andalucia, founded in the year 1690, on
the shore of the river Nivcri, by the father Alonso
Ilomnias, a monk of the order of St. Francis,
near a rocky piece of ground, in which is a spring
of fine water, and from which this place took
its name. It is close to a lofty and pleasant moun
tain. Its territory is fertile in cacao, sugar-cane,
VOL. I.
A R A 89
cassavi, maize, plaintains, and other fruits of that
country. It contains 250 souls, and is three
leagues .?. e. of Nucva. Barcelona.
ARAHUAI, a settlement of the province and
government of Canta in Peru.
ARAIPALGA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Chilques y Masques in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Colcha.
ARAMANCHE, a small river of the province
and colony of N. Carolina, which runs s. e, and
enters the Saxnpahan.
ARANCAI, a town of the province and corre
gimiento of Huamalies in Peru.
ARANCAGUA, a large river of the kingdom
of Chile, in the territory of Coquimbo, in the n.
part. It rises in the mountains of the Andes, and
running from e. to ro. washes and fertilizes the
beautiful plains of Curimon, Aconcagua, Quillota,
and Concon, and empties itself in an abundant
stream into the S. sea.
ARANDA, a settlement of the province and
government of Popayan in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada.
ARANJUEZ, a town of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Nicoya in the kingdom of
Guatemala, thus called from the resemblance that
this delightful country has to the royal seat of
this name in Spain. It has nevertheless a very-
scanty population of Indians, and is five leagues
from the city of Nicoya.
ARANTAC, a port of the S.sea, on the coast of
the province and corregbiiento of Arequipa in,
Peru. It wants both security and convenience,
and is only frequented by a vessel now and then
driven to it in distress.
ARANTZAN, SAN GF.ROXIMO ne, a settle-
went and head settlement of the district and acaldia
tnnvor of Valladolid, in the province and bishopric
ofMechoacan; the jurisdiction of which consists
of nine settlements. It is of a cold temperature,
and is but scantily inhabited, having been almost
entirely depopulated by an epidemic disorder,
called here matlazahua. Twelve leagues w. of it*
capital.
ARAPA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Asan^raro in Peru.
ARAPARIPUCU, a town of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the bank
of the arm of the river Maranon, or Amazonas,
which forms the island of Marajo.
ARAPECUMA, a river of the province of
Guayana, in the territory of the Portuguese : it
rises in the country of the Apamns Indians, runs
s. and enters the Maranon near the .strait of
Pauxis.
90
A R A
ARAPIJO, a settlement of the province and
captains/tip of Para, in Brazil, on the shore of the
river of I /as Amazonas, near the Curupa.
ARAPIJOS, a settlement of the same captain
ship and kingdom as the former ; situate on the
5. shore of that river, between the settlements of
Maraques and Comaru.
AKAPUCU, a river of the province and go
vernment of Guayana, in the Portuguese posses
sions. It runs s. s. c. between those of Carapana-
tnba and Macuacuari, entering the Maranon at its
month, or where this river disembogues itself.
ARARANA, a lake of the province and coun
try of Las Amazonns, in the territory of the Por
tuguese. It is a large pool of water formed by
various canals or arms of the Maranon.
ARARANGUA, a small river of the province
" and captainship of Rev in Brazil. It runs e* and
enters the sea near the Morros of Santa Marta.
ARARAPIRA, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Sari Vincente in Brazil ; situate
in the island Bepitanga.
[ARARAT, Mount, or the Stone Head, a short
range of mountains on the n. frontier of N. Caro
lina, in a n. e. direction from Ararat river ; a n. w.
branch of Yadkin river.]
ARARAZ, a settlement of the captainship of
San Vincente in Brazil, on the shore of the river
Turmay.
ARARI, an abundant river of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil. It rises from the
mountains to the w. of Tarnaraca. The woods
that are immediately on its shore arc inhabited by
some barbarian Indians, the Tapuyes. It runs s.
and enters the sea, opposite the great island Ta-
maraca.
ARARI CA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay. It runs e . and enters the
grand river San Pedro, in the captainship of San
Vincente in Brazil.
ARASAGIL, a river of the province and cap
tainship of Maranham in Brazil.
ARASAP1, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, in the Dutch territory.
It enters the Esequibe, or Esquibo.
A RASAS, a barbarous nation descended from
the Sernigae?, inhabiting the woods which lie be
tween the rivers Tig re and Curaray.
ARASPAHA, a city of the province and colony
of New York, founded by the Dutch in 1(>OS. It
has a good fort, and was taken by the English, un
der tlie command of Robert Carr, in 1640. They
have since been in possession of it.
ARATAI. SecTARACiNi.
[A RATH APE SCOW, an Indian tribe inhabit-
A R A
ing the shores of the lake and river of that name,
in the ;/.u>. part of N. America, between the lati
tudes of 57 and 59 ;/. North of this nation *
abode, and near the Arctic circle, is lake Edlande,
around which live the Dog-ribbed Indians.]
ARATICtI, a river of the province and cap
tainship of Para in Brazil, which runs n. between
the rivers Jacunda and Tocantines, and empties it
self into the mouth of the river Amazonas.
ARAUAGIA, a river of the province and coun
try of Las Amazonas. It rises in the territory of
the Curanaris Indians, runs n. and enters, after a
short course, that of the Mataura.
ARAUAR1, a river of the province and go
vernment of Cayena in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It has its rise in the mountains, and enters
the sea between cape Orange and the bay of Vi
cente Pinzon.
ARAUCA, a grand river of the Nuevo Reyno
de Granada, which flows from the mountains of
Bogota, and passes through the llanos of Cazanare
and Meta. Its shores are inhabited by the China-
tos, Jiraras, and other barbarous nations of In
dians.
[ARAUCAI, a river of the province of Chaco
in Peru. It is an arm of the Pilcomayo. 1
ARAUCANOS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
of the kingdom of Chile, who inhabit the country
lying s. of the river Biobio, in the mountains of
the Andes, extending also over the plains. They
are the implacable enemies of the Spaniards, who
have never been able to reduce or subject them.
On the contrary, whenever their country has been
invaded, they have manfully resisted their ene
mies, committing the most terrible slaughter and
execution amongst them, destroy ing their cities and
forts, laying waste their lands, and never sparing
the life of a Spaniard. The women, indeed, they
reserve for their own use, as happened in the years
1599 and 1720. They are faithless and traitorous,
but of incredible valour and resolution. The first
peace which was made with them, from an idea
that it was impossible to reduce them to subjec
tion, took place in 1641; Don Francisco de Tu-
niga, Marques de Baydes, Conde del Pcdroso, be
ing president, governor, and captain-general of the
kingdom. In 1650 a peace was concluded for
the second time, but which was broken a short time
after, like the first. Before the rebellion of 1720,
the missionaries of the Jesuits had formed, with
inconceivable trouble and dangers, five large set
tlements of these Indians ; but every thing was
lost by this revolution, and a third peace was aftcr-
wards established in 1724. This lasted till 1767,
when it was also broken. These Indians were ac-
2
A R A
customed to carry on a trade with the Spaniards,
exchanging their manufactures of wool, and their
horses, not inferior to those of the famous Andalu-
cian breed, for wine, leather, and earthen ware.
They have no chief or head to govern them : all
military authority rests in their elders, to whom
they pay the same respect as though they were the
fathers of the country, and from them, in times of
war, they select a general or commander, whom
they call toquil^ and he is the arbiter both of
war and of peace. His armies are formed from
the various tribes, and meet together with the ut
most quietness ; they are composed of cavalry and
infantry; theirfirst attack is terrible, especially that
of the foremost ranks ; they have some few fire
arms and swords, but the principal and most com
mon weapon is a long and thick lance, which they
manage with great dexterity. They are robust,
handsome, and liberal, but much addicted to ine
briety and sensuality ; nevertheless the men, as
well as the women, live honestly after their fashion.
The Spaniards, to defend themselves against their
invasions, have built some forts upon the confines,
furnished with men and artillery ; and in its dis
trict is celebrated, once a year, a kind of fair, at
which a meeting is made between the president of
Chile and the ancients of these Indians, to ratify
the treaties of peace ; and the former makes, in
the name of the king, various presents of leather,
wine, and cloths of different colours. The num
ber of inhabitants is very considerable, as well
through the polygamy that prevails here, as that
the climate contributes to propagation. In its dis
trict are mines of gold of excellent quality, but
they are not worked. [In the s. provinces of the
Araucanos, between the nrer Biobioand the Archi
pelago of Chiloe, several very rich mines of gold
were formerly discovered, which yielded immense
sums ; but since the expulsion of the Spaniards
from those provinces by the Araucanos, these
mines have been in the possession of that warlike
people, who have prohibited the opening them
anew by any one under pain of death. In the
territory of these Indians is the Quila rush, of
which they make excellent lances ; also a shrub
producing honey, and the boighe tree, which they
have, from time immemorial, considered sacred,
carrying its branches in their hands on the conclu
sion of a peace, as the ancient nations of Europe
did those of the olive. See a complete history of
their manners, <$r. in article CHILE.]
ARAUCO, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Tucuman, in the district of the city of
ilioja. It is fertile in wine of excellent quality,
A R A
91
but in every thing besides very poor ; for which
reason tl*ey petitioned the king, as arbitrator in
their cause, to provide for this unproductiveness of
soil by encouraging their mines, and, for this pur
pose, allowing them to avail themselves of the mule
trade carried on between the jurisdiction of Cor
dova and Peru.
ARAUCO, a fort in the kingdom of Chile, on
the shores of the river Tucapel, built for the pur
pose of restraining the invasions of the infidel In
dians. Close to it there was a college belonging
to the regulars of the abolished order of Jesuits.
ARAUJA, a settlement of the island of Trini
dad, in the kingdom of Ticrra Firme, situate on
thee. coast behind the point of Los Arracifes.
ARAUJO, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Santa Marta in the kingdom of Ticrra
Firme, situate at the mouth of the river Magda-
lena.
ARAUNA-PURU, a river of the country of
Las Amazonas, in the territory of the Portuguese.
It runs . n. w. and enters the Cumaypi.
ARAURE, a city of the province and govern
ment of Venezuela in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It is on the shore of the river Acarigua,
and n. n. e. of the city of Truxillo. [The city of
Araure is one of the happy results of the labours of
the first Capuchin missionaries of Andalucia, who,
by persuasion and mildness, effected that which
was thought impossible to be accomplished but bjr
force of arms ; namely, the bringing to a civilized
life its savage and idolatrous race of Indians. The
situation of Araure is fine, agreeable, and advan
tageous. Three rivers water its territory, which is
fertile, but of which the inhabitants are far from
making every advantage. Their principal and
almost sole occupation is the rearing of cattle.
They cultivate only some cotton and a little coffee.
The ground of the city is regular and agreeable.
The streets are straight. It has a handsome square.
The houses are well built ; but the only thing
worthy of note is the church, which is superb,
and famed for the image of our Lady of C orteza,
who enjoyes the public veneration, not only of all
the faithful of the city, but also of all those in the
surrounding villages, although the fame of her
power and miracles are not equal to those ascribed
to our Lady of Comoroto.j
ARAURO, a celebrated gold mine in the pro
vince and corregimicnto of Condesuyos of Are-
quipa in Pern, it is of metal of the best quality,
but little worked, both on account of the hardness
of the stone and of its depth, which makes the la
bour of it very expensive.
N 2
92 ARE
ARAWARI, a settlement of the province of
Guayana, in the Portuguese possessions, situate on
the coast.
ARAWARI, a river of this province and territory,
which runs in an abundant stream to the e. and
enters the sea opposite the island of Penitencia.
ARAX1, a rapid and violent river of the king
dom of Brazil, in the province and captainship of
Paraiba. It flows down from the mountains lying
to there , passes through some extensive forests, and
enters the Mongaguaba.
ARAYA, SANTIAGO DE, a point of land on the
coast of Nueva Andalucia, and government of Cu-
mana, where there were some famous salt pits ; and
for the defence of these, a castle was built, forming
a square, with good bastions, and mounting heavy
artillery, which, however, was ultimately destroy
ed, from the salt pits having become useless, inas
much as, owing to some n. winds, they had been
filled with more than six fathoms of water. Lat. 10
36 n. Long. 64 20 w.
ARAZA, a large river of Peru. It rises in the
cordillera of the Andes of Cuchoa, in the province
and co>~res:imiento of Pomabamba, runs n, and then
f. making various wind ings until it enters, through
different mouths, the abundant waters of the Ma-
ranon. Some will have it to be the same as the
Cuchivero, through the origin which is given to
it by Don Cosine Bueno, geographer of Peru, in
his description of the province of Cuzco.
ARBI, VALLE DE, in the province and govern
ment of Cartagena, of the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, near the river Cauca, where formerly was
founded the town of Antioquia, the ruins of which
(as it has been translated to another spot) are still
to be seen here.
ARBOL, ARROYO DEL, a small stream of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres. It
runs 5. and enters the Gil.
ARBOLEDAS, a scanty and mean settlement
of the province and government of Pamplona, in
the Nuevo Reyno de Granada, of a hot tempera
ture, and lying in a very craggy and rocky spot.
It produces sugar-cane, yucas, plaintains, and
other fruits of that climate ; is 16 leagues n. e. of
Pamplona, and divided from thence by many
rivers, which are passed over by bridges made of
cane.
ARBOLES-SECOS, CABO DE, a point of land
on the coast of Brazil, and province and captain
ship of Maranon, between the island of Santa Ana
and the sand bank of Pireyras.
ARBOLETES, CIENEGA DE LOS, a port of
the coast of the N. sea, in the province and go-
A R C
vernment of Cartagena, and kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It is a recess at once beautiful, capacious,
and quiet ; covered with trees, sheltered from
every wind, and irrigated with a small river of
delicious water. It is 24 leagues from the river
Sinu.
ARBOREDA DEL NORTE, an island on the
coast, and in the province and captainship of Rey,
of the kingdom of Brazil, to the n. of the island
Santa Catalina.
ARBOREDA, another island in the same province
and captainship, called Del Sur, (of the south),
to distinguish it from the former, as it lies in the
same direction, as does also that of Santa Catalina.
ARCAHA1, a settlement and parish of the
French, in their possessions in St. Domingo, situ
ate on the w. coast, between the river Lodos and
the bay of Flamencos.
ARCAI, a settlement of the province and corre~
gimicnfo of Quillota in the kingdom of Chile, si
tuate in the valley of Colina.
ARCANGELES, a settlement of the missions
held by the regulars of the abolished company of
Jesuits, in the province of Gaira and government
of Paraguay. Its ruins alone are visible at the
source of the river Pegueri or Itazu, since that
they were destroyed by the Portuguese Paulistas,
or followers of St. Paul.
ARCARD1NS, Islands of, near the w. coast
of the island of St. Domingo, in the French pos
sessions, between that of Goanava and that of
Cayo Icarnier.
ARCAS, a river of the province and captainship
of Para in Brazil. It rises in its mountains, and
runs to disembogue itself into the mouth of the
river De las Amazonas, opposite the island of Joa-
nes, or De IVlarajo.
ARCAS, some small islands or rocks near the
coast of Yucatan, in the bay or gnlph of Mexico.
[Lat. 2CP 12 7 . Long. 92 24 .]
ARC AT A, a settlement and seat of the silver
mines of the province and corregimiento of Con-
desuyos de Arequipa in Peru. They were formerly
very rich, and produced much metal, but they are
at present in great decay for want of labourers.
[ARCH Spring. See BALD EAGLE Valley.]
ARCH1D1PISCO, SAN SEBASTIAN DE, a set
tlement of the head settlement of the district of Xa-
capistla, and alcaldia mayor of Cuenavaca, in Nu
eva Espaiia.
ARCH I DONA, a city of the province and go
vernment of Quijos and Marcas in the kingdom of
Quito. It is very small and poor, from the incur
sions that it has continually suffered from the bar-
ARE
barons Indians. Its inhabitants, who may amount
to little more than 150, cultivate maize and plain-
tains ; these, with the food they procure by the
chase, being their subsistence. It produces no
thing besides, although i(s soil is very fertile, and
its temperature mild.
ARCH1HUENU, a small river of the province
and corregimif.nto of Quillota in the kingdom of
Chile. It runs s. s. ZD. and joins tiie Lihuay to en
ter the Longomilla.
[ARCHIPELAGO, D.ANGEFOUS, the name
given by Bougainville, in Feb. 1768, to a cluster
of islands in Ihe Pacific ocean, in the neighbour
hood of Otaheite, situate between 10 and 18 s.
lat. and between 142 and 145 w. long, from Pa
ris. The islands which compose this Archipelago,
he named Qu;:tre Facardins, the Lanciers, and La
Harpe : there are other islands forming two groups,
to which he gave no names. In April 1769, Capt.
Cook fell in with these same islands, and named
them Lagoon island, Thrum Cap, Bow island,
and the Two Groups.]
[AUCHIPKLAGO of the Great Cyclades, a cluster
of islands in the Pacific ocean, lying between 14
and 20 s, lat. and between 166 and 170 e. long.
Discovered by Bougainville, 22d of May 1768.
This is the same cluster of islands discovered by
Quiros 1606, and by him called TIERRA AUSTRAL
DEL ESPIRITU SANTO, which see. Captain Cook
passed these islands in 1774, and called them New
Hebrides.]
ARCOS, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Parinacochas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Charnbi.
ARDAS, a barbarous nation of Indians, who in
habit the s. of the river Napo, and the n. of the
Maraiion, in the provice of Quijos and kingdom of
Quito. They occupy the thickest forests, and are
bounded by the Maisamaes.
[ARDO1S, a mountain in Nova Scotia, between
Windsor and Halifax, 13 miles n,w. from the lat
ter. It is deemed the highest land in Nova Scotia,
and affords an extensive prospect of all the high
and low lands about Windsor and Falmouth, and
the distant country bordering the basin of Mi-
nas.]
AREAS, a small river of the province and cap
tainship of Para in Brazil. It runs n. and enters
that of Las Amazonas near the town of Cu-
xupa.
AREBATO, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, of Nueva Andalucia. It
rises in the country of the Carinacas Indians, and
enters the Cayora.
AREBICO, a town of the island and govern-
A R E
93
ment of San Juan de Puertorico, 30 leagues dis
tant from its capital.
ARECHONA, a marsh of the province and
government of San Juan de los Llanos in the Nu-
evo Reyno de Granada. It is formed by different
arms of the rivers Sarare and Apure, and commu
nicates itself with another, called De Cascas, at the
foot of the mountain desert of Chisgas.
ARECO, a small settlement of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, situate on the shore
of the river of its name. It has large breeds of
cattle, especially of the mule kind, in which it car
ries on a great commerce. Its families may amount
to 60, and is 24 leagues from its capital. [It is situ
ate on a small river near the Parana. Lat. 34
14 2" s. Long. 59 47 a>.]
ARECO, a small river of the same province and
government, which runs from s.w. to n.e. entering
that of La Plata between thoseof Lujan and Arrecife.
[AREGUAY, a settlement of Indians of the
province and government of Paraguay, situate on
a small river four leagues e. of Assuncion. Lat.
25 18 s. Long. 57 26 42" a?.]
AREGUE, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Tucuyoj
to the n. e . | to the e. of the city of Carrora.
AREITO, a river of the province and govern
ment of Cumana. It rises n. of the table-land of
Guanipa, runs s. and enters the Guarapiche.
AREN, a river of the province and government
of Cumana. It rises at the foot of the mountains
of Bergantin, runs e. and enters the Guarapiche.
ARENA, BAH i A DE LA, on the s. coast of the
island of Jamaica, close to the point of Morante.
ARENAL, a point on the coast of the island of
Margarita. It is the extremity looking to the w.
and opposite to the point Tortuga.
ARENAS, BAHIA DE, a bay on the coast of
the strait of Magellan, between the bay of Agua-
buena and the point of San Antonio de Padua.
ARENAS, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Tucuman, situate between the rivers
Tala and Del Rosario.
ARENAS, another, of the province and govern
ment of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra Firme.
It is situate on the shore of a river near to Cuma-
nagota, to the n. $ to n. w.
ARENAS, a point on the coast of the province
and government of Maracaibo.
ARENAS, another, which looks to the e. of the
island of La Puna, in the province and govern
ment of Guayaquil.
ARENAS, another, likewise called De San Sebas
tian, in the coast of the Tierra del Fuego, one of
94 ARE
those which form the entrance of the canal of San
Sebastian, in the strait of Magellan.
ARI.NAS, an island of the coast of the kingdom
of Tierra Firme, in the province and government
of Cartagena, opposite the Morro Hermoso.
ARENAS, a shoal of the sound of Campeche,
near the coast of this province and government.
ARENAS, some medanos, or mountains of sand,
of the coast of Peru, in the province and corregi-
micnto of Piura, near the point of Negrillo.
ARENAS, two islands between those of Caicos,
to the n. of the island of St. Domingo. The one
is between the Cayo Frances and the Cayo Grande,
and the other farther distant to the s.
ARENAS, another, called Arenas Gordas. See
CORRIENTKS.
AREN1 LLAS, a settlement of the province and
corregimicnto of Aconcagua in the kingdom of
Chile, situate on the shore of the river Ligua.
ARENOSA, a small island near to the n. coast
of the island of St. Domingo, between the ports of
Caracol and of Delfin.
ARENTAPAQUA, a settlement of tlic alcaldia
mayor of Valladolid, in the province and bishopric
of Mechoacan. It contains 24 families of Indians,
and is a league and a half distant from its head set
tlement.
AREPUCO, a settlement of the province and
government of Guayana, situate on the shore of the
river Orinoco, to the 5. of the city of San Tomas.
AREQU1PA, a province and government of
Peru, bounded on the n. by that of Collaguas, e.
by that of Lampa, s. by that of Moquehua and
that of Arica, w. by the S. sea, and n. w. by the
province of Cumana. It is 16 leagues in length
from n. zc. to s. e. and 12 in width at the most. On
its coast is a port, which is insecure, and two creeks.
Its productions, and in which it carries on a com
merce with the other provinces, are reduced to
wine, of which 500,000 jars, containing each 22
flasks, are made annually in the valleys of Arequi-
pa, Moquegua, Locumba, Victor, Tacar, Liguas
Mages, &c. It abounds also in wheat, sugar,
maize, and potatoes, but not in meats ; and there
fore it is obliged to bring these hither from other
parts. Its jurisdiction contains only 11 settlements;
ttnd it is watered by the river Tambo, which gives
its name to a very fertile valley, through which it
passes ; and by the Chile, which is formed from
the water which distils from a cavity of a great
rock, which, on the outside, is extremely dry.
The capital is the city properly called Arequi-
pay, which means to say, " It is well, remain ;"
because, in one of the conquests of the Incas, the
yictorious army passing through these parts, many
ARE
of the captains, attracted by the beauty of the coun
try, asked permission to form a settlement here,
when they received for answer, "Arequipay." The
Spaniards founded this city by order of Francisco
Pizarro, in 1536, in the valley of Quilca, at 20
leagues distance from the S. sea, on the skirt of
the mountain called Ornate, which is loftier than
the others of the mountains of the sierra which
surround it. This mountain, although always
covered with snow, vomited fire at the time of the
conquest. The chronologer Antonio de Ilerreru
says, that this city was founded in 153 4, and Don
Antonio de Ulloa, in 1539 ; but one and the other
have erred, and we follow the friar Antonio Ca-
lancha, who affirms the first mentioned date by
original documents. Its temperature, notwith
standing its continual rains, is notoriously dry,
and very benign and salutary. Its edifices are
handsome, and built of stone ; the dwelling-houses
being somewhat like arched vaults, and having no
upper stories, so as to be prepared against the
effects of earthquakes. It is watered by the river
Chile, which is let off by sluices to irrigate the en
virons, and to enrich the fields. It was subjected
to the bishopric of Cuzco till the year 1577, when
Gregory XV. erected it into a cathedral, its first
bishop being Don Francisco Antonio de Ervia, of
the order of St. Domingo. This authority was
immediately extinguished, and then it became sub
ject to its former dependency until the year 1609,
when it again became the head seat of a bishopric,
the influence of which extends as far as the pro
vinces of its name, and of those of Cumana, Con-
desuyos, Cailloma, Moquega, and Arica. The
Emperor Charles V. gave it the title of city, on the
15th May 1541, granting it for arms, in J549, a
volcano vomiting fire from a mountain surrounded
by a river. It has a beautiful fountain of brass in
the Plaza Mayor, or chief square, and a bridge of
magnificent arches upon the river ; three parishes,
and convents of San Francisco, San Domingo, San
Augustin, La Merced, and San Juan de Dios ; a
college which belonged to the regulars of the com
pany of Jesuits, of Recoletos de San Francisco,
on the other side of the river ; an hospital of Ago-
nizantes, and a college for the instruction of youth ;
monasteries of nuns of Santa Catalina, Santa Te
resa, and Santa Rosa ; a house of correction for
women, a religious house (beateno) of Indians,
and two houses of labour, both for men and wo
men, lately founded. In the city is preserved,
among its archives, a precious monument of some
royal letters patent, in which Philip II. returned
thanks to this city for its having, in times of neces
sity, supplied to the crown abundaut relief, and
A R E Q U I P A.
95
from its inhabitants having volunteered all their prior in various convents ; he went over to Spain,,
jewels and ornaments for that purpose. Amongst where he was made preacher (o the king ; and
i . i TTV li " 1 j 1 I _ 1 /* * J 1_ ITi 1. _
having acquitted himself with great credit, he
was elected bishop of Arequipa in 1551, where
he remained till 1658.
7. Don Fray Juan de Almoguera, a monk of
the order of La Santisima Trinidad Calzada ; he
was born in Cordova, studied philosophy and
theology in his native place, and in Sevilla ; was
provincial minister of the province of Andalucia,
visitor of it, and nominated for its genera! ; he was
16 16 .?. It rains here only in^tlie months of also preacher to king Felipe IV. presented to this
its illustrious children, we may reckon Don Alonso
de Peralta, inquisitor of Mexico, and archbishop
of Charcas, and Doctor Don Francisco Xarava,
collegiate of the royal college of San Martin in
Lima, and Oidor of Panama. This city has been
sundry times destroyed by earthquakes, in the
years 1582, 1600, 1604, 1687, 1"25, 1739, and
1738. It is 217 leagues s.c. of Lima, 60 from
Cuzco, and 50tt. of Arica. Long. 71 58 . Lat.
December, January and February. Its settle
ments, which are in its vicinity or suburbs, are,
Chiuhata, Paucarpata,
Yanahuaya, Valle de Victor,
Characoto, Tiabuya,
Cairna, Valle de Jambo.
The names of the bishops who have presided in
Arequipa.
1. Don Fray Christobal Rodriguez, a Domi
nican monk, native of Salamanca; he was master
and prior of the convent of Alcala, visitor of the
convents of Indians; elected archbishop of St.
Domingo, and promoted to be first bishop of
Arequipa, on 17th October 1611 ; he died in the
town of Gumana, before he took possession, in
1612.
2. Don Fray Pedro de Perea, of the order of
Augustin ; he was qualificator of the inquisition,
and elected bishop in 1612; he died in 1624.
3. Don Augustin de Ugarte and Garavia, who
was elected in 1624, and promoted to the bishop
ric of Quito in 1630.
4. Don Pedro de Vilbgomez Vivanco, native
of Castroverde del Campo, canon of Sevilla,
visitor of the convents of monks of this city,
judge of the inquisition, visitor of the royal au
dience and university of Lima, elected bishop
in 1631, and promoted afterwards to the arch
bishopric of Lima in 1640.
5. Don Pedro de Ortega Sotomayor, native of
Lima, where lie studied in the royal university ;
and having been there 19 years, he put up for,
and gained the title of Professor of Arts, after
wards that of evening lecturer, and was a professor
of theology ; the former occupying his studies six
years, and the latter 15 : he was magistral canon
of that church, school-master, archdeacon and
bishop of the church of Truxillo, from whence he
was promoted to this in 1647, and from this to
that of Cuzco in 1651.
6. Don Fray Gaspar de Villarroel, of the order
of Augustin, native of Quito ; he took the habit
iu the convent of Callao, was lecturer of arts and
bishopric, of which he took possession in 1661 ;
promoted to the archbishopric of Lima in 1674.
8. Don Fray Juan de la Calle y Heredia, of
the order of Nuestra Senora de las Mercedes, pro
moted from the church of Truxillo to this in
1678.
9. Don Antonio de Leon, promoted from the
church of Truxillo in 1678 ; he died in 1684.
10. Don Juan de Otalora, minister of the
royal and supreme council of the Indies, elected
bishop to this church in 1714, but at which
place he did not arrive; and to his situation was
nominated,
Don Fray Juan de Arguelles, an Augustin
monk, promoted from the bishopric of Panama,
and who, though elected to Arequipa, died before
he could take possession.
11. Don Fray Ignacio Garrote, of the order
of Preachers, elected bishop of this church in
1725, and remained so until 1742, when he
died.
12. Don Juan Bravo del Rivero, native of
Lima, treasurer of the church of La Plata, elected
bishop of Santiago of Chile in J734, and promot
ed to this in 1742.
13. Don Juan Gonzalez Melgarejo, who was
bishop of Santiago of Chile, and dean of Para
guay, promoted to Arequipa, and being elected in
1742, and remaining till 1755.
14. Don Jacinto Aguado y Chacos, of Cadiz,
bishop of Cartagena of the Indies, promoted to
Arequipa, elected in 1755, and remained in
office until 1761, when he died.
15. Don Diego Salguero, who was elected in
1760, and governed till 1771.
16. Don Manuel A bad y de Liana, elected in
1771, and who reigned till 1782.
17. Don Fray Miguel de Pamplona, native of
this city in Navarra, a Capuchin monk, who was
colonel of the regiment of infantry of Murcia,
comendador of Obreria in the order of Santiago,
and who, having disengaged himself from the
world, embraced a religious life, working with.
96 A R I
great labour in the missions of the Nuevo Reyno
de Granada, and, in spite of his resistance, was
elected bishop of this church, in 1782, until 1786,
when he renounced its functions.
18. Don Pedro Chaves de la Rosa, lecturer of
Cordoba, elected bishop of Arequipa, from the
renunciation of this bishopric, in the year 1786.
This city experienced an earthquake, which
ruined the greater part of its edifices and temples,
in 1785, but they were rebuilt in a short time.
Among the illustrious persons it has produced,
should be added,
The Doctor Don Pedro Durana, archdeacon of
his holy church, bishop elect of Paraguay.
Don Juan Bautista dc Taborga, dean of his
church, and bishop elect of Panama.
Don Fray Joseph Palavisino, a monk of the
order of St. Francis, bishop of Paraguay and of
Truxillo.
Don Francisco Joseph de Maran, canon of
Cuzco, bishop of La Concepcion in Chile.
Don Fernando Perez de Oblitas, treasurer of
the church of Cuzco, bishop of Paraguay, and of
Santa Cruz de la Sierra.
Don Juan Manuel Moscoso y Peralte, arch
deacon of the holy church of his native place,
coadjutor of that bishopric, promoted to Tucu-
man, and from thence to Cuzco.
Don Clcmente Durana, oidor of Chuquisaca.
Don Mafias de Peralta, oidor of the royal au
dience of Mexico, and provisional captain-gene
ral of that kingdom.
Don Agustin Butron y Muxica, a very fine
scholar.
[ARGYLE, atownship in Washington county,
New York, on the e. bank of Hudson river, con
taining 2341 inhabitants, inclusive of 14 slaves.
In the state census of 1796, there appears to be
404 electors.]
[AUGYLE, a township in Shelburne county,
Nova Scotia, settled by A cad fans and Scotch.]
ARIACUACA, a settlement of the province
and country of Las Amazonas, in the Portuguese
possessions, situate on the shore of the river
Urubu.
ARIARI, a large river of the province and
government of San Juan de los Llanos in the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada. It rises in the moun
tains of Neiva, runs from w. to e. for a long course,
aud makes several windings, until it enters the
Orinoco. See GUABIARE, or GUAVABERO
ARIAS, DOMINGO, a settlement of the pro
vince and government of Popayan in the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada, on the shore of the river
Yaguara, and in the road which leads from Neiva
A R I
to Popayan, at a small distance from the city of
La Plata.
ARIAS, a river of the province and government
of Tucumiui, the head of the Pasage and Salado.
It rises to the w. of the city of Salta.
Am AS, another, a small river of the province
and government of .Buenos Ayres. It runs nearly
n. w. and eiiters the Plata.
AR1BA, a settlement of the missions belonging
to the Portuguese Carmelite fathers, in the pro
vince and country of Las Amazonas, situate on
the shore of the Rio Negro.
AR1BACIII, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nucva Espana,
situate to the w. of that of Cocomorachi.
AR1BETICHI, a settlement of the province of
Ostimuri in Nueva Espana. It is 20 leagues n. e.
of the 7 cul of Rio Chico.
ARICA, a province and corregimienloofPeru,
bounded on the n. by that of Moquehua, n. w. by
the jurisdiction of Arequipa, w. by the S. sea, s.
by the province of Atacamas, s. e. by that of
Lipes, and e. by that of Pecajes. It is in length
82 leagues n. w. s. e. and 16 in width e. w. It
is composed, as arc the other provinces on the
coast, of valleys, -which begin in the uneven
grounds and windings of the cordillera, and
which, for the most part, terminate on the shore
of the S. sea. The parts lying between the val
leys in this province are dry and unfruitful, and
only serve for pastures in those months in which
the gently sprinkling rain falls which is called
gama, from May to September. In those val
leys, which are, generally speaking, fertile, since
they do not suffer from drought, is grown a suf
ficient supply of wheat, maize, and other seeds ;
also much Guiney pepper is cultivated, with
which a commerce is carried on with the other
provinces of the sierra, and a good quantity of
cotton, olives, and sugar. In the 17th century,
the aforesaid pepper grown on this province might
be reckoned to produce the yearly value of
200,000 dollars. It does not want for wines or
brandies ; and of the vino plant, the most celebrated
is that of the valley of Loctimba, on account of its
flavour. In the mountains towards the cordillera,
cattle of the larger and smaller sort are bred, also
native sheep. It, has the fruits peculiar to its
temperature, such as papas and some wheat, es
pecially in the curacy of llabaya, by which the
adjoining town of Moquehua finds a regular sup
ply. In order to render the land fertile, the
husbandmen make use of huano, wiiich is the
dung of birds called hunnaes, and is brought
from an island close upon the coast, called Iqueinc.
ARE
This province has very few rivers, and only two
of any consideration, one in the valley of Loa,
where the province is bordered by that of Ataca-
nia, and another which flows down through the
valley of Locumba, and is composed of two great
streams, which flow in directions nearly contrary
to each other, and form a very deep lake of fou r
leagues and an half in width, at the end of which is
a deep cavity, from which issues, with an immense
force, the stream forming the river of Locumba,
which continues running with an equally abun
dant supply. This province has to the e. a vol
cano in a very lofty mountain, from the skirts of
which spring forth some fetid hot waters; but
what are most worthy of note are its mines. In
the mountains of the curacy of Pica, are veins of
gold, and of the finest copper, neither of which
are worked, on account of the hardness of their
temper. In the part upon the coast are two
mountains, namely, of Chanavnya and of Huan-
tajaya, two leagues, more or less, from the sea,
and some others; all of which are very rich in
metals, which are nevertheless not worked, owing
to the scarcity of water experienced in this ter
ritory for many leagues. The second of these
mountains is supposed to have been dug in former
times ; the attempt has been repeated in the pre
sent age, but without method ; it being imagined
that there were no regular veins of metal in it, but
merely some lumps, since some of these had been
found lying detached indifferent parts. Of late,
however, some strata of metal have been discover
ed, and it is seen that the lumps which were first
picked out, were only the forerunners or indica
tors of better fortune. From hence there has been
a regular establishment of labourers, and much
riches have been, and still continue to be, extracted
from this mine ; and were it not that, owing to the
want of water, the labourers are obliged to carry
the metals to be worked at a great distance, and
through unpeopled parts, the masters would be
much enriched, the kingdom would be benefited,
and the demand for workmen much larger. This
province comprehends 46 settlements and various
ports. Its repartimiento used to amount to
880,900 dollars. The settlements of this juris
diction are,
The Capital, Putre;
Caplira, Sora,
Matilla, Tarata,
Camsana, Maure,
Satoca, Locumba,
Minuni, Tacna,
Pachica, Toquella,
Saesama, H uutacondo,,
VOL. I.
A R I
Mam ifia,
Esqmfiai,
Ileffk-ii,
Parinricota,
Ticaco,
Sama,
Ylo,
Pachia,
Pachania,
Choquelimpr,
Libiiia,
Chaspaya,
Ylabaya,
Pallagua,
Pica,
Huavifia,
Cibaya,
Camina,
Copta,
Tignabuar,
Tarapaca. Socoroma,
Yquique, Huayaquiri,
Pachica, Umagata,
Sipisa, Tarucachi,
Tumar, CandaraJv.
The capital is founded in a beautiful and plea
sant valley, and is about a league in length, and
on the sea shore, with a port in the middle, which
is much frequented by vessels. It is very fertile,
and abounds in productions, from which it derives
great commerce, especially in Agi pepper, and in
glass, which it manufactures. It was ancientry a
large and renowned settlement, but at present it
is reduced to a scanty population, since the time
that it was destroyed by an earthquake, in 1605,
and sacked by the English pirate, John Guarin,
in 1680, when the greater part of its inhabitants
passed over into the settlement of Tacna, which is
12 leagues from hence. It has three convents,
one of the order of San Francisco, one of La
Merced, and another of San Juan de Dios, all
very poor and badly served. It is 90 leagues
7i. a?, of Atacames. Long. 70 18 . Lat. 18*
26 s.
A R EQUIP A, a settlement of Indians of Louisiana,
in which the French had a fort and establishment,
on the shore of the river Missouri.
AREQUIPA, a mountain, called the Morro de
Arica, on the coast of the S. sea, of the province
and corregimiento of its name.
AREQUIPA, a port in the above province and
corregimfento, which wants both security arid
convenience, but which is nevertheless frequented
from its situation : here are to be seen the ruins of
the city which was the capital of the province,
and which was translated from this spot.
ARICAGUA, a pleasant, long, and fertile val
ley of the province and government of Maracaibo,
and jurisdiction of the city of Merida, in the dis
trict of which are many Indians, who are called
Giros, and some Mustees and White*, established
in various messuages. They have some small
churches, do injury to no one ; and should a
o
08
A R I
priest be seen passing through their neighbour
hood, they oblige him to say mass, and regale him
very bountifully. They have gold mines, but do
not work them, and their country abounds in
honey, bees-wax, and other productions.
ARICAGUA, a settlement of the province and
government of Cumana, very near the city of
Cumanagoto.
ARICAGUA, another, of the province and go-
Yernment of Venezuela, situate on the shore of
the river Buga, to the e . | to the s. of the city of
Coro.
ARICAN, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore
of the river of Las Amazonas, and at the mouth
of that ofXingu.
ARICARA, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore
of the river Xingu.
ARICARETES, a barbarous nation of Indians
of Guayana, divided into two parties or tribes,
one oriental, which inhabits the vicinity of the
river Aricari, and gives its name to the whole na
tion, and the other oecidental, in the neighbour
hood of the river Yapoco. It is a very reduced
population, and they manifest a very docile and
pacific nature.
ARICARI, a large river of the province and
country of Las Amazonas. It rises in the moun
tains of Guayana, to the s. of the fabulous pro
vince of Dorado, and after washing the unknown
countries of the infidel Indians, it runs e. and
enters the Orinoco, and not into the sea, as some
have thought. From it the Aricaretis Indians de
rive their name.
AR1CAPANA, a settlement of the province
and government of Venezuela, situate on the shore
of the river Guarico, to the /*. of the sierra of
Carrizal.
[A RICH AT, a town in Cape Breton island.]
ARICOR1A, a small river of the province and
country of Las Amazonas. It rises in the territory
of the Guarinumas Indians, runs n. n. w. and
enters the Madera.
AR1COR1S, or ARICORES, a barbarous na
tion of Indians of Guayana, to the s. w. and n. of
the river Maranon. They are of the same origin
as the Yaos, and are bounded on the e. by the
Abacas, n. by the Charibbes, and s. by the Mayos :
they have a poor spirit, though they are revenge
ful : they go naked, both men and women : they
believe in the immortality of the soul, and make
freat feasts and honours for their dead, sometimes
illing the slave, in order that he may accompany
and serve his master in the other world : they
A R I
worship the sun and moon, the latter of which they
look upon as their mother, and believe thorn to be
animated bodies : they mnintain that the large
stars are the daughters of the sun and moon, and
the lesser their servants : their priests and sor
cerers make them believe that they hold converse
with the great spirit, which they call Valipa,
which is the devil, who is said to appear to them
in various forms : they traverse the forests in
troops, carrying with them their wives and chil
dren, and maintain themselves by the chase, and
by wild fruits : their numbers increase astonish
ingly, not only since they practise polygamy, but
since they believe that in getting many children
they do a work calculated more than any other in
the world to render themselves great and merito
rious in the eyes of the Vatipa : they are happy
also in the idea of increasing their nation, so as
the more easily to overcome their enemies.
ARICUPA, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil ; situate in an island
which lies at the mouth of the river De dos
Bocas.
[ARIES Kill, a small creek which runs n.
into Mohawk river, two miles and a half w. from
Schoharie river, in New York .]
ARIGUANATUBA, a large island of the river
of Las Amazonas ; one of those which form the
arms of the river Coqueta before they enter it. It
is the largest of the islands inhabited by the in
fidel Indians.
ARIMNABA, Islands of, in the river Orinoco,
opposite the lake Maruo, and to the w. of the island
of Trinidad.
ARINES, a river of the province and govern
ment of Yucatan, which runs e. and enters the
sea between Cainpeche and the Punta Desco-
nocida.
AR1NOS, a river of the kingdom of Brazil,
which rises in the territory of the Pareses Indians,
runs n. w. many leagues, in so large a stream as to
be navigable for canoes, and enter* the Topayos.
ARIO, a small settlement of the head settlement
of the district of Xacona, and alcddia mayor of
Zarnora, in Nueva Espana. It contains 22 fami
lies of Indians, who traffic in skins, fruits, and
seeds ; and is two leagues s. of its head settle
ment.
ARIPANUM, a river of the province and
colony of Surinam, in the part of Guayana pos
sessed by the Dutch. It rises between the rivers
Mazarroni and Esquibo ; runs n. and enters the
latter on the w. side.
AR1PORO, a river of the province and govern
ment of San Juan de los Llanos in the Nuevo
A R I
Reyno de Granada. It rises near the city of Pore,
and enters the Meta.
ARIPUANA, a large river of the province and
country of Las Amazonas ; it is an arm of the
Madera, which runs in an abundant stream ; and
forming different pools, in which are many islands,
it returns to enter the said river through many
mouths.
ARIPUANA, a settlement of the above province
and country, situate on the shore of the former
river, in the territory of the Urubringuas Indians.
ARIPUCO, a settlement of the province of
Guayana and government of Cumana ; one of the
missions which are held by the Catalanian Capu
chin fathers.
AR1RAPUA, a settlement and asienfo of the
mines of the province and corregimiento of Con-
desuyos de Arequipa in Peru ; annexed to the
curacy of Salamanca. Its gold is of the finest
quality, but it is not extracted at the present day
in the same quantity as heretofore.
ARISMENDI, SANTIAGO HE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district of Texupilco,
and alcaldia mayor of Zultepec, in NuevaEspaiia ;
annexed to the curacy of its head settlement ;
situate on the plain of a deep ravine. It is of a
cold and moist temperature, contains 15 families
of Indians, and is five leagues to the s. of its
head settlement.
AR1SPE, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Sonora in Nueva Espana ; situate on
the shor of the river of its name, between the
settlements of Chinapa and Guapique. [Persons
who accompanied M. Galvez in his expedition to
Sonora affirm, that the mission of Ures near Pitic
would have answered much better than Arispe for
the capital of the intendancy. Population 7600
souls.]
ARITAGUA, a river of the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada, which runs through the llanos of Caza-
nare and Meta, and dcsembogues itself into a river
which has the name of the former, 60 leagues
from the port of San Salvador. It abounds in
fish, and its forests are inhabited by some barba
rian Indians of the Achagua nation.
ARIUI, a settlement of the province of Bar
celona, and government of Cumana, in the king
dom of Tierra Firme ; one of those which are under
the religious observers of San Francisco, in the
missions of Piritu.
ARIUI, a river of the above province and go
vernment, which rises to the e. of the town of San
Fernando, runs from the foot of the sierra of Pa-
riagua to the e. making many windings, turns to
the s. and enters the Orinoco.
ARK
99
[ARIZ I BO, one of the principal places in
Portorico island, in the West Indies, it has
few inhabitants, and little trade but smuggling.]
AH JON A, a settlement of the province and
government of Cartagena in Tierra Firme, one of
those which was re-united and formed of other
small settlements in 1776 by the Governor Don
Juan Pimienta. It is six leagues n. of its ca
pital.
[ARKANSAS, or ARKEXSAS, a n. w. branch
of Mississippi river, of a very lengthy course,
which falls in by two mouths, and forms an island.
Thirty-five miles long, and ten broad. The branch
on the n.e. side of the island receives White river,
about 24 miles from its mouth. The course of the
river Arkansas, with its meanders, Major Pike
computes at 1981 miles, from its junction with the
Mississippi (or rather the Missouri) to the moun
tains ; and from thence to its source 192; the
total length being 2173 miles : the former portion
to the mountains may be navigated. It also re
ceives several rivers, which are navigable for
more than 100 miles. The banks of the Arkansas
swarm with buffaloes, elks, and deer, in numbers
which seem inexhaustible by the hunting tribes.
Near the sources of this river is a prodigious
mountain, well known by the savages for many
hundred miles around. The altitude was observed
on a base of a mile, and found to be 10,581 feet
above the Prairie ; and admitting the Prairie to be
8000 feet above the sea, the height of this peak
would be 18,581 feet. But when our author
on this occasion mentions the peak of Teneriffe,
he forgets the authentic observations of La Crenne,
and other astronomers employed by the Frencli
king, who have sufficiently ascertained that the
height of the peak of Teneriffe is only 1742 toises,
or 10,452 French feet, above the level of the sea.
It is the detached and insular situation which makes
this peak appear higher than it really is. If it
approached nearly to the height of Mont Blanc,
15,500 feet, the difficulty of the ascent would be
such, that four days would not be more than suffi
cient to go and return ; whereas there is no hint of
any such circumstance. But it is almost neces
sary to apologize for any such observations on the
work of our enterprising traveller. One man can
not unite every quality ; and a scientific traveller
might have perished amidst the difficulties which
were surmounted by his courage and perseverance.
The distresses suffered by him and his companions,
amidst those mountains covered with eternal snow,
were terrible ; famine daily staring them in the
face; while their clothing was exhausted, the
blood started from under the bandages of their
o 2
100
ARM
snow-shoes, and some of the men even lost their
feet by the severity of the frost.
[ARKANSAS, are Indians wholiveon the Arkansa
river, s. side, in three villages, about 12 miles
above the post or station. The name of the first
Tillage is Tawanima, second Oufotu, and the third
Ocapa ; in all, it is believed, they do not at pre
sent exceed 100 men, and are diminishing. They
are at war with the Osages, but friendly with all
other people, white and red ; are the original pro
prietors of the country on the river, all which
they claim, for about 300 miles above them, to
the junction of the river Cadvva with Arkansas ;
above this fork the Osages claim. Their language
is Osage. They generally raise corn to sell ; are
called honest and friendly people.]
All LET, a settlement and parish of the French
in the island of Martinique. It is a curacy of the
Capuchin fathers, situate on the coast which looks
to the <r. and lias this name from two bays, one of
which is larger than the other, and which are at
the extremity of the island.
ARLET, a point or cape of this island, on the
n. n. <. coast.
[ARLINGTON, a township in Bennington
county, Vermont, 12 miles n. from Bennington.
It has 991 inhabitants.]
ARM A, SANTIAGO J>E, a city of the province
and government of Antioqnia, in the Nuevo
Key no de Granada, founded by Sebastian de Be-
nalcasar in 1542, aud peopled by Captain Miguel
Munoz: it was a little time after removed to a
*hort distance, and the ruins of it are still to be
seen on the shore of the river Cauca. It is of a
very hot temperature, but abounding in gold
mines : it is fertile in seeds, and in the productions
of the country, but barren in those of Europe.
It is memorable by the unjust death which the
Marshal George Robledo experienced under the
hands of its founder ; that unhappy person having
suffered decapitation. The natives, the Indians,
used still to eat human flesh, notwithstanding the
settlements the Spaniards had made amongst them.
Fifty leagues n, e. of Popayan, and 16 from An-
serma. Lat. 5 33 n. Long. 75 36 w.
ARMA, another settlement of the same pro
vince and corregimieiito of Castro-Vircyna in
Peru, and annexed to its curacy ; near to it
are two large . estates, called Huanca and II u-
aiiupisca.
ARMADILLO, SANTA ISABEL DEL, a settle
ment and head settlement of the district of the
alcaldia mayor of S. Luis de Potosi in Nueva
Espafia. In its vicinity, and in that of the estates
of its district, are counted 675 families of Spaniards,
A R O
Masters, and Mulattoes. Six leagues to the e. of
its capital.
ARMENTABO, a river of the province and
government of French Guayana, which runs c.
and enters the Oyapoco.
ARM IRA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Darien, and kingdom of Tierra Firme,
which rises in the mountains towards the n. and
runs into the sea by the side of cape Tiburou.
ARM1ROS, a barbarous nation of Indians of
Paraguay, descendants of the Guaranics ; they
inhabit a fertile and pleasant country, and were
first discovered by Alvar Nunez Cabcza de Vaca
in 1541.
ARMUCICESES, or AHMOUCHIQUOIS, a bar
barous nation of Indians, of the province of New
France, or Canada.
ARNEDO. SeeCnANCAV.
AROA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Venezuela in Tierra Firme. It rises in
the sierra to the w. of the town of S. Felipe, runs
e. and enters the sea beyond the bay of Burbu-
ruta, opposite to some islands which are called
Los Cayos de San Juan, to the s. of the point of
Tucaca. It is formed from the waterfalls of the
serrania of the cities of San Felipe and of Bari-
quismcto. In its course it fertilizes a large val
ley, in which there is a settlement, as also some
fine cacao estates.
AROCOBA, a river of the province and go
vernment of French Guayana.
AROI,a river of the province and government of
Guayana, which rises in the centre of this province,
from the lake Casipa, in some very rugged moun
tains ; runs n. w. and enters the Orinoco in an
abundant stream. Its shores are inhabited by the
Charibbes, the Aruacas, and the Araris Indians,
who lead a wandering life.
ARO1ALT, a small river of the province and
country of Amazonas, in the Portuguese posses
sions. It is an arm communicating itself with the
Paranamini.
AROQUO1PI, CANO DE, an arm of the river
Orinoco, which communicates itself with the
Aracoa, and which with it forms the island of
Faxarado.
AROUARI, a river of the province of Guayana,
in the Portuguese possessions. By these people a
fort was built upon the shore in 1688, but it
was destroyed by an overflow of the river in
1691.
AROUENS, an island of the river Maranon
or Amazonas. It is just at the entrance of this
river, and is inhabited by many infidel or gentile
Indians.
2
A R R
AROUKAOBA, a river of the province of
Guayana, in the French possessions.
AROURA, a settlement and parish of the
French, in their possessions in Guayana, situate
on the shore of the river Oaya.
ARPONES, RANCHO DE LOS, a settlement of
Indians, on the n. coast of the province and go
vernment of Darien, between the island of La La-
guna and the point of Mosquitos.
ARQUE, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimicnJo of Cochabamba in Peru.
ARQUTATI, a river of the province and go
vernment of Darien, and of the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises in the mountains of ifs interior,
runs s. e. arid n. zc. and enters the Chucunaqui.
[ARRACIFFU. SCCARRECIFE.]
ARRAIAL, a town of the Portuguese, in the
province and country of the Amazonas ; it is on
the shore of the river Madera, between the two
great lakes or pools of water formed by this river,
one of which is called the Salto Grande.
ARRASTRADERO, a toy of the coast of the
S. sea, in the province and government of Esme-
raldas, on the side of the port Palmar.
[ARRAYAL DE PORATE, a town in Brazil,
situated on the w. side of Para river, below the
junction of its two great branches. See PARA.]
ARRECIBO, a settlement of the island and
government of San Juan de Puertorico, situate
near the coast, on the shore of the river of its
name. This river has its rise in the mountains
towards the n. and runs into the sea.
ARREC1FE, or CAPILLA DEL SENOR, a small
settlement of the province and government of
Buenos Ayres, in the road which leads from Lima
to this city, where there is a chapel, in which
mass is performed on festivals by the curate of
the settlement of Baradero, which is 14 leagues
distant. It is situate on the banks of a river of
its name, and is 34 leagues from its capital. [Lat.
34 4 10" w. Long. 60 27 10 a>.]
The river above-mentioned runs from s. w. to
n. e. and enters the river La Plata, between that of
Areco and that of Tres Hermanas.
ARRECIFE, (sometimes called Oliuda), acity in
the kingdom of Brazil, in the province and captain
ship of Pernambuco. It has a good fort, well garri
soned, and a commodious and capacious port ; the
entrance of wh ich is small and rendered still more diffi
cult of access from having a good fort. The city was
taken by the English, in 1595, under the command of
James Lancaster, [who entered the port with seven
English vessels. He staid in the city a month, and
carried off immense plunder ; but since that time
the Portuguese have made it almost inaccessible to
A R R
101
enemies.] Its commerce is trifling, and rts climate
hot, but the air is healthy. It is the residence of
a Portugaese governor, and is in Lat. 8 13 s.
Long. 35 5 w.
A R RECIFE, an island of the coast of the same
kingdom, in the province and government of Ma-
ranon ; situate at the mouth of the river Para-
gnas, between the Igarasu and the Punta Gorda.
ARRECIFES, CANO DE LOS, an arm of the
river Orinoco, near its entrance into the sea,
through the large mouth called De Navios, (of
ships) ; it forms a curve, and so runs back into this
river, leaving a large island in the middle of its
course.
ARRECIFES. a point or extremity of land on
the e. coast of the island of Trinidad, which faces
that of Tabago.
AnREciFts, some shoals on ttie coast of Brazil,
of the province and captainship of Scara, between
the lakes Upiens and Cum.
ARRETA, a small river of the province and cap
tainship of Para in Brazil ; it runs n. n. to. towards
the rnouth of the river Amazonas, and to the arm
of this river which forms the island of Marajo.
ARRENON, a river of the province and go
vernment of Guayana ; it runs s. s. w. and
enters the Orinoco between those of Caralana and
Winikine.
ARRIAN1COSIES, a barbarous nation of In
dians, of the province and government of Para
guay, who inhabit the country near to the Rio de
la Plata. They arc much reduced, and as yet but
little is known of them.
ARRICARI, a river of the province and go
vernment of Guayana, in the French possessions.
ARRIETA, a settlement of the province and
government of Cartagena in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme ; situate to the n, of the town of San Benito
Abad.
ARROUSICK, an island of the N. sea, near
the coast of the province of Sagadahoc, at the
mouth or entrance of the river Kenebec.
[ARROWSIKE, an island in the district of
Maine, parted from Parker s island by a small
strait. It is within the limits of George Town,
and contains nearly of its inhabitants, and has a
church. It contains about 20,000 acres of land,
including a large quantity of salt marsh. See
GEORGE Town and PARKER S Island.]
[ARROYO DE LA CHINA, a town of the pro
vince and government of Buenos Ayres, situate on
the w. side of the Uruguay, in Lat. 32 29 18*.
Long. 58 I4 o>.]
[ARROYOS, a parish of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay, situate between two small
A R U
rivers, at the foot of the mountains which separate
the rivers running into the Parana and Paraguay.
Seventeen leagues e. of Assumpcion. Lat. 25
25 36" s. Long. 56 47 w.~\
[ARSACIDES, the Islands of the, the name
given by M. de Surville, in 1769, to Solomon s
islands, on account of the barbarous character of
their inhabitants, particularly at Port Praslin.
These islands were visited by Mr. Shortland in
1788, and by him called New Georgia. See SO
LOMON S Isles and PORT PUASLIN.]
[ARTHUR-KULL, or NEWARK BAY, on the
coast of New Jersey, is formed by the union of
Passaicand Hackinsack rivers.]
ART1BONITO, a large and abundant river of
the island of St. Domingo. It rises in the moun
tains of the mines of Ciboo, runs nearly due zv.
making many circumvolutions, and enters the sea
in the to. head of the island, between the bay of
Gran Pierre and the Morro del Diablo. Various
projects have at different times been entertained for
the forming of canals which might irrigate large
territories; but they have not, on account of the
want of workmen, been put into execution. Its
proper name is Hatibonico, but by corruption it is
universally called Artibonito.
AIITIBOMTO, a small river of the above island,
rising in the valley of Inojuelo, runs s. s. w. and
enters the former.
ARTIBONITO, a settlement of the above island,
belonging to the French, and situate on the shore
of the first mentioned river.
ARTIBONITO, a port of the island of Cuba, on
the s. coast, between the port of Guantanamo and
the island of Auriga-Grande.
ARTIGON1CHE, a river of the province and
colony of Nova Scotia. It rises in a lake near the
e. coast and the strait of Canso, runs n. e. and
enters the sea.
ARTIGONICHE, a settlement of Indians of this
province and colony, situate on the shore of the
former river.
ARTLEBURGH, a township of the county of
Bristol, in the province and colony of New Eng
land. It is noted for the great increase of houses
which arose in a few years from its commerce, having
been till lately nothing better than a mean village.
[This township, properly called Attleborough, is 32
miles s. from Boston, and nine trom Providence.]
ARUACAS, a barbarous nation of Indians who
inhabit the s.e. of the river Orinoco, descendants
of the Charibbes. They are very numerous, and in
habit the country between the river Berbice and
the mountains of Guayana : they have no fixed
habitations, aud therefore wander about those
A R U
mountains : they are the friends and allies of the
Dutch of the colonies of Berbice, Esquibo, and
Surinam.
ARUARA, a small river of the province and
colony of Surinam, or part of Guayana in the
Dutch possessions. It runs from *. to n. and en
ters the Cusguni on the s. side.
[ARUBA, one of the Little Antille islands in the
\\ est Indies, is subject to the Dutch. It is uninha
bited, lies near Tierra Firme, 14 leagues a>.ofCura-
coa, and produces little else besides corn nnd wood.
Lat. 1230 M. Long. 67 35 a?. See ORUBA.]
ARUCARA, a township of the Portuguese, of
the province and captainship of Para in Brazil, si
tuate at the mouth of the river Guanapu.
ARUG, a river of the province and government
of Choco in the kingdom of Tierra Firme ; it rises
in the mountains of Abide, runs w. and enters the
Paganagandi.
ARUI, a large river of the province of Gua
yana and government of Cumana. It has its origin
from a border or line of serrania, lying 14;
leagues from the mouth at which it enters the Ori
noco. It is navigable in canoes as far as a violent
current or waterfall, caused by a heap of stones,
and which makes the water to rush with such a
noise in the winter time as to be heard at two
leagues distance. In its mid course it receives on
the w. the river Camurica, which runs between the
port and fortification of Muitacu and the settlement
of Guazaiparo, of the religious observers of St.
Francis of Piritu. Its shores are inhabited by Cha-
ribbes Indians.
Auui, a small river of the island and govern
ment of Trinidad, which runs s. and enters the bay
of Chaguaramas by the point of La Galera.
ARUNI, an ancient province of Cuzcoin Peru,
bounded by the province of Collaguas on the w.
and s. by the llanuras or plains of Arequipa. It
was conquered and united to the empire by Malta
Capac, fourth Emperor.
ARUNDEL, a county of the province and co
lony of Maryland. See ANA.
ARUNDUL, a settlement of the island of Barba-
does, in the district and parish of Santiago, on the
w. coast.
[ARUNDEL, a township in York county, dis
trict of Maine, containing 145 inhabitants. It lies
between cape Porpoise and Biddeford, on the n. e.
on Saco river, 21 miles n. e. from York, and 96
n. e. from Boston.]
ARUPORECAS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
lately discovered to the n. w. of the province of the
Chiquitos ; though of them as yet but little is
known.
A S C
ASANCOTO, a settlement of the province and
corrcgimiento of Chimbo in the kingdom of Quito.
It is of a cold temperature, inhabited by Indians
and JMiisteeS) who are for the most part muleteers,
and who carry to the neighbouring provinces
flour, seeds, baizes, and other productions, and
take in exchange wine, brandy, salt, cotton, fish,
and oil ; this traffic being carried on only in the
summer.
ASANGARO, a province and corregimiento
of the kingdom of Peru, bounded n.e. and e. by the
province of Carabaya ; s. e, and s. by that of
Larecaxa ; s. w. by that of Paucarcolla and the
lake Chucuito ; by the w. and n. w. by the pro
vince of Larnpa. It is of very small extent, being
only 20 leagues in length, and as many in breadth.
Its figure is very irregular, its temperature is very
cold, and consequently produces little else than
potatoes. W hen these are destroyed by frost, as
is the case some years, the Indians endure great
privations, and are forced to seek food in the
province of Larecaxa. This province abounds
greatly in cattle, from the hides and fat of which,
as well as from some herds of swine, it derives its
principal source of commerce. There is in its
district a fine fresh water lake, from whence it is
provided with salt. The river of the greatest con
sideration is that which bears its name, and which
empties itself into the lake Chucuito. The inha
bitants amount barely to 3000 ; they are divided
into 11 settlements ; and the amount of its reparti-
miento was reputed at 114,500 dollars.
The names of the J5 settlements of this juris
diction are, ,
The Capital, Arapa,
Asilto, Saman,
Cominaca, Putina,
Munani, Ananea,
Santiago de Papuja, Betanzos,
Achaya, Taraco,
Chupa, Pusi.
Poto,
The capital settlement is situate on the shore of
the lake Chucuito on the n. part, and at the mouth
of the river of its name. The above river rises
close to the settlement of Sayani, on the e. part,
and runs s. till it enters the above-mentioned lake.
ASCATLAN, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tepactitlan
in the kingdom and bishopric of Nueva Galicia,
situate eight leagues to the s. of its capital.
ASCENSION, NUESTRA SENORA DE LA, a
capital city of the island and government of Mar
garita, founded by Martin Villalobos in 1525.
Although small, it was formerly of much con-
A S II
103
sideration, on account of i(s fine pearl fisheries,
from which it carried on a great commerce, but
which are now entirely abandoned. It has a very
good parish church, convents of monks of St.
Francis and St. Dominic, an hospital, and two her
mitages. Two leagues distant from the coast. It
is called Ascencion, in honour of the virgin, who is
its patron. It was invaded by the French in the
war at the close of the past century, when they
destroyed and burnt the hospital and hermitage of
Santa Lucia, and of which the walls alone were to
be seen in 1762. It has, contiguous to the convent
of St. Francis, a chapel, with the title of Nuestra
Senora de la Soledad, and the two hermitages
with the titles of Nuestra Senora de la Consolation
and of San Pedro Martyr.
ASCENSION, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Cuyo in the kingdom of Chile, to
the 5. e. of the city of San Juan de la Frontera.
ASCENSION, another, a small settlement or ward
of the head settlement of the district of Zumpa-
huacan, and alcaldia mayor of Marinalco, in Nueva
Espafia,
ASCEWSION, a small island of the Atlantic sea,
near the coast of Brazil, in the province and cap
tainship of Espiritu Santo, also called De la Trini
dad. It is somewhat to the w. of the island of
Martin Vaez, and to the n. w. to the w. of that
of Dos Picos. It is half a league long from s. to
n. and at that point it takes the form of a small
mountain, in the figure of a truncated cone. All
its coast is surrounded by cliffs and hidden rocks,
against which the sea beats with fury. It abounds
in fresh water, which runs from various fountains.
Although it belongs to the Portuguese, it is not
inhabited ; its situation is in Lat. 20 30 s. Long.
29 9 w.
ASCENSION, a bay on the coast of the province
and government of Louisiana, between the N.
cape and the river Missisippi.
ASCENSION, another very large, beautiful, and
convenient bay, on the coast of the province and
government of Yucatan, opposite the shoal of
Quita Suenos.
ASCENSION, a river of the kingdom of Nuevo
Mexico, which runs from n. to s. and is of little
note.
ASCHEPOU, a river of the province and colony
of Georgia. It runs e. then turns to the s. and
enters the sea between the rivers Chia and Pom
pon.
[ASHBURNHAM, formerly Dorchester Cana
da, lies in Worcester county, Massachusetts, 30
miles n. of Worcester, and 54 from Boston ; was
incorporated in 1765, and contains 951 inhabitants.
104
It stands upon the height of land <. of Connecticut
river, and w. of Merrimack, on the banks of Little
Naukheag. In this township is a white sand,
equal in fineness to that at cape Ann, and which,
it is judged, would make fine glass.]
[ASH BY, a township in Middlesex county,
Massachusetts, 50 miles n. w. from Boston, con
taining 751 inhabitants.]
[AS11CUTNEY, or ASACUTNEY, a mountain
in Vermont, being partly in the townships of
Windsor and \Yeathersfield, and opposite Clare-
mout on Sugar river, in New Hampshire state.
It is 2031 feet above the sea, and 1732 above high
water in Connecticut river, which glides by its e.
side.]
[ASH FIELD, a township in Hampshire county,
Massachusetts, about 15 miles n. w. of North
ampton, and 117 w. from Bost&n, containing 1459
inhabitants.]
[ASH FORD, a township in Windham county,
Connecticut, settled from Maryborough in Massa
chusetts, and was incorporated in 1710. It lies
about 38 miles n. e. from Hartford, and 76 s. w.
from Boston.]
[AsHFoitD, NEW, a township in Berkshire
county, Massachusetts, 155 miles w. from Boston,
containing 460 inhabitants.]
ASHLEY, a river of the province and colony
of Georgia. It rises from pools formed by certain
springs, runs s. e. and enters the sea.
ASHLY, a large and abundant river of the
province and colony of Carolina. It is divided
into two arms ; the one towards the s. preserves
its name, and that towards the n. takes the name
of Copper.
[ASH MOT, the principal harbour in isle
Madame, which is dependent on Cape Breton. See
BRETON, CAFE.]
[ASHUELOT, or ASHWILLET, a small river,
having a number of branches, whose most distant
source is at the n. end of the Sunapee mountains
in New Hampshire. It runs s. w. through part of
Cheshire county. Below Winchester it runs w.
by n. and empties into Connecticut river at H ins-
dale.]
A Si A, a settlement of the province and cor-
revimiento of Canete in Peru, situate on the sea
coast.
ASIA, an island of this province and corregi-
mientO) near the coast.
ASIA, a point of land or extremity of the coast,
also of the said province.
ASIENTOS, a sett lenient of Indians of the
kingdom of Nueva Galicia.
[ASPOTAGOEN Mountain. This high land
ASS
lies on the promontory that separates Mahone
from Margaret s bay, on the coast of Nova Scotia.
It is seen at a great distance from the offing, and
is the land generally made by the ships bound
from Europe and the West Indies to Halifax.
The summit is about 500 feet above the level of
the sea.]
ASSA, a small river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It rises
from two streams in the country of the ferocious
Charibbec Indians, and enters Ami on the n. side.
[ASSABET, a rivulet which rises in Grafton,
"Worcester county, Massachusetts, and runs . e.
into Merrimack river.]
ASSAPARA, a small island formed by the
river Aropa, at its mouth, by which it enters the
Orinoco on the n. side. It is not so large as
Walter describes it, since it is a little less than a
mile in length, and its widest part does not
exceed 180 feet. It is somewhat elevated and
covered with branching trees, but uninhabited.
ASSEMPOL1, a large lake of N. America,
abounding in whales. Some believe that it has a
communication with the sea. [There is no such
name in the modern maps. It is probably th
same as Winnepeg lake.]
ASSERRADORES, a settlement of the island
of Cuba, on the s. coast, and near a tolerably
good port.
ASSERRADORES, another settlement of the pro
vince and government of Nicaragua in the king
dom of Guatemala, situate on the coast of the S.
sea, and close upon the port of Posesiones.
ASSETEACI, a small river of the province and
colony of Maryland. It runs e. and enters th
sea.
ASSILLO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Asangaro in Peru. It has a very-
abundant lead mine, by which it has a great com
merce with the other provinces. It is situate on
the shore of the great lake Chucuito, on the n.
part.
ASSINAIS, a settlement of the missions which
belonged to the order of St. Francis, in the pro
vince of Texas in Nueva Espana. It is situate
on the shore of the river Trinidad.
[ASSIN1BO1LS, or ASSIN JBOELS, a river and
lake in the n. w. part of N. America, spoken
of by some geographers, though not found in
modern maps. It is probably the same as Win
nepeg.]
ASSINIBOLESES, a nation of barbarous
Indians who inhabit the forests and wilds of Ca
nada, whose customs are but little known.
ASSORIA, a small river of the province and
A S U
country of Las Amazonas, in the Portuguese pos
session^. It rises in the territory of the Naunas
Indians, runs w. and enters the Maranon, close to
the Imato, and opposite the mouth of the Gran
Caqueta.
ASSUMPC1ON, or ASSUMPTION. See ASUN
CION.
[ASSUMPTION River, in New York, falls
in from the e. into lake Ontario, after a n. w. and
w. course of about 28 miles, 5 miles s. e. from
Ga verse.]
[ASTCHIKOUNIPI, a vast lake in New Bii-
tain, abounding with whales, and supposed to
communicate with the N. sea.]
ASTILLANO, a settlement of the province
and government of Maracaibo, situate on the w.
shore of the lake of this name.
ASTILLERO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Itata in the kingdom of Chile j
situate at the mouth of the river Maule.
ASTOBAMBAS, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Caxatambo in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of its capital.
ASTORES. See the article SANTA LUCIA.
ASTORGA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Rancagua in the kingdom of
Chile, near the large lake Pepeta.
ASUAI, PARAMO PE, a snowy mountain of the
Cordillera of the kingdom of Quito ; one of those
which form the cordillera in the road to Cuenca.
When it is covered with snow, its cold renders it
impervious, and this season is called u de paramo,"
(desert), since then there is a constant fall of snow,
or small sleet, accompanied with a sharp wind.
Its skirts abound in marshes, which render the
road very dangerous to travellers, obliging them to
wait for the time when it may be passed with
safety, lest they should, as has happened to some
adventurers, perish in the attempt. In its vicinity
is an estate called La Capilla de Asuai.
ASUNCION DEL PARAGUAY, a capital city
of the province and government of this name,
founded in 1535 by Juan de Salazar y Espinoza,
by order of Don Pedro de Mendoza, udelantado
and governor of the province, on the e. shore of
the river Paraguay, and upon a commodious and
beautiful spot. It is the head seat of a bishopric,
erected in 1547, its first bishop having been Don
Fray Juan de los Barros, of the order of St. Fran
cis. It has a beautiful cathedral church, three
parish churches, one the mother church, another
with the title of NuestraSenora de la Anunciacion,
and the third called De San Bias, for the Indians ;
four convents of monks of St. Dominic, St. Francis,
VOL. I.
A S U
105
of Recoletans, and of the order of La Merced. It
had also a college of the Jesuits, and a monastery
of nuns of La Ensenanza. It is of a mild and
salutary temperature ; its inhabitants, although
they do not amount to more than 400, form a
part of more than 6000 who live out of the city.
In fact, the whole of the province is peopled by
messuages or small estates, some of which are
called estancias, in which, there being large tracts
of pasture land, are bred cattle of all sorts, as
cows, sheep, goats, horses, mules, and asses ; others
are called ckacras, and in these is cultivated an
abundance of wheat, maize, sugar, tobacco, cotton,
yucas, mandicocct) potatoes and other vegetables,
and garden herbs. The greater part of the in
habitants dwell in these estates ; and in the valleys
of Pirebebuy and Carapegua are two parishes;
also in some more civilized valleys, are different
chapels of ease, in which the inhabitants hear mass,
but on the particular festivals they go to the city.
It was nearly totally destoyed by fire in 1543, the
greater part of its houses having been built of
wood, and many of its inhabitants perished in its
ashes. In its district are the nations of the Gua-
tataes, Mogolues, and Guananaquaes Indians, all
of whom are Christians ; also the celebrated mis
sions that were held and formed here by the regu
lars of the abolished society of Jesuits. Lonff.
57 37 , Lat. 25 16 *.
ASUNCION, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of Tlapacoya, and alcaldia mayor of
Quatro Villas, in Nueva Espana. It contains 15
families of Indians, who occupy themselves in the
culture and commerce of certain grain, seeds, and
fruits, and in cutting wood. Two leagues to the n.
of its head settlement. >
ASUNCION, another, with the dedicatory title of
Santa Maria, in the head settlement of the district
and alcaldia mayor of Izucar in the same king
dom. It contains 147 families of Indians, includ
ing those of a ward in its vicinity : it is one league
n. of its head settlement.
ASUNCION, another, of the province and cor
regimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of San Sebastian.
ASUNCION, another, of the province and corre
gimiento of Caxamarca in the same kingdom.
ASUNCION, another, of the missions which be
longed to the Jesuits, situate on the shore of the
Casanare.
ASUNCION, another, a small settlement united
to that of Tequistlan, of the alcaldia mayor of
Theotihuacan in Nueva Espana.
ASUNCION, another, with the surname of Tetel-
106
ATA
macingo, in the head settlement of the district of
Huitepec, and alcaldia mayor of Cuenavaca, in
the same kingdom, with 19 families of Indians.
ASUNCION, another, of the head settlement of
the district of Zumpahuacan, and alcaldia mayor
of Marinalco, in the same kingdom.
ASUNCION, another, which is the real of the
gold mines in Brazil, situate on the shore of the
river Tocantines, opposite the mouth of the Para-
tinga.
ASUNCION, an island of the gulf of St. Lawrence,
in Canada or New France, at the entrance of that
river ; very full of woods. The French possessed
it from the peace of Utrecht, when it was ceded
by the English, until the year 1757, at which
time these returned, and made themselves masters
of it.
ASUNCION, a bay and port of the N. sea, on the
coast of Florida ; it is small and ill-adapted to
large vessels, on which account it is abandoned, or
at least only inhabited by some Indians. It lies
between cape Lodo and the bay of Espiritu
Santo.
ASUNCION, a small island of the N. sea, on the
coast of California, and at a small distance from
the same.
ASUNCION, a river of New France or Canada,
which runs s. e. then turns s. and enters the St.
Lawrence, opposite the island of Montreal.
ASUNCION, another, of the province of the Apa
ches in Nuevo Mexico. It rises in the mountains
of the sierra grande, runs from n. to s. and enters
the river Salado, before this joins the Gila.
ASUNCION, another, a very abundant stream of
the province and government of La Sonora.
ASUS, a river of the province and captainship
of Espiritu Santo in Brazil. It rises in the sierra
of the Carajes Indians, runs nearly due e. and
enters the river of Las Esmeraldas, just after form
ing a large cataract.
ATA, a small river of the province and govern
ment of Cumana. It rises at the foot of the sierra
of Imataca, runs s. and enters the Cuyuni on the
ti. side.
ATABACA, a small river of the same province
and government as the former. It rises n. of the
Orinoco, opposite the canal and fort of Limones,
runs s. and enters the canal of Aracoa.
ATABAPU, a large river of the province and
government of Guayana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises in the centre of this province,
between the rivers Negro and Orinoco, takes an
e. course, receiving the waters of many others,
and then turning n. enters with a most abundant
stream into the Orinoco.
ATA
ATACAMA, a province and corrt^imietilo of
Peru, bounded n. by the province of Arica ; n. e.
by Lipes ; e. and s. e. by the territory! of Salta
and jurisdiction of Tucuman ; s. where there is an
unpeopled waste as far as Copiapo, by the king,
dom of Chile ; and w. by the S. sea. It is divided
into High and Low. The first is of a cold tempera
ture, abounding in fruits of the sierra, in seeds
and potatoes. In the Cordillera are numerous flocks
of ostriches and vicunas 9 which the Indians hunt,
selling their skins and eating their flesh, which is
tender and well-tasted. The bezoar-stone is also
found here. Although the aforesaid animals are
extremely nimble, they are nevertheless hunted
with great ease ; and it is performed in this as well
as in other provinces by simply fixing upright, by
means of stones, some small sticks of about two
yards long, in a narrow pass ; and attaching to
each a thread or cord, they tie at small distances
pieces of coloured wool, which is moved about by
the wind. The trap being thus prepared, the
hunters endeavour to frighten the vicunas from
different parts into this valley, where, as soon as
they arrive, being completely overcome with
terror at the bits of wool, the whole of the troop
remain prisoners, this trifling barrier forming an
insurmountable obstacle to their escape. The
hunters then make use of a cord, somewhat more
than a yard long, having a stone attached to the
extremity, which they sling round the feet of the
vicunas, which being thus fast entangled, are ea
sily taken. If, by accident, an huanuco is found
amongst the troop, the whole are lost, for he im
mediately darts through the barrier, and the rest
follow him. This province is not without its gold
and silver mines ; but they are not regularly work
ed. It has many springs of warm water, and a
lake called Blanca, abounding in salt, another
called Agul, a league and an half long, which is
as salt as the sea. The low province contains some
ports on its coast, where some go to fish for con
gers, to sell in the sierra. In the mountain named
Conche, of the parish of Santa Barbara, and in
other parts, are mines of copper, which they
work and form into hammers, to be carried to Po-
tosi, or other parts where minerals are worked.
Here are found veins of crystal of various colours,
of jasper, talc, and copper, blue vitriol, and
alum. This province is much in want of water.
The most considerable river is that which runs
down into the sea through the valley of Loa,
serving there as a limit to this province and to
that of Arica. Its inhabitants amount only to
2500. The capital is the settlement of S. Fran-
ATA
ATA
107
; and the other settlements are,
Chiuchiu, Hiquina,
Cobixa, Peine,
Socaire, Caspana.
cisco de Atacama
Toconao,
Antofagasta,
Calama,
Son cor,
The desert of this province is a large unpeopled
tract, dividing the kingdoms of Peru and Chile.
It is a barren and sandy waste, upon which many
Spaniards perished for want of water when it was
first discovered.
ATACAMA, a port of this prorince, on the coast
of the S. sea. It is small, but well frequented by
lesser vessels employed in fishing for tolto, which
abounds here, and which is a species of cod-fish.
ATACAMES, a settlement of the province and
government of Esmeraldas in the kingdom of
Quito, . with a good port in the S. sea. It is si
tuated on a large barren spot, surrounded by
lofty mountains, where the cold is so intense as to
freeze people to death . It is near the tropic of
Capricorn, and was once the capital of the pro
vince.
ATACAPAS, a barbarous nation of Indians of
Louisiana, who inhabit the sea-coast to the w.
They are thus called because they are Charibbes,
and in their own language their name signifies can
nibals. Although they treat and have commu
nications with the Spanish, these are nevertheless
ignorant of their customs. The French have,
however, persuaded them to leave off the barba
rous custom of eating their fellow- creatures. [The
district they live in is called after them. Their
village is about 25 miles to the westward of the
Attakapa church, towards Quelqueshoe. Their
number of men is about 50 ; but some Tunicas and
Humas, who have married in their nation, and
live with them, make them altogether about 80.
They are peaceable and friendly to every body ;
labour occasionally for the white inhabitants ;
raise their own corn ; have cattle and hogs. Their
language and the Carankouas is the same. They
dwelt near where they now live, when that
part of the country was first discovered by the
French.]
ATACHEO, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlaxsasalca
in Nueva Espana. It contains 26 families of In
dians, and in seven small settlements of its dis
trict, 157 of Spaniards, Mustees. and Mulattoes,
who trade in the productions of its estates. Four
leagues to the e. s. e. of its capital.
ATACO, a settlement of the corregimiento of
Coyaima in the Nuevo Reyno de Granada. It
is of a hot temperature, abounding in cacao, sugar
cane, maize, yucas, plantains, and neat-cattle,
as also in mines and washing places (lavaderos) of
gold, in which specie the tributes of the natives
is paid. These should amount to 100 Indians,
who go and collect only just as much as will de
fray the tribute required. They are much given
to inebriety, and this is no doubt the cause of their
being so wretchedly poor.
ATALAYA, S. MIGUEL DE LA, a settlement
of the province and government of Veragua in
the kingdom of Tierra Firme, situate two leagues
from the capital.
ATALAYA, S. MIGUEL DE LA, another settte-
ment of the province and government of Buenos
Ay res in Peru, situate on the shore of the Rio de
la Plata, near its entrance.
ATALAYA, S. MIGUEL DE LA, another, of the
province and government of Tucuman in the
same kingdom, between the rivers Tala and Del
JRosario.
ATALAYA, S. MIGUEL DE LA, another, which
is the asiento of the silver mines of the alcaldia
mayor of Guanajuato, and the bishopric of Mecho-
acan, in Nueva Espana.
ATALAYAS, SANTIAGO DE LAS, a capital
cify of the province and government of San Juan
de los Llanos in the Nuevo Reyno de Granada.
It was founded by Gonzalo Ximenes de Quesada,
when, from an eminence, he discovered those ex
tensive llanuras in 1541, as he was returning from
the search after the imaginary province of Dorado.
It was quickly depopulated, and was afterwards
founded by the Governor Ancizo on the banks of
of the river called Agua-Mena; on the fertile
plains of which grow many trees of exquisite fruits,
and among the rest, the leche-miel, which is like a
large grape, divided into two parts by a slender
film : in the one is included a juice similar to milk
(leche), and in the other a juice similar to very
delicate honey (miel). It is somewhat of an un
healthy and hot temperature, abounding in fruits
peculiar to the climate. It contains 400 house
keepers, and is nine leagues from the city of Pore.
ATANAR1, SAN JOAQUIN DE, a settlement of
the missions which belonged to the regulars of the
company of Jesuits, in the Nuevo Reyno de Gra
nada, founded by the Indians of the Achagua na
tion in 1666, but abandoned three years after
wards, on account of the invasions which it re
peatedly experienced from the Charibbee Indians.
ATANARI, SAN JOAQUIN DE, a large and
navigable river of the Nuevo Reyno de Granada,
which enters the Mota. Its shores are inhabited
by Indians of the nation of Achagua.
p 2
108
ATE
ATANCAMA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Aimaraez in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Lambrama.
ATA PALO, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tinguindin
in Nueva Espana. It contains 23 families of In
dians, well skilled in the sowing of wheat and
maize, and in the cultivation of many fruits of that
region . Four leagues to the w. of its capital.
ATAPARAN. See MAZARRONI.
ATAPIRIRE, a settlement of the province of
Barcelona, and government of Cumana, in the
kingdom of Tierra Firme, one of the missions
which belonged to the order of St. Francis de Piri-
tu, and founded in 1749. Although it belongs to
the aforesaid province, it is in the province of
Guayana.
ATAPSI, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of the
city of Salta, and annexed to the curacy of Chi-
quiana.
ATARA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Choco in the kingdom of Tierra Firme.
It runs s. then w. and enters the Cauca.
ATASIS, a settlement of Indians of the pro
vince and colony of Georgia, situate on the shore
of the river Apalache.
ATAVILLOS, a nation of Indians of Peru,
converted to the Catholic faith. It was discovered
and subjected by Don Francisco Pizarro, who wns
allowed the title of Marquis de los Atavillos by
the Emperor Charles V. These Indians dwell in
the province of Jauja, and work with nicety all
kinds of woollen manufactures. They are of a
lively and docile disposition, and the whole of the
above province is peopled by them.
ATAVILLOS, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Canta in Peru, with the deno
mination of Atavillos Altos, to distinguish it from
the other in the same province, and which is call
ed Atavillos Baxos.
PATCH I KOUNIPI, a lake in Labrador,
which sends its waters s. into St. Lawrence river,
through a connected chain of small lakes.]
ATEMANICA, a settlement of the head settle-
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Juchi-
pela. It has a considerable population of Spaniards,
but the greater part consists in Mustees and In
dians, some of whom reside in the large estates in
its district, such as those of Milpillas, Caxas, Es-
tanzuela, Baez, Teresa, and Totolotalco, which
abound in vegetable productions and in cattle. It
is seven leagues from the real of the mines of Mes-
quital.
ATE
ATEMAXAQUE, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of Amaqueca, and alcaldia
mayor of Zayula, in Nueva Espana, situate on the
skirt of a mountain. It is of a cold temperature,
and contains 112 families of Indians, who trade in
the bark of trees. Six leagues from its head set
tlement.
ATEMPA, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor
of Tenzitlan in Nueva Espafia. It contains 248
families of Indians, and is nine leagues to the s. w.
of its capital.
ATEMPA, another settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Zochi-
coatlan in the same kingdom, situate in a hollow,
and surrounded by very rugged mountaias. It
contains 43 families of Indians, and is 14 leagues
to the w. of its capital.
ATEN, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement of the
missions belonging to the monks of St. Francis,
in the province of Apolabamba in Peru.
ATENGO, SAN SALVADOR DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Tezcuco in Nueva Espana, situate on
the shore of the lake of Mexico. It contains 196
families of Indians, who trade in salt, wool, maize,
fruits, and seeds. It is half a league to the n. of
its capital.
ATENGO, another, with the dedicatory title of
Santa Maria, in the head settlement of the district
of Mizquiaguala, and alcaldia mayor of Tepetan-
go, in the same kingdom. It contains 18 families
of Indians.
ATENGO, another, with the dedicatory title of
San Mateo. It is the head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Metepec in the same
kingdom, and contains 280 families of Indians.
ATENGO, another, a head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Chilapa in the same
kingdom. It contains 70 families of Indians, and
is distant five leagues from the settlement of Toli-
man.
ATENGO, another, of the head settlement of the
district and alcaldia mayor of Autlan in the same
kingdom, with 33 families of Indians, who gather
seeds and fruits in abundance. It is 39 leagues to
the s. with an inclination to the w. of its head set
tlement.
ATENGUILLO, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Hua-
chinango in Nueva Espana, situate in the s. part
of that district.
ATTEPEC, SAN JUAN DE, a settlement of the
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor
of Teocuilco in Nueva Espana. It is of a mild
A T 1
and somewhat moist temperature, contains 88 fa
milies of Indians, and is three leagues directly s. e.
of its capital.
ATEQUARO, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor
of Valladolid in Nueva Espana, near its capital.
ATEZCAPO, SAN JUAN DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district of San Francisco
del Valle, and alcaldia mayor of Zultepec, in Nu
eva Espana, situate on a spacious plain. It con
tains 50 families of Indians, and is six leagues
to the e. of its capital.
[ATHAPESCOW Lake. See ARATHAPES-
cow and SLAVE Lakes.]
[ATHENS, a township in Windham county,
Vermont, 32 miles n. e. from Bennington, and
about six w. from Connecticut river, having 450
inhabitants. Sextons river, which rises in London
derry passes, s. e. by Athens into the township of
Westminster to Connecticut river.]
[ATHOL, a township in Worcester county,
Massachusetts, containing 16,000 acres of land,
very rocky and uneven, but well watered with
rivers and streams. On these stand 4 grist-mills,
six saw-mills, a fulling-mill, and a trip-hammer.
It contains 848 inhabitants, is 35 miles n. v). from
Worcester, and 72 from Boston. A medicinal
spring, famed for its many virtues, issues out of a
high bank on Miller s river, 20 feet above the sur
face of the river.]
ATICO, VALLE DE, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Cumana in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Caraveli.
ATICO, MORIIO DE, a mountain on the coast of
Peru, of the same province.
ATIGOUANTINES, a nation of Indians of
New France in N. America, towards the 44 of
lat. In their dwellings many families live toge
ther, and the continual fires which they are obliged
to make produce such a quantity of smoke that
they are universally blind in old age. Their
extravagant mode of living is similar to that of
the other Indians, excepting that in their repasts,
these give a decided preference to the eye of their
victims, which they pluck out with the greatest
avidity, avowing it to be a most precious morsel.
After human flesh, they esteem most that of dogs.
Their method of curing infirmity is not less pecu
liar, and every one of them may practise as a phy
sician, since the same remedy is observed as is
given in Europe for the treatment of the bite of
the tarantula, namely, the endeavouring to divert
the patient by means of music and songs. It is not
known that these Indians worship any deity, but
through an impulse of terror they own a certain
respect for the devil. They nevertheless believe
A T K
109
in the immortality of the soul, and promise them
selves a place of jubilee and merriment in the
other world, persuaded also that they shall there
be united to their friends.
ATIMUEN-CUDIARA, a lake of the country
of Las Amazonas. in the territory of the Portu
guese, on the shore of the river Maranon, and
formed by a channel of this river.
ATINGUI, a small river of the province and
government of Paraguay ; it rises to the s. of the
settlement of Nuestra Senora de Fe, runs s. and
enters the Parana near the settlement of Santiago.
ATIPAC, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of Tepexpan, and alcaldia mayor of
Theotihuacan, in Nueva Espana. It is of a cold
temperature.
ATIQUIPA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Cumana in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Choler. In its district are large fertile
hills of the same name, abounding in pastures,
which feed numbers of large and small cattle, as
well as mules and asses, which are its articles of
commerce. It is near the sea, and has a small
port or creek, in which abundance of fish are
caught. Also a mountain called Morro de Ate-
quipa.
ATIRA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay, situate on the shore of the
river of its name, opposite the city of Asuncion.
[AxiRA, a settlement of Indians, of the pro
vince and government of Paraguay, about seven
leagues e. of Asuncion. Lat. 25 16 45" s.
Long. 57 14 w.~\
ATITALAQUIA % a head settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Tetepango in
Nueva Espana. It is of a pleasant temperature,
but ill provided with water. Its territory is
peopled by estates and ranchos, in which are
grown wheat, maize, seeds, and fruits ; but it is
particularly famous for the breeding of small cattle
for slaughter. Its natives are 200 families of
Othomies Indians, and 30 of Spaniards, Mulattoes,
and Mustces. Twenty-one leagues to the n. of
Mexico.
AT1TAN, a head settlement of the district of
the alcaldia mayor of Solola in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
ATITLAN, a head settlement of the district of
the alcaldia mayor of Villalta in Nueva Espana
It is of a hot temperature, contains 171 families
of Indians, and is 15 leagues to the e. of its
capital.
[ATKINSON, a township in Rockingham
county, N. Hampshire, which was incorporated in
1767, and in 1775 contained 575 inhabitants, in
110
A T L
1790 only 479. It is distant 30 miles from Ports
mouth, and has an academy which was founded in
1789 by the hon. N. Peabody, who endowed it
with 1000 acres of land. In this township is a
large meadow, wherein is an island of six or seven
acres, which was formerly loaded with valuable
pine timber and other forest wood. When the
meadow is overflowed by means of an artifical
dam, this island rises with the water, which is
sometimes six feet. In a pond in the middle of
the island there have been fish, which, when the
meadow has been overflowed, have appeared there
when the water has been drawn off, and the island
settled to its usual place. The pond is now al
most covered with verdure. In it a pole 50 feet
long has disappeared without finding a bot
tom.]
ATLA, a small settlement or ward of the alcal-
dia mayor of Guauchinango in Nueva Espana,
annexed to the curacy of Naupan.
ATLA, another settlement of the same alcaldia
mayor, annexed to the curacy of Pahuatlan.
ATLACA, SAN JUAN DE, a settlement of the
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor
of Orizaba in Nueva Espana, situate between two
lofty hills. It is of a cold temperature, and con
tains 28 families of Indians, whose trade consists
in fattening herds of swine. Seven leagues to the
s. s. e. of its capital.
ATLACAHUALOIA, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Xonacatepec, and /-
ealdia mayor of Cuernavaca, in Nueva Espana.
ATLACHICHILCO, SAN AUGUSTIN DE, a
head settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor
of Guaiacocotla in Nueya Espana. It contains
400 families of Indians, including those within the
wards of its district ; and they are employed in
the cultivation of the soil.
ATLACO, a head settlement of the district and
alcaldia mayor of Zayula in Nueva Espana, situ
ate on the top of a hill, and of a cold tempe
rature. It contains 60 families of Indians, and a
convent or hospital of the order of St. Francis. Six
leagues to the w. of its head settlement.
ATLAHU1LCO, SAN MARTIN DE, a settle
ment of the head settlement of the district of The-
quilan, and alcaldia mayor of Orizaba, in Nueva
Espana. It contains 110 families of Indians, who
trade in seeds, tobacco, small cattle, and swine ;
is six leagues from its head settlement, and situate
at the foot of the sierra.
ATLAMA JAC1NGO, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Atlistac, and alcaldia
mayor of Tlapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains
42 families of Indians, whose only trade consists
A T L
in the barter of some maize and fruits. It is two
leagues to the w. s. w. of its head settlement.
ATLAMAXACZINGO DEI, MONTE, a set
tlement of the alcaldia mayor of Tlapa in Nueva
Espana. It contains 85 families of TIapeneco*
Indians, and is four leagues and a half to the s. of
its capital.
ATLAMAZUQUE, a settlement of the alcal
dia mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It contains
45 families of Indians, and is one league to the e.
of its capital.
ATLAMULCO, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Mete-
pec in Nueva Espana. It contains 1235 families
of Indians, including those of the wards of its
district.
[ATLANTIC OCEAN, The, separates America
from Europe and Africa. See SEA.]
ATLAPANALA, a small settlement or ward
of the alcaldia mayor of Guauchinango in Nueva
Espana, annexed to the curacy of Tlaola.
ATLAPULCO, SAN PEDRO DE, a head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Mete-
pec in Nueva Espana. It contains 290 families
of Indians, and is five leagues to the w. s. w. of its
capital. It is the head of its curacy, to which are
annexed many other settlements.
ATLATLAUCA, an alcaldia mayor of Nueva
Espana, in the province and bishopric of Oaxaca.
It is the smallest population and jurisdiction of any
district in this province, consisting only of two
head settlements at a small distance from each other.
It is at the same time the most barren in produc
tions and commerce ; on which account it is the
last in reputation in the kingdom, and is thought
but little of, since it yields scarcely sufficient to sup
ply its own necessities. The capital has the same
name. This is situate in a hot temperature, and
contains 78 families of Zapotecas Indians. The
abundant stream of the Cuicatlan passes through
its vicinity ; but such is the sterility of the soil,
that no advantage can be derived from its waters.
It, in short, produces nothing but a moderate
quantity of maize. It is 70 leagues s. e. of
Mexico.
ATLATLAUCA, with the dedicatory title of San
Esteven, another head settlement of the district of
the alcaldia mayor of Tepozcolula in the same
kingdom, situale upon a mountain covered with
lofty trees ; and from these the inhabitants, who
consist of 108 families of Indians, cut tablets and
planks, which, with seeds and some cotton manu
factures, constitute their commerce. Eight league*
s. w. of its capital.
ATLATLAUCA, a head settlement of the district
A T O
of the alcaldia mayor of Tenango del Valle in the
same kingdom. It contains 165 families of In
dians.
ATLATITLA, SAN MIGUEL DE, a head set
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Chalco in Nueva Espana. It contains 181 fami
lies, and a convent of monks of St. Dominic*. It
is five leagues to the s. | to the *. w. of its capi
tal.
ATLATONGO, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Tezcoco in Nueva Espana, annexed to
that of Acolman, from whence it lies a quarter of
a league to the n. It contains 111 families of In
dians, and four of Spaniards.
ATLEBOROUGH, an English settlement in
the province and colony of Massachusetts, at the
mouth of the river Patucket.
ATLIACAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Tixtlan in Nueva Espana.
It contains 180 families of Indians, and lies three
leagues and a half from its capital.
ATL1STAC, a head settlement of the district
and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana.
It has a convent of Agustin monks, and 66 fami
lies of Indians, whose principal commerce con
sists in cotton, which it yields in abundance, and
in the fabricating of blankets, cloths, huapiles,
and other vestments. It is six leagues to the w.
of its capital.
[ATLIXCO, a town of the intendancy of
Puebla, in the kingdom of Nueva Espana, justly
celebrated for the fineness of its climate, great
fertility, and savoury fruits with which it abounds,
especially the anona cheremolia, Lin. (chilimoyd),
and several sorts of passiflores (parchas) produced
in the environs.]
a ATOCHA, Lake of, in the province and cap
tainship of Rey in Brazil. It is at the extremity
of the coast formed by the Rio de la Plata.
ATOGU1, a river of the province and cap
tainship of Seara in Brazil, which runs n. and
enters the Parana.
ATOKAS, a small river of New France, or
Canada. It runs n. and enters lake Superior, be
tween the rivers Probavie and de Fond.
ATOLE, a large lake of the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo, formed by different rivers,
and principally by the Pampano and Olaga. It
afterwards joins the grand lake Maracaibo,
through a narrow mouth called De las Piraguas ;
in it are many small islands.
ATOLUA, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor
of Teazitlau in Nueva Espana. It contains 47
A T O
111
families of Indians, and is half a league n. of its
capital.
ATONTAQUI, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Otavolo in the kingdom of
Quito.
.ATOTONILCAO, a head settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Tulanzingo in
Nueva Espana. It has a convent of Agustin
monks, 265 families of Indians, and some Spa
niards, Mulattoes, and Mustees, who occupy
themselves in tilling and cultivating the land for
fruits and seeds. Seven leagues n. e. of its capi
tal.
ATOTONILCAO, another settlement, in the head
settlement of the district of Atitalaquia, and alcal
dia mayor of Tepetango, in the same kingdom,
containing 150 families of Indians.
ATOTONILCAO, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Xonacatepec, and alcaldia mayor
of Cuernavaca, in the same kingdom. There
still remains here a bath which was built by the
order of Herman Cortes, which is raised on arches,
and with such ingenuity that the water can be
made deep or shallow at will. The water it
crystalline and pure, and a cure for many infir
mities.
ATOTONILCAO, another, of the same head set
tlement of th district and alcaldia mayor as the
former.
ATOTONILCAO, another, of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlaxomulco
in the same kingdom. It contains a convent of
monks of St. Francis.
ATOTONILCAO, another, of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of La Barca in
the kingdom of Nueva Galicia. It has a large
population of Indians, Mustees, and Mulattoes,
who breed large and small cattle, and cultivate
wheat and other grain. In its district are many
estates, as San Andres la Cienega, Milpillas, Sa-
pote, and Aio. It is 12 leagues to the n. e. of its
capital.
ATOTONILCAO, another, ofthe head settlement
of the district of Amaqueca, and alcaldia mayor
of Zayula, in the same kingdom. It contains
120 families of Indians, and lies four leagues n. of
its head settlement.
ATOTONILCAO, another, ofthe missions belong
ing to the monks of St. Francis, in the province
of Tepeguana, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya.
It is five leagues from the real of the mines and
the settlement of Parral.
ATOFAQUE, a settlement ofthe head settle-
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Za-
112
R
yala in Nueva Espana, situate in a valley of an
agreeable temperature. It contains 50 families of
Spaniards, Mustees, and Mulattoes, 150 of In
dians, and a convent of monks of St. Francis.
Four leagues to the e. of its capital.
ATOYAQUE, another, with the dedicatory title
of La Concepcion, the head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Tepozcolula, in the
province and bishopric of Oaxaca in the same
kingdom. It is of a hot temperature, situate near
the large river of its name, which fertilizes the
greater part of the territory, and in it, at certain
seasons, trout are caught and carried to be sold
in the capital of the province, where they are
held in high estimation, their price varying in
proportion to their scarcity. It produces an infi
nite quantity of cotton, the manufacture of which
is the principal source of commerce to the natives,
who consist of 29 families of Indians. Fifteen
leagues to the s. with a slight inclination to the w.
of its capital.
ATOYAQUE, another, formerly called Maxal-
tepec, of the head settlement of the district and
alcaldia mayor of Zacatula. It contains 175 fami
lies of Indians, including those of the wards of its
district.
ATOYAQUE, another, ahead settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Xicayan in the
same kingdom. It contains 172 families of In
dians, who trade in cotton and seeds. Nine
leagues n. w. of its capital.
[ATOYAQUE, a deep and large river in Mexico,
or New Spain. On it is the famous natural bridge,
called Ponti di Dio, 100 miles s. e. of Mexico,
over which coaches and carriages conveniently
pass.]
ATOYAQUILLO, a head settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Tepozcolula in
Nueva Espana, of the province and bishopric of
Oaxaca. It is of a hot temperature, and contains
70 families of Indians, who trade in woven cotton
manufactures, bartering them for salt found on
the coast of Xicayan. Twenty-four leagues s. w.
of its capital.
ATRATO, a large and abundant river of the
province and government of Dfirien in the king
dom of Tierra Firme. It has its origin and source
in the mountains of the province of Choco, from
two lakes which form the rivers Quito and San
Pablo, which latter become immediately united.
It runs nearly straight from s. to n. for more than
95 leagues, and empties itself into the N. sea ;
collecting in its course the waters of the Tigre,
Torren, and Pequest, the waters of the lake
A T R
Luina, and several other streams of such magni
tude as to cause it to form a mouth upwards of
five leagues broad, in the great bay or gulph
called Darien, near the limits which divide the
two governments and jurisdictions of Cartagena
and Pamana. This river, which in that country
is also known by the names of Darien and Choco,
is navigable for many leagues ; but its navigation
is prohibited on pain of death, without any ex
ception whatever, in order to avoid any prejudice
which might arise to the provinces of the Nuevo
Reyno, by means of the facility with which this
kingdom might be thus entered. Neverthless the
viceroy of that kingdom, Don Manuel Guiriol,
proposed that this passage should be free and open,
though with the proper precautions against any
probable mischief. Its sands abound with gold.
Just at its entrance into the sea, are 17 small
islands lying in two lines. Its mouth is in lat. 8
2 77.
ATRIS, a very fertile valley of the province
and government of Quito, belonging to the juris
diction of Pasto, and where this city was founded.
It is of a cold temperature, and is washed by the
river Pascamayu on the e. : it abounds in pastures
and cattle.
ATRISCO, or CARRION, a capital town of
the alcaldia mayor and jurisdiction of its name
in Nueva Espana. It is very beautiful and large,
abounding in streams, which irrigate the whole
of its district and render it agreeable both in
appearance and fertility. It has two parishes,
one for the Spaniards and another for the Indians ;
five con vents of the religious orders of St. Fran
ciscans, La Merced, San Juan de Dios, in which
there is a good hospital and building for con
valescents, of barefooted Carmelites, and of the
nuns of Santa Clara ; different chapels and her
mitages in the wards, which are peopled by In
dians, and of which the most extensive is that
called De los Solares, a small population living in
orchards and gardens which are filled with flowers,
fruits, and vegetables ; the same charming spot
being rendered fertile by different streams encom
passing it on all sides, and affording refresh
ment and recreation to the inhabitants of the ca
pital, who amount to 400 families of Spaniards,
Mustees, and Mulattoes, (from whom three com
panies of militia have been formed), and also to
1250 families of Mexican Indians. The valley
of Atrisco, celebrated for its beauty and fertility,
has cultivated estates which produce immense
abundance of wheat, maize, barley, and other
grains, by which other provinces are supplied,
A T U
A T U
113
t!ire being the principal sources of trade in this
province; and although it is not without a sulli-
cient quantity of flax and hemp, yet of these little
is made ; nor indeed docs the small attention
"which is paid to their cultivation, warrant the ex-,
pedation of any considerable emolument to, be
derived from them. In the estates are 150 families
of Spaniards, and innumerable parties of Indians,
who assist in their cultivation. It abounds also
in large and small cattle, and its woods in hares,
rabbits, partridges, and other birds. It is water
ed by several large rivers, from which not only
the estates, but also all the gardens of the greater
part of the settlements of its district, derive great
benefit. The Indians arc much given to the cul
tivation of cotton, of which they make particu
larly fine garments, and indeed they are natu
rally very indusrious. Thirty leagues s. e. of
Mexico.
The settlements of this jurisdiction are,
Zoyatlitlanapa, Amecaque,
Tianguismanalco, SanAndrcsdeCalpa.
Guaquechula,
ATRISCO, another town of the* same name, in
the kingdom of Mexico.
ATROPICHE, a small river of the province
and government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalu-
cia. It runs from s. to n. and enters the Orinoco,
on the side of the new city of San Gabriel de
Guayana.
[ATTAKAPAS. See ATACAPAS.]
f ATTLEBOROUGfl. See ARTLEBURGH.]
ATUJNCANAK, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Cuenca in the kingdom of
Quito. It is of an agreeable and healthy tempe
rature, abounding in productions, especially in
sugar-canes and cochineal. In the lime of the
IncasofPeru, it was a very wealthy population,
having a temple dedicated to the sun, a palace
and a fort, of which the ruins still remain, at
the distance of two leagues towards the n. and
which is the most regular, capacious, and well
constructed of any in that kingdom. At the
entrance of this tort, and in the front, is a small
river, which runs close up to its walls ; and on the
opposite side it is terminated by a moderately lofty
hill, and hemmed in by a strong wall. Nearly in
the centre is a turret of an oval figure, which rises
on the interior of the wall to about the height
of two toises, and to six or eight on the exterior.
In the middle of it is a square inclosed by walls,
which, towards the part which looks into the
country, has all its angles touching the circum
ference of the oval, without leaving any pass; and
there is, indeed, nothing left on the other side
VOL. I.
save a very narrow way. In the middle of the
square is a division forming two small apartments,
which have no cornmunieaiioii with each other;
and they arc entered by a door placed at the side
opposite the division. In the sides which front the
country are small holes, which served as a watch
ing place, and where, to all appearance, a guard
used to be mounted. Close upon the exterior of
this oval runs the wall, to the extent of 40 toises on
the left hand, and 25 on the right. This wall
afterwards becomes doubled, forming different
irregular angles, and including a large space.
Close to the rocky place from which the river has
its source, is a gate or entrance, and near to this
runs a narrow pass, where two persons only can
go abreast ; and this pass, when it comes to the
opposite wall, turns about and leads to the tower,
being still of the t,ame breadth. It afterwards
inclines rather towards the rocky place, but at
length widening, forms an half pl-iin before the
same tower. In this narrow pass, at the distance
of three feet from each other, are disposed niches,
formed in the solid wall like sentry boxes, and in
another part of the wall are two gates, which are
capable of admitting very large stores and accom
modations for the lodging of the troops. Tli.3
interior space is formed into various compartments,
and from the height of the walls, the gates, and the
nice economy which prevails, the whole fabric
seems evidently to have been the habitation of
some prince. All the walls are full of holes, and
there are many small stones of six or eight inches
long, and three or four broad, jetting out from their
sides, and which no doubt served as pegs, upon
which the soldiers might hang up their arms.
The whole of the wall is very thick, having a fine
parapet and a deep ditch without, and a very
capacious terrace within ; and although there is a
way entirely round the top, it has only one en
trance, namely, by means of a staircase close to
the oval tower, which, after rising some steps,
forms the main staircase for the tower itself. The
structure, as well of the walls as of the interior
buildings, is entirely of unequal stones of irregular
figure ; but these are so neatly and so firmly put
together, that it is scarcely possible to perceive
where they are joined. Opposite this settlement,
the Inca Atahualpa conquered his brother Huascar,
and put to the sword 60,000 of his vassals. In
its (listrict-towards the e. is an estate called Bue-
ran.
ATUNCOLLA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Lam pa in Peru , at one league s
distance from the great lake Titicaca, in which
there is an island four leagues in circumference,
114
Z
ami where arc to he seen vestiges of the palace of
the Great Colin. Jt is of a triangular figure, and
built of imshaperl stones, similar to the fort of
Cuzco. This edifice was destroyed by the hands
of some avaricious persons, who found in it con
siderable hidden treasure. It was anciently the
court of the aforesaid (ircut Colla, bul it is at pre
sent the most wretched population of any in the
province.
ATL NJAUXA, a settlement of the province
rid cprrcsimiehio of .Jauxa in Peru.
ATUN QUILLACAS, a settlement of the pro
vince and corrcginricnlo of Paria in Peru.
ATUXQL1XOS, a scttlemeiit of the province
and government of Quixos and Macas in the King
dom of Quito.
ATURES, a settlement of the missions which
belonged to the Jesuits in the Orinoco. It is at pre
sent under Use care of the Capuchin monks.
ATI:RI:S, t he Torrents of the Three "Water-falls of.
The>e are very tremendous, and at a small distance
from each other, in the river Orinoco. They
check the navigation here, and make it requisite
for ves.*-els to be carried on men s shoulders by
land. These falls arc 35 leagues from the mouth
of the river.
[AT WOOD S Key, one of the uninhabited Ba
hama i.->I:inds, situate in the Atlantic ocean, about
ei-ht or ten leagues in a n.e. direction fromCrookcd
i>land,and about. ^.) due e. from the middle part of
Long island. See BAHAMAS.]
AT/AT/A, SAN MATIAS DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
in ci i/or of Guejozingp. Tt contains 24 families of
Indians, and is situate to the e. of its capital.
ATZALAN, a head settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Xalapa in Nueva Espaila. This dis
trict is bounded by that of TIacoIula, of the same
jurisdiction : s. w. by that of Thepayahualco, to
which belongs the extensive territory of Perote ;
nnd from its being situated lower than this moun
tain, its temperature is not so cold, although it is
verv subject to fogs and dews. It abounds in
fruits, seeds, tobacco, and fish called bobos, which
are found in two rivers which run immediately by
the settlement. Its population amounts to 70
families of Spaniards, including those of the wards
of Santa Maria TIapacoya, vluch, for the most
part, are under the care of Don Felipe Moteguma.
The name of this settlement, which in the Mexican
language signifies, " a population between two
rivers," is derived from the aforesaid rivers, the
largest of \vhich runs to the s. of it. It is a league
and an half s. e. of Xalacingo.
A fZOLA, a head settlement of the district of
A U A
the akalriia mat/or of Ohicapa in Nneva Esprma,
of the province and bishopric of Oaxaca. It is
of a mild temperature, and abounds greatly in
cochineal and seeds. It is inhabited by ^85 fami
lies of Indians, comprehending tho.se of the wards
of its district. Twelve leagues to the s. s. e. of its
capital.
ATZOMPA, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor
of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It contains JJ6
families of Mexican Indians, including those of a
ward in its vicinity, who are very much given to
the culture of the soil, which produces in abun
dance seeds, fruits, garden herbs, cochineal, nnd
cotton. Seven leagues from the real of the mines
of silver in the district of Alcozauca.
AT/OMIM, another settlement of the same name,
with the dedicatory title of Santa Maria, in the
head settlement of the district of Cuilaya, and alcal
dia mayor of Quatro Villas, in the same kingdom.
It contains 143 families of Indians, who nre em
ployed in the commerce of cochineal, seeds, fruits,
coal, and bark of trees. It is little more than a
league ;;. n\ of its head settlement.
AT/OPAN,, SAN AGUSTIN nu, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of (luejocingo in Nueva Espana. It con
tains !27 families of Indians, and lies s. of its
capital.
AUACA, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. Jt rises in the sierra of the country of the
Macirinabis Indians, runs nearly due e. and enters
the Cauca.
AUALOS, a settlement of the province arid
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of the
city of Cordova, and kingdom of Peru. It lies
upon a narrow strip of land or peninsula, formed
by the river Primcro.
AUANA, a river of the province and govern
ment ol Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia, in the king
dom of Tierra Firme. It rises s. of the settlement
of San Joseph de Mapoyes, runs s. and enters the
Sipapu.
AUANDA, a settlement of the Portuguese,
being a reduction of Indians of the missions of the
Carmelite monks of that nation, in the province
and country of the Arnazonas. It is on the shore
of the river Negro, at the same mouth by which
this is entered by the Nuisi. Mr. Bellin, in his
maps, calls it the Anivida.
AUAIIA, a small river of the province and
county, of the Amazonas. It runs from w. to e.
for a small space, and enters the river Madera,
above the \ aruba.
a small river of the province and
A tr E
government of Guayana, or Nueya Andatucia, ia
tJie kingdom of Tierra Firme. It rises in the
scrrania of Parimc, runs e. forming a curve, and
enters (lie river Parhne or Parnrna, near its source.
AUBIN, a s.nall island of the N. sea, close to
the coast ot the island of Martinique, on the n. c.
part, between the small river Salado and fort
Trinidad.
AUCAIAMA, a settlement of the province and
corregimienlo of Chancay in Pern, founded in
1551 ; in which is venerated a miraculous image of
the Virgin del Rosario, which, with ornaments
corresponding to it, were senl hither by the Empe
ror Charles V.
AUCAMPI, a settlement of the province and
correginuento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of its capital.
AUCI1JAPA, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district and a. ca dia mayor of Tlapa in
Nueva Espana. It contains 42 families of Indians,
and is three leagues .v. of its capital.
AUCO, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the curacy
of its capital.
AUECII1CA, a settlement of the province of
Guayana, and government of Cumana, one of the
missions held here by the Catalauian Capuchin
fathers ; situate on the shore of the river Cuiuni.
AUENARAC, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of the
city of Santiago del Estero, and kingdom of Peru,
situate on the shore of the river Chorouioros.
AIJENDANO, LAG UNAS DE, lakes in the
province and district of Itata, of the kingdom of
Chile. They are nine in number, great and small,
and are situate bctsveen the rivers Itata and Laxa.
AUENICO, a river of the province and govern
ment of Quixos and Macas in the kingdom of
Quito. It rises close to the settlement ot Yubal,
runs from w. to e. and enters the Maranon.
AUES, an island of the N. sea, one of the
Antilles, sitirite s. c. of Bonaire, l(j leagues from
the coast of Venezuela, in thegulphTriste, or Coro.
It is a league and a halt long, and very narrow,
Laving before it some rocks, lying in the shape of
a half-moon, on which, in the year 1678, the
whole of the French squadron, commanded by
Count d Estres, was wrecked. It has a large and
convenient bay, and is called the island of Birds,
(Isla de Ares), from its abounding with an infinite
variety of them, and, as it were, destitute of in
habitants, these consisting only of a few Dutch
fishermen. Close to it is another very small island
of the same name, and they are distinguished by
the one being called Large and the other Small, In
A U G 115
this there are some orange and lemon trees, but it
is otherwise barren, and of a sandy and desert soil.
Its circumference is about three leagues, and it
also belongs to the Dutch. They are in long. 16,
and lat. 11 56 n.
AUGARAS, a barbarous nation of Indians of
the kingdom of Brazil, who inhabit the woods arid
mountains which lie to the w. of the captains/tip
of Puerto Seguro, of whom but little is known,
and rare accounts been received.
AUGUSTA, a fort and establishment of the
English, in the province and colony of Georgia, on
the shore of the river Savannah ; it is the place of
commerce whereto those residing in this province
and that of Carolina resort, to carry on the traffic
with the Indians, by means of the river, which
is navigable in canoes. It is 230 miles distant
from the mouth of that river, and has a good road
which leads to the town of Cherokee, peopled by
Indians of this nation. [Augusta, in the upper
district of Georgia, was till lately the seat of go
vernment. It is situated on a fine plain in Rich
mond county, on the s, zo. bank of Savannah
river, where it is near 500 yards broad, at a
bend of the river ; 127 miles n. w. from Savan
nah ; from Washington s. e. by e. and from
Louisville s. zc. 50 miles; and 934 miles s. w.
from Philadelphia. At the first settlement of
the colony, General Oglethorpe erected a fort
here for protecting the Indian trade, and hold
ing treaties with the natives. In 1739 about 600
people separated themselves from the maritime set
tlements, and removed to its neighbourhood, to
carry on a peltry trade with the Indians. Them
were, however, but three or four houses in the town
of Augusta in 1780, and in 1787 it contained 200.
The country round it has an excellent soil, which,
with its central situation, between the upper and
lower countries, will bring it fast into importance.
Lat. 33 19 n. Long. 80 46 zo. ]
AUGUSTA, a county of the province and colony
of Virginia, sittnte between the mountains which
divide it on the c. from Albemarie; bounded?/,
by the territory of Lord Fairfax, and s. w. by the
mountains. It is watered by different rivers ?
which pass across the high road leading from Vir
ginia to Maryland. [The soil is fertile, and the
county contains 10,886 inhabitants,, including
1567 slaves. Here is a remarkable cascade, called
the Falling spring. It is a branch of the James,
where it is called Jackson s river, rising in the
mountains 20 miles s. w. from the \Varru spring,
or Hot spring, winch lies in lat. 38 13 ;?. long.
80 z0. At the Falling spring, the water falls
200 feet, which is about 50 feet higher than ihs
no
A U I
fall of Niagara. Between the sheet of wuter and
the rock below, a mnn may walk across dry. The
sheet of water is only 12 or 15 feet wide above,
and somewhat wider below : it is broken in ils
breadth in two or three places, but not at all in its
height]
AUGUSTINE, Cape ST. Sec AGUSTIV, SAN.
AUGUSTINE, ST. capital of E. Florida. See
AGUSTIX.
[AUGUSTINE S, Sr. a port and river on the
coast of Labrador, near the straits of Bellisle and
opposite St. John s bay, Newfoundland. There
are two small islands in the harbour, and about
two miles a. w. runs a chain of little islands, called
St. Augustine s chain ; the outermost of which is
a remarkable smooth rock. It is about 25 miles
from Great Mccatina island. Lat. 5P J-i n. Long.
58 58 a.]
[AUGUSTINE S Square, Sr. a number of small
islands on the coast of Labrador, in the gulph of
St. Lawrence, the largest of which are from She-
catica bay on the n. e. to Outer island s. w. ; viz.
Large, Sandy, and Outer islands. These are near
the mouth of the St. Lawrence.]
AUILA DE LOS COFANF.S, a city of the pro
vince and government of Quixos y Macas in the
kingdom of Quito. Its temperature is mild, and its
soil fertile, but its natives cultivate only i/ucas,
plantains, and maize, upon which they live. Its
population is very scanty, and it scarcely deserves
the name of one, owing to the invasions of the in-
iidel Indians, by whom it has been destroyed. It
is on the shore of the river Suno, which enters the
JVnpo, in lat. 28 s.
AUILA, a mountain of the serrania, which lies
between the city of Caracas and the port of Guaira.
It serves as a mark for pilots to know the port,
since it is discernible at a great distance. It is
called by the sailors the Ensillada de Caracas,
from a fissure it has in it of the form of a saddle.
AU1RAMAS, a settlement of the province and
government of Popaytin in the kingdom of Quito.
AU1SADO, a settlement of the province and
corrcgiuiiento of Chachapoyas in Peru, annexed to
tiie curacy of Soritor.
A U1TAI1 UA, a very lofty mountain of the pro
vince of Canelos in the kingdom of Quito, to the
s. of Llanganate, arid n. of the river Pastaza.
From its top run the rivers Alpayacu,Zhina, Chiu-
loaya, and Otalluc, which run from n. to s. and
enter the Pastaza, in lat. 1 23 s.
AUIUPO, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia, situate
on the shore of the river Caura, in the country of
4\iQ Paudacotos Indians.
A U R
AULLAGAS, a settlement of the province and
corregimienlo of Ch ayanla in Peru.
AULLAGAS, a large lake of Peru, which is nine
leagues distant from that of Potosi, and 28 from Ch ar
eas. It is two leagues long, and four and a halt in cir
cumference ; has no fish in it whatever ; and in its
environs dwell the Anlhgas Indian?, from whom it
takes its name. From this lake is formed the river
Desagnadcro, which enters immediately into the
lake Guanacache.
AULLAGAS, the nation of Indians aforesaid, who
inhabit the .shores of the rivers Desaguadero and
Tigre. It is not very numerous, nor is it much
known.
AUNALOS, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mamas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises
in the territory which lies between the rivers
Chambira and Tigre, runs e. forming an angle,
and enters the latter, in lat. 2 6 s.
AUOYELES, an island of the river Colorado,
in the province and government of Louisiana,
near its entrance into the Mississippi, from the
mouth of which it is 220 miles distant.
AUOYELES, a nation of Indians who inhabit the
same province and government, on the shores of
the river Colorado. They supply the province
of Nucvo Mexico with mules, horses, and oxen,
in such abundance, that they are commonly sold for
the trifling sum of 20 pesetas (40 reals of silver)
each.
AUQUILLA, a settlement of the province and
carregimicnto of Vilcas Huaman in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Chuschi.
AUQUIMARCA, a settlement of the province
and correginncnto of Chancay in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Paccho.
AURA, a town of the province and government
of Maracubo in the kingdom of Tierra Firme,
situate to the s. of the city of Truxillo, where the
river Bocono has its source.
AUHAMBA, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of Tiripitio, and alcaldia nuti/oro
Yalladolid, in the province and bishopric of Me-
choacan. It contains 22 families of Indians, and
two of Spaniards ; and in two estates of its district
27 of Spaniards, three of Mulattoes, and 17 of
Indians. Two leagues to the w. of its head set
tlement.
AURE, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana : one of those which enter the
Apure.
[AUREAN Academy, a respectable seminary
of learning in AMHEUST, New Hampshire, which
see.]
AUREGA, a large river of the island of Cuba,
A U T
](. ri.-es in (he surras of the 5. coast, runs s. and
enters the sea between the river Artiboaito, and
another of its own name : the latter is distinguished
by the surname of Little ; it has the same origin and
course as the other, and runs into the sea between
it mid the city of Santiago.
[AURELIUS, a military township in New
York, Onond ago county, on Owasco lake, having
the Cayuaga Reservation lands w. and Marccllus
e. ; and nine miles c. of the ferry on Cayuaga
lake. By the state census of 1796, 213 of the
inhabitants are electors. See MILITARY Town
ships.]
[AURORA, an island belonging to the Archi
pelago of the Great Cyclades. Lat. 15*. Long.
168 30 e. from Paris, discovered by Bougainville,
May 22, 176S. It is about 20 leagues long and
two broad. Its eastern shore is steep, and covered
w i th wood.l
AUSTRIA, SAX FFLIPE DE, or CARIACO, a
city of the province and government of Cumana,
situate upon a plain on the skirt of the serrania,
and which is called the valley of Cariaco, and is
About eight or ten leagues in circumference. It is
very fertile, especially in maize and i/ucas, -which
the natives cultivate : of the former they usually
collect from 20 to 24,000 bushels, which is carried
by the gulph to Cumana, and other parts of the
province. This valiey has 11 cacao estates, which
belong to the inhabitants of the city, and which
never produce more than 100 bushels : they are,
however, held in high estimation ; and when there
is a deficiency in the crops of maize, great priva
tions are felt throughout the settlements on the
coast; for this valley is the granary of the pro
vince. The population of this city is composed of
25 i families ; and it is 16 leagues from Cumana.
Lat. 10 31 n. Long. 63 41 w.
AUSTRIA, another city, (with the dedicatory
title of San Carlos), in the same province and go
vernment, founded in some lofty and cold desert
mountains, from whence, on account of the inva
sions it continually experienced from the Cliaribbec
Indians, it was afterwards removed to a warmer
spot. It produces much cattle and honey, which
is made by various sorts of bees; also many and
exquisite kinds of wood, as Brazil wood, ebony,
pomegranates, zarzaparilla, canajisicffa^ tobacco,
and a great quantity of oil of Canime. Four leagues
jr. ro. of Cumana.
AUTIS, a barbarous nation of Indians of Peru,
who inhabit the mountains of the province and go
vernment of Tiirn, in the e. part, and who are
confederates and allies of the Chunchos Indians,
through the harmony of their manners.
A V A
117
AUTLAN^ an alcnldia mayor of Nueva Es-
paila, in the province and bishopric of Guada-
laxara, of the kingdom of Nueva Galicia, bounded
on the e. by that of Zayula, where it terminates in
a pleasant valley, which is five leagues long;
n. by the province of Guachiuango ; and just be
fore the line of division is the lofty mountain of
Ameca, abounding in minerals of gold of a supe
rior quality, which is only worked at intervals, a
great number of poor people being employed, who
with a very little labour earn all they wish, that is
to say, enough to maintain themselves. It is also
bounded s. by the province of Agualulco. The
country is very fertile in productions, and abounds
in canes, from which sugar is manufactured in
several mills. The capital bears the same name :
it is of a warm temperature, situate 30 leagues from
the coast of the S. sea: it is often filled with
country shop-keepers, and is a piace of meeting
for the natives and traders of other jurisdictions to
merchandize in salt, which is its principal article
of commerce. All tiiis part, as far as the sea, is
guarded by a militia of the settlement, whenever
notice is given of pirates being off the coast, or
when the China fleet is expected in the months of
January and February. It has a convent of monks
of St. Francis. Its population consists of 400
families of Spaniards, Mustces, and Mulattoes, and
of a very few Indians. In its precincts are various
ranches and sugar-mills. They have a method of
making up some of their grains in small round
cakes, and they cultivate largely maize and French
beans. One hundred and seventy-five leagues w.
of Mexico. Its jurisdiction consists of the follow
ing settlements :
Zacapala, Exutla,
Tecolotlan, Tenamaztlan,
Zoyatlan, Ayutla,
Mil pa, Yxthhuacar:,
Zuchitlan, Atengo,
Tepantla, Ameca.
AUYAMAS, a river of the province and go
vernment of Santa Marta in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme : it is very abundant, rises in the snowy
sierra, traversing in a rapid course the valiey of
Upar, and after running 72 leagues, it enters thec.
side of the river Magda .cua.
AV ALON, a province and colony of the Eng
lish, in the island of Newfoundland, founded in
1623 by George Calvert, secretary of state, and
lord of Baltimore ; to whom was ceded by ill?
king of England a certain portion of land in these
pans, where he established a settlement ; building
a house and fort, which was the residence of Mr.
Baltimore and hi* family, aud which after iiis
118 A X A
death descended 1u his children and heirs. This
colony is a peninsula, uniting .itself to that island
by a narrow ilshinus of kind, which lies s. of the
b.iy of Trinity, ami n. of that of Plasencia. In
the disturbances of the English, it was taken pos
session of by David Kirk, but afterwards fell into
(he hands of its former masters, when the king
redressed and repaired all the mischiefs and
damages it had su/lerec). [The e. part of this pen
insula is encompassed by the Great bank, and has,
besides the two fo tncr bays, the bay of Conception
on the n. and the bay of St. Mary and Trepassy
bay on the a. It contains several excellent har
bours, bays, and capes, among which are St. Ma
ry s, Pine, Race, Ballard, St. Francis, &c.]
[AYANCY, a jurisdiction subject to the bishop
of Cusco, and lies four leagues n. e. of that city.
Sec ABANCAV.]
[AVERIL, ;i township in Essex county, Ver
mont, formerly in that of Orange. It joins Ha
milton on the n. w. Canaan on the //. e. and its n.
corner is the Canada line.]
[AVES, or BIRD S Island, in the West In
dies, situated in lat. 15 SO n. long. (j J 15 a>.
named so from the great number ol birds that breed
there, yet is without a tree, which obliges them to
lay their eggs in the sand. There is another island
of this name among the Little Antilles, between the
coast of St. lago de Leon in Tierra Finne, and the
island of Bonaire.]
[A VINO LA PANEA, a town in the a>. part
of the kingdom of Leon in Nona America, be
tween two of the head branches of Nassas river.]
A VOCAT, a bay of the province and colony
of Nova Scotia, within the great bay of Fundy.
[AVON, a river of Nova Scotia, which empties
into the Atlantic ocean, a little eastward of Hali
fax. It is navigable as far as Fort Edward for vcs-
fds of 400 tons, and for vessels of 60 tons two
miles higher. A river called St. Croix runs into
the Avon, whose source is in lakes and springs,
about seven miles from its entrance, where it is
crossed by a bridge on the road leading to Wind
sor. It is navigable for vessels of 60 tons three
miles, and for large boats seven miles.]
AW EG EN, a settlement of Indians of Penn
sylvania, situr.tc on the shore, and at the source of
the e. arm of the river Susquehannah.
AXACALA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Acatlan, and ale al din may
or of Sentipae, in Nucva Espana. It contains 38
families of Indians, and is seven leagues w. of its
capital.
AXACUBA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Iluipuxtla, and akaldia
2
A Y A
mayor of Tepetnngo, in Nueva Espufu-u It con
tains 76 families of Indians.
AXAPUSCO, a settlement of the ah-ahlln
mayor of Otumba in Nueva Espana. It contains
90 families otlndians, and is half a league n. of
its capital.
[AXAS, a town in the interior part of Ne\r
Albion. SeeQuiviKA.]
AX1XIQUE, a head settlement of the district
of the alcald ui mayor of /ayula in Nueva Espana,
situate near the shore of the sea of Chapala. It
contains a convent of monks of St. Francis, and
is composed of 1.30 families of Indians. Twenty
leagues n. e. of its capital.
AXIXIQUK, another, a settlement in the head
settlement of the district and akaldia mayor of
Caxititlan, also situate on the shore of the grand
lake or sea of Chapala, in a valley altogether
fertile, and abounding in every kind of seed which
is cultivated here, namely, wheat, maize, and
French beans, with various fruits and pulse.
AXOGI, a small river of the kingdom of Bra
zil, which runs n. n. w. and enters on the 5. side
of the grand river of Parana.
AXUCH1TLAN, a settlement of the akaldia
mayor of Tula in Nucva Espana, annexed to the
curacy of its capital, from whence it lies three
quarters of a league n. w. It contains 51 families
of India/is.
AXUCHITLAX, another, a small settlement or
ward in the head settlement of the district of Santa
Ana, and alcaldia mayor of Zultepcc, in the same
kingdom. It is united to that of Tetcolmaloya,
from whence it lies three leagues to the s. It con
tains 20 families of Indians.
A V A CORKS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
who inhabit the country lying between the river
Curaray to the n. and the Tigrc to the s. ; on the
ti.n.w. it is bounded by the nation of the Semi-
gaes, and s. by that of the Iquitos ; also on the e. it
is close to the Puranos, and on the n. to the Yetes.
Some of its tribes live in the forests upon the bor
ders of the river Manay.
AYAHUACAS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
which were formerly in Peru, but now extinguish
ed. Jt made great resistance to the Jnca Tupac
Yupanqui, twelfth Emperor, by whom it was sub
jected and made tributary.
AYAUHUS, or AVAVIRIES, a barbarous na
tion of Indians of Peru, who inhabited the moun
tains to the n. e. of Cuzco. They were very
valorous, and resisted for a long time Lloque
Yupangi, third Emperor of the Incas, by whom,
they were at last conquered, and so became united
to his monarchy. At the present day nothing of
A Z E
them is left but (heir nanv*, from (heir having be
come mixed and dispersed amongst the infinite
nations of Indians which are in Peru.
A YEN IS, a nation of barbarous Indians who
inhabit Florida, of whose customs but little is
known.
[AYFI STOVTN, or AVKSTOWN, in Iurling-
(0:1 county, New Jersey, lies on the middle branch
of Ancocus creek, 1C miles from the-mouth of the
creek in the Delaware, and V) s. c. from iiur-
lington. 1 "]
A YRl. NU, a river of the province of Q- iixos
in the kingdom of Quito. It runs from s. w. to
n. c. and runs to disembogue itself into the Napo,
at its .?. side, in lat. 1 3 s.
AZACANGO, a settlement of the he;id settle
ment of the district of Atcngo, and alcaldia mayor
of Chalapa, in Nueva Esp:ma. It contains 24
families of Indians, and is three leagues to the n.
of its head settlement.
AZA.JO, SANTIAGO DF, a settlement of the
head settlement of the district of Tirindaro, and
alcaldia nun/or of Valladolid, iu the ])rovince and
bishopric of Mechoacan in Nueva Esp:\na, situ
ate in a sierra crowded with pines. It is of a cold
temperature, abounding in salutary Avatcrs, and
inhabited by 125 families of Indians. Two leagues
s. of its head settlement.
AZALAN, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement of the
head settlement of the district of Chietlan, and
alcaldia mayor of Izucar, in Nueva Espafia.
AZAQU ALOIA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of Zitlala, and alcaldia mnynr of Chilapa,
in Nueva Espana. It contains 108 families of
Indians, and is two leagues to the w. of its head
settlement.
AZAROMA, a settlement of the province and
forregimiento of Carabaya in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Ayapata.
A Z ATI AN, a river of the province and alcal
dia of Tecoantepec in the kingdom of Guatemala.
It runs to the S. sea, to the is. of the river Co-
late.
AZF1TE, SIERRAS DEL, mountains of the
province and government of Santa Maria in the
kingdom of Tierra Firme, near the sea-coast.
AZEQl IAS, a settlement of the government
and jurisdiction of Therida in the Nucvo Rev no
de Granada, of a mild and healthy temperature,
abounding in wheat, maize, truffles, beans,
vetches, cabbages, and other productions of its
climate. Its inhabitants amount to about 100 In.
diansand 50 poor house-keepers; but its breeds
of cattle are nevertheless very large. It is very
near its capital.
A z t us
.A Z IT LA, SAN SIMON DE, a settlement of the
head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Guejocingo
in Nueva Espana. It contains 30 families of
Indians, and is situate to the c. of its capital.
AZOQl ES, a large settlement, fertile and
abundant in productio is, of the province and cor*
rcghmentt) of Cucnca in the kingdom of Quito,
situate in the celebrated valley of Yunguilla,
which is so fertile that it is wanting in nothing
which can contribute to the pleasures and conve
niences of life, on which account this curacy is
rated at 1000 dollars ; and whosoever may be
happy enough to be appointed to it, seldom
wishes to be promoted <o any other benefice. It
has mines of quicksilver, which were formerly
worked, and from which it took its name. Lately
some mines of silver were discovered. In the
middle of it runs a stream, in the sands of which
are found most exquisite rubies.
AZONTAMATLAN, SAN FKANCISCO DE, a
head settlement of the district of the alcaldia mat/
or of Guayacocotla in Nueva Espana. It con
tains 3K) families of Indians, including those who
inhabit the wards of its district.
AZORES, small islands of the N. sea, lying .
of St. Domingo, and s.c. of the sho:d of Plata.
They are many and very dangerous, and upon
them great numbers of vessels have been wrecked.
AZOTZl, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana. It
is on the shore of the river of this name, between
the settlements Harbiacora and Guspaca.
AZOZALCO, a head settlement of the district
of the alcaldia mayor and jurisdiction of Tasco
in Nueva Espana. It contains 40 families of In
dians, and is three leagues s. s. e. of i s capital.
AZTACALCO, SANTA M.MUA DE, a settle
ment of the alcaldia. mayor of E cat e pec in Nueva
Espana. It contains 277 families of Indians.
AZTAIUJACAN, SANTA MADIA DE, a setr
tlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of
Mexilcalzingo in Nueva Espana, with J05 fami
lies of Indians.
AZTATLA, SANTIAGO DE, a head settlement
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Huamelul.i.
in Nueva Espana, situate at the distance of one
league from the S. sea, on the skirt of a lofty
mountain plain. It is of a hot temperature, and
contains 30 families of Indians. In its vicinitj
runs a river, which in the wet season is very abun
dant. This river unites itself with the lluame-
lula, and these, thus incorporated, run into the sea ;
first fertilizing the arable lands and estates which
lie upon their bank^. At a small distance is a
lake, abounding in Jish, ami around it- the crops
ISO
AZU
of seeds and fruits are remarkably fine. Along
the coast, at the distance of four leagues, there is
another lake, much deeper than the former, and
indeed one of the largest to be found on thoie
coasts : this communicates its waters by a natural
channel with those of the lake of Las Salinas,
which at certain times of the year deposits a
white salt, from which greut emolument is derived,
as \vell as from the fi.>h found in it ; amongst other
sorts are shrimps, in sullicient quantities to supply
all this jurisdiction, and even those bordering
upon it. Two leagues s. of its capital.
AZTLA, SANTA CATALINA OK, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district of Coxcallan,
and alcaldiu mayor of V r ailes, in Nueva Espaiia,
situate upon the shores of the large river Goachi-
goayan, where quantities of extremely fine fish
are caught. It is of u hot and moist temperature,
annexed to the curacy of its head settlement, and
has a magnificent parish church. It contains 300
families of Indians, who gain their livelihood by
the culture and trallic of tobacco. Twenty leagues
from its capital.
AZU, JOSEPH DE, a settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on
the shore of the river Tocantines, near the settle
ment of Carambava.
AZUA, or AZUCA, a town of the island and
government of St. Domingo, settled by the Adc-
Jantado Velazquez in 1504. It was called Com-
postela from the Comendador Gallego, who had
here an inheritance. This name, however, it
afterwards lost, and took that of Azua, which it
had held in the time of the Indians. It is very
fertile in sugar-canes, from which much sugar is
made. In this district are also some mines of
gold, which were formerly worked, but are at
present abandoned. It has a very good port on
the S. sea, and is 24 leagues from the capital of
St. Domingo.
AZUCAR, PAN DE, a mountain of the pro
vince and captainship of Espirita Santo in Brazil,
0,1 the S. side of the town of Ilha.
AZU
AZ17CI1ITLAN, a head settlement and capt-
tal of the ale aid i a mayor of this name in Nueva
Espana. It is of an excessively warm and dry
temperature. Its commerce is in large and small
cattle, in crops of maize, French beans, cotton,
and some fruits peculiar to the country. Its po
pulation consists of 17 families of Spaniards, 26
of Afuftees, 114 of Mulattoes, and 28o of Mexi
can Indians. It is situate between two large rivers,
Las Balzas, which runs w. and Las Truchas,
which runs A 1 . ; and to the n. of it, at the distance
of two leagues, it has a mine called De San Gre-
gorio, of quicksilver and copper. This was for
merly worked on the account of the king, but it
is at present destroyed and lies waste. The settle
ment is 50 leagues to the w. of Mexico.
AZU El, Lake of, in the island of St. Do
mingo, near the coast, and in the w. head by the
great lake of Enriquillo, in the line which divides
the possessions of the French and Spaniards.
AZUELA, a large river of the province and
government of Quixos and Macas in the kingdom
of Quito. It rises in the vicinity of the town of
San Miguel de Ibarra, and enters the Marauon.
AZUFRERA, Mountain of, in the island of
St. Domingo, and in the French possessions,
where there is a mineral of sulphur. It is on the
w. shore of the river Montroni.
AZ LJL, a large river of the province of the
Apaches in Nuevo Mexico. It runs from n. to s.
and enters the large river Gila, opposite the
town of San Felipe.
AZUL, a sierra or cordil/era of mountains in the
province and government of La Sonora.
AZULEMA, a settlement of the province and
government of Antioquia in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada, situate near the source of the river
Cauca.
AZULES, SIERRAS, Cordilleras of mountains of
the island of Jamaica, in the centre of the e. head.
They arc thus called from appearing at sea of a
blue colour.
BAB
BAB
121
B
JtjAAL s River and Bay, in W. Greenland, lie
between Bear sound on the s. e. arid Delft s point
on th n. w. and opposite the mouth of Hudson s
strait.
BABA, a district of the province and govern
ment of Guayaquil in the kingdom of Quito, one
of the seven which compose the same, and one of
the largest, extending 22 leagues from the mouth
of the river of its name to the skirt of the moun
tain Zamborondon, bounded by the Colarados
Indians, in the heights of the asiento and province
of Tacunga. Its territory is low, being com
pletely inundated in the winter, and it then be
comes necessary to take their cattle and their other
productions into what they style winter-quarters,
namely, to the very summits of the mountains ;
but in the summer it is fertile, and produces quan
tities of pasture ; and so great is the increase of its
herds of cattle, that the natives are taught to con
sider these inundations as one of their greatest
benefits, since hereby much cattle is carried off
and destroyed, which would otherwise overstock
the country. It is equally fertile in cacao, in
which consists its principal commerce, since it
regularly gathers to the amount of 32,000 mea
sures of 81 pound weight each; also in canoes
which are made of one entire trunk, and often so
large as to be capable of holding 60 bushels of salt ;
in different woods ; in soap, colts, horses, and
some cainilla, and butter of cacao. In this district
grows the tree called matapalo, which destroys
every plant that may be near it, and which has
been seen of the immense size of 20 geometrical
feet in circumference. The inhabitants may
amount to about 4000, and the capital of the dis
trict has the same name. It was situated on the
shores of the river, which, although it still exists,
has changed its course, running at present through
a distant plain, seven leagues from the town, and
leaving the inhabitants in some distress for a
means of watering their cacao plantations, and for
this reason, the productions became much dimi
nished. Twenty leagues from the capital of the
province.
BABA, a large river of this district, rising in
the mountains of Zamborondon in the province
ofLatacunga. It runs 32 leagues till it empties
itself into the river of Guayaquil, at its mouth.
BABAHOYO, a district of the province and
VOL. I.
government of Guayaquil in the kingdom of
Quito, one of the seven which compose the same ;
bounded by the provinces of Chimbo and Rio-
bamba. It is a tract of country so level and so
low that it is commonly the first to be inundated
by the swelling of the rivers in the winter, which,
as they subside in the summer, leave the ground
covered with a tall, rank, and thick grass called
gamalole. It is very fertile, and abounding in.
cattle of every kind ; in rice, cotton, soap, to*
bacco, cacao, honey, and fruits, with which it
carries on a great commerce, by means of its river,
with the other provinces ; so that this district is, as
it were, a continual fair, and is one of the richest
districts of the province.
BABAHOYO, a capital settlement of the above dis
trict, situate on the shore of the river which bears
the same name, where are the custom-houses and
royal arsenals, which are called bodegas, and in
which are deposited, for the supply of the pro
vinces of the sierra, both its own and the produc
tions of the ultra-marine provinces of Peru, Chile,
Tierra Firme, Guatemala, and Nicaragua, as
also what is brought by the muleteers who come
down from Quito, Latacunga, Ambato, Chimbo,
and Riobamba ; so that a continual fair is held
for the space of six months, the same being a ge
neral sale of the productions of the above pro
vince. Lat. 1 47 s.
BABAMOYO, a large river of the same district,
formed by the Jilca and Caluma, which rise in
the mountains of Chimbo and Riobamba, and join
in the strand from whence this river takes its
name. It then runs 24 leagues, until it empties
itself into the Guayaquil. It is by means of this
that the traffic of the whole district is carried on,
and unladed in the custom-houses or royal
arsenals. The embarkations are, fof the most part,
effected by rafts, which are made as follows :
Upon a plain of thick and tolerably stout timbers,
consisting of a wood very limber and as light as
cork, (corcho), from whence they take their de
nomination, and which are united by strong pli
able reeds, they raise some large joists of cedar,
crossing each other and forming squares, at the
extremities of which are fixed uprights of the
same for forming the walls, roofs, &c. ; these they
cover and interweave with split cane, leaving
holes for the doors and windows ; then the roof
R
BAG
B A C
being covered with a stout cotton awning, which
is impregnated with pitch, in order to resist the
sun and rain, the whole becomes a perfect float
ing house, with all its corresponding offices and
conveniencies. Others are made in a less perfect
manner, and with less accommodation, although-
stronger, for the purpose of carrying victuals, cat
tle, and fruits ; for lading and unlading ships and
other vessels which enter here to be repaired. This
river, somewhat below the bodegas, and after be
ing increased by the waters which it collects in the
serranias of Alausi and Riobamba, is joined by
the Caracol.
BABIACORA, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana, on
the shore of the river of this name, between the
settlements of Urcs and Azotzi.
BABILLA, a settlement of the province and
government of Santa Malta in the kingdom of
I ierra Firme, situate on the shore of the river
Magdalena.
BABILLO, a river of the province and Nuevo
Reyno de Granada. It springs from three grand
lakes, and waters the valley of Upar : it afterwards
enters the Ce"sar or Pompatao, and terminates its
course in the Magdalena. Its waters are of an ob
scure green colour, and abound in excellent fish.
La Matiniere, mistaking it, calls it Badillo.
BABONOIBA, a settlement of the mission which
belonged to the religious order of St. Francis, in the
province of Taraumara and kingdom of Nueva
Vizcaya, situate 14 leagues to the s. of the real of
San Felipe of Chiguagua.
[BABOPAS, a town in the interior part of New
Albion, e. of the long range of mountains which
extend n. from the head of the peninsula of Cali
fornia. See QUIVIRA.]
BABORIGAME, a settlement and reduction of
Indians, of the missions which where held by
the Jesuits, in the province and government of La
Sonora in Nueva Espana.
BABORIGAMES, a settlement of the missions
which belonged to the regulars of the company of
Jesuits, in the province of Tepeguana and king
dom of Nueva Vizcaya.
BABOROCO, a port of the province and go
vernment of La Sonora.
BAC, a town belonging to the French, in New
France or Canada, situate on the shore of the St.
Lawrence ,and at the mouth of that of ThreeRi vieres .
BAC, a settlement, with the dedicatory title of
San Francisco Xavier, one of those of the missions,
and of the reducciones of the Indians, belonging to
the Jesuits, in the province and government of La
Sonora in Nueva Espana.
BACA, an island %>f the N. sea, one of the
Smaller Antilles, near the island of St. Domingo,
on the n. coast, 45 leagues from the point of La
Beata. Long. 301 40 . Lat. 17 2 . [Our best
modern maps make no mention of this island."]
BACA, a settlement of the missions held by the
Jesuits, in the province and government of Cina-
I6a.
BACA BOB A, a mountain of the coast of
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Seara,
between the rivers Acuracu and Mordahu.
BACADE, a town of the province and govern
ment of La Sonora in Nueva Espana.
BAG ALAR, PLAZA DE, a large and beautiful
plain on the coast and in the province of the go
vernment of Yucatan.
BACALLAOS Islands, situate opposite the
coast of Newfoundland, and surrounding the Great
bank. They are small and numerous : discovered
by Sebastian Gabot. lie gave them this name from
the abundance of cod-fish caught on their coasts.
This fishery has employed yearly upwards of
400 vessels of different nations, and it is effected
by angling. The fish is accustomed to bite im
mediately that the hook is dropped into the water,
and being hauled upon the ship s deck, a person
stands ready to chop off its head ; another takes
out its intestines and bones it, after which it is salt
ed and barrelled, and sent to all parts of the world.
TIi is fishery can be carried on only in the day, as
the fish will not bite in the dark. It is also pecu
liar to the spring season, and ends in September,
since in the winter these fish like the bottom of the
sea. Sometimes their abundance is wonderful,
and it has been said that a certain person, of the
name of Juan Poon, once caught 100 in the space
of an hour. These islands are 70 miles distant
from Tierra Firme.
BACANGA, a river of the province and cap
tainship of Marafion in Brazil.
BACANORA, a settlement of the province and
government of Ostimuri in Nueva Espana.
BACANUCHI, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana, situ
ate at the head of the river of this name.
BACAPA, SAN Luis DE, a settlement of the
province and government of La Sonora in Nueva
Espana, situate between those of Bateque and San
Antonio de Uquitoa.
BACAREAU, PASAGE DE, a passage between
the coast of Acadia and the island of Cap de Sa-
gle. It is very narrow, and only passable for small
craft, and for these not without a skilful pilot.
Mr. Chabert, of the academy of sciences of raris,
made here, in 1750, several astronomical obser-
B A E
vations, and likewise laid down its longitude at
68*.
BACAREAU, a point or cape of the same coast.
BACAS, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Buenos Ayres in Peru. It runs w.
and enters the Plata.
BACCALOONS, a settlement of the English, in
the province and country of the Iroquees Indians,
and bounded by the province and colony of Penn
sylvania, situate on the shore of the Ohio.
BACHE, a river of the province and govern
ment of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito. It
runs e . and enters the river Magdalena.
BACHILLER, Rio DEL, or Del gran Valle,
a river in the strait of Magellan. It runs w. and
enters the sea at the bay of San Isabel.
BACHOUANAN, a small river of Canada. It
runs 5. w. and enters lake Superior, in the bay of
its name.
BACHOUANAN, a bay in the e. part of lake Su
perior.
[BACK River. See BALTIMORE County.]
BACOBERTO, a settlement of the province
and government of Cinaloa in Nueva Espana.
BACUACHI, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana, situ
ate at the source of the river of its name, near the
Bacanuchi.
BACUN, a, settlement of the province and go
vernment of Cinaloa in Nueva Espana, situate on
the shore of the river Hiaqui. It is one of the
reducciones, and belongs to the missions held there
of the Jesuits, between the settlements of Tor in
and Cocorin.
BADILLO, a settlement of the province and
government of Cartagena, situate on the shore of
the river Magdalena. It is six leagues from the
city of Zimiti.
BAD1RAGUATO, a settlement of the province
and alcaldia mayor of Copala in the kingdom of
Nueva Vizcaya, situate to the e. of the real of
the mines of Charcas.
BADIIIAGUATO, another settlement, in the pro
vince of Topia, one of those belonging to the mis
sions which were held here by the regulars of the
company of Jesuits.
BAEZA, a city of the province and govern
ment of Quixos y Macas in the kingdom of Quito,
founded by Gil Ramirez Davalos in 1559. It was
a large population, and numerous and rich in
former times, and capital of the province ; but the
continual irruptions of the infidels ha ve so destroyed
and reduced it to such a state, that it scarcely now
contains above SO families, and has been united to
the curacy of the settlement of Pomallacta. It is
123
of the mildest temperature of any settlement in the
province, and the territory is fertile, though only
in cotton, which its natives manufacture. The
roads which lead to it are very rugged and diffi
cult, and are not to be passed without great labour.
Lat. 26 s.
BAFFEN, a settlement of the island of Barba-
does, in the jurisdiction of the city of Bridgetown.
[BAFFIN S Bay is the largeit and most n.
gulf or bay that has yet been discovered in N.
America, and lies between 70 and 80 of n. lat.
It opens into the Atlantic ocean through Baffin s
and Davis s straits, between cape Chidley on the
Labrador coast, and cape Farewell on that of W.
Greenland, both of which are in about 60 of n.
lat. It abounds with whales, and on the s. w. side
of Davis s straits has a communication with Hud
son s bay, through a cluster of islands. It was dis
covered by the navigator whose name it bears, in
the year 1662. Some maps shew a communication
with Hudson s bay in 70 n. lat. and in 70 w.
long.]
[BAGADUCE Point, a headland within Pe-
nobscot bay, in the district of Maine.]
BAGANIQUE, an ancient and large settlement
of the nation of the Moscas Indians, in the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada, founded in the llanura of the
same name, now called the valley of Venegas, to
the e. of Santa Fe. It was discoverd by Captain
Juan de San Martin in 1537.
BAGMA, an island of the river of Las Amazo-
nas, opposite Ivari.
BAGNALS, PUNTA DE, a point on the w.
coast of the island of Barbadoes, between Indian
river and the bay of Carlisle.
BAGORES, a river of the province and cap
tainship of the Rio de Janeiro in Brazil. It runs
s.s.e. and enters the sea between the rivers Ostras
and Salvador, near cape Frio.
BAGOUACHE, a small river of Canada, which
rises in the n. mountains on the side of lake Supe
rior, runs s. and enters the Mississippi.
BAGRE, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Antioquia in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada, situate on the shore of the river Nechi.
In its vicinity are the gold washing places, labade-
rosj of Penemc, San Pedro, San Pedrito, Chilona,
and Olaya.
BAGRES, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises at the side of the lake Atole, runs
e. and enters the great lake Maracaibo.
BAGUA, or ONDA, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Luya and Chillaos in
Peru, annexed to the curacy of Ron.
R 2
124
BAH
BAGUACHICA, a settlement of the province
and government of Jaen de Bracamoros in the
kingdom of Quito.
BAHA1RE, a settlement of the province and
government of Cartagena in the kingdom of
Tierra Firme. It was in the time of the Indians
a very populous city, containing upwards of
200,000 souls. It was conquered with great diffi
culty by Pedro de Heredia.
[BAHAMA, Great Island of, one of the Ba
hamas, of great extent, situate on the s. side of
the Little Bahama bank, and extending from the
Florida stream almost to the island of Abaco. It
contains a great quantity of fine timber, but which
is difficult of access. It is totally uninhabited.
See BAHAMAS.]
[BAHAMA Channel, or Gulph of Florida, is the
passage between the island of Bahama and the
continent. Its navigation is dangerous, and it has
been very erroneously set down in most of the best
maps. See the BAHAMAS.]
BAHAMA, NEW, a port of the island of Cuba,
on the n. coast, between those of La Ciudad del
Principe and Manati.
BAHAMAS, Islands of the N. sea, situate to
the e. of, and opposite to Florida. They are of the
Lucayos, and were discovered by Columbus, in
his first voyage, in 1404. From them the fine
channel of Bahama takes its name, the same being
formed by the above coast, the principal of these
islands, and a long sand-bank of the same name,
to then, of the island of Cuba, and being 16 leagues
wide and 45 long. The currents in the gulpii
are most violent, and in it numbers of ves
sels have been wrecked. It is the direct pass into
the open sea, and for the route to Europe. It was
first attempted by the celebrated pilot Anton de
Alaminos, who risked its navigation with immi
nent hazard, when he went to Spain with the
agents of Hernan Cortes, to give account to the
Emperor Charles V. of the progress of the con
quest of Mexico. The principal island is 13
leagues long and eight wide ; is very fertile, of
an agreeable climate, and full of streams and
rivulets. It formerly produced much sassafras,
zarzaparrilla, and red wood; but its present
productions are principally maize, birds, and a
kind of rabbit ; and it procures for itself other ne
cessaries from Carolina. Its principal commerce
consists in supplying provisions to ships which
come here for convenience. Although these
islands are near 500, many of them are nothing
but cliffs or rocks.
[General Description, Climate, #c. The Baha
ma islands, called Lucayos by the Spaniards, com-
BAH
prehend, under that denomination, all that chain
of West India islands lying to the n. of Cuba and
St. Domingo, and situate between the 21 and
28 of n. lat. and the 71 and 81 of w. long.
These islands have never been regularly surveyed,
nor their numbers at all ascertained. Those most
worthy of attention are as follows ; and a more
particular description of each will be found under
its proper head.
Abaco, Hog island,
Acklin s island, Hog key,
Andros island, Harbour island,
Atwood s key, Heneaguas,
Great Bahama, Little island,
Berry islands, Long island,
Biminis, Long key,
Caicos, Mayaguana,
Castle island, Ragged island,
Cat island, or St. Sal- Rose island,
vador, Royal island,
Crooked island, Rum key,
Eleuthera, Russel island,
Exumas, St. Salvador,
French keys, Turk s islands,
Guanahani, or St. Sal- Watling s island.
vador,
The Bahama islands have never been correctly
set down or delineated in any of the maps or
charts of the West Indies. Many of them arc
situated upon the Great Bahama bank, others
upon the Little Bahama bank, and others out of
soundings, in the Atlantic ocean. They stretch
from Turk s islands (which are at no great dis
tance from St. Domingo) in a n. w. direction to
the n. end of the Great Bahama bank, near the
coast of Florida. The climate is in general salu
brious. The more n. of the islands during the
winter months are rendered cool and agreeable by
the n. w. breezes from the continent of America.
At New Providence the thermometer, (Farenheit),
in the shade, varies from about 85 or 90 in sum
mer to 60 or 65 in winter. The more s. islands,
however, are hotter throughout the year ; but
these enjoy the cooling sea breezes that blow in the
West Indies within the tropics, and which do not
extend to several of the mostw. of the Bahamas.
There is but little variety of soil throughout the
Bahama islands. They are almost all low, flat,
barren, and rocky. They are well provided with
natural woods, generally however of a small
growth. The soil is mostly either light and sandy,
or very rocky and broken, with partial spots of
good land. The rock is of a soft and porous na
ture, but hard, and generally irregular on the sur
face. The Bahamas are but ill supplied with]
BAHAMAS.
135
[fresh water; it is found however by digging
wells in the rocks, to the depth of the sea level,
and also very often by making holes in the sand
along the coasts, a few feet from the surface. In
several of the islands are small natural fresh- water
ponds, produced by the rain collected from the
rocks ; but there is not supposed to exist, through
out the Bahamas, a single spring of fresh water
or rivulet.
General History. One of the Bahama islands
(the ancient Indian name of which is stated to be
Guanahani) has been generally fixed upon by
historians and geographers as the spot where the
first discovery of the new world took place, by
Columbus, upon the llth of October 1492. The
island was named by him St. Salvador, by
which appellation, as also that of Cat island, it
is now generally known. There appears, how
ever, to exist some doubt with respect to the point
of land first actually discovered by Columbus in
the new world. The accounts of his first voyage
to America generally state that his squadron kept
almost a due w. course from the Canary islands
(the last land from which he took his departure)
across the Atlantic ; and that, for two or three
days before land was discovered, he found himself
in soundings. It is also stated that he landed at
a secure and spacious harbour, and that the
island (St. Salvador) had verdant fields, watered
with many rivulets. If these accounts were true,
and if the island now known by that name was ac
tually the land first discovered by Columbus, it
may be concluded that some great change or con
vulsion must have taken place in that quarter of
the world since its discovery. At present there
are no soundings to the e. of St. Salvador ; and
along the whole of the e. coast of that island, is a
reef which would prevent any landing on that
side. There is no harbour but a small one round
the s. end of the island, facing the s. w. in one of
the shallow Bahama banks. No verdant fields can
now be found upon the island of St. Salvador,
which is barren and rocky, like the rest of the
Bahama islands; throughout the whole of which,
as was before observed, no rivulet of any descrip
tion has been discovered. There can be no doubt,
however, that one of the Bahama islands was the
first land discovered by Columbus. The island of
Abaco is situated nearer the latitude of the Canaries,
and there is a good harbour on the e. side of that
island ; but there are no soundings at any distance
from the shore on that side. It is perhaps more
likely that Abaco (or one of the other most n. of
the Bahama islands) was the first point of disco
very, particularly if it be true what is stated, that
a few days after he discovered land he touched at
New Providence and Andros island (which it is
said he named Fernandina and Isabella) in his
way to Cuba ; and it is extremely improbable that
he would touch at those islands in his way to
Cuba from St. Salvador.
The Bahama islands, when discovered by Co
lumbus, are stated to have been inhabited by a
numerous race of Indians, of a mild and peace
able disposition, indolent in their habits, and little,
if at all, accustomed to the cultivation of the soil.
They are described as being of a dark and dingy
hue, with long black hair, and with their bodies
painted with different colours. Many thousands
of these unfortunate people are stated to have been
carried over by the Spaniards, in their subsequent
settlements, and compelled to work in the mines of
S. America. The early accounts of the Bahama
islands, after their discovery, are, however, ex
tremely obscure. There appears scarcely any
trace of the original Indian inhabitants. The ear
liest settlement of Europeans which took place in the
Bahama islands, was under a patent of Charles
If. (1668), which granted those islands to certain
proprietary lords. Shortly after that period, some at
tempts appear to have been made to cultivate several
of the islands ; but, about the beginning of the last
century, they were again without inhabitants.
Some time afterwards, however, they became the
resort of numerous pirates, Bucaniers, and free
booters ; the situation of these islands, from the
difficulties of the navigation, and their being near
the passages through which the valuable vessels
returned to Europe, being well-adapted for plun
der and concealment. Among these pirates was
the noted Captain Teach, known by the name of
Blackbeard, who had the supreme command over
them, and of whom, as well as of Captain Vane,
and others who resorted to the Bahamas, a curi
ous account may be found in Johnson s Lives of
the Pirates, and in the History of the Bucaniers
of America.
For the purpose of protecting the trade, and
destroying these nests of free-booters, Captain
Woods Rogers was sent out from England as go
vernor to the Bahamas, in the year 1718, and the
seat of government was fixed at New Providence,
upon which island Fort Nassau was built. From
that period, a regular colonial administration ap*
pears to have taken place ; but for a considerable
time, little cultivation or improvement seems to
have occurred at the Bahamas.
The island of New Providence was taken pos
session of in the American war by an Ame
rican captain, ft was shortly afterwards, how-]
126
BAHAMAS.
[ever, abandoned by its new possessor. In 1781
the Bahama islands were surrendered to the
Spaniards, and restored to the British by treaty at
the end of the war. Previous, however, to the
notification of the treaty, New Providence and its
forts were recovered by means of a very gallant
and well-conducted enterprise, under the com
mand of Lieutenant-colonel Deveaux of the S.
Carolina militia. After the termination of the
American war, many of the British loyalists, and
other planters, repaired to the Bahamas, chiefly
from the s. states of N. America, from which pe
riod most of the principal islands began to be re
gularly settled and inhabited.
Productions. The chief article which has been
cultivated in this colony is cotton ; and for several
years^ with very considerable success, though for
some time past that success has greatly diminish
ed, owing probably to the natural barrenness of
the soil, and perhaps to the rains being less fre
quent from the woods, from many parts of these hav
ing been much cut down. The cultivation of sugar
has been attempted, (particularly on the Caicos),
but with little success. Coffee has been raised on
several of the islands. Provisions, such as Gui
nea and Indian corn, yams, sweet potatoes, plan
tains, cassava, Indian and pigeon peas, grow in
abundance. Most of the tropical fruits are found
here; oranges, lemons, limes, shaddocks, pine
apples, cocoa nuts, &c. &c. &c. Cattle and
sheep thrive on most of the islands ; and the shores
and creeks of all the Bahamas abound in turtle,
and excellent fish of various sorts. Wild ducks,
snipes, pelicans, gualdings, wild pigeons, flamin
goes, and a variety of other birds, abound among
the islands ; and among the woods are found wild
hogs, agoutis, guanas^ land crabs, &c. Am
bergris is frequently found cast ashore upon the
coast. Various sorts of timber and dye woods
are found growing in the Bahamas, such as maho
gany, (generally of a small and very hard sort,
commonly called Madeira and horse-flesh maho
gany), brazilletto, fustick, lignum-vitae, Spanish
oak, or black gregory, tamarind, lana wood, iron
wood, wild cinnamon, pimento, or naked wood,
yellow saunders, satin wood, pines, cedars, and
many others adapted for building small vessels,
and well calculated for the purposes of the mecha
nic and cabinet-maker.
The principal and most valuable article which
has, perhaps, of late years been exported from
the Bahamas, is salt. In many of the islands
there are valuable natural salt-ponds, to which the
attention of the inhabitants has been much direct
ed, and for the subdivision and management of
which, legislative and colonial regulations have
been enacted. In dry and favourable seasons great
quantities of salt are produced from these ponds,
and exported by the Americans to the United
States.
Many of the small vessels of the Bahamas are
not only employed as drogging (or carrying) ves
sels among the different islands, and in catching
turtle, but also among the numerous passages,
(particularly towards the Florida stream), in watch
ing for wrecked vessels. They are licenced for
this purpose by the governor of the Bahamas.
Many valuable lives are saved by the exertions of
these vessels, and much property secured for the
owners and insurers of the ships employed in the
West India trade, and those bound from Vera
Cruz and the Havanah to Europe.
Government and Statistics. The colonial esta
blishment of the Bahamas is similar to that of the
other West India islands, consisting of a governor,
a lieutenant-governor, a council, and a legislative
assembly. The following islands send represen
tatives to the house of assembly : New providence,
and the town of Nassau, eight;; Harbour island,
three ; Eleuthera, three ; Abaco, three ; St. Sal
vador, one ; Long island, two ; Exuma, three ;
Andros island, two ; Crooked island, one ;
Watling s island, one ; Caicos, one ; Turk s
island, two. The courts of justice are similar also
to those established in the rest of the West India
colonies. There are four regular ports of entry
in the Bahamas, viz. at New Providence, Great
Exuma, at the Caicos, and at Turk s islands.
Besides the usual garrison at New Providence,
there is a militia established in several of the islands.
Previous to May 1?03, lands were granted by the
crown in the whole of the Bahamas, to the amount
of 265,381 acres, for the purpose of cultivation.
The population at that time amounted to about
14,318, including 11,395 blacks and people of
colour ; and it appears by a return to the house of
commons in 1805, at a medium of two years to
1803, the number of slaves imported amounted to
2523, of whom 2230 were exported ; leaving a
remainder of ouly 293 for the use of the colony.
The official value of the imports and exports of
the Bahamas were, in
Imports. Exports.
1809 .133,515 .504,567
1810 .108,485 481,372]
B A I B A L
* /
[And the quantities of the principal articles imported into Great Britain were, in
127
Coffee.
Sugar.
Rum.
Pimento.
Cotton wool.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Cwt.
1809,
1810,
Cwt.
9143
4315
Cwt.
130
Cwt.
12,884
6,413
Galls.
26
11
Ibs.
1528
2227"
Ibs.
1,139,793
1,348,828
See NEW PROVIDENCE.]
BAHIA, HONDA, a large, well sheltered, and
convenient port of the island of Cuba, on the n.
side, much frequented by vessels which carry on
an illicit commerce. [The bay has 15 and 10
fathoms water, the entrance into the harbour
eight, and anchorage in four and five fathoms.]
Long. 83 6 . Lat.2258 .
[BAHIA, or BAY, sometimes applied to St.
Salvador, the capital of Brazil, and to the bay
of All Saints, in which captainship it is situated.
See SAN ros.]
[BAHIA, DE CHETUMEL, called by the British
Hanover bay, lies on the e. side of the peninsula
of Yucatan in the sea of Honduras, and into which
falls Honda river. It has the logwood country on
the s. ; at its mouth are two large islands and a
number of islets. The largest island is Amber"
grise key, which runs along the mouth of the
bay, and is 70 miles long.]
BAH1AGA, a river of the island of St. Domin
go, in the territory possessed by the French. It
rises near the coast towards the n, and enters the
sea in the bay of Manzanillo.
BAHIAS, CABO DE DOS, a cape on the coast,
which lies between the Rio de la Plata arid the
straits of Magellan, one of the two which form the
bay of Camarones.
BAILADORES, NUESTRA SENORA DE LA
CANDELARIA DE LOS, a settlement of the juris
diction of La Grita in the government of Mara-
caibo. It is a mild and healthy country, abound
ing in good water, and in all the productions of a
warm climate, as cacao, sugar-cane, tobacco,
maize, t/ucas 9 and other productions and fruits.
It is situate at the slope of a mountain, in the way
which leads from La Grita to Mericla, being some
what more that eight leagues distant from the
former. It contains 100 housekeepers, and has
also the denomination of Bailadores, (Dancers),
from the partiality exhibited by its natives for
this sort of amusement in the time of its gentilism.
BAILADORES, a river of this province and
government, which rises in the city of La Grita,
and runs from s. to n. until it enters the lake of
Maracaibo, through two mouths which form an
island.
BAILADORES, a bay on ihes. coast of the island
of Cuba.
BAIL1F, a small river of the island of Gua-
dalupe, which rises in the mountains, runs w.
and enters the sea in the bay of Gros Francois.
On its shores, and at its mouth, there is a good
castle for defending the bay.
BAINE, a river of the province and govern
ment of La Guayana, rising in the serrania of
Imataca, and running into the sea by the e, ooast.
[BAIRDSTOWN, or BEARDSTOWN, in Nelson
county, Kentucky, is a flourishing town, of 216
inhabitants, situated on the head waters of Salt
river, 50 miles s. e. from Louisville, and nearly the
same distance s. w. from Danville.]
BAIT A, a settlement of the missions of the
order of St. Francis, in the province of Culiacan,
and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situate on the
shores of the river Elota. It produces maize and
French beans in great abundance, as also honey
and wax, of which its commerce consists.
BA JO, a cape on the coast of the province and
government of Florida, between the mouth of the
river Mississippi and the bay of La Ascencion.
BAJO, with the additional title of Nuevo, an
island of the N. sea.
BAJU, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay, which runs n. n. w. and
enters the Uruguay, close to that of Jiupa.
BAKER, a bay on the e. coast of the island of
Barbadoes, between the points Bell and Ragged.
[BAKERSFIELD, a newly settled township
in Tranklin county, Vermont, formerly in Chit-
tenden county. In 1790 it had only 13 inha
bitants.]
[BAKERSTOWN, in Cumberland county,
district of Maine, contains 1276 inhal itants ; 162
miles n. e. from Boston.]
BALANDRAN, CAYO DE LA, a small island
of the coast of the island of St. Domingo, at the
entrance ;> the gieat bay of Samana, close to the
islet tj? Levantndos.
BALAO, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayaquil in the kingdom of Quito. It
runs info (he sea at the gulf of that name, opposite
the island of La Puna.
128
B A L
BALBANEDA, a small settlement of the king
dom of Quito, in the jurisdiction of Riobamba, to
the s. of this town, and n. of the great lake of
Colta. It is called also Nuestra Senora de Balba-
neda, from its having a sacred shrine of the image
of our Lady of this title, which was much revered
in times past. It is a population consisting of
Puruayes Indians.
BALBUENA, SAN JUAN BAPTISTA DE, a
settlement of the province and government of
Tucuman, in the district of Chaco. Its popula
tion consists of the Ixistinieses and Toquistineses
Indians, who are a reduction made by the missions
which were held here by the regulars of the com
pany of the Jesuits, and at the present day are
under the care of the order of St. Francis.
BALBUENA, a fort of the same province and
government, founded on the shore of the river
Salado, to restrain the incursions of the infidel
Indians.
BALCALAR, LAOUNA DE, a lake of the pro
vince and government of Yucatan. It is large
and broad, and lies on the sea shore, between the
bay of La Ascencion and the island of Cozumel.
[BALCDUTHA, a settlement in the e. part of
Kentucky, on the w. side of Big Sandy river.
Near this is Clay Lick, and about a mile s. e.
stand* Vancouver s fort, on the point of land
formed by the fork of the Big Sandy.]
BALCHO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Luya and Chilloas in Peru.
[BALD EAGLE or WARRIOR Mountains, lie
about 200 miles w. of Philadelphia, in Bedford
county, Pennsylvania, and form the w. boundary
of Bald Eagle valley.]
[BALD EAGLE is likewise the name of a river
which runs an. e. course 44 miles, and falls into the
w. branch of Susquehanna river. The head water
of Huron river, which falls into lake Erie, is called
Bald Eagle creek.]
[BALD EAGLE Valley, or, as it is commonly
called, Sinking Spring Valley, lies upon the fron
tiers of Bedford county in Pennsylvania, about.
200 miles w. from Philadelphia. It has on the
e. a chain of high, rugged mountains, called the
Canoe Ridge, and on the w. the Bald Eagle or
Warrior mountains. This is a pleasant vale, of
limestone bottom, five miles in extent where widest;
and in the vicinity are great quantities of lead ore.
It contained, in 1779, about 60 or 70 families,
living in log-houses, who formed, in the spice of
seven or eight years, several valuable plantations,
some of which are remarkably agreeable on ac
count of their situation. During the late war with
Great Britain, lead was much wanted, and very
B A L
difficult to be procured, which induced a coin-
pany, under the patronage of the state, to settle
here, and establish a regular set of works. A fort
of logs was erected for the protection of the miners ;
and a considerable quantity of ore was produced,
from which lead enough was made to give a
competent idea of the real value of the mines in
general. The danger of the situation, however,
while an Indian war continued, occasioned the
failure of the undertaking. The lead ore was of
many kinds ; some in broad flakes, and others of
the steely texture. Several regular shafts were
sunk to a considerable depth ; one of which was
on the hill upon which the fort was erected, and
from which many large masses of ore were pro
cured ; but not forming a regular vein, it was dis
continued, and another opened about a mile from
the fort, nearer to Frank s Town. Here the
miners continued until they finally relinquished
the business. When they first began, they found
in the upper surface or vegetable earth several
hundred weight of cubic lead ore, clean and un
mixed with any substance whatever, which con
tinued as a clue, leading them down through the
different strata of earth, marl, &c. until they came
to the rock, which is here in general of the lime
stone kind. Among other curiosities of this place,
is that called the Swallows, which absorb several of
the largest streams of the valley, and after convey
ing them several miles under ground, in a sub-
terrananeous course, return them again upon the
surface. These subterraneous passages have given
rise to the name Sinking Spring valley. Of these
the most remarkable is called the Arch springs,
and run close upon the road from the town to the
fort. It is a deep hollow formed in the limestone
rock, about 30 feet wide, with a rude natural stone
arch hanging over it, forming a passage for the
water, which it throws out with some degree of
violence, and in such plenty as to form a fine
stream, which at length buries itself again in the
bowels of the earth. Some of these pits are near
300 feet deep ; the water at the bottom seems in
rapid motion, and is apparently as black as ink,
though it is as pure as the finest springs can pro
duce. Many of these pits are placed along the
course of this subterraneous river, which soon
after takes an opportunity of an opening at a
declivity of the ground, and keeps along the sur
face among the rocky hills for a few rods, then
enters the mouth of a large cave, whose exterior
aperture would be sufficient to admit a shallop
with her sails full spread. In the inside it keeps
from 18 to 20 feet wide. The roof declines as you
advance, and a ledge of loose rugged rocks extends
B A L
in tolerable order on one side, affording means to
scramble along. In the midst of this cave is
much timber, bodies of trees, branches, &c. which
being lodged up to the roof of this passage, shews
that the water is swelled up to the very top during
freshets. This opening in the hill continues about
400 yards, when the cave widens, after you have
got round a sudden turning, (which prevents its
being discovered till you are within it), into a spa
cious room, at the bottom of which is a vortex ;
the water that falls into it whirling round with
amazing force : sticks, or even pieces of timber, are
immediately absorbed, and carried out of sight,
the water boiling up with excessive violence,
and subsiding by{ degrees, and at certain inter
vals. From the top of the Bald Eagle moun
tains is a fine prospect of those of the Alleghany,
stretching along until they seem to meet the clouds.
Much slate is found here, with strong signs of pit
coal. Such as visit these parts must cross the
Juniata river three or four times, from Standing
Stone or Huntingdon to the fort, travelling a dis
tance of about 22 miles.]
[BALD Mountains. See TENESSEE.]
[BALD Head, at the mouth of cape Fear river,
N. Carolina, is at the s. w. end of Smith s island,
and with Oak island forms the main entrance
into the river. The light-house, which was erect
ed here in Dec. 1794, bears n. n. w. from the
point of cape Fear, and is 24 miles n. w. by n.
from the extremity of the Frying Pan shoal.]
[BALD Head makes the s. w. part of what is
called Wells bay, in the district of Maine. Between
cape Neddie harbour on the s. s. w. and Well s
bay, are several coves, where small vessels in a
smooth time, and with a zo. wind, haul ashore,
and are loaded with wood in the course of a tide,
with case and safety.]
[BALDiVIA. See VALDIVIA.]
BALDWIN, an English settlement in the
island of Barbadoes, and in the district of the
parish of San Juan.
BAL1NA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Yucatan. It runs into the sea at the e.
coast of the gulf of Honduras.
BALIS, Rio DE, a river in the province and
government of Yucatan, which runs into the sea
upon the same coast, near the strand of Bacalar,
and into the bay which is formed by that strand
and Long island.
BALISA, a port of the coast of Lousiana, by
some called Balija.
BAL1SGAN, a French settlement in Canada,
situate on the shore of the river of St. Lawrence,
in the mouth of that of Batiscan.
VOL. I.
B A L
129
BALISES Bay, a settlement of the island of
Barbadoes, in the district of the parish of San
Juan.
[BALIZE, a fort at the mouth of Mississippi
river.]
BALLENA, PUNTA DE LA, a cape or extre
mity of land of the island of Margarita, which
faces the e.
BALLENA, PUOMONTORIO 6 PUNTA DE LA,
a promontory or point in the kingdom of Quito,
and on the shore of the Pacific or S. sea, to the
s. s. e. of the cape of Los Borrachos, and n. n. e.
of that of Palmar. On its n. side, and very close
to it, the river Jama runs into the sea ; the soil is
sandy and level, but of little depth.
BALLENA, another point or promontory, on the
coast of the province and corregimiento of Quillota
in the kingdom of Chile, between the river and the
Quebrada de Chcoapa.
BALLENA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Florida, which runs e. and enters the sea
between the river San Juan and the island of
Sapala.
BALLENA, a canal formed between the islands
Lucaya and Bahama.
BALLENAS, PUNTA DE LAS, a point on the
coast, and in the w. head of the island of St.
Domingo, and in the territory of the French. It
lies between point Irois and cape Dona Maria.
BALLENAS, a canal or narrow pass of the gulf
of California, or Mar Roxo de Cortes, formed in
the most interior part of the same. It is by
the coast and the island of the Angel de la
Guarda.
BALLESTA, PUNTA DE LA, a point on the
coast of the province and government of Guaya
quil in the kingdom of Quito.
[BALLEZE, BALLIZF, or WALLIS, a river
in the peninsula of Yucatan, New Spain, Avhich
runs n. e. above 200 miles, and empties into (he
bay of Honduras, opposite the n. end of Turneff
island. By the treaty of peace in 1783, it is
agreed that British subjects shall have the right of
cutting and carrying away logwood in the district
lying between this river and that of Rio Hondo,
on the n. which falls into Hanover bay. The
course of the rivers are to be the unalterable
boundaries.]
[BALLTO WN, a township in Saratoga county,
New York, formerly in Albany county, and con
tained in 1790, 7333 inhabitants, including 69
slaves. By the state census in 1796, there appears
to be 266 electors in this township. It lies 36
miles n. of Albany, has a presbyterian meeting
house, and is in a thriving state. The medicinal
s
ISO
B A L
waters called Ballfown springs, from their being
found within the limits of this town, are of great
celebrity, both on account of their healing virtue
and the superior accommodation found near them
for valetudinarians. They are situated about 12
miles w. of Still water, 14 from that part of the
banks of the Hudson famous for the victory of
General Gates over General Burgoyne, 36 n. of
Albany, SO s. of lake George, and 196 above the
city of New York. The springs are found in the
bottom of a valley, or excavation, forming a kind
of basin, of about 50 acres in extent. In this
hollow grow lofty pines, which are overtopped by
others, and rise at a greater or less distance above
the brim of this basin. The woods are pretty well
cleared near the springs. There is a large house
for entertainment, with neat bathing-houses and
shower-baths for the convenience of invalids.
These, as also the greatest part of the valley, be
long to an eminent merchant of New York ; the
largest spring, however, belongs to the public.
Sir William Johnson made this observation when
he sold this tract of land to private individuals :
* In tracing the history of these medicinal springs,
1 could only learn that an Indian chief discovered
them to a sick French officer in the early part of
their wars with the English : but whether they
were these very springs in this basin, or those at
ten miles distance, properly called the Saratoga
springs, I know not." The soil for half a dozen
miles round this place is poor and sandy, producing
little else than pine trees, shrub-oaks, fern, and
mullen. In the hills in the vicinity ores have been
accidentally found, especially iron and copper, or
rather what the mineralogists call ferruginous and
cupreous pyrites. The valley of Balltown and
its environs may be made an enchanting spot, equal,
nay superior, in some respects, to any of the water
ing places in Europe. The Kayaderassoras river,
which is about 10 yards wide, gives several hints
to the man of taste, to turn its waters to the use
and beauty of the future town, which these medi
cinal springs will one day raise in this place. The
medicinal waters which have made this spot so
famous of late are remarkably limpid, considering
they contain iron, a mineral alkali, common salt,
and lime. They are brisk and sparkling like cham-
paigne. In drinking they affect the nose and palate
like bottled beer, and slightly affect the head of
some people by their inebriating quality. They
derive this exhilarating quality from what Dr.
Priestley calls^.rerf#/r, and is that animating some
thing which gives activity to yeast, and life to
malt liquors. It is used, in the neighbourhood of
the springs, instead of yeast in making bread j and
B A L
makes it rise more speedily and effectually thaw
any other ferment in ordinary use. Horses drink
these waters with avidity. The ignorant country
people see, with astonishment, that a candle will
not burn near the surface of these waters. Fish
and frogs are killed in a few minutes, and geese
and ducks can only swim in them a few minutes
before they expire. These waters arc apt to burst
bottles when corked in very warm weather, espe
cially during a thunder storm ; but with care may
be transported in bottles to any distance. They
boil with a very moderate degree of heat ; they
are nevertheless remarkably cold ; for when the
mercury in Fahrenheit s thermometer stood at 86 in
the open air, and 79 in the brook running near
the spring, it stood in one of these mineral springs
at 49, and in the other at 51 : the first was con
stantly excluded from the rays of the sun, the last
always exposed without a covering. Physician*
seldom direct their patients to drink more than
three quarts of these waters in twelve hours ; but
some drink the enormous quantity of three gallons r
and even more, in a day. Cold as they are, they
may be drank with safety in the hottest weather.
They increase every natural evacuation, nay, they
are cathartic, diuretic, and sudorific, at the same
time. On the first trial they are apt to disagree
with many people ; they create uneasiness in the
stomach and bowels, and cause a heat in the glands
of the throat, until they begin to pass off freely by
the kidneys ; they then become pleasant, and
operate agreeably. They blacken the teeth and
also the alvine faeces : they are deemed a specific
in loss of appetite and indigestion : they are highly
serviceable in hypochondriac eases, in obstructions,
and in the stone and gravel, and cutaneous dis
orders : their credit is not so well established in
the gout or rheumatism : they are hurtful in in
flammatory disorders and consumptions : their use
occasions heat in the glands of the throat, and stiff
ness of the neck ; and in such as are subject to the
tooth-ache, an aggravation of the pain : they are
a powerful and precious remedy in the hands of the
judicious, but ought never to be used without the
advice of a skilful physician.]
[BALLSTOWN, or BALLTOWN, a township
in Lincoln county, district of Maine, contain
ing 1072 inhabitants. One hundred and ninety-
five miles n. e. from Boston.]
BALSAMO, BAHIA DE, a bay on the n. coast
of the island of St. Domingo, between cape La
Pena and the point of Macuri.
BALSAQUILLO, an extensive and beautiful
valley of the alcaldia mayor of La Puebla de los
Angeles in Nucva Espaim, so fertile as to have no
B A L
loss than 56 estates and country seats. It is half a
league from its capital.
BALSAR, a settlement of the district of Daule,
in the province and government of Guayaquil, of
the kingdom of Quito, very fertile, and abound
ing in cacao, tobacco, cotton, and sugar-cane. It
is 26 leagues from the capital, on the shore of the
river Daule.
BALSAS, SAX CHRISTOBAL DE LAS, a settle
ment of the province and corregimienlo of Chacha-
poyas in Peru, situate on the e. shore of the Ma-
raiion : through it lies the road to Cajamarca.
Lat. 6 16 .
BALSAS, another settlement in the same province
and corregimiento as the former.
BALSAS, another, in the province and govern
ment of Cartagena in the same kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the bank of the dike which
communicates the sea with the river Magdalena.
BALSAS, a lake thus called, in the province of
Guayaquil and kingdom of Quito ; it is between
the river Perdomo to the s.; n. of the river Ma-
chala, and at one league s distance from the settle
ment of its name.
BALSO, a river of the kingdom of Quito,
which flows down from the mountain called Sucha-
huaca-urca ; and after washing those forests, run
ning from n. to s. it enters the Bobonasa.
BALTASAR, SAN, a settlement of the pro
vince and alcaldia mayor of Zacatlan in Nueva
Espana. Five leagues from its capital.
BALTASAR, SAN, another settlement, in the head
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Nexapa in the
same kingdom, situated at the foot of an elevated
mountain. It contains 34 families of Indians, and
is four leagues to the n. e. of its capital.
[BALTIMORE County, in Maryland, lies be
tween Patapsco and Gunpowder rivers, the former
dividing it from Ann Arundel county on the s. and
ft. w. ; Gunpowder and Little Gunpowder separat
ing it from Harford county on the e. and n. e. It
has Frederick county, on the w. and n. w. Penn
sylvania on the n. and Chesapeak bay on the s. e.
Besides the rivers which bound it, and their
branches, this county has Back and Middle rivers
between the two former, but they are rather arms
of Chesapeak bay than rivers. Back river, four or
five miles e. of Patapsco, receives two small
streams; the north-westernmost is called Herring
Run. Middle river has little or no supply of fresh
water. There are numerous iron works in this
county ; and it contains 25,434 inhabitants, includ
ing 587 slaves. Its chief town is Baltimore.]
[BALTIMORE, the chief town in the above
county, is the largest in the state of Maryland.
B A L
131
In size it is the fourth, and in commerce the fifth
in rank in the United States. It is situated on the
n. side of Palapsco river, at a small distance from
its junction with the Chesapeak : the entrance of
the harbour is defended by Whetstone fort, hardly
a pistol-shot across, and of course may easily be
defended against naval force. From the head of
Elk river, at the head of the bay to Baltimore, is
about 60 miles. The town is built around what is
called the basin, reckoned one of the finest har
bours in America : the water rises five or six feet
at common tides : it is divided into \vhat is called
the Town and Fell s point, by a creek, over which
are two bridges, but the houses extend in an irre
gular manner from the one to the other. At Fell s
point the water is deep enough for ships of burden,
but small vessels only go up to the town. The
situation is low, and was formerly thought un
healthy ; but by its rapid increase, improvements
have taken place which have corrected the damp
ness of the air, and it is now judged to be tole
rably healthy. In 1787 it contained 1955 dwelling-
houses, of which 1200 were in the town, and the
rest at Fell s point. It then contained 152 store
houses. The number of the inhabitants of the town
and precincts, in 1791, were 13,503, including 1255
slaves. The number of houses and inhabitants
have been greatly increased since. Before the
emigration of the French people from cape Fran-
<^ois, and other islands, the houses had increased to
2300. Those unfortunate people, flying from their
merciless countrymen, who had burned and pillag
ed their cities and towns, and murdered their rela
tions and friends, found here an hospitable asylum,
after sufferings hardly paralleled in the annals of
history. Here are nine places of public worship,
which belong to Roman Catholics, German Calvi-
nists and Lutherans, Episcopalians, Presbyterians,
Baptists, Methodists, Quakers, and Nicolites, or
New Quakers, who all live together in peace. It
is inhabited by people from most parts of Europe.
The principal street is Market Street, which runs
nearly e. and zr. a mile in length, parallel with the
water : this is crossed by a number of other streets,
which run from the water, a number of >v Inch,
particularly Calvert and Gay streets, are well
built. N. and e. of the town the land rises, and
presents a noble view of the town and bay. In
1790, this city owned 27 ships, 1 snow, 31 bri-
gantines, 34 schooners, and 9 sloops, total 102;
tonnage 13,564. The exports in the same year
amounted to 2,027,770, and the imports to
1,949,899 dollars. The exports in July, August,
and September, in 1790, amounted only to 343,584
dollars; but in these months in 1795, they amouut-
s2
132
BAN
to 1,675,748 dollars. The affairs of the town are
managed by a board of town commissioners, a
board of special commissioners, and a board of
wardens; the first board fills its own vacancies,
and is perpetual ; the two last are appointed by
electors, chosen every fifth year by the citizens.
It is 53 milc^s s. a), from Elktown, J76 n.e. from
Richmond in V irginia, 50 n. e. from the city of
Washington, and 103 s. w. from Philadelphia.
Lat. 39 19 w. Long. 76 44 a?.]
BAMBA, a small river of the province and cor-
regimicnto of Caxamarca la Grande. ft rises
ia the valley of Condebamba, and enters the Ma
ra non.
BAMBAMARCA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Caxamarquilla in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of the capital.
BAMOA, a settlement of the missions which
were held here by the regulars of the company of
the Jesuits, in the province and government of
Ciualoa.
BANAIIATU, a small river of the province
and government of San Juan de los Llanos in the
Nuevo Reyiio de Granada ; it rises between the
rivers Cinaruco and Cantanapalo, runs e. and
enters the Orinoco on the w. side, between the
mouths of those two rivers.
BANAICHI, or BANAMICHI, a settlement of
the province and government of La Sonora in
Nueva Espaiia, on the shore of a river of this
name, between the settlements of Guspaca and
Gnopique.
BANANA, a small settlement of the province
and government of Darien ; it consists of gentile
Indians, and is situate on the shore of the gulph
of this name, or Uraba.
BANANIERES, GRAND, a river of the island
of Guadalupe ; it rises in the mountains towards
the e. runs e. and enters the sea between the rivers
Trou, Au, Chat, and Orange.
BAN ARE, MARIE, a river of the province of
La Guayana, in the French possessions.
BANASIA, SIENNA DE, a chain of mountains
of the island of St. Domingo, in the French pos
sessions ; they are near the n. coast, at the zo. head,
and run from n. to e. for many leagues.
BANCHERAU, a cape or point of land on the
coast of A cad ia.
BANCO, a settlement of the province and go
vernment ot Santa Marta in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Magdalena,
at the mouth formed by the river Cesare.
BANCO DE PKRDOMO, a sand bank, just appear
ing above the water, in the gulph of Guayaquil,
opposite to the coast of Machala, (from whence it
BAN
is one league distant), and to the Punta de Arenas
of the island of La Puna. It extends upwards or"
three leagues from n. to n. e. to s. to s. t.
BANCOS, small islands or rocks of the N. sea,
near the coast of the province and government of
Honduras, close to the cape of Camaron.
BANDITS, a small river of Canada, which runs
s. w. and enters lake Superior.
BANEGAS, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of
the river Guarico, at the mouth where this river is
entered by that of Los Aceytes.
[BANGOR, a township in Hancock county,
district of Maine, on the w. side of Penobscot
river, 25 miles from its mouth at Belfast bay, 65
w. w. by zo. from Machias, 63 n. e. from Hal-
lowell, and 280 n. e. from Boston.]
BAN I, a large and beautiful valley of the island
of St. Domingo, on the s. coast.
BAN i, a river of the same island, rising in the
mountains of the coast. It runs s. crosses the
aforesaid valley, and enters the sea between the
point of La Salina and the bay of Ocoa.
BANICA, a settlement of Hispaniola, or St.
Domingo, founded by Diego Velasques in 1504,
in a valley of the same name, near the river Arti-
bonito. It has a guard of 40 men, on account of
its bordering upon the limits of the French; and
is seven leagues from the town of Azua, or Com-
postela .
BANICA, a valley of the island, in which is the
former settlement. It is arge, fertile, and beauti
ful, surrounded on all sides by the rivers of the
Indians, the Artibonito, and the Neiba.
BANICA, a small river of the same island,
which rises at the foot of two mountains near the
n. coast, runs s, e. and enters the Libon.
[BANKS, Port, a harbour on the n. w. coast of
America, s. e. from cape Edgecombe, and . w.
from Sea Otter sound.]
[BANN, a township in York county, Penn
sylvania.]
BANNISTER, a small river of Virginia, which
runs s. e. and enters the Hicotimos.
BANNOS, a settlement of the province and
corregitmtnto of Hunmlies in Peru. In its neigh
bourhood are the vestiges of a stone road, which
are also found in the immediate provinces of Con-
chucos, Tarma, and others : its direction is from
Caxamarca towards the s. The Incas used to
travel along this road, and it is said to have ex
tended as far as Quito ; its remains shew it to have
been a sumptuous work. Not far from hence are
other monuments of antiquity, such as a palace
for bathing, in which the stones of the building
B A Q
were fitted together with such nicety that it is
almost impossible to discover where they were
joined ; the ruins of a temple and a fort, at the
summit of a mountain, which has its side watered
by the Maranon ; and anothjer fort at a little dis
tance. Lat. 10 10 s.
BANNOS, another settlement, of the asiento and
jurisdiction of Arnbato, in the con-cgimiento of
Riobamba and kingdom of Quito ; situate at the
skirts of the mountain of Tunguragua. There
are some baths here which were much frequented,
and the settlement was consecrated to the religious
of the order of St. Dominic, and in its church
was held in high veneration the image of our
Lady.
BANNOS, another, of the province and govern
ment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy of
Atavillos Altos.
BANNOS, another, in the province and corregi-
miento of Cuenca in the kingdom of Quito, in the
vicinity of which there is at the top of the moun
tain a spring of mineral waters, sprouting through
several holes of about four or five inches in diame
ter : they come out boiling, so that they will,
harden an egg in a very few minutes. From these
waters flows a stream of very beneficial properties,
which deposits on its banks a yellow colour. The
Incas had their baths here, and vestiges of
these are still to be seen. Two leagues from its
capital, in lat. 2 56 s.
BANNOS, another, in the province and corregi-
miento of Kancagua in the kingdom of Chile.
BANXOS, a river of the province and corregi-
miento of Cuenca in the kingdom of Quito. It
rises in the mountainous deserts of the cordillera,
takes its name from the settlement thus called, and
passes at a quarter of a league s distance from the
city of Cuenca.
BANOMAS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
who inhabit the forests of the river Maranon, in the
province of Quito. They were bounded by the
Omagnas and Aysuares, and were reduced to the
Catholic faith, and brought to live in settlements,
by the celebrated Jesuit and mathematician, Samuel
Frit, in 1683.
BANTAN, ROCHER DE, a shoal or small rocky
isle, of the s. coast of Nova Scotia, between the
capes IN egre and Sable.
BAN TRY. See BRAINTREE.
BAQUERIA DEI, MAR, a territory of the
province and captainship of Rey in Brazil, and in
the country of the Guanoas Indians.
BAQUERIA, another, an extensive territory of
the province and government of Paraguay, between
the rivers Alboapioni and Yucas.
BAR
133
BAR, a small river of Nova Scotia, which
runs s. and enters the sea in the bay of Fundy.
BARA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the sea coast, near the river
Guaique.
[BARACOA, a sea-porttown in the n. e. part of
the island of Cuba in the West Indies ; 50 miles
n. e. of St. Jago de Cuba. Lat. 21 n. Long.
76 10 a>.]
BARACOA, a port of the missions belonging to
the Portuguese Carmelite fathers, in the country of
Las Amazonas, situate on the shores of the Rio
Negro.
BARADERO, SAN FRANCISO REGIS DEL, a
settlement of the province and government of
Mainas in the kingdom of Quito, one of those be
longing to the Jesuits.
BARADERO, SANTIAGO DE, another settle
ment, of the province and government of Buenos
Ayres, situate to the w. of its capital, at a small
distance from the river La Plata.
BARAnERO, a bay of the coast of Brazil, in the
captainship of Rey, between the lake of Los De-
funtos, and the small island of Castillos Chicos.
BARADEROS, a port of the coast of the pro
vince and government of Yucatan, near the river
Champoton.
BARADEROS, a bay on the n. coast of the w.
head of the island of St. Domingo, in the French
possessions, between the Bee de Marsowin and the
Petit Trou.
[BARADERO, a settlement of Indians, of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres, found
ed in 1580 by the Guaranos, in Lat. 54 46 35".
Long. 59 46 30" a).]
BARAGUA, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Tucuyo,
and to the . of the city of Bariquisimeto.
BARANOA, a settlement of the province and
government of Cartagena in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the banks of a stream which
runs from the swamp of Turbaco into the sea.
BARAONA, a settlement of the province and
government of Quixos and Macas in the king
dom of Quito.
BARARAUA, a settlement of the Portuguese
in the province and country of the Amazonas,
situate on the shore of the river Negro.
BARBA, PUNT A DE, a cape on the coast of
Tierra Firme, in the province and government of
Santiago de Veragua, in the the S. sea, one of
those which form the bay of La Soledad.
BARBACOA, an island of the N. sea, in the
134
BAR
province and government of Darien, situate Tvitlnn
the gulph of tl>e same name, near the coast, and
in front of the mouth of the river Choco.
BARBACOA, a point of land on the coast of the
province and government of Cartagena, between
the month of Latuna and the island of Barn.
BARBACOA, a settlement of the island of St.
Domingo, situate on the e, head, and on the shore
of the bay of its name.
BARBACOAS, a city of the province and go
vernment of Esmeraldas in the kingdom of Quito,
situate between the rivers Pati and Guaxi, near
the coast of the S. sea, is also called Nnestra Se-
iiora del Puerto del Nuevo Toledo. Its soil is
warm and moist, and the houses, although built of
wood and a certain cane called guadua, and cover
ed in with large dried leaves instead of tiles, are
nevertheless very commodious and of a decent
construction. Its inhabitants are docile, amiable,
and courteous, and of singular genius. It has
many families of distinction, who possess gold
mines which are worked by the Negro slaves.
The gold is of the best quality, and is carried to
be coined at the mint of Popayan. Victuals and
clothing are very dear, since they are brought
from Pasto, Popayan, the town of Ibarra, and
from Quito : it is governed by a vice-governor and
two alcaldes, who are elected yearly. Here is an
official real and a commissary of the inquisition ;
and with regard to its ecclesiastical concerns, it is
governed by a vicar belonging to the bishopric
of Quito. The first person who found his way
Amongst these mountains, for the sake of convert
ing the nation of Barbacoas, of whom but few are
now remaining, was Father Lucas de la Cneva,
of the abolished company of the Jesuits, in 1640.
It has four dependent settlements, and lies between
the river Huachi to the ?0. and the Telembi to the
n. e. in Lat. 1 42 s. Long. 78 8 a>.
BARBACOAS, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, lying to the s. of the
city of Caroa at the source of the river Tucuyo.
BARBACOAS, a bay of the n. coast of the island of
St. Domingo, formed by the cape of Frances Viejo
and that of Samana, is very large and capacious.
BARBACOAS, another settlement of the province
and government of Venezuela, on the shore of the
lake of Maracaibo.
BARBADOES, an island of the N. sea, one of
the Lesser Antillas, situate to the n. of that of St.
Vincent, and to the s. of Martinica ; is eight
leagues long and five wide, and is of an oval
shape. It was discovered by William Courteen
in 1625, in the reign of James 1. king of England,
who was returning from Pernambuco in Brazil,
BAR
and was driven hither by a tempest, when he
went on shore to reconnoitre, and found the island
was crowded with wood ; indeed it was supposed
that there was not a clear spot of ground upon it,
and it seemed altogether desert, and uninhabited
even by savages. There were neither pastures,
grain, or herbs to be found upon it; but as the
climate was good, and the soil appeared to be fer
tile, it was settled by some English of small for
tunes, who, after infinite pains and difficulty, suc
ceeded in clearing away some of the timber with
which it was so covered : the first crops were of
course but scanty, but this, however, did not
cause these new colonists to give up their enter
prise ; and they were afterwards kept in counte
nance and joined by some of their brethren who
fled hither on account of the English civil wars.
It was then granted by the king as a property to
his favourite the Earl of Carlisle, and it thus
so far increased in population, that in 20 years
afterwards, namely in 1650, it contained 50,000
whites, and a greater number of Negro slaves.
The king created 13 barons in this colony, who,
in 1676, had upwards of 1000 Negroes, and em
ployed more than 400 vessels, from 50 to 100 tons
burthen, in their commerce of sugar, indigo, cot
ton, ginger, and other productions. The in
crease of the English colonies in the other islands
caused the extraordinary elevation of fortune and
dignity then prevalent in this, in some degree, to
subside ; and what did not in a less degree con
tribute to its downfal, was the terrible plague
which broke out here in 1692, and continued for
some years. It is by nature very strong, and
completely surrounded by rocks, so that it is
thoroughly sheltered to the windward ; to the
leeward it has many good bays, and the whole
coast is defended by a line of small forts. The
country has the most beautiful appearance, being
a series of valleys and mountains, cultivated in all
parts, and full of plantations of sugar-cane,
oranges, lemons, citrons, limes, guanas, papas,
aloes, and many other kinds of delicious fruits,
and interspersed with country villas and dwell
ings : one of the principal branches of its com
merce is rum, which is esteemed of the finest qua
lity ; it abounds in fish and birds, and has many
great caves or caverns, some of which are large
enough to contain 500 men, and are used as hid
ing places by the Negroes who run away from
their masters. Its temperature is very hot, espe
cially in the eight summer months, and the heat
would indeed be intolerable, were it not for the
n. e. breeze which springs up about sun-rise, and
lasts as long as this luminary is above the horizon.
BARBADOES.
135
It has only one river, called Tuigh, the waters of
which are covered by a fluid similar to oil, and
which is used for lamps. The island is divided
into 11 parishes, which contain 14 churches and
chapels. The names of the parishes of this island
are, to the n. St. Lucy s, St. Peter s, and St. An
drew s ; to the s. St. Michael s, Christ Church,
and St. Philip s ; and in the centre, St. James s,
St. Thomas s, St. Joseph s, St. George s, and
St. John s, which are divided into five districts :
and it contains four towns, called Bridge Town,
the capital, St. James s, formerly called the Hole,
Speight s Town, and Ostin s, or Charles Town.
[Barbadoes, notwithstanding what Alcedo re
marks, was probably first discovered by the Por
tuguese in their voyages from Brazil, and from
them it received the name which it still retains.
It is said not to have been noticed in any sea-
chart before the year 1600. It is usually ranked
amongst the windward division of the Charibbes,
being a day or two s sail from Surinam. From
its being the first discovered of any of these islands,
it is called the Mother of the Sugar Colonies. It
was found without occupants or claimants. The
Charibbes, for reasons altogether unknown to us,
had deserted it, and the Portuguese, satisfied
with the splendid regions they had acquired on
the continent, seem to have considered it as of
little valne. Having furnished it with a breed of
swine for the benefit of such of their countrymen
as might navigate the same track, they left the
island in all other respects as they found it. Of
the English, the first who are known to have land
ed in this island, were the crew of a ship called
the Olive Blossom, bound from London to Suri
nam in 1605, and fitted out at the expence of Sir
Olive Leigh. Some years after this, a ship of
Sir William Courteen s, a merchant of London,
returning from Brazil, was driven by stress of
weather into this island, and finding refreshments
on it, the master and seamen, on their arrival in
England, made so favourable a report of the
beauty and fertility of the country, that Lord
Ley (afterwards Earl of Marlborough, and lord
high treasurer) immediately obtained from King
James I. a grant of the island to himself
and his heirs in perpetuity. Accordingly Wil
liam Dean, with 30 settlers, under the instiga
tion of Courteen, arrived here safe in the latter
end of the year 1624, and laid the foundations of
a town, which, in the honour of the sovereign,
they denominated James Town ; and thus began
the first English settlement in the island of Bar
badoes. In 1627 it was made over by patent to
the Earl of Carlisle, afterwards to William, Earl
of Pembroke, in trust for Courteen, and again
restored by other letters to the Earl of Carlisle.
The latter person, in order completely to ruin all
the interests in the colony of his competitor, pro
ceeded to distribute the lands to such persons as
chose to receive grants at his hands on the terms
proposed to them. A society of London mer
chants accepted 10,000 acres, on conditions which
promised great advantage to the proprietor ; but
they were allowed the liberty of sending out a per
son to preside over their concerns in the colony j
and they made choice for this purpose of Charles
Woolferstone, who repaired to the island, accom
panied with 64 persons, each of whom was au
thorised to take up ICO acres of land. These
people landed on the 5th of July 1628, at which
time Courteen s settlement was in a very promis
ing condition ; but Woolferstone declared it an
encroachment and usurpation, and being sup
ported by the arrival of Sir William Tufton, who
was sent out as chief governor by Lord Carlisle,
in 1629, with a force sufficient for the mainte
nance of his pretensions, he compelled the friends
of Courteen to submit ; and the interests of the
latter were thenceforth swallowed up and forgotten.
Owing to a civil war in England/ many people of
peaceable tempers and dispositions, chiefly royal
ists, took refuge in this island ; and the conse
quent ruin of the king s affairs induced a still
greater number, many of whom had been officers
of rank in his service, to follow their example.
The emigration from the mother-country to this
island was indeed so great during the commotions
in England, that in 1650 it was computed there
were 20,000 white men in Barbadoes, half of them
able to bear arms, and furnishing even a regiment of
horse to the number of 1000. " These adventurers, *
says Lord Clarendon, " planted themselves with
out any body s leave, and without being opposed
or contradicted by any body." The colony, left
to its own efforts, and enjoying an unlimited free-
doom of trade, flourished beyond example. In
the year 1646, however, the then Earl of Car
lisle, who was son and heir of the patentee, stimu
lated by the renown of its wealth and prosperity,
began to revive his claims as hereditary proprie
tor ; and entering into a treaty with Lord Wil-
loughby of Parham, conveyed to that nobleman
all his rights by lease for 21 years, on condition of
receiving one half the profits in the mean time;
but justly apprehending that the resident planters
might dispute his pretensions, he very readily
concurred with Lord Willoughby in soliciting a
commission for the latter, as chief governor, un
der the sanction of regal authority. Soon after-]
136
BARBADOS S.
[wards the whole island became the possession of
the crown, and many indeed were the disturb
ances that succeeded respecting the -right of pro
prietorship, until the assembly passed an act, on
the 12th September 1663, entitled, " An Act
for settling the Impost on the Commodities of the
Growth of this Island."
The earliest planters of Barbadoes were some
times reproached with the guilt of forcing or de
coying into slavery the Indians of the neigh
bouring continent. The history of Inkle and
Yarico, which the Spectator has recorded for
the detestation of mankind, took its rise in this
island ; but happily this species of slavery was
soon abolished. The Barbadoes tar (the oil allud
ed to by A Icedo) is a particular production of this
island. It vises out of the earth, and swims on the
surface of the water. It is of great use in the dry
belly -ach, and in diseases or" the breast. The
form of the government of this island so very
nearly resembles that of Jamaica, which may be
found described under that article, that it is un
necessary to enter into detail, except to observe
that the council is composed of 12 members, and
the assemby of 22. The most important variation
respects the court of chancery, which in Barba
does is constituted of the governor and council,
whereas in Jamaica the governor is sole chancel
lor. On the other hand, in Barbadoes the go
vernor sits in council, even when the latter are
acting in a legislative capacity. This, in Jamai
ca, would be considered improper and unconsti
tutional. It may also be observed, that the courts
of grand sessions, common picas, and exchequer,
in Barbadoes, are distinct from each other, and
not, as in Jamaica, united and blended in one
supreme court of judicature. Here is a college
founded by Colonel Codrington, the only institu
tion of the kind in the W. Indies ; but it has not
answered the intention of the founder. The houses
of the planters are very thickly sown all along the
country, which, with the luxuriant productions of
the soil, and the gently swelling hills, form a de
lightful scene. That the dreadful succession of
hurricanes, with which this and the other West
Indian islands have been infested, has contributed
to the great defalcation of its revenues, cannot be
doubted. The capital of this island was scarce
risen from the ashes to which it had been reduced
by two dreadful fires, when it was torn from its
foundations, and the whole country made a scene
of desolation, by the storm of the 10th of October
17SO, in which no less than 4326 of the inhabi
tants (blacks and whites) miserably perished;
and the damage to the country was computed at
j 1,320,564, 15.?. sterling. Moreover, the trade
of this and some others of the islands, suffers con
siderably by a duty of 4| per cent, on exported
produce; out of which, however, the governor s
salary, ^2000 a-year, is paid. The crown ac
quired this revenue in the reign of Charles II.
which the planters agreed to, in order to secure
possessions to which they had uncertain titles.
Barbadoes is about 21 miles in length from High
point, its northern extremity, to South point ;
and 14 in breadth, from the Chair near Kitridge
bay, e. to Valiant Royalist fort, w. ; and con
tains 106,470 acres of land, most of which is un
der cultivation. It lies 20 leagues e. from St.
Vincent, which may be seen in a clear day, 25
from St. Lucia, 28 s. r. from Martinico, 60 n. c.
from Trinidad, and 100 s.e. from St. Christo
pher s. The soil in the low lands is black, some
what reddish in the shallow parts, on the hills of
a chalky marl, and near the sea generally sandy.
Of this variety of soil, the black mould is best
suited for the cultivation of the cane, and, with
the aid of manure, has given as great returns of
sugar, in favourable seasons, as any in the West
Indies, the prime lands of St. Kitt s exccpted.
We are assured, that about the year 1670, Bar
badoes could boast of 50,000 white, and upwards
of 100,000 black inhabitant?, whose labours, it is
said, gave 1 employment to 60,000 tons of ship
ping. This account is supposed to be much ex
aggerated. It cannot however be doubted, that
the inhabitants of this island have decreased with,
a rapidity seldom known in any other country.
According to the most authentic returns of the
number of whites in 1724, and of its Negroes in
1753, the former consisted of no more than
18,295, the latter of 69,870. In 1786 the num
bers were 16,167 whites, 838 free people of co
lour, and 6 L ^,1I5 Negroes. It appears too that
the annual produce of this island (particularly
sugar) has decreased in a much greater propor
tion than in any other of the West Indian colo
nies. Postlcthwayte states the crop of sugar, in
1736, at 22,769 hogsheads of 13cwt. which is
equal to 19,800 of 15 cwt. ; and the author of the
European Settlements, published in 1761, cal
culates the average crop at 25,000 hogsheads.
As the author first quoted gives a precise num^
ber, it is probable his statement was grounded on
good authority. If so, the island has fallen off
nearly one half in the annual growth of its princi
pal staple. On an average of eight years (from
1740 to 1748) the exports were, 13,948 hogsheads
of sugar, of 15 cwt. 12,884 puncheons of rum, of
100 gallons, 60 hogsheads of molasses, 4667 bags]
BARBADOS S.
[of ginger, 600 bags of cotton, and 397 gourds of
aloes. The exports, on an average of 1784, 1785,
and 1786, had fallen to 9554 hogsheads of sugar,
5448 puncheons of mm, 6320 bags of ginger,
8331 bags of cotton ; exclusive of some smaller
articles, as aloes, sweetmeats, &e. of which the
quantities are not ascertained. The variation in
the produce of sugar is from 6000 to 13,000
hogsheads ; whilst Grenada, St. Vincent s, and
Tobago, vary only as from 12,000 to 16,000
hogsheads.
By report of privy council, 1788, the British-
property vested here is estimated at 106,470 taxed
acres of patented estates ; and the Negroes are com
puted at 60,000, at 50/. each Negro. The same
report, in a general appraisement of British pro
perty vested in the British colonies, makes the
land, buildings, and stock, double the value of
the Negroes ; and the towns, stores, and ship-
ing, about one twenty-second part of the lands.
Produce of the island of Barbadoes exported, for seven years, from 1786 to 1792, both inclusive.
A. D.
Snijar.
Melasses.
Rum.
Gilder.
Aloes.
Cotton.
Hds. Trees. Bark
Hds. Trees.
HcK Trees. Bails.
Bags and Barls.
Hds. Trees. Gourds.
Bags. Ibs.
1786
8,659 82 34! 9
114
199 39 6P3
8070
1 409
8,864
1787111,929 183 2415
87 37
1872 27 614
6095
1 1 688
10,511
1788
10,309 63 3674
-;;^6 607
5364
303
1,894,365
1789 9,021 J)6 4520
C J172 397
5180
372
1,327,840
1790
9,998 123 2935
2331 261
4565
475
1,287,088
1791 11,333 60 2346
30
008 411
3735
770
1,163,157
1792
17,073 12.5 269S
188
5064 512
3046
515
974,178
From this great increase in the export of sugar,
and decrease in that of the minor staples, it seems
probable that the advanced price of that article in
Europe in the year 1792, had encouraged the cul
tivation of that article on plantations which had
formerly been abandoned or appropriated to a dif
ferent line of culture.
To the year 1736 this island returned,
on yearly average, of sugar, - -
To 1761, on average crops, - ...
To 1787, only
To 1805, only
lids.
22,769
25,000
12,21 1
9.554
The official value of the Imports and Exports of Barbadoes were, in
1809, imports .288,4)2, exports ^450,760.
1810, 311,400, 271,597.
And the quantities of the principal articles imported into Great Britain were, in
Coffee.
Sugar.
Rum.
Cotton Wool.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Brit. Plant.
For . Plant.
Cwt.
1809, 3471
1810, 30S
r\vt.
1345
9
Cwt.
139,717
181,440
Cwt.
3
Galls.
19,764
7,1)09
Lbs.
1,359,823
1,453,738
The above statements will, it is conceived, give
a good general view of the commercial relations of
Bardadoes from the earliest period ; and it will be
found that its produce for the European market
has been regularly on the decline, though some
what uniform, since 1787 to the present year. In
dependently of all political circumstances, to which
the cau"se might possibly be traced, we shall con
tent ourselves in quoting the physical causes as
cribed by Sir Charles Young, " As this decrease
(Iw observes) ff has been constant and progressive,
it is to be apprehended that the cause is of certain
and continued effect ; namely, diminished and di
minishing fertility, if not from exhausted soil, yet
from the country being over-cleared and deprived
of woods, and therewith deprived of moisture, un
der their shade and covert, to form reservoirs for
rivulets ; and deprived too of the attraction to
clouds and rain, which, in the tropical climates,
are indispensable to fertility, and which the wooded}
158
BAR
[hills of islands constantly afford, and are in ex
ample of." To the above causes of the decline of
the exports, we would have our readers bear in -
mind the dreadful succession of hurricanes which
took place in 178-1. The state of the population of
this island at different periods, will be seen by the
following authentic documents.
Account of the number of Negroes in Barbadoes,
and amount of the Public Taxes for seven
years, from 1786 to 1792, both inclusive.
(Extracted from Bryan Edwards.)
A.D.
No. of Slave*.
Do. imported.
Amount of Taxes.
1786
62,115
511
.10,138 14 g*
1787
62,712
528
13,528 15 11|
1788
63,557
1585
8,382 12 4i
1789
63,870
556
5,534 18 3
1790
64,068
131
13,482 19
1791
63,250
426
6,203 2 11|
1792
64,330
744
9,443 19 3
BAR
The taxes thus levied on the public consist
of a capitation tax on Negroes ; a tax on sugar-
mills, dwelling-houses, and carriages ; together
with an excise, &c. on wines imported. Besides
all which, there is a parochial tax on land,
amounting, on average throughout the island, to
about two shillings per acre, and an assessment in
labour for the repair of the highways. The whole
is altogether exclusive of the heavy duty of 4| per
cent, to the crown.
By report of privy council, 1788, and by subse
quent estimates, the population amounted to
1787
1805
Whites.
People of
Colour.
,>
Slaves.
16,127
15,000
2229
2130
64,405
60,000
By return to the house of commons, March 18th, 1790, the following was the Slave Trade from
Africa to this island in the undermentioned years.
it K Arrivals from Africa.
Negroes exported.
Years.
Number of
Vessels.
Tonnage.
Total number
of Negroes im
ported.
To Foreign West
[ndies, in British
Bottoms.
To the
States of
America.
Total
Exported.
Negroes re
tained for
cultivation.
1787
7
831
713
85
__
85
628
1788
8
801
1099
356
6
362
737
And the Import of Slaves into Barbadoes, by re
port of privy council, 1788, at a medium of
four years, and by a return to house of com
mons in 1805, on a medium of two years from
1803, were,
Average of
Four years to 1787
Two years to 1803
Imports,
Re-exports.
Retained.
367
1050
5
28
362
1022
Barbadoes is situate in 13 10 n. lat. and in
59 w. long.]
BARBARA, SANTA, a settlement of Indians,
of the missions belonging to the religion of St. Do
mingo, in the jurisdiction of the townof San Chris-
tobal in the Nuevo Reyno de Granada. It con
sists of 100 Indians, is of a hot temperaturey and
lies on the shor of the river A pure.
BARBARA, another settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Coautitlan in Nueva Espana, annexed
to the curacy of its capital. It contains 218 fami
lies of Indians, and is a little more than a quarter
of a league distant from its capital.
BARBARA, another, of the head settlement and
alcaldia mayor of Marinalco in the same kingdom,
is of a cold and moist temperature, inhabited by
nine families of Spaniards and Mustees, and 69 of
Indians, who are accustomed to make pulque,
(a liquor prepared of a species of aloes), and to
sow some seeds and fruits which are peculiar to the
climate. Close to this settlement is an estate in
which dwell 10 families of Spaniards ami 13 of
Indians. It is somewhat more than two leagues
distant from its head settlement.
BARBARA, SANTA, another, of the head settle
ment of Ahuacatlan, and alcaldia mayor of Zacat-
lan, in the same kingdom. One league from its
head settlement.
BAR
BAR BAB A) SAN, another, of the head settle
ment and alcnldia mayor of Cholula in the same
kingdom, contains 36 families of Indians, and is
a quarter of a league n. of its capital.
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Angaries in Peru.
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Barbacoas in the kingdom of
Quito.
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the missions \vhich
belonged to the regulars of the company of Jesuits,
in the province of Tepegnana and kingdom of
Nueva Vizcaya, situate on the shores of the river
Florido ; is six leagues to the 5. of the settlement
and garrison of the valley of San Bartolome.
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the island ofCu-
ra^oa, situate on the w. coast, opposite the island of
Tierra Firme, and near to the e. extremity.
BARBARA, SAX, another, in the above island,
situate on the s. coast.
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the missions which
were held by the regulars of the company of Je
suits, in the province and government of Alainas,
of the kingdom of Quito, and in the country of
the Ardas Indians.
BAIIBARA, SAN, another, of the missions which
were held by the same regulars of the company of
Jesuits in Orinoco, is composed of Indians of the
nation of Saruca, having been founded between the
rivers Sinaruco and Meta in 1739.
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the province and
.government of Maracaibo, situate on the shore of
the river Pariba.
BARBARA, SAN, another settlement and rra/ of
the mines of the province of Tepeguana and king
dom of Nueva Vizcaya, situate close on the s. e.
side of the settlement of Parral. [In its vicinity
are very rich silver mines. It lies 500 miles n. w.
of the city of Mexico.]
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the province of
Barcelona and government of Cumana in the king
dom of Tierra Firrae ; one of those which are un
der the care of the religious observers of St. Fran
cis, of the missions of Piritu ; situate in the serra-
nia, on the shore and at the source of the river
Unare.
BARBARA, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Sierra Gorda, in the bay of Mexi
co arid kingdom of Nueva Espana ; founded in
the year 1750 by the Count Sierra Gorda, Don Jo
seph de Escandon, colonel of the militia of Que-
rataro.
BARBARA, SAN, a town of the island of Laxa,
in the kingdom of Chile, situate on the shore of the
river Biobio, near its source, with a fort of the
BAR
139
same name to restrain the Indians. It was found-
by the president Don Joseph de Rozas, Count de
Poblaciones, who thus called it, out of respect to
the queen Doiia Maria Barbara of Portugal, who
reigned at that time.
BARBARA, SAN, another town, of the province
and government of Valparaiso, in the same king
dom of Chile, and to the e. of the capital.
BARBARA, SAN, a channel in the strait of Ma
gellan, by which this communicates itself with
the S. sea, from the island of Luis el Grande, on
the w. side of the Tierra del Fuego.
BARBARA, SAN, a fort of the province and
government of Tucuman.
BARBARA, SAN, another fort, in the province
and government of Guayana, of the kingdom of
Tierra Firme ; situate on the shore of the Orinoco.
BARBE, 8 ANTE, a small island of the e. coast
of Newfoundland, opposite Green bay.
BARBE, SANTE, a bay on the w. coast of the
same island of Newfoundland, at the entrance of
the strait of Bellisle.
BARBON, a town of the province and govern
ment of Guayana in the kingdom of Tierra Firme.
BARBOSA, an island of the coast of Tierra
Firme, in the government of Maracaibo and pro
vince of Venezuela, is of a triangular form, and
sit uate opposite to the mouth of the lake of Mara
caibo.
BARBUDA, an island of the N. sea, one of the
Lesser Antilles, in the English possessions, and situ-
tuate n. of Antigua, or Antego, is five leagues
long, and of a fertile soil, abounding in cattle and
fruits, especially in cocoa-trees, which are here
extremely fine. It also yields cotton, pepper,
tobacco, indigo, ginger, and sugar-cane ; not to
mention the other fine productions of exquisite
woods, herbs, and roots, with which it is plenti
fully stocked. The English, however, derive but
little advantage from it, from the frequent attacks
made against them by the Charibbee Indians ; and
by these they are frequently put to death. Here
grows the sensitive plant, which withers as soon as
touched. It abounds in different kinds of snakes ;
and amongst these there is a certain species which
is of a yellow and red colour, and having a flat
head, the bite of which produces certain death,
if recourse be not had to immediate remedy. It is
12 leagues to the n. e. of Antigua, and 24 to the
n. n. e. of St. Christopher s. It belongs to the fa
mily of Codrington, to which it is worth upwards
of 5000/. per annum. It abounds in swine, sheep,
and in birds; and its natives employ themselves in
the breeding of the former. The inhabitants should
amount to 1200, and they merchandize to the
T2
140
BAR
neighbouring parts. [They have since increased
to upwards of 1500. Lat. 17 36 n. Long. 61
46 w.l
BARBUDO, a settlement of the Nuevo Reyno
de Granada, founded by Francisco Henriquez, on
the shore of the river of La Magdalena, in 154 1 , in
the province of the Malebueyes : it was a large
population, and rich in gold mines : these are
close in its vicinity, but are not worked at the pre
sent day, upon which account it has fallen into the
utmost state of misery and decay.
BAltBUDOS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
who inhabit the woods to the s. of the river Mara-
fion, and to the e. of the Guallaga. They are ene
mies of the Aguanos and of the Cocamas ; but they
are at present for the most part united, and re
duced to a settled population by the missionaries,
the Jesuits of Mainas.
BARBURES, a barbarous nation of the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada, inhabiting the mountains close
to the city of Pamplona. They are descendants
of the Chitarcros, but are at present very few in
number, and are but little known.
BARBUE, a river of Canada. It rises from a
lake, runs ay. between the rivers Raisin and Mara-
meg, and enters the lake Nichigan. [Us mouth,
CO yards wide, lies 72 miles n. by w. from fort
St. Joseph.]
[BARBUE, the name of a river which empties
into lake Erie, from the n. by e. 40 miles w. n. w.
from the extremity of Long point in that lake, and
22 e. by s. from Tonty river.]
BARCA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Pariain Peru, annexed to the cura
cy of Toledo.
The settlements of the jurisdiction are,
San Pedro, Quisco,
O cat Ian, Totan,
Ponzitlan, San Luis,
Atotonilco, Sula.
Zapotlan,
BARCAS, the alcaldia mayor of the kingdom
of Nuera Galicia, but of the bishopric of Mecho-
acan. Its capital, which bears the same name, is a
large town, having a numerous population of
Spaniards, Mustees, and Mulattoes. Its vicinity
ateo is well stocked with inhabitants, and near it
>are many country-houses, estates, farm-houses,
and grazing lands for cattle of the large and small
sort. It is very pleasant and fertile, and in its
confines runs the large river of Guadalaxara, from
whence it lies 25 leagues to the e. s. e.
BARCELLOS, or SAN CAYETANO, a city of
the province and country of the Amazonas, in the
Portuguese possessions, is on the shore of the
abundant river Negro, opposite the second deep
chasm of Varaca, the same forming one of the
arms by which this river is entered by that of Pa-
ravinanas, or Parime.
BARCELONA, a province of the government
of Cumana, one of the three which compose that,
government; bounded on the w. by Cuniaua, e. by
Caracas, and s. by the river Orinoco, which also
divides it from Guayana. All the front looking to
the n. is a part of the serrania, which commences
at the Punta de Paria, and runs as far as Santa
Marta. At the distance of nine leagues to the
back of this province, begin the extensive llanos,
which beaf i(s name, and which, uniting with those
of Caracas, run s. as far as the Orinoco ; but these
llanos are nothing more than barren wastes, pro
ducing no herbs, though they are nevertheless well
stocked with cattle, which breed here in great
abundance, and which derive their food from the
rank herbage which grows upon the banks of the
rivers ; and when these suffer from drought, the fa
tality amongst these poor creatures is, of course, ter
rible. The temperature here is the same as that of
Cumana, though not so unhealthy. This province
produces nothing but maize, yucas, plantains, and
such other fruits as are found in the above-mention
ed province, and even these in nogreat abundance.
It is however noted for its cattle ; and the inhabi
tants have a method of salting down meats, which
they call tasajo, and which they export to the
islands of Margarita, Trinidad, and to other parts.
With regard to the skins, a third part of them are
sent to St. Domingo and Puertorico, and the rest
are exported by the Dutch ; and it is calculated
that not less than from 8 to 9000 head of cattle
are killed here annually. Its coast abounds in fish,
but they are neither so plentiful, nor of so fine a fla
vour, as upon the coast of Cumana. It has four
small salt-pits, of which the natives make free use,
and this without any other trouble than that of
merely extracting the salt. Its principal rivers are
those of Barcelona and Unare, both of which run
n. A species of palm is very common throughout
the whole province ; it resembles the date-tree,
which is called here moricke, producing every
year a rivulet of water, and many of them toge
ther a very tolerable stream, from a tendency
which has been discovered in this plant to ab
sorb the moisture from the earth. This province
contains 32 settlements, viz. three head-towns, the
capital of its name, Aragua, and Concepcion de
Pao, 15 consecrated villages, and 17 of mission*
or reducciones of Indians, which arc as follows .:
Pozuelos, Clarines,
San Miguel, Caigua_,
BARCELONA.
141
San Bernardino, Pilar,
Piritu, Tocuyo,
San Francisco, San Pablo,
San Lorenzo, Purey.
And of the missions,
Quiaraare, Platanar,
Gary, Santa Barbara,
Candelaria, Unare,
Micures, Santa Rosa,
Santa Ana, Alapirire,
Guazaiparo, Cachipo,
Margarita, Arivi,
Chamariapa, San Joaquin.
Santa Clara,
[The above province, on or before the 7th De
cember 1811, had declared for independence.
See VENEZUELA.]
The capital was founded in 1634 by Don Juan
de Urpin, on a level upon the shores of the river of
its name, at half a league s distance from the sea.
Its soil is very uneven ; and as it is not paved, it
becomes in the winter extremely rugged and incon
venient, through the rains, as also dusty and dis
agreeable in the summer, on account of the dust,
which flies about in all directions, if the wind blow
ever so mildly. It is an open town, without any
fortification, small, and containing 500 house
keepers, who are masters of 50 small estates, some
of which are of cacao, situate in the valley of
Cupira, in the province of Caracas, and from
whence the productions are not allowed to be ex
ported. The other estates are of the larger cattle,
in which are counted upwards of 40,000 head,
which would be sufficient completely to enrich
any other country where they might not be rated
at so low a price ; for it is common for one head
to bring no more than two dollars and a half, if
paid in real money, and four if in effects ; and
this may be considered the cause why this place is
so poor, notwithstanding that its natives are the
most industrious of any in the province. It con
tains, besides the parish church, which is not yet
finished, another, with a hospital for the religious
Franciscansof the missions of Piritu. Twelve leagues
from the capital, Cumana; but this distance, on ac
count of the badness of the roads, and unevenncss
of the country, should be estimated at no less than
0. [Its population, according to Depons, is
1 1,000 souls, and it has only one parish church,
and an hospital for the Fnuicjscans, who bear the
expence of the missions to these parts. The great
number of hogs that are bred here cause in the city
infectious sewers, which corrupt the air and en
gender diseases. The cabildo, whose principal
oftics is to watch over the salubrity of the inhabi
tants, leave them indifferently exposed to all the
malignity of the infectious effluvia , the danger of
which they themselves partake. However, towards
the end of 1803, M. Cagigal, the commander of
the place, took some wise measures to rid the city
of an infection which could not but be fatal to per
sons staying there. This ci(y was originally
peopled by inhabitants from Si. Christophe de Cu-
managoto, for which it has been in some manner
substituted. Agriculture is much neglected in
Barcelona and the environs. The most cultivated
valleys are those of Capirimal and Brigantin.
There are others as fertile,which have never receiv
ed the plough-share. Depons asserts, that they
do not yield above 3000 quintals of cacao, with
some little cotton ; and Humboldt admits, at an
average of four years, from 1799 to 1803, the
quantity of cacao exported from hence to have
amounted to 5000 fanegas. This part of the
country is almost without slaves ; they compute
but 2000 on a surface which would employ 600,000,
and one half of the 2000 are occupied in domestic
services. Besides the horned cattle that they sold
for the use of the country, or for exportation, the
inhabitants killed a prodigious quantity, which
they salted and sold in the neighbouring islands,
and at the Havannah, at a profit of cent, per cent.
The tallow and hides were also a considerable
article of traffic. At present this resource is great
ly diminished, without being destroyed. The
robbers, who, since 1807, commit with impunity
their devastations on the herds, have reduced this
province to such a scarcity in animals, that they
have hardly enough for their butchers shops.
The population of Barcelona is composed of
one half whites and the other people of colour.
The latter are as useless in agriculture here as every
where else. Among the whites there are some Cata-
lonians, who are entirely merchants, whose specu
lations are in prohibited as well as in la-.yful goods.
By their frequent voyages to the ports of Trinidad,
they bring in return only contraband goods, for
which Barcelona is the emporium, and which af
terwards are diffused throughout the provinces,
as well by sea as by land. It is computed that
400,000 piastres fortes are annually exported from
Barcelona for this clandestine trade. The city
lies in Lat. K; 10 . Long. 64 47 ^ .]
BAIIGKI.O.N r A, a river of the above province and
kingdom. It rises in the loftiest part of the ser-
ranifi of Cumana, and collecting the waters of
smaller rivers, which descend from the table-land
of Guanipas, takes a course from n. tos. and en
ters the &ea close to the ci<y ot its name. In the
winter it is accustomed to prodigious overflow^
142
BAR
and in the summer it is deep enough to be navi
gated by bilanders ; but neither at one time nor
the other is it accessible except for small craft, on
account of the sand bank which lies at its en
trance.
BARCO, PEVA DEL, a point of the*, coast,
in the w. head of the island of S. Domingo, in the
territory of the French, between the bay of Judio
and that of Los Collados.
BARECIES, a barbarous nation immediately
upon the shores of the river Paraguay, at no great
distance from the lake of Los Xareyes.
BARICHARA, SAN LORENZO DE, a settle
ment of the jurisdiction of the town of San Gil and
corregimiento of Tunja, in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada. It was annexed to the curacy of the
above town, and was separated from it in 1751 ;
is of a hot though healthy temperature, but very
subject to strong currents of air. It produces
sugar-cane, cotton, plantains, rice, and a mo
derate quantity of tobacco. From these, and from
the making of cotton garments, the inhabitants
derive their principal source of commerce ; and
they should amount to 700. It is nearly upon the
shore of the river of the Mochuelo, two leagues
from the town of San Gil.
BARIMA, a small river of the province and
government of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme ; it rises in the middle of the sierra of Ima-
taca, runs n. and enters the sea at the same mouth
of. the Orinoco, which, on account of its size, is
called De Navios.
BARIMA, a point or strip of land of the same
province and government ; it is one of those which
form the principal mouth of the river Orinoco,
and is on the left side.
BAR1NAS, a city of the government of Mara-
caibo, founded in 1576 by Juan Varela, on the
shore and at the source of the river of St. Domin
go, is famous for the tobacco which it produces,
and which is esteemed the very best ; is of an ex
tremely hot temperature, but very fertile, and
abounds in the above article and cacao, both of
which are carried to Caracas, and sold at the rate
of 20 dollars a cargo.. It abounds in neat cattle,
and in some of its estates are upwards of 30 or
40,000 head, and an equal number of horses and
mules of an excellent quality ; also in sugar-cane :
and it has many mills for the manufactures of this
article and brandy. There are quantities of maize,
plantains, yucas y uyamas, potatoes, curas, and
names i which latter is a species of root like truf
fles, grows spontaneously, and comes to such a
size as to be of a pound weight : it is, consequent
ly, the custom to cut away parts of it for use, with-
B A R
out pulling up the whole root at once : of
cas is made cazane, which is the common bread.
In the level plains are found a remarkable number
of pines, water melons, which are called palillas /
other melons, annonus, tucuraguas, of a very fine
smell, and which have the property of causing fe
vers ; and plaintains of many sorts. In the moun
tains are woods of cacao trees, which grow with
out being sown, the nuts of which are small. There
are also found groves of limes and oranges, exten
sive mountains of exquisite woods, some of do-
licious fragrance and aromatic gums, others of an
excessive hardness and durability, such as cedars,
granadillos, red and black, here called cana-
guate, <\nd many herbs, fruits, and medicinal roots ;
the espongilta fruit, which being infused in water,
is an excellent and certain purgative ; the pasalla
root, and the zarzaparilla. This territory has
many navigable rivers, and in them an abundance
of excellent fish, trout, tortoises, morrocoyes, sea-
calves, and alligators. The parish church is good,
but the city is reduced, owing to its inhabitants,
who amount to about 300 house-keepers, having
agreed, for the most part, to remove themselves to a
spot at some distance, and to their having already
in a great measure put their design into execution.
In its jurisdiction, and in the jurisdiction of the
town of Pedraza, are eight settlements of missions
or reducciones of Indians, which are under the care
of monks of St. Dominic. Notwithstanding all the
advantages this city enjoys, it is much infested
with swarms of mosquitoes of various sorts, spi
ders, snakes, lice, and various other sorts of
noxious and filthy vermin. Its heat also is ex
cessively troublesome. This city had formerly the
name of Altamira de Caceres, from the governor
Francisco de Caceres ; and at his order it was
founded by Juan Varela, at the top of a sierra,
which served it as a wall. It had only two en
trances, the one leading out to the llanos to the $. e
and the other to the n. w. which facilitated the
communication with the cities of Merida and Trux-
illo. After some years, when the infidel Indians
retired from its territory, the inhabitants removed
tht settlement to the s. side of the river St. D6-
mirigo, upon a spacious table-land theretofore
called Moromy, but afterwards Barinas, this be
ing the name of that territory. There it remained
until the year 1646, when some of the religious
order of St. Dominic, having pacified the Indians
who remained, established different estates, and
founded various settlements, under the assistance
of an escort of troops. Again the Captain Miguel
de Ochagavia, native of this city, in 1634, having
discovered the navigation oi the rivers Apure and
BAR
Orinoco as far as Guayana and the island of Tri
nidad ; the inhabitants, as well to deliver them
selves from the plagues of the venomous serpents,
ants, mosquitoes, and other insects, agreed to-be-
take themselves to a certain level plain, and actu
ally departed in 1752, under the permission of Don
Joseph de Sol is, viceroy of Santa Fe. The city
was then founded on a spacious plot of ground, of
an healthy temperature, of a pure air and atmos
phere, at the distance of a quarter of a league from
the river of St; Domingo, which runs to the n. of
the city, the king approving this translation in the
letters patent of 1760. In the old city there was
a house of entertainment belonging to the monks
of St. Augustine, which was broken up in 1776,
and two hermitages, called El Calvario and San
Pedro, which were ruined by an earthquake in
1740. At the present day it has only, in addition
to the parish church, one hermitage, with the de
dicatory title of Santa Barbara ; being however
authorised to build another, with the title of Nues-
tra Senora del Carmen. In the former year, 1785,
the king thought it worthy to be erected into a
province and government, independent of, and
situate from, that of Maracaibo, subject to the in-
tendancy and captainship-general of Venezuela,
and in its ecclesiastic concerns, to the bishopric
newly erected in Merida. Its district abounds in
neat cattle, mules, and horses ; also in sugar, to
bacco, cotton, and some cacao; and, for some little
time past, there have been here some rich establish
ments of indigo, which, for its quality, is highly
esteemed in all parts. Its missions have always
been of the religious order of St. Dominic, of the
province of Santa Fe. Sixteen leagues to the e. of
Merida. [The chief officer at Marinas has but the
title of political commander, although his functions
in his district are the same, in civil, military, and
religious matters, as those of other governors.
His salary is also the same as theirs, 4000 piastres
fortes. The increase, of late years, of this part of
the province, open to invasion by the navigable
rivers which flow into the Orinoco, was the reason
of the establishment of this government ; and for
its better defence, a militia was formed in 1803, and
the city was furnished with a garrison consisting of
a company of troops of the line newly raised, and
composed of 77 men. The city of Barinas has
been long known in the European markets for its
tobacco, which, from prejudice, is considered su
perior to all other, but, in reality, it is inferior in
every respect to that cultivated in other places,
and particularly in Cumanacoa in the province of
Cuiuana. The prepossession in its favour is never
theless ;so, great, .that at Amsterdam or Hamburgh,
BAR
143
tobacco of any other description, whatever may be
its quality, sells for 20 or 25 per cent. less. The
Spaniards ixung aware of this, ail tobacco, from
whatever province it may be produced, is shipped
by them under this recommendatory title, and the
European purchaser experiences no loss from the
deception. It is observed of late, that the tobacco
of Barinas is more subject to spoil than any other.
Hardly is the last process of preparation finished
when a destructive worm gets into the heart of the
plant, corrodes the interior of it, and converts it
into a powder ; the surface appears but slightly in
jured, and the injury is therefore more difficult to
discover. The inhabitants, for a long time intent
solely on the cultivation of tobacco, conceived that
the country was not capable of yielding any thing
else, but at present they grow, or endeavour to
grow, every thing. The produce is transported in
a great degree by water to the Guayana : the place
of loading is on the Portuguese river, five leagues
below the city, and is called Torunos. The air of
the city is very pure, although Reaumur s thermo
meter is seldom below 24. The inhabitants are
computed at 10,000. Barinas lies 100 league*
s. s.e. of Caracas. Lat. 7 35 n. Long. 70 15 a>.]
BARINAS, with the additional title of Nueva,
another city of the same province and government,
founded on the shore of the river of St. Domingo,
as is also the other, but lower down than the
former.
BARIQUISIMETO, or NUEVA SEGOVIA, a
city of the province and government of Venezuela
in the kingdom of Tierra Firme, founded in 1552
by Captain Juan de Villegas on the shores of the
river Buria, with the name of Nueva Segovia, in
the vicinity of the gold mines which are in the val
ley of Mirua, to the e. of Tucuyo ; but its bad
climate and scarcity of every necessary induced
the Governor Villacinda to remove it two leagues
from Tucuyo ; from whence it was again removed
by Pablo Collado to a spot lying between the riven
Turbio and Claro ; and a third time, by the Go
vernor Manzaneda, to where it still remains, on
some lofty llanuras. These are very open, and
abound in all the fruits peculiar to Castillc, in ex
cellent wheat, which is gathered in the valley of
Quibon. The soil of this valley is extremely hot,
but pleasantly irrigated by a stream flowing from a
chasm or cleft in the serrama, where the native*
often betake themselves during the summer nights
to repose, on account of its refreshing coolness. It
has a very good parish church, in which there is a
very fine and miraculous image of our Savioulr
crucified, and to which singular respect is paid ;
also a convent of Francisnw moats. This city
144
BAR
is notorious, from being the place \vherc Lope de
Aguirre met with his death, and where he put a
period to his cruelties ; lor being the country of
I)on Fray Gasper dc Villaroel, the very learned
Archbishop of Charcas in Peru. Lat. 9 40 n.
Lori"-. 69 28 re. See BARQUISIMETO.
[BARK A DARES, the name of a part of the log
wood country, on the e. side of the peninsula of
Yucatan, through which the river Balize ruiis in
to the se of Honduras. It has Hicks keys on the
.v. and S. Lagoon on the n.]
[8ARKHAMSTEAD, a township in the n.
pan of Connecticut, in Litchtield county, having
Haartland on the n. and Granby e. About 25
miles zo. of Hartford.]
BARLOVENTO, LACUNA DE, a lake of the
kingdom of Chile, in the province and corregimi-
fnto of Copiapo, between the settlement ancl the
mountain of this name.
BARM A, PUNT A DE, a point on the coast of
the province and government of Cumana in the
kingdom of Tierra Firme, one of those which form
the mouths of the Orinoco, and that which runs
furthest into the sea.
BARNABY, ST. a settlement of Nova Scotia,
or Acadia, situate on the shore of the river St.
Lawrence.
[BARNARD, a township in Windsor county,
Wrmoiit, containing 673 inhabitants. It has Stock-
bridge w. and gives rise to the n. branch ofWater-
qneche river, and is 65 miles n. e. of Bennington.
BARNAWELDT, or S. BERNARDO, a small
island, which is barren and uninhabited, on the*,
of the Tierra del Fuego, and n. of the island of
Diego Ramirez. It Avas discovered by the Dutch,
under the command of Captain Henry Bnm, in
1616 ; they built upon it a small fort, which they
immediately abandoned.
BARNEGAT, OLD, an island of the coast of
New Jersey, between that of Beach and the port
of Little Egg.
[BARNEGAT Inlet, called in some maps New In
let, is the passage from the sea into Flat bay
sound, on the s. e. coast of New Jersey, 68 miles
n-.e. from cape May. Lat. 39 43 n. Barnegat
beach lies below this inlet, between it and Little
Egg harbour, 16 miles distant s. zw.J
[BA UN EG AT, the name of a small village of eight
or ten houses on the e. bank of Hudson river, five
miles- s. of Ponghkeepsie, and 75 n.of New York.
The sole businessof the few inhabitants of this place
is burning lime, from the vast quantities of lime
stone which are found here. Their lime is market
ed in New York, whither they carry it in great
annually.]
BAR
[BARNET, a township in Caledonia county, Ver
mont, formerly in Orange county, containing 477
inhabitants, and 112 miles n. e. from Bennington.
The lower bar of the Fifteen-M ile falls in Connecticut
river is situated at the n.e. corner of this town
ship. Into that river it sends Stephens river,
which rises in Peachum, the adjoinging town on
the w.l
BARNSTABLE Bay, a large and beauti
ful bay of New England, in the colony and pro
vince of Massachusetts, which gives its name to a
county and capital city, situate at the n. extremity,
near the cape and the shore of the river Tloyenas.
[Barnstable, the Mattacheese, or Mattacheeset,
of the ancient Indians, is a port of entry and post
town, and is the shire town of Barnstable county.
It extends across the peninsula, and is washed by
the sea on the n. and s. having Sandwich, and the
district called Marshpee or Mashpee, on the w. :
is about five miles broad and nine long : 67 miles
. e. from Boston. Sandy Neck, on the n. shore,
runs e. almost the length of the town, and forms
the harbour, embosoming a large body of salt
marsh. The harbour is about a mile wide and 4
long, in which the tide rises from eight to fourteen
feet. It has a bar running off n. e. from the Neck
several mites, which prevents the entrance of large
ships, but small vessels may pass any part of it
at high water ; and where it is commonly crossed,
it seldom has less than six or seven feet at low
water. There is another harbour on the s. called
Lewis s bay ; its entrance is within Barnstable, and
it extends almost two miles into Yarmouth. It is
commodious and safe, and is completely landlock
ed, and has five feet water at a middling tide. A
mile or two to the w. and near the entrance of
Lewis s bay, lies Hyanis road ; it is formed prin
cipally by an island joined by a beach to Yarmouth,
which together make the outside of the bay before
mentioned. The s. head of this island is called
point Gammon. Oyster bay, ?>par the s. w. limit
of the town, admits small vessels, and which, with
Lewis s bay, has in years past produced excellent
oysters in great quantities,though they are now much
reduced. There are about 20 or 30 ponds in Barn-
stable. The land here produces about 25 bushels
of Indian corn to an acre, and rye and other grain
in proportion. Wheat and flax are cultivated,
the latter with success. From 12 to 18,000 bushels
of onions are raised for the supply of the neigh
bouring towns. Upwards of 1UO men are employ
ed in the fishery, which is yearly increasing.
VV hales seldom come into Massachusetts bay now,
and that fishery is discontinued. No quarrels
with the ancient natives of the-country are recorded
P> A R
in the accounts of tins town, where the English
settlors of New England first landed, Nov. Jl,
16 iO. The people, 2610 in number, are generally
healthy, and many instances of longevity are to
be met with. Numbers of the farmers are occa
sionally seamen ; and this town has afforded, and
continues to furnish, many, masters of vessels and
mariners who sail from other ports. Lai. 4143 w.
Long. 70 15 a>.]
[BARNSTABT-E County lies upon the peninsula,
the point of which is cape Cod, the s. e. point of
Massachusetts bay, opposite cape Ann. Cape
Cod gives name to the whole peninsula, which is
surrounded by water on all sides, except the w.
where it is bounded by Plymouth county.
It is 65 miles long, as the road runs, from the
isthmus, between Barnstablc and Buzzard s bays
to Race point; and its breadth for 30 miles not
more than three, and above half the remainder
from six to nine miles. It contains 11 townships
and the plantation of Marshpee, having 2343
houses, and 17,354 inhabitants. Barnstable was
made a shire in 1685. See CAPE COD.]
[BARNSTEAD, a township inStraftbrd county,
New Hampshire, containing 807 inhabitants ; 32
miles n. to. of Portsmouth, and 16 e. by s. from
Canterbury, on Connecticut river.]
BARNWEL, a fort of N. Carolina, 20 miles
n. w. of New Bern, in the county of Craven.
BARQUE, a small river of the province and
government of Louisiana. It runs s. w. between
those of Sioux and Sureau, and enters the Missouri.
BARQUE, a bay of the island of Guadalupe,
on the w. coast, between the rivers Pottel and
Petit village.
BARQUE, another bay of the same island,
distinct from the former, on the s. coast, opposite
the island of Marigalantc, between Los dos Dia-
mantes, and the Puerta De los Castillos.
BARQU1S1METO or BAIUQUISIMETO. This
city was (according to Depons) founded 15 years
before the city of Caracas: it lies on a plain of such
an elevation as to allow it the enjoyment of every
refreshing breeze that blows ; and owing to this for
tunate situation, the excessive heat experienced here
becomes supportable. The thermometer of Reau
mur rises to 28 or 2S whenever the rays of the
fcun do not meet, in the atmosphere, any thing to
moderate their heat. The most prevalent wind is
the n. e. The inhabitants find in the plains, the
valleys, and on the hills forming the environs of
the city, the means of exercising, according to
their inclination, their industry and application.
The excellent pasture in the plains renders the
rearing of all sorts of animals for commerce easy.
VOL. i.
BAR
14,5
A great many people prefer this kind of specu
lation, and find it to their advantage ; they also
cultivate the sugar-cane and wheat. The valleys
by their verdure, preserved to them by means of
canals, produce abundantly the best cacao, and
the hills have for some time past been planted with
coffee, which, to be excellent, only requires a more
careful preparation. To consider merely the vast
quantity of fertile land in the neighbourhood of
Barquisimeto, which can be watered and which
remains uncultivated, one would be inclined to
accuse the inhabitants of indolence : but in ex
tending our views to the plantations of all sorts of
produce, and to the animals spread over the plains;
in contemplating too the great difficulty in the
carriage of merchandize to the sea-ports, the nearest
and most frequented of which is at a distance of
50 leagues, one is rather inclined to think favour
ably of their industry. The city consists of 3300
persons, who live very comfortably ; the houses
are well built, the streets in parallel lines, and wide
enough for the free circulation of air. The paro
chial church is handsome, and the duty is per
formed by two curates. A cabildo and a lieute
nant of the governor perform the functions of the
police, and of the administration of justice. It is
80 leagues w. s. w. of Caracas, 150 leagues n. n. e.
of Santa Fe, and 15 leagues n. e. of Tocuyo.]
See BAIUQUISIMETO.
BARK A, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, in the island Pajara, at the mouth of the
great lake.
BARRACAN, a settlement of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres in Peru, situate by
the bay of its name, at the mouth of the river
La Plata.
BARRACAN, a small river of the same province
and government, which runs n. and enters the
river La Plata, forming a bay or port, serving as
a place to take in water for vessels, and likewise
to give advice of their arrival. It has on its
shore a watch-tower.
BARRAGUAN, a very lofty mountain of the
province and government of Guayana,or Nueva
Andalucja. It is upon the shore of the Orinoco,
close to the settlement which belonged to the mis
sionaries, the regulars of the company of St.
Joseph de Otomacos. It is said, that after the name
of this mountain, the Orinoco was anciently called.
BARRANCA DE MATEO, a settlement of the
province and government of Santa Marta in the
kingdom of Tierra Fhme, founded on the shores
of the grand river of the Magdalena ; is the port
where are embarked all the goods which arc
BAR
brou wlit to and carried from the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada. It is 30 leagues n. e. of Cartagena,
20 from Santa Marta, and six from the sea.
BARRANCA, another settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Chancay in Peru.
BARRANCA, another, called Barranca Nueva,
in the same province and government, situate near
the sea shore on the s. side.
BARRANCA, another, called Barranca Vieja,
in the same province and government, situate
very near the former, between that and the Bar
ranca of Yucal.
BARRANCA, another, or chasm caused by moun
tain floods, called Del Roy, in the same province
and government, on (he shore of the river of La
Mngd;ilena, where there is a port and lading
place for goods, which are sent in great quantities
to the Nuevo Reynode Granada*
BARRANCA, another, also of the same pro
vince and government, situate in the road which
leads down to the river of La Magdalena.
BARRANCA, a river of the province and corre
gimiento of Chancay in Peru. It rises in the pro-
Ainceof Caxatambo, and runs into the sea close to
the settlement of Pativilca.
BARRANCAS, NUESTRA SHNORA DE Cin-
QUINQUIRA DL LAS, a settlement of the province
and government of Barinas, situate on the side of
a chasm which gives it its name, between the
rivers Yuca and Masparro. In its district are
many cultivated estates and forests, which abound
in cedar and oilier esteemed woods, some cacao
estates, some of indigo and sugar-cane, and par
ticularly tobacco, to the cultivation of which the
natives are much inclined.
BARRANCAS, another settlement, with the dedi
catory title of San Joseph, in the province of V r e-
nczuela, situate on the shore of the river Tiznado.
BARRANCO, a settlement of the province and
captains/tip of the Rio Grande in Brazil, situate
on the shore of the river Caxabatang.
BARRANQU1LLA, a settlement of the pro
vince and government of Cartagena in the king
dom of Tierra Firme, situate on the shore of the
river Magdalena.
BARRANQUILLA, another, with the dedicatory
title of San Nicolas, in the same province and
government.
BARRAZO, VALL.E DE, a valley of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Coquimbo in the king
dom of Chile, on the shore of the river Limary.
[BARRE, a township in Worcester county,
Massachusetts, containing 1613 inhabitants, 24
miles n. w. of Worcester, and 66 w. of Boston,
deriving its name from Col. Barre, a distinguished
BAR
member of the British house of commons. This
town has good pastures, and here are fatted mul
titudes of cattle, and it is supposed more butter
and cheese is carried from hence to the market
annually, than from any other town of the same
size in the state.]
[BAR RE, a township in Huntingdon county,
Pennsylvania.]
[BARRELL s Sound, on the n. &. coast of
America, called by the natives Conget-hoi-toi,
is situated about six leagues frorn the southern
extremity of Washington or Charlotte islands, in
a n. w. direction. It has two inlets, one on the e.
the other on the w. side of the island ; the latter is
the best, the other is dangerous. The shores are
of a craggy black rock; the banks lined with
trees of various kinds, as pines, spruce, hemlock,
alder, &c. Mr. Hoskins, in the summer of 1791,
measured one of these trees, which was 10 fathoms
in circumference. On one side of it a hole had
been cut, large enough to admit a man; within
was a spacious and convenient room, which had
apparently been dug and burnt out with much
labour. Mr. Hoskins concluded that it must
have been occasionally inhabited by the natives,
as he found in it a box, fire-works, dried wood,
and several domestic utensils. This sound was
named after Joseph Bar roll, Esq. of Chariest own,
Massachusetts, and was first visited by Capt. Grey,
in the Washington, in 1789.]
[BARREN Creek rises in the n. w. corner of
Delaware state, runs about nine miles s. w. and
empties into Nanticoke river. A triangular tract
of land in the n. part of Somerset county, Mary
land, is enclosed between this creek on the s. ;
Delaware state, e. ; and Nanticoke river on the w.
and n. w.~]
[BARREN River. Both Big and Little Barren
rivers are s. e. branches of Green river, in Ken
tucky. BLUE Spring lies between these rivers,
which see.]
[BARRKN island, a small isle in Chesnpeak bay,
n. e. from the mouth of Patuxent river, which
is separated from Hooper s island by a narrow
channel on the e.~\
BARRERAS, CABO OK LAS, a cape on the
coast, which lies between the river La Plata
and the straits of Magellan, between the bay of San
Julian and the port of Santa Crnz, in 50 s. lat.
BARRKRA", a settlement of the province and
captainship of Rio de Janeiro in Brazil ; situate
upon the coast, between the rivers Irutiba and
Taprana.
BARREROS, a river of the province and cap
tainship of Espiritu Sunto in Brazil. It is small,
BAR
BAR
147
rises near the coast, runs e. and enters the sea
l>et\veen the island Tiburgo, or Tiburon, and the
isl /id Del Reposo.
BARRETEROS, SAN SIMON DE LOS, a settle
ment of the alcaldia mayor and real of the mines
of Temascaltepec in Nueva Espana, contains 49
families of Indians, who work the mines with
small crows or bars of iron ; it is annexed to the
curacy of its capital, and in its vicinity are two
cultivated estates, containing 11 families of Spa
niards and Mustees ; is one league a;, of its head
settlement.
BARRETO, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, situate on the shore of
the river Dulce.
BARRETO, another settlement of the province
and captains/tip of Pariba in the kingdom of
Brazil, on the shore of the river Aracav.
[BARRETSTOWN, a plantation "in Hancock
county, district of Maine, having 173 inhabit
ants.]
BARR1NGTON, a township in Queen s county,
Nova Scotia, on the s. side of the hay of Fundy,
settled by Quakers from Nantucket island.]
[BARRINGTON, a township in Strailbrd county,
N. Hampshire, about 22 miles n. w. from Ports
mouth, incorporated in 1722, containing 2470 inha
bitants. Alurn is found here ; and the first ridge
of the first hills, one of the three inferior summits
of Agamenticus, is continued through this town.
Its situation is very healthy ; and 14 of the first
settlers in 1732 were alive in 1785, who were
between 80 and 90 years old.]
[BARRINGTON, a township in Bristol county,
Rhode Island, on the .v. &. side of the n. zo. branch
of Warren river, little niore than two miles and a
half w. w. of Warren, and about seven miles s. e.
from Fox point, in the town of Providence. It
contains 683 inhabitants, including 12 slaves.]
[BARRINGTON, GREAT, is the second town
ship in rank in Berkshire county, Massachusetts.
It contains 1373 inhabitants, and lies 140 miles
a;, from Boston, and s. of Stockbridge, adjoining.]
BAR ROSA, a lake of the province and govern
ment of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of the city of
Cordova, close to the lakes of Los Porangos.
[BARROW Harbour is an extensive bay in
that of Bonavista, Newfoundland island, divided
by Keel s head on the e. from the port of Bona
vista, and from Bloody bay on the w. by a large
peninsula, joined to the island by a narrow isthmus,
which forms Newman s sound ; which, as well as
C .ocle sound, are within Barrow harbour.]
[HART, a port on the s, coast of Nova Scotia.]
[BART, a township in Lancaster county, Penn~
sylvan in.]
BARTHOLO, a settlement of the province
and corregimienlo of Porco in Peru, eight leagues
from Potosi.
BARTHOLO, another settlement, of the province
and corregimiento of Cuenca in the kingdom of
Quito, is on the shores of the river Paute, near
its source, and in the w. part of its district. It has
an estate called La Borma.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, a settlement of the
head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Toluca in
Nueva Espana. It contains 89 families of In
dians, and lies at a small distance to the s. of it*
head settlement.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, another settlement of the
head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Tepeaca in the
same kingdom, five leagues distant from its capital.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, another, of the head settle
ment of Huatnzca, and alcaldia mayor of Cordova,
in the same kingdom. It contains 66 families of
Indians, and is 12 leagues to the n. n. e. of its
capital.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, another, of the head settle
ment of Toxtepec, and alcaldia mayor of Tecali, in
the same kingdom. It contains 54 families of
Indians.
BARTHOLOME, SAV, another, of the head settle
ment of Taxirnara, and alcaldia mayor of Mara-
vatio, in the same kingdom, and of the bishopric of
Mechoacan. It contains 115 families of Indians,
and is three leagues to the s. of its head settlement.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, another, of the head settle
ment of the Rincon,and alcaldiamayor of Maravatio,
in the same kingdom, and of the bishopric of
Mechoacan, to the e. of its head settlement.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, another, of the missions
which were held by the regulars of the company of
Jesuits, in the province and government ofMainas
of the kingdom of Quito, on the shore of the river
Napo.
B A RTHOLOMF,S^N, another, of the province and
government of Antioquia v: the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada, on the shore of th? grand river of La
Magdalena.
B A RT n o LOM E, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimienio of Tunja, in the same kingdom.
BARTHOLOMF, SAN, another, of the province
and alcaldia mayor of Zacapula in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
BARTIIO; OME, SAN, an island of the N. sea, one
of the Antilles, inhabited by the French, who es
tablished themselves here in 1648. It is eight
leagues in circumference, very fertile in sugar.
u2
148
BAR
B A S
cotton, tobacco, cazave, and indigo; is s. of the
island of St. Martin, and n. of that of St. Chris
topher. Its trees of the highest estimation are the
soup or a/or, the calebuck, the canapia^ from which
a gam of excellent cathartic qualities is extracted,
and the parolane, the branches of which growing
downwards, afterwards turn up, thus causing an
impenetrable barrier or defence to any one at
tacked. The coast is full of other trees, whicli
are called marine trees, the branches of which
entangle themselves one amongst the other. In this
island breeds the star of the sea, ( estrelln del mar ) ^
and the bee of the sea, (abeja del mar), and a
great variety of birds. There is also found here a
species of lime-stone, which is carried into the
other islands. [They have plenty of lignum- vit;e
and iron wood. Its shores are dangerous, and the
approaching them requires a good pilot ; but it has
an excellent harbour, in which ships of any size
are sheltered from all winds. Half its inhabitants
are Irish Roman Catholics, whose predecessors
settled here in 1666 ; the others are French, to
whom the island lately belonged. It was ceded
by France to the crown of Sweden in 1785. They
depend on the skies for wat r, which they keep in
cisterns. It was a nest for privateers when in the
hands of the French, and at one time had 50
British prizes in its harbour. It was for a short
time possessed by the English, having been taken
by two privateers of that nation in 1746, but was
restored to the French by the treaty of Aix-la-Cha-
pelle. Lat. 17 53 n. Long. 62 54 a?.]
BAUTHOLOME, SAN, a settlement, with the sur
name of Valle de, a garrison of the province of Te-
peguana and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, in which
reside a captain, lieutenant, ensign, and 27 soldiers.
Its situation is in a pleasant valley, which gives it
its name. It is inhabited by more than 500 fami
lies of Spaniards, Mustees, and Mulattocs, who
are agriculturists, and masters of some very con
siderable and luxuriant estates, in which, by help
of irrigation, they grow vast crops of wheat,
maize, &c. In their gardens they have abundance
of garden herbs, fruit trees of America and of
Castille, and also vines, of whicli they make much
wine. In other estates there are considerable herds
of large and small cattle, and of swine. This
valley was anciently infested by the extortions,
murders, and robberies of the infidel Indians, the
Cocoyoraes ; but this race having been rooted out,
it enjoys at present a state of tranquillity. Long.
I04 J 38 . Lat, 27 7 .
BARTHOLOME, SAN, a river of the province and
government of Antioquia in the Nuevo Reyno de
turning
valley of Corpus
enters the Mair-
c.
Granada ; it rises near the
Christi, runs n. and
dalena.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, another river, of flic pro
vince and government of Venezuela ; it rises in the
province of Cumana, and enters the lake Caicara.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, a mountain of the province
and ale a(dia mayor of Tlaxcala in Nueva Espana.
BARTHOLOME, SAN, a large island of the S. sea,
discovered in 1525 by Alfonzo de Salazar. [Lat.
15l5 w. Long. 164 e. SeeNsw HEBRIDES.]
[BARTHOLOMEW, ST. a parish in Charles-
town district, S.Carolina, containing 2 138 persons.
By the census of 1790, it contained 12,606 inha
bitants, of whom 10,338 were slaves. It sends
three representatives and one senator to the state
legislature. Amount of taxes, 1566/. 10s. 4rf.
sterling.]
[BARTHOLOMEW, Cape, ST. is the southernmost
point of Staten Laud in Le Maire straits, at the .?.
end of S. America, and far surpasses Terra del
Fuego in its horrible appearance.]
[BARTLET, a plantation in Hillsborough
county, New Hampshire, having 248 inhabitants.]
[BARTON, a township in Orleans county,
Vermont, formerly in that of Orange, lies s. vs. of
Brownington, six miles s. w. by w. from Wil-
loughby lake, and 140 w. e. from Bennington.]
BARTRAN, a port of the 5. coast of the island
of Newfoundland, between the two bays of De
spair atid Fortune.
BARU, SAN BERNARDO DE, a large island of
the N. sea, in the province and government of
Cartagena, and kingdom of Tierra Firme. It
forms a bay which serves as a watering place to
foreign vessels, from the convenience of its port,
and from its vicinity to Cartagena. It is well
peopled, and abounds in fruits and herbs, which
are carried to supply the city. The water is scarce,
but wholesome. It is the residence of a curate
and a lieutenant-governor.
BAItUCO, SIERRAS DE, a chain of very lofty
and rugged mountains of the island of St. Do
mingo, on the *. coast, on a lon^ slip or point of
land, which runs into the sea in this direction.
BARUTA, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, famous for its rich gold
mines ; these have yielded immensely, but are
now destroyed. It is three leagues distant from
Caracas.
BAS-CHATEAU, a settlement of the English,
in the province and colony of New York, situate
on the shore of the river Schoharie.
BASILIO, SAN, a settlement of the province
B A S
and government of Cartagena in the kingdom of
Tierra Firme. situate in the mountains of the dis
trict of Maria, near the channel of the dike (cano
del dique). It is one of the new settlements
which were founded in 1776 by the Governor
Don Juan tie Pimienta.
[BASIN OF MINAS is a body of water of con
siderable extent and irregular form, situated in
Nova Scotia, at the e. end of the bay of Fundy,
and connected with its n. e. branch by a short and
narrow strait. The country on its banks is gene
rally a rich soil, and is watered by many small
rivers. The spring tides rise here 40 feet.]
[BASKINRIDGE, in Somerset county, New
Jersey, lies on the w. side of a n. w. branch of
Passaic river, nearly six miles n. e. from Pluc-
kemin, and seven s. s. w. from Morristown. It
was here that Colonel Harcourt surprised and made
a prisoner of General Lee, December 13, 1776.]
BASOCHUCA, a settlement and real of mines,
of the province and government of La Sonora in
Nueva Espana.
BASON, a small river of the land or country
of Labrador. It runs s. and enters the river St.
Lawrence.
[BASO\ Harbour lies on the e. side of lake
Cliamplain, in the township of Ferrisburgh, Ver
mont, four miles and a half s. a?, from the mouth
of Otter creek.]
BASQUE, S . a bay on the n. coast of Royal
island, or Cape Breton, between the bay of Idiot
and the river Salmon.
BASQUES, Rio DR, a river in the province
and government of Costa-rica in the kingdom of
Guatemala. It rises near the coast of the N. sea,
runs w. and enters the sea between the rivers An-
zuclos and Matina.
[BASS Harbour, district of Maine, a harbour of
Massachusetts, Desert island, seven miles from
Soil cove.]
[BAS^E-TERRE, the chief town in the island
of St. Christopher s in the West Indies, situated at
the s. c. end of the island. It consists of a long
street along the sea shore ; is a place of consider
able trade, the seat of government, and is defended
by three batteries. Lat. 17 17 n. Long. 62
46 s?.]
BASSF.-TERRE, FORT DE I.A, a castle of the
island of Guadalupe, situate on the w. const, on
the shore of the bay of Gallion, and of the river
Herbes. [This is also the name of a part of the
same island, between a point of which, called Grosse
Morne, to that of Antigua in the Grande Terre,
tlic basin called the Great Cul de Sac is five or
BAT
149
six leagues in length, wherein is safe riding for
ships of all rates.]
BASSE V1LLE, a settlement of the province
and colony of N. Carolina, situate on the shore of
the river Chio.
BASTIMENTOS, a port formed by some
islands of the coast of Tierra Firme, by the side
of that of Portovelo. It serves as a watering place
for vessels carrying on an illicit commerce. These
islands are very near the coast, being not further
off th;tn 500 paces. They are two of them large,
and the other so small as indeed rather to deserve
the name of a rock : inasmuch as they are barren
they are not inhabited, but they nevertheless afford
convenient shelter to vessels in distress, as hap
pened in the case of the English Admiral Hosier,
with his squadron, and to cruisers in the time
of war. [It is a very unhealthy station, and proved
fatal to the grealer part of the crews of Admiral
Hosier s fleet.] The bottom of the straits lying be
tween these islands and the shore is extremely
level and good, and the islands abound in fi:ie
timber.
BASYILLE, a city of Hispaniola, or St. Do
mingo, in the French possessions. It has a con
venient and capacious port.
BAT, a settlement of the province and colony of
N. Carolina, in the district and upon the shore of
the river Pamticoe.
[BATABANO, a town on the s. side of the
island of Cuba in the West Indies, situated on the
side of a large bay, opposite Pinos isles, and about
50 miles s.u\ from the Havannah.]
BATACAO, a settlement of the province and
government of Merida in the Nuevo Reyno,
situate in the road which leads down to Maracaibo.
BATACOSA, a settlement of the missions which
were held by the regulars of the company of Jesu
its, in the province of Cinaloa in Nueva Espana.
BATAND, a cape of the s. coast of the island
of Newfound In ml . It is the extremity which
looks to the zo. close to Race cape.
BATAVANO, a port of the island of Cuba, on
the s. side, suited only for small vessels, for the de
fence of which it has a battery manned by a guard
which is sent from the Havannah, from whence it
is 14 leagues distant, being separated by a plain
and beautiful road, made at the expence of the
commercial company of that city, and covered
vrith lime tret s.
[B ATA VI A, a settlement in New York, at the
head of Schoharie creek, about 39 miles from its
mouth, and 38 s. &. from Albany, and as far . tc 1 .
of Esopus.]
150
BAT
BATCHOUEN, a small island of the coast of
the river St. Lawrence, in the country of Labra
dor, opposite the island St. Anticosti, and between
that of Geniveve and the point of .Esquimaux.
BATECA, a settlement of the government and
jurisdiction of Pamplona in the Nuevo Rev no de
Granada. It is also called Vallede las Angustias,
awl.cornmonly Do los Locos. Its situation is in a
hollow : the country is mild, pleasant, and fertile,
abounding in sugar-cane, maize, cotton, plantains,
and in mounts of oranges and other fruits. In its
church is venerated an image of the Virgin, paint
ed on linen ; and the tradition goes that it renews
its colours, whenever they fade, in a miraculous
manner ; and on account of this image the settle
ment is frequently visited by foreigners and reli
gious devotees. It is 12 leagues to the e. of Pam
plona; the road all around it is very bad, but there
is nevertheless a short cut to it through a rocky
pass.
BATEPITO, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana.
BATEQU1, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana,
situate near the coast of the gulph of California, or
Mar Roxo de Cortes, opposite the large island of
the Angel de la Guarda.
BATEROS, a settlement of the province and
government of Antioquia in the Nuevo Key no de
Granada, situate between two mountains.
[BATH, a township of Lincoln county, district
of Maine, containing 949 inhabitants. It lies on
the a\ side of Kennebeck river, about 13 miles
from Wiscasset, GO n.e. from Portland, 32 from
Ilallowell, 13 from Pownalborough, and 165 n, e.
from Boston. Lat. 43 52 .]
[BATH, a county of Virginia, about GO miles in
length, and 50 in breadth ; bounded e. by the
counly of Augusta. It is noted tor its medicinal
springs, called the Hot and Warm springs, near the
foot of JACKSON S Mountain, which see.]
[BATH, a thriving town in Berkley county, Vir
ginia, situated at the foot of the Warm Spring
mountain. The springs in the neighbourhood of
this town, although less efficacious than the Warm
springs in Bath county, draw upwards of 1000
people here during summer from various parts of
the United States. The water is little more than
milk-warm, and weakly impregnated with minerals.
The country in the environs is agreeably diversi
fied with hills and valleys ; the soil rich and in
good cultivation. Twenty-five miles from Mar-
tinsburgh. and 269 miles s. w. from Philadel
phia. ]
BAT
[BATH, a township in Grafton county, New
Hampshire, containing 493 inhabitants. It lies on
the e. bank of Connecticut river. Thirty-five
miles n. e. by n. from Dartmouth college, and 97
n. w. from Portsmouth.]
[BATH, or PORT BATH, an ancient town in Hyde
county, N. Carolina, on the w. side of Tar river,
about 24 miles from Pamplico sound, 61 s. by w.
of Edenton, and in the port of entry on Tar river.
It contains about 12 houses, and is rather de
clining.]
[BATH, a village in the e. parish of St. Tho
mas, in the island of Jamaica in the West In
dies. It has its rise and name from a famous hot
spring in its vicinity, said to be highly efficacious
in curing the dry belly-ache. The water is sul
phureous, and flows out of a rocky mountain about
one mile distant, and is too hot to admit a hand be
ing held in it.]
[BATH, a village in the county of Renssalacr,
New York, pleasantly situated on the e. bank of
Hudson s river, nearly opposite the city of Albany,
at the head of sloop navigation. A mineral spring
has been discovered here, said to possess valuable
qualities; and a commodious bathing-house has
been erected, at a considerable expence, contain
ing hot, cold, and shower baths.]
[BATH, a thriving post town in New York,
Steuben county, of about 50 houses, situate on
the n. bank of Corihocton creek, a 77. head-water
of Tioga river ; 42 miles s. e. from Williams-
burg, on Chenesse river, 18 w. w. from the Painted
post, 120 from Niagara, 59 w. from Geneva,
and 221 w. of Hudson city. Lat. 42 13 n.
Long. 77 28 w.]
I3ATHTOWN, a small settlement of the coun
ty of Craven in N. Carolina, situate on the shore
of the river Pantejo, in lat. 35 30 n. and long.
7G 10 a>.
BATISCAN, a river of Canada. It runs from
the lake of Santa Cruz, in the country of the Al-
gonovins Indians, runs s. and enters the river St.
Lawrence.
[BATOBY, a town of the province and go-
ment of Buenos Ayres, situate in Lat.. 30 36 .
Long. 54 46 24" a>.]
BATOPILAES, a settlement of the province
and government of Nueva Vizcaya in Nueva
Espana.
[BATOPILAS, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement
of the intendancy of Durango in the kingdom of
Nueva Espana, formerly celebrated for the great
wealth of its mines, to the w. of the Rio de Con-
chos. Its population is 8000 souls.]
B A X
BATSO, a settlement of the English in the
island of Barbadoes, of the jurisdiction of the city
of Bridgetown.
[BATTEN Kill, a small river which rises in
Vermont, and after running n. and n. w. about
SO miles, falls into Hudson, near Saratoga.]
[BATTLE River, in New South Wales, runs
n. e. into Saskahawen river, s. e. from Manches
ter house. Its course is short.]
BATUBA, a river of the province and cap-
iamship of Maranan in Brazil.
BATUCO, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana.
3 [BAULEM S Kill, a western water of Hudson
river, ei<rht miles and a half below Albany.]
BAlJRES, a river of the province and govern
ment of Moxos in the kingdom of Quito. It rises
w. of the mountain Tiririco, runs n. many leagues,
and then turning a little to the n. n. w.. enters with
a large stream into the Itenes, and in the midst
of its course forms a lake.
BAURIGAME, a settlement of the missions
which were held by the regulars of the company
of Jesuits, in the province of Topia, of the king
dom of Nueva Vizcaya.
BAUROS, a barbarous nation, anciently can
nibals, of the province of Moxos, to the e. n. e. of
Santa Cruz de la Sierra, dwelling on some large
plains, which have the rivers Guazimire to the e .
and Iraibi to the w. These plains are very fertile,
though, on account of their dampness, unhealthy.
This nation was discovered by the Father Cipriano
Barrera, of the company of Jesuits, in J701,
when he lost his life at their hands. The mission
aries, however, continued their labours here until
the year 1767.
BAURUM, or BAURUMA, a river of the pro
vince and government of Guayana. It rises in
the serrania of Imataca, and enters the sea on the
e. coast.
BALJYA, SAN ANTONIO BUCARELI DE LA,
a settlement and garrison of the province of Coa-
guila, established by the viceroy of Nueva Es
pana, Don Antonio Bucareli, who gave it his
name in 1776.
BAXA, PUNTA, a point on the s. coast of the
strait of Magellan, at the entrance of the second
narrow pass called La Barranca de S. Simon.
[BAXADA, a town of the province and go
vernment of Buenos Ayres, situate on the Parana
near Sante Fe, on the opposite side of the river,
in Lat, 31 44 15". Long. 60 44 30" w.l
BAXANE8, orBAXANAS, a [jort of the island
of Cuba, on the n. coast, between the bay of
Xavara and the river of Las Palraas.
BAY
151
[BAXOS DE BABUCA. See ABROJOS.]
[BAY OF FRI-.SH WATER, in the n. part of
the gulph of Mexico, lies 5. of Ascension bay.]
[BAY OF FUND v washes the shores of the
British provinces of New Brunswick on the n.
and Nova Scotia on the e. and s. This bay is 12
leagues across, from the gut of Annapolis to St.
John s, the principal town of New Brunswick.
The tides are very rapid in this bay, and rise at
Annapolis basin about 30 feet ; at the basin of
Minas, which may be termed the n. arm of this
bay, 40 feet; and at the head of Chignecto chan
nel, an arm of this bay, the spring tides rise 60
feet. See FUNDY.]
[BAY DE ROCHE FENDE lies on the w. side of
lake Champlain, and in the state of New York,
17 miles above Crown point.]
BAY OF ISLANDS lies on the w. side of New
foundland island, in the gulph of St. Lawrence.
This bay is very extensive, having three arms, by
which several rivers empty into it. It has several
islands, the chief of which are called Harbour,
Pearl, and Tweed.]
[BAY OF ST. Louis, on the Labrador coast,
has cape St. Louis on ihe n. and cape Charles on
s. It hns many small islands, the largest of which
is Battle island, in the mouth of the bay.]
BAYACONI, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana.
BAYAGOULAS, a settlement of Indians of
the province and government of Louisiana, situate
on the shore of the river Mississippi, between this
and the lake Ovachas.
BAYAGUANA, a settlement of the island of
St. Domingo, situate at the source of the river
Macoris, and in the middle of the e. head of the
island.
BAYALA, a river of the island of St. Domingo.
It rises near the n. coast, and the settlement of
Dondori, in the limits of the French possessions
in that part ; it runs s. s. e. and enters the
Neiva. On its shores are established two bodies
of guards, who are called De la Angostura, and
Del Pie del Indio, as a warning to the French
not to penetrate farther in that part.
BAYAMO, a town of the island of Cuba,
founded by Diego Velasqucs. It is of a good
temperature, and abounds in vegetable productions,
especially tobacco. It has a large and handsome
church, a convent of monks of St. Francis, an
hospital, with the title of La Misericordia , and a
school tor studies, founded by Francisro Parada.
Twenty-five leagues from Santiago de Cuba.
[BAYAMO, a town in the "e. part of the
island of Cuba, having the town of Almo w. and
B A Z
St. Barbara on the s. It lies on the e. side of
Kstero river, about 20 miles from the sea.]
[BAYAMO Channel, in the island of Cuba,
rims between the numerous small islands and rocks
called Jardin de la Reyna, on (he n. w. and the
shoals, and rocks which line the coast on the s. e.
side of it, from the bold point called Cabo de
Cruz. This channel leads to the bay of Estero,
which receives two rivers ; the southernmost of
which leads to the town of Bayamo.]
BAYANA, a small port of the island of Cuba,
on the n. n. e. coast, and in the e. head, between
those of Sebasos and Taragua.
BAYAJNO, a large river of the kingdom of
Tierra Firme, in the province and government of
Panama. It rises in the province of Darien, and
runs 26 leagues from e. to w. afterwards to n. n.ro.
and then s. emptying itself into the sea, opposite
the island of Chepillo, 8 leagues from the bay of
Panama ; and gathering in its course the waters
of many other rivers, it is thereby at length navi
gable by large vessels. It takes its name from a
fugitive Negro slave, who having fled to the
mountains, was joined by a number of unhappy
creature s who were in the snme condition of life as
himself. These in time began to treat the Spa
niards so cruelly, whenever, in their rencounters,
they happened to meet with them, that the Mar
quis de Cafiete, viceroy of Peru, was under the
necessity of giving orders, with the sanction of the
court, to Captain Pedro de Ursua, to destroy and
chastise these enemies ; which orders were com
pletely executed, after a tedious and difficult
campaign in 155.3; and the memory of this suc
cess is perpetuated by the name of the river. Its
mouth is in Long. 78 55 . Lat. 9 3 .
BAYAS, a settlement and asiento of the mines
of the alca/dia mayor of Guanajuato in Nueva
Espaiia, of the province and bishopric of Me-
choacan.
BAY E, Gw AND, a large bay of the island of
Guadalupe, on the n. coast, between the island
of Cochon and that ot Los Diamantes.
BAYO, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Buenos Ayres, which runs s. and
enters the Tepuonga.
[BAYNET, a town and bay on the .?. side of the
island of St. Domingo, 4| leagues from Petit
Goave, on the n. side of the island. It is about
eight leagues w. of Jackmel. Lat. 18 17 .]
BAZARACA, a settlement of the missions
which were held by the regulars of the company
of Jesuits, in the province and government of La
Sonora in Nueva Espaiia.
B E A
BEACH, a small island of the province and
colony of New Jersey.
[BEACH Fork, a branch of Salt river, which
rises in Nelson county, Kentucky. A fine clay
is found on this river, which might, it is thought,
be manufactured into good porcelain.]
BEACON, a point on the s. coast of the island
of Jamaica, between the point or cape Yallah
and Port Royal.
[BEALSBURG, a small town in Nelson county,
Kentucky, on the e. bank of Rolling Fork, whick
contains 20 houses, as also a tobacco warehouse.
It is 15 miles tc.s.ze. of Bairdstown, 50 s. w. of
Frankfort, and 890 from Philadelphia.]
BEAR, a small river of the province and colony
of Nova Scotia. It runs w. and enters the sea in
the port of Annapolis real.
[BEAU Cove lies on the e. side of the s. e.
corner of Newfoundland island, at the head of which
is the settlement of FORMOSE, which see. Re-
neau s rocks lie between Bear cove and Fresh
Water bay on the s. 52 miles n. from cape
Race.]
[BEAR GRASS Creek, a small creek on the e.
side of Ohio river, a few hundred yards w. of the
town of Louisville in Kentucky. This is the spot
where the intended canal is proposed to be cut to
the upper side of the Rapids. From the mouth
of the creek to the upper side of the Rapids, is
not quite two miles. This would render the
navigation of the Ohio safe and easy. The coun
try on the sides of this creek, between Salt river
and Kentucky river, is beautiful and rich. See
RAPIDS OF THE OHIO.]
[BEAR Lake, GREAT, in the n. w. part of N.
America, lies near the Arctic circle, and sends a
river a w. s. w. course.]
[BEAR Lake, BLACK, in New South Wales,
lies in lat. 55 50 n. long. 105 40 w. It lies
n. w* from Cumberland House.]
[BEAR Lake, WHITE, lies due w. from an
other small lake called Bear lake, both in lat. 46
38 n. and the long, of the former is 96 w. These
are said to give rise to the Mississippi river.]
[BrAR Town, in Caroline county, Maryland,
lies about seven miles n. from Greensburgh, and
about 15 s. e. from Chester town.]
[BEAR Creek, a water of Tennessee river. See
OCCOCHAPPO.]
[BEARDSTOWN. See BAIRDSTOWN.]
JBEATA, CABO DE LA, a point of the island of
St. Domingo, on the s. coast, and running a great
way into the sea. It is 85 leagues from the city
of St. Domingo. Long. 71 18 . Lat. 17 42 .
B E A
BEATA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Maracaibo. It rises n. of the city of
Gibraltar, runs w. and enters the Great lake.
BCATA, a small island close to the s. coast of
the island of St. Domingo, and opposite the point
of its name.
BEAUCIIESNE, a desert island of the sea
of Magellan, which took its name from a French
captain, who arrived here in the year 1701.
Some believe it to be one of the Malviri isles. It
lies 5. of the Sibaldes isles, almost in front of the
t. moutli of the strait of Magellan, from which it
is 152 leagues distant.
BEAUER, an island of the lake Michigan in
New Prance, or Canada, opposite the Grand
bay.
BEAUFORT, a city of the island of Port
Royal, in the county of Granville, of the province
and colony of Carolina, is small, but pleasantly
situate, fertile, and rich. The English, after the
separation of their colonies, made this the capital
of the province, from the convenience of its port,
and owing to its affording an harbour for their
squadrons. It is 50 miles from Purrisburg, and
45 from Charlestown, to the s. w. [The courts
which were formerly held here, are now removed
to the town of Coosawhatchie, on the river. It is
a little pleasant town of about 60 houses, and 200
inhabitants, who are distinguished for their hos
pitality and politeness. It has a fine harbour,
and bids lair to become a considerable town,
and is noted for its healthy situation. Lat. 32
SO n. Long. 80 46 a?.]
BEAUFOBT, a settlement of Georgia, situate on
an island at the mouth of the river Consuhatche,
or Port Royal.
[BEAUFORT, a sea-port town in Carterct county,
cm the n. e. side of Core sound, and district of
New Bern, N. Carolina. It contains about 20
houses, a couit-house and goal, and the county
courts are held here. It is 55 miles s. by e. of
New Bern, and about 27 from cape Lookout.]
[BEAUFORT District, in the lower country of
S. Carolina, lies on the sea-coast, between Com-
bahee and Savannah rivers. It is 69 miles in
length, and 37 in breadth, and is divided into
four parishes, viz. St. Helena, St. Luke, Prince
William, and St. Peter, which contain 18,753
inhabitants, of whom only 4346 are whites. The
northern, part of this district abounds with large
forests of cypress ; the lands, however, are fit for
raising rice, indigo, &c. It sends 12 representa
tives and four senators to the state legislature ;
each parish sending an equal number. Amount
of taxes, 3022/. 2s. Lid. sterling.]
VOL. I.
B E B
BEAUGENDRE, a river of the island of
Guadalupe. It rises in the w. mountains of La
Basse Terre, runs ts. and enters the sea between
the rivers Potel and La A nee de la Barque.
^ BEAUHARNOIS, a port of Canada, in lake
Superior.
BEAUMONT, a settlement of Canada, situate
on the shore of the river St. Lawrence, 10 leagues
from the capital of Quebec.
BEAUSEJOIR, a settlement and fort of the
English in Nova Scotia, on the shore of the most
interior part of the bay of Funrly.
[BEAVER Creek runs inio lake Erie at its
e. end, about seven miles s. e. from fort Erie.]
[BLAVER Creek, B.G, falls into the Aileghany
river, after having received several branches from
the n.e. about 28 miles n. w. from Pittsburg,
It rises in the s. runs n. about six miles, thence
n. e. 12 more to the Salt lick town, then past
the Mahoning town and Salt springs, 34 miles
s. c. to the Kishkush town, from which to
its mouth is 22 miles s. : in all about 74
miles.]
[BEAVER Dam, a township in Pennsylvania,
on the 02. side of Susquehannah river. See NOR
THUMBERLAND County.]
[BEAVER Kill is a s. e. arm of the Popachton
branch of the Delaware. Its mouth is 17| miles
e. from the Cook house, and 24| n. a\ from Kush*-
ichton falls.]
[BEAVER Lake, in New South Wales, lies in
about lat. 54 30 . and long. 102 10 w. A
little w. e. from it is the source of Churchill river ;
s. e. from it is Cumberland house, on Grass river,
which has communication by lakes with Nelson
river; s. w. of it is Saskashawen river, on which,
towards its head, area number of houses belong
ing to the Hudson s bay company.]
[BFAVEK S Town, at Tuskarawas, lies be
tween Margaret s creek, an upper n. zo. branch of
Muskingum river, and the n. branch of that river;
at the head of which n. branch there is only a
mile s portage to Cayahoga river. Beaver s town
lies about 85 miles n. w. from Pittsburg. A little
below this, a fort was erected in 1764.]
[BEAZA, the chief town of the district of
Quixos, in the province of Quito in Peru, and
the residence of the governor. It was built in
1559 by Don Rameirod Avilos. The chief ma
nufacture here is cotton cloth.]
BEBARA, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement of
the province and government of Choco in the
^kingdom of Tierra Firme, situate on the shore of
the river of its name.
BEBARA, the river which rises in the great
154
BED
sierras of the same province, runs w. and enters
the Atrato.
BECAUAS, a barbarous nation inhabiting the
forests to the w. of tlue river Aguarico. It is very
numerous, and is continually at war with the En-
cabellados.
BECI1AI, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay. It runs s. and enters the
Uruguay, between the rivers Igau and Ibicuy.
[BECKET, a township in Berkshire county,
Massachusetts, containing 751 inhabitants. It is
10 miles c. of Stockbridgc, 17 from Lenox, and
130 w. from Boston.]
BECOYA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito.
It runs nearly due s. from n. parallel to that of
Carnboya, and enters the Napo.
BECOYA, an island of the N. sea. It is one
of the Lesser Antillas, situate to then, of Gra
nada.
[BEDE Point is the eastern cape at the mouth
of Cook s river, on the n. w. coast of N. Ame
rica.]
BLDEC, a settlement of the island of St.
John, in the province and colony of Nova Scotia,
situate on the w. coast, and in the strait formed
with that coast.
BEDFORD, a province and county of Vir
ginia. [It is separated from that of Amherst on
the n. by James river ; lias Campbell e. Botetourt
t. and Franklin county on the s. It is 34 miles
long, 25 broad, and contains 10,531 inhabitants,
including 2754 slaves. It has a good soil, and is
agreeably diversified with hills and valleys. In
some parts chalk and gypsum have been discover
ed. Its chief town is New London.]
[BEDFORD, a township in Hillsborough county,
New Hampshire, which was incorporated in 1750,
and contains 898 inhabitants. It lies on the w.
bank of Merrirnack river, 56 miles w. of Ports
mouth.]
[BEDFORD, a township in Middlesex county,
Massachusetts, containing 523 inhabitants, 13
miles n. from Boston.]
[BEDFORD, NMV, is a flourishing town in
B ristol county in fi so same state, containing 3313
inhabitants, 58 miL s s. of Boston. It lies at
the head of navigation on Accushnet river. Lat.
40 35 n.~]
[BEDFORD, a township in W. Chester county,
"New York, containing 2470 inhabitants, includ
ing 38 slaves. It lies contiguous to Connecticut,
12 miles n. from Long island sound, and 35 from
the city of New York. In the state census of
T796, there appears to be 302 electors.]
BEG
[BEDFORD, a town on the tz>; end of Long
island, New York, four miles n. w. from Jamaica
bay, and six e. from the city of New York.]
[BEDFORD, a village near the Georgia side of
Savannah river, four miles above Augusta.]
[BEDFORD County, in Pennsylvania, lies on
Juniatta river ; has part of the state of Maryland
on the s. and Huntingdon county n. and n. e. It
contains 13,124 inhabitants, including 46 slaves;
and has one half of its lands settled, and is divided
into nine townships. Its chief town, Bedford,
lies on the 5. side of Raystown branch of the same
river, 25 miles e. of Berlin, and 210 w. of
Philadelphia. It is regularly laid out, and the
inhabitants, who live in 41 log houses and nine of
stone, have water conveyed in wooden pipes to
a reservoir in the middle of the town. They have
a stone gaol; the market-house, court-house, and
record-office, are built of brick. Bedford was
incorporated in 1795, and their charter is similar
to that of Chester. Lat. 40 n. Long. 78 32
w.l
[BED1ES. These are Indians of N. America,
dwelling on the Trinity river, about 60 miles
to the .9. of Nacogdoches ; have JOO men, are
good hunters for deer, which are very large,
and plenty about them ; plant, and make good
crops of corn; their language differs from all
other, but they speak Caddo ; are a peaceable,
quiet people, and have an excellent character for
their honesty and punctuality.]
[BEDM1NSTER, in Somerset county, New
Jersey, is a township containing 1197 inhabitants,
including 169 slaves.]
[BEfiF Island, one of the Smaller Virgin
islands in the W. Indies, situated between Dog
island on the w. and Tortula on the c. It is about
five miles long and one broad, in Sir Francis
Drake s bay.]
BEEKE, a settlement of the island ofB.arba*
does, in the parish and district of St. George,
near the e. coast, and at the s. extremity of the
same.
[BEEKMAN, a considerable township in
Duchess county, New York, containing 3597
inhabitants, including 106 slaves. In the state
census of 1796, there appears to be 502 electors in
this township.]
BEETLE, a settlement of the island oFBarba-
does, in the parish and district of St. George^ situ
ate upon the e. coast.
BEF1EN, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Arica in Peru, annexed to tlie
curacy of Copta.
BEGA, a settlement of the province and go-
B E J
rernment of Venezuela in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate near the coast, in the district of
Caracas, from whence it is distant six leagues to
the s. 5 to the s. w.
BEGON, a lake of Canada, formed by "the
drains of those of St. Peter and Miskouaikane, in
the country of the Chemonchovanistcs Indians.
[BEH RING S Bay, on the n. w. coast of N.
America, is separated from Admiralty bay on
the n. by a point of land, and lies n. w. from
Cross sound. See ADMIRALTY Bay.]
[BEHRING S Straits, separate Asia from Ame
rica, are so called from the Russian navigator,
Captain Behring, who, with Tshirikow, sailed
from Kamptschatka in Siberia, on the Asiatic
coast, in quest of the new world, in a quarter
where it had perhaps never been approached.
They both discovered land within a few degrees
of the n. w. coast of America. But the more re
cent discoveries of Captain Cook, and his succes
sor, Clarke, have confirmed the near approxima
tion of the two continents. Cape Prince of Wales
is the most westerly point of the American conti
nent hitherto known. It is situated in lat. 65
46 n. long. 168 15 e. and is 39 miles distant
from the e. coast of Asia. The sea, from the
s. of Behring s straits, to the crescent of isles be
tween Asia and America, is very shallow. It
deepens from these straits (as the British seas do from
Dover) till soundings are lost in the Pacific ocean,
but that does not take place but to the s. of the
isles. Between them and the straits is an increase
from 12 to 54 fathoms, except only off St. Thad-
deus Noss, where there is a channel of greater
depth. From the volcanic disposition, it has been
fudged probable, not only that there was a separa
tion of the continents at these straits, but that the
whole space from the isles to that small opening
had once been dry land ; and that the fury of the
watery element, actuated by that of fire, had, in
very remote times, subverted and overwhelmed
the tract, and left the islands to serve as monumen
tal fragments. The famous Japanese map places
some islands seemingly within these straits, on
which is bestowed the title of Ya Zue, or the
Kingdom of the Dwarfs. This gives some reason
to suppose that America was not unknown to the
Japanese ; and that they had, as is mentioned by
Kav. pfer and Charlevoix, made voyages of dis
covery ; and, according to the last, actually
wintered upon the continent, where probably
meeting with the Esquimaux, they might, in
comparUon of themselves, and justly, distinguish
them by the name of dwarfs.]
BEJIREQUE, a settlement of the province
BEL
155
and government of Cartagena, situate on one of
the islands which are formed by the river Cauca.
It is four leagues n. n. zo. of the city of Zimiti.
BEJUCAL, a small city, but beautifully and
well situate in the island of Cuba, is of a good
temperature, fertile, and abounding in fruits and
cattle, particularly in tobacco, of which it has
considerable crops. It belongs to the domain and
lordship of the Marquises of San Felipe and San
tiago, who reside in the Havannah, from whence
it is divided by a level and agreeable road, and is
seven leagues distant.
[BEKIA, or BBCOUYA, or BOQUIO, a small
British island among the Granadillas, 55 miles
n. e. of Granada, and 65 leagues from Barbadoes.
It was called Little Martinico by the French, and
has a safe harbour from all winds, but no fresh
water. It is only frequented by those who catch
turtle. The soil produces wild cotton, and plenty
of water melons.]
BELADERO, PLJNTA DEL, a point on the
coast of Cartagena, of the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, near Santa Marta, where there is a small
fort and a watch-tower, for the purpose of giving
notice when vessels appear, and this is done by
striking a bell fixed there for the purpose.
[BELCHER, a township in Hampshire coun
ty, Massachusetts, containing 1485 inhabitants,
who subsist chiefly by farming. It lies 12 miles e.
of Hartley, and 85 w. of Boston.]
BELEN, a settlement of the province and cor-
refrimiento o[ Carangasin Peru, of the archbishopric
of Charcas, annexed to the curacy of that of
Andamarca.
BLLEN, another, in the province and corregi-
miento of Porco, also of the archbishopric of
Charcas and kingdom of Peru. It has a celebrat
ed sanctuary, whither numbers of people repair in
October.
BELEN, another, of the province and corregi-
miento of Lucanas in the same kingdom, annex
ed to the curacy of Cahuanca.
BELEN, another, of the province and corregi-
miento of Paria in the same kingdom, annexed to
the curacy of Toledo.
BELEN, another, of the province and akaldia
mayor of Ostimuri in Nueva Espaiia, situate at
the mouth of the river Hiaqui, and at the point
of Lobos, in the gulf of California.
BKLEN, another, of the province and corregi-
niiento of Ornasuyos in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Achacache.
B;LEJV, a town, with the dedicatory title of
Nuestra Senora, in the province and government
of Paraguay, on the shore of the river of this name.
x 2
B E I,
at the mouth of the river Ipane-guazu, in Lat. 23
26 17" TO. Long. !>7 8 a\]
BE LENT), a river of the province of TMacas in
the kingdom of Quito. It rises at the foot of the
Paramo of Sangay, runs from w. to e. and enters
the C ura ray, or rather changes its name here before
it enters the Napo.
[BELEZ, a city of New Grenada, Tierra Firme,
S. America.]
[BELFAST, a township and bay in Hancock
county, district of Maine, both situated in what is
called the WaUlo patent, at the mouth of Penob-
scot river and on its 10. side ; 38 miles n. e. by e.
from Nallowell, and 246 n. e. from Boston. The
town contains 215 inhal)itants. The bay, on the
n. zo. part of which the town stands, runs up into
the land by three short arms. Isleborough island lies
in the middle of it, and forms two channels leading
to the month of Penobscot river.
[BELGRADE, a township in Lincoln county,
district of Maine, incorporated in Feb. 1796. It
was formerly called Washington plantation. It
lies w. of Sidney, and between Androscoggin and
Kennebeck rivers.]
[BELHAVEN, the former name of Alexan
dria, in FAIIIFAX County, Virginia, which see. It
lies 14- miles n. e. of Colchester, 86 s. w. of Win
chester, SO o>. of Annapolis, and 2 14 s. w. of Phi
ladelphia.]
BELII7LE, a settlement of the province and
corregtmiento of Chumbivilcas in Peru, situate on
the shore of the river Apurirnac.
[BELIM, or PA HA, a town in Brazil. See
PA HA.]
BELL, a point on the e. coast of the island
of Barbadoes, between the point of Consets and
Baker bay.
BELT,, a settlement of the same island, in the
parish and district of St. George.
BELLA, POBLACIOV, a settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Los Ilheos in Brazil, on
the sea-shore, and close to the port called Bello,
which is formed by the mouth of the river Dulce.
BELLACO, ARROYO, a small river of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres. It
runs w. and enters the Uruguay, between the
rivers Negro and Santa Rosa.
BELLACON, a small river of the prorince
and captainship of Rey in Brazil. It runs s. and
enters the Jacuaron.
[BELLA1RE, a post-town near the centre of
Hartbrd county, Varyland, and the chief of the
county. It contains a court-house and gaol, and is
tliinJy inhabited ; distant from Harford 6 miles
2
BEL
n. w. 29 n. e. from Baltimore, and 86 o>. s. w.
from Philadelphia.]
BELLA VISTA, SAN JOSEPH DE, a settlement
of the province and corrfgimiento of Cercado in
Peru ; founded near the sea by the Count of Su-
perunda, viceroy of the kingdom, in 1747, a quar
ter of a league from the spot wfure Callao stood.
It has a good castle, called San Fernanda, with a
sufficient garrison for the defence and security of
the bay. This is covered on the ^. zo. by a barren
island, called S-m Lorenzo, where all the vessels
cominsr from the s. ports of America, as well as
from Europe, cast anchor. It is two leagues from
Lima.
B^Lr.AViST \, a river of the kingdom of Brazil,
which runs n. n. e. and enters that of Tocantines
on the i0. side.
BELLEALJ, PUERTO rE, a port in the strait
of Magellan, and in the third narrow pass, called
El Pasaije, or the Passage.
[BELLE DUNE, LA, or HANDSOME DOWN,
a long, projecting, barren point on the s. side of
Chaleur bay, about 8 leagues n. n. w. of Nipisi-
guit, where temporary cod and herring fisheries
are carried on by different people; there being no
established trader at the place.]
[BELLGROVE, in Bt-rgen county, N. Jersey,
on the road to Albany, lies within half a mile of
the line which separates New York from New Jer
sey, which extends from Delaware river to that of
Hudson. It is three miles n. from Brabant, and
24 n. by za. from New York city.]
BELLICHASSE, a settlement of Canada, situ
ate on the shore of the river St. Lawrence, not far
distant from Quebec.
BELLICHASSE, a river of the above country,
which rises to the e. of the bay of Saguinarn, runs
*. e. in a serpentine course, and enters lake Huron,
at the mouth where this communicates itself with
the lake Erie.
[BELLINGHAM, a small farming township
in Norfolk county, Massachusetts, containing 735
inhabitants, 20 miles n. from Providence, and
34 s. from Boston.]
BELLINGA, a settlement of the province and
corregimienlo of Parinacochas in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Salamanca, in the province of
Condesuyos de Arequipa.
[BELLISLE, an island at the mouth of the
straits of this name, between the country of the
Esquimaux, or New Britain, and the n. end of
Newfoundland island, which straits lead into the
gulf of St. Lawrence from the n. e. The island is
about seven leagues in circumference, and lies 16
BEL
miles from the nearest land 0:1 the coast of Labra
dor, or New Britain. On the n. za. side it lias a
harbour for fishing vessels, or small craft, and on
the r. point it has a cove which will admit shal
lops. Lat. 51 58 n. Long. 55 15 a>.]
[BrLLisiE, an island of the e. side of the n.
part of Newfoundland island, e. of Canada head.]
Br.LLisLE, another island of thee. const of the
Ksland of Newfoundland, distinct from the others,
between the islands of Grois and Casronge.
BMLLISLE, a strait formed by the coast of the
county of Labrador, and the Island of Newfound
land. It runs from s. ay. to n. e.
BELLO, REAL, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Rio Janeiro in Brazil, on the
shore of the river of Los Muertes.
[BELL S MILL, a settlement in N.Carolina, near
the Moravian settlements, at the source of Deep river,
the north-westernmost branch of the n. w. branch of
cape Fear, and about 50 miles w. of Hillsborough.]
BELLUDA Sierra, a chain of mountains of
the kingdom of Chile, in the territory of the infi
dels. It runs nearly due 5. from n. in the country
of the Pehuenchcs Indians, from the settlement of
Puren to the volcano of Callaqui.
[BELPRE, a post-town and small settlement
in the territory n. w. of the Ohio, on the n. w.
bank of Ohio river, between the Hockhocking and
Muskingum rivers, and opposite the mouth of the
Little Kanhaway, about 14 miles below Marietta,
and 480 s. i. by zo. from Philadelphia.]
BELSAMITE, a river of Canada. It rises
from different lakes in the country of the Papina-
chois Indians, runs s. e. between the rivers Mis-
sipinac and Outardes, and meets the river St.
Lawrence at its mouth or entrance into the sea.
BELSAMONT, a settlement of the country
and land of Labrador, situated on the coast, at the
mouth of the strait of Bellisle.
BELTRAN, a settlement of the jurisdiction of
Tocaima, and government of Mariquita, in the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, situated on the shores
of the Rio Grande de la Magdalena, annexed to
the curacy of Ambolayma ; is of a very hot tem
perature, and much infested with mosquitoes, lice,
and other insects. Its population is scanty, and con
sists of only 80 housekeepers ; its productions are
merely sugar-canes, yucas, maize, and plantains.
It is 14 leagues to the 5. o>. of Santa Fe.
[BEL VIDE RE, a new township in Franklin
county, Vermont. Also a village in New Jersey,
in Sussex county, situated on Delaware river, at
the mouth of Pequest river, and 11 miles above
Easton in Pennsylvania.]
BEN
157
BLANDISH, a settlement of the island of Bar-
bailors, in the district of the parish of Sail Felipe.
[BENEDIC r,atownin Charles county, Mary
land, on Patuxent river, opposite Mackall s ferry ;
w. from port Tobacco 16 miles, as the road runs
through B yrantown ; 30 s. e. from the Federal
city, and 20 from Drum s point, at the mouth of
the river.]
BENE11ISSA, a river of the province and
government of Quixosy Macas in the kingdom of
Quito, and of the district of the second. It runs
from the n. n. w. to s. s. e. and enters the river
Santiago.
BENET, or BAINKT, a town of the French, in
their possessions in the island of St. Domingo,
situate on the s. shore of the river of its name.
This river rises near (he s. coast of the same island ;
it runs s. ami enters the sea between ihe cape of
its name and the point of Moral. The above cape
is also on the same s. coast, between the former
river and the cape of Tres Latanniers.
BENI, a large and navigable river of the pro
vince and corregitniento of Cuzco in the kingdom
of Peru. It rises near the settlement of Los Reyes
in the cordillera, and runs from e. to zo. until it
enters the Ucayale. According to Cruz, it rises
from the river Chinquiavo, or De la Paz, and runs
continually n. collecting the waters of several other
rivers, when in a very large body it enters the
Ucayale. It is also called De la Serpiente, and
Mr. D Anville names it Amarumayu, to agree with
the Inca Garcilasco, who maintains that it was ex
plored by order of the Inca Yupanqui, for the
discovery and conquest of the province of Musu,
or De los Moxos. On its shores are many reduc*
clones or settlements made by the missions of the
Moxos.
BEN1TEZ, JUAN, a river of the province
and government of Maracaibo in the kingdom of
Tierra Firme. It rises in the mountains which
lie between the coast and the lake of Maracaibo,
runs s. and enters this lake at the side of the
mouth or entrance of the same.
BENITO, SAN, a settlement of the corregimi-
ento of the jurisdiction of Velez in the Nuevo
Reyno. It is of a healthy but very hot tempera
ture, producing fruits peculiar to the same. It
contains 200 housekeepers, and somewhat fewer
families of Indians. Annexed to its curacy is a
chapel, called De las Juntas, where there is a small
neighbourhood.
BKNITO, another settlement, of the province
and corregimiento of Cajamarca in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Guzmanga.
158
BEN
BENITO, another, of the province and govern
ment of Cartagena in the kingdom of Tierra Firme,
situate in the road which leads down to |the river of
La Magdalena, between this and the city of Car
tagena.
BENITO, another town, with the surname of
Abad, in the same province and government ;
situate near one of the arms of the river Cauca.
BENITO, another settlement of the province and
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil ; situate on
the coast, between the river Piratununga and the
port Calvo.
BENITO, another, of the missions which were
held by the regulars of the company of the Jesuits,
in the province of Cinaloa in Nueva Espana.
BENITO, a river of the kingdom of Brazil. It
is small, runs n. and enters that of Preto, or La
Palma, opposite the mouth of the river Claro.
BENNETS, a small river of the province and
colony of Virginia ; it runs s. and enters the
Chowan.
BENNETS, a point or cape of the coast, in the
province and colony of Maryland and bay of
Chesapeak.
[BENN1NGTON, a county in the s. w.
corner of Vermont, having Wind ham county
on the e. and the state of New York on the w. ;
into which state it sends Batten kill and Hoosack
rivers, which both rise here, and fall into Hudson
river, 14 miles apart. Rutland comity lies on
the n. and the state of Massachusetts on the s.
It contains 19 townships, of Avhich Pennington
and Manchester are the chief. It has 12,254 in
habitants, including 16 slaves. The mountains
here furnish iron ore in abundance, and employ
already a furnace and two forges.
[BENNINOTON, the shire town of the above
county, and the largest town in the state of Ver
mont, having about 160 houses in the compact
part of the town, is situated at the foot of the great
mountain, near the s. w. corner of the state,
24 miles e. from the junction of Hudson and
Mohawk rivers, and about 52 from the s. end of
lake Champlain, at the confluence of the e. and s.
bays ; and lies 35 miles from Rutland, 202 miles
n. e. from New York, and 300 in the same
direction from Philadelphia. Lat. 42 52 n.
Long. 73 4 w. Bennington has several elegant
buildings. Its public edifices are a congregational
church, state-house, and gaol. It is the oldest
town in the state, having been first settled in 1764,
and is in a flourishing condition, containing 2400
inhabitants. Within the township is mount An
thony, which rises very high in a conical form.
Two actions were fought in or near this town in
B E R
one day, Aug. /6, 1777, in which the British suf
fered a considerable loss. This disaster contri
buted in a great measure to the subsequent sur
render of General Burgoyne s army.
[BENSON, the north-westernmost township in
Rutland county, Vermont, is situated on the e.
side of lake Champlain, 57 miles n. n. w. of Ben
nington, and has 658 inhabitants. Hubberton
river passes through Benson in its way to East
bay. Cockburne s creek, which feeds the same
bay, rises here.
BEPITANGA, an island of the coast of Brazil,
in the province and captainship of Rey.
BEQUIA, an island of the N. sea, one of the
Lesser Antilles, between the islands of St.Vincente
and Granada. It is 12 leagues in circumference,
and has a good bay, frequented only by the Clia-
ribbee Indians, who inhabit this island, and by the
English of the island of St. Vincente, who come
hither to fish for tortoises. It produces wild cot
ton trees, and abounds in water melons ; but it
is ill supplied with water, and is filled with vipers,
snakes, and venomous insects. Lat. 13 2 w.
[BERABZAN is a long lake in New North
Wales, lying w. and s. and narrows gradually
from its n. end, till it mixes with the waters of
Shechary lake at the s. end, where these -waters
form Seal river, which empties into Hudson s bay
at Churchill fort. The middle of Berabzan lies
in lat. 60 10 n. and in long. 97 w. See SHE-
CHARY Lake, and CHURCHILL River.]
BERBICE, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia, in the
Dutch possessions, this being the only river in this
country. It however renders the land very fer
tile, and causes it to produce cotton in abundance.
It rises in the sierra of Tumucuraque, , runs from
s. tow. and enters the sea about a league in breadth.
The territory upon its shores lies low, and is
covered with groves. Its mouth is divided into
two arms by an island, which is called by the
Dutch Krabben ; and through that of the e. side
moderate-sized vessels only can pass, as the water
does not exceed two or three yards in depth. A
little beyond the aforesaid island the waters of the
small river Canse join this river, increasing its
depth to five yards, when it becomes navigable
as far up us the fort of Nassau, which is situate
upon the e. shore, at the distance of 10 leagues
from (lie river s mouth ; though by water, owing
to the river s winding course, the distance is at
least 20 leagues. The shores on both sides are
covered with houses and plantations belonging to
the Dutch, for upwards of 30 leagues. It enters
the sea in lat. 6 25 n.
B E R
BERBICE, the capital of the Dutch colony,
taking the name of the former river, by which it
B E R
159
1763 the Negro slaves made an insurrection here,
but this was suppressed in the following year.
is washed. It is fortified, and is the residence of [This settlement, with the other adjoining ones of
the governor, who maintains here a tolerable gar
rison. The town is reduced and was badly built.
Its principal commerce is in cotton and sugar. In
Surinam and Essiquibo, surrendered to the Bri
tish in 1796.
The official value of the Imports and Exports of Berbice were, in
1809, imports ,193,663, exports .49,662.
1810, 191,556, 51,785.
And the quantities of the principal articles imported into Great Britain were, in
Coffee.
Sugar.
Hum.
Cotton wool.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Cwt.
1809, 17,665
1810, 2 J,532
Cwt.
Cwt.
7760
3827
Cwt.
Galls.
20,355
6,193
Lbs.
1,874,196
1,656,057-
BERENGUELA, SAN JUAN DE, a settlement
find real of the mines of silver, which were for
merly worked in the province and corregimiento
of Pacajes in Peru. They were the richest and
most renowned of any in the kingdom, having
700 veins ; and from the vestiges which appear
here at the present day, there must have been no
inconsiderable population of Spaniards.
BCRENGUELA, another settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Cochabamba in the
same kingdom.
BERGANS, an island of the s. coast of New
foundland, at the entrance of the gulf of St.
Lawrence.
BERGANTIN,CERROS DEL, mountains of the
province of Barcelona, and government of Cu-
mana. They run nearly in a straight line from
s. to n. for the space of many leagues.
BERGEN, a city and county of the province
and colony of New Jersey, above the river Hud
son, opposite New York. It was the first spot on
which plantations were made. The greater part
of its inhabitants are Dutch; Three miles from
the city of New York.
[BER.GEN County, in New Jersey, on Hudson
river, lies opposite New York, on the e. and was
first planted by the Dutch from New York. It
contains six townships, of which the chief are
Bergen and Hackinsack, and 12,601 inhabitants,
including 2301 slaves. Here are seven Dutch
Calvinist churches, and two of Dutch Luther
ans. There is a copper mine here, which, when
worked by the Schuylors (to whom it belonged)
was considerably productive; but it has been
neglected for many years. It is a mountainous;
See SURINAM.]
rough, and hilly county, 30 miles long, and
25 broad. It forms part of the e. and n. end
of the state 5 and its n. w. extremity meets the
n. e. part of Sussex county ; so that these two
counties embosom Morris and Essex counties, ex
cept on the s. w. and form the whole breadth of
the state in that quarter.
[B ERG EN Neck is the southern extremity of
the above township.]
BERITO, a small river of the island of St. Do
mingo. It rises near the . coast, in the valley of
Inojtielo, runs e. and enters the Balala.
[BERKHEMSTEAD, or BARKHEMSTEAI>, a
township in Litchfield county, Connecticut, hav
ing Hartland n. and New Hartford s.~\
[BERKLEY, a township in Bristol county,
Massachusetts, containing 850 inhabitants; 50
miles s. of Boston.]
BERKLEY, a county and city of S. Carolina,
situate n. of the county of Colleton, near the rivers
Cooper and Ashley : to the w. it has another small
river, called Bowal, which forms an island in the
middle of a small bay. Opposite the coast are
other islands, called Casia and Sullivan, and be
tween this and the river Bowal is a chain of moun
tains, called Sandy. The river Wanda washes
the n. w. part of this county, and afterwards en
ters the Cowper, both of these joining the Ashley
.in Charlestown. [In the census of 1791, it was
called St. John s parish in Berkley county, and
contained 752 free persons and 5170 slaves.
[BEKKLEY County, in Virginia, lies w. of the
Blue Ridge, n. of Frederick county, and separated
from the state of Maryland, on the n. and e. bj
Potowmack river. This fertile county, about 40
166
B E R
miles long and 20 broad, has 16,781 free inhabi
tants and 2932 slaves. Martinsburgh is its chief
town.J
[BERKLEY S Sound, on the n. w. coast of N.
America, lies on the e. side of Quadras isles.
The land on its e. side is opposite cape Flat
tery, and forms the n. side of the straits de Fuca.
[BERK S County, in Pennsylvania, has North
ampton county oa the n. e. Northumberland on
the n. zo. part of Luzern o;i the n. Dauphin
and Lancaster counties s. a?, and Chester and
Montgomery s. e. It is watered by Schuylkill
river, and is 53 miles long and near 29 broad, con
taining 1,030,400 acres. Here iron ore and coal
are found in plenty, which supply several iron
works. The n. parts are rough and hilly. Berks
contains 30,179 inhabitants, of whom 65 only
are slaves. It has 29 townships, of which Reading-
is the chief.]
[BERKSHIRE County, in Massachusetts, is
bounded to. by New York state, s. by the state
of Connecticut, e. by Hampshire county, and n.
by the state of Vermont. It thus runs the whole
extent of the state from n. to s. and contains 26
townships ; the chief of which are Stockbridge,
Lenox, Great Barrington, Williamslown, and
Pittsfield ; and the number of inhabitants 30,291.
AVhite and clouded marble is found in several
towns in the rough and hilly parts of this country.
In February 1796, the legislature passed an act
to establish a college in VVilliamstown, by the
name of Williams College.]
[BERKSHIRE, a newly settled township in
Franklin county, Vermont,]
BERLIN, a neat and flourishing town of
York county, Pennsylvania, containing about 100
houses. It is regularly laid out, on the s. w. side
of Conewago creek, 13 miles w. of Vorktown, and
101 w. of Philadelphia. Lat. 39 56 n.
[BKRLIN, a township in Orange county, Ver
mont, on Dog river, a branch of Onion river from
the s. ; which las>t separates Berlin from Montpe-
lier on the n. n. w. Berlin contains 134 inhabi
tants, and is about 94 miles n. e. from Ben-
nirigton.]
[B RLIN, a township in Hartford county,
Connecticut, 12 miles s. s. w. of Hartford, 42
n. zs. of New London ; and 26 n. n. e. of New
Haven.]
[BERLIN, a township in Worcester county,
Massachusetts, containing 512 inhabitants; 34
.miles w. of Boston, and 15 n. e. of Vv orcester.
Hops have been cultivated here lately, and pro
mise to be a valuable article of husbandry.
[BERLIN, in Somerset county, formerly in that
B E R
of Bedford, Pennsylvania, lies on a branch of
Stoney creek, a s. water of Conemaugh river, on
the w. side of the Allegliany mountain ; 25 miles
w. of Bedford, 23 n. w. of fort Cumberland in
Virginia, and 200 w. of Philadelphia. Stone creek,
the chief source of Kiskeminitas river, rises n.n.c.
of Berlin. Lat. 39 54 n.
BERMEJA, LA, a shallow of the bay of
Campeche, near the coast.
BERMEO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Chichas and Tarrija in Peru.
It is of the district of the former, annexed to the
curacy of Tarija.
BERMUDA, a city of the province and colony
of Virginia.
[BERMUDA Hundred, or CITY POINT, as it is
sometimes called, is a port of entry and post-town
in Chesterfield county, Virginia, situated on the
point of the peninsula formed by the confluence
of the Appamattox with James river, 36 miles zo.
from Williamsburg, 64 from point Comfort in
Chcsapeak bay, and 315 5. w. by s. from Philadel
phia. City Point, from which it is named, lies on
the s. bank of James river, four miles s. s. w.
from this town. The exports from this place,
chiefly collected at Richmond, 20 miles above it,
amounted in 1794 to the value of 773,549 dollars;
and from the first of October to the first of De
cember 1795 were as follows: 15 kegs of butter,
578bbls. S. fine flour, 101 half do. "789 fine do.
3931bs. indigo, 10 tons pig iron, 100 Ibs. sassa
fras, 80,320 hhd. staves, 66,300 bbl. staves, J819
hhds. tobacco, and 3 kegs manufactured do.
Total exports, 90,859 dollars, 45 cents. There
are about 40 houses here, including some ware
houses. It trades chiefly with the West Indies, arid
the different states. City Point, in James river,
lies in Lat. 37 20 n. Long. 77 31 } w. ] See.
RICHMOND.
BERMUDAS, islands of N. America, in the N.
sea ; thus callid from having been discovered by
Juan Bermudez in 1522. They are more than
400 in number, and for the most part desert and
uninhabited. The largest is S. George, which is
five leagues long and one broad ; and it is on ac
count of its comparative consequence that this
alone is treated of. The English who inhabit it
call it also Sommers, on account of Sir George
Summers having been shipwrecked upon it soon
after its discovery. It has different ports, and
two castles, called Dowre and Warwick ; but so
surrounded are they by rocks, and so defended by
nature, that it is with difficulty that a vessel of 10
tons burthen c;m enter the roads, or at least with
out considerable caution and assistance. Tht>
BERMUDAS.
161
temperature is so good, that it is spring nearly tlie
whole year round, tlie fields ami trees being clad
in eternal green ; but the tempests of thunder and
lightning, together with the hurricanes, are at
times tremendous. They are, however, antici
pated by the inhabitants, who can tell their ap
proach by watching the circle of the moon. These
i -lands are so fertile that it is usual to gather in
two crops or harvests in each year. They pro
duce much amber, pearls, cochineal, and abun
dance of turtles, the flesh of which is a great deli
cacy among the English. This island abounds
in swine, and in birds of different species : among
these is that which, among naturalists, is called the
crane, being a marine bird, and building its nest
in the holes of the earth. Ttic climate is so
healthy, that scarcely any one is observed to die
except through old age. In these islands are
found no species whatever of venomous animals ;
and they abound with a sort of cedar, of which are
built brigs and other small craft, which arc much
prized in America ; and this wood forms one p irt
of its commerce The English established them
selves here in 1612, and formed a colony, which
was enlarged by Captain Turquer in 1^16, lie
being the first who planted in it tobacco and
wheat. From this time the prosperity of it in
creased daily ; and shortly after, a fresh supply of
500 men arrived under the direction of Captain
Butler, who divided the island into counties and
parishes. Its population, however, was at the
highest during the civil wars of England, when a
hr^e portion of the English nobility betook them
selves to America, and among the rest, the poet
Waller to this island, who afterwards wrote a de
scription of it in a beautiful English poem. I(s
inhabitants may amount to about 5000. Formerly
it carried on a great traffic in the article of hats
made of palm-trees, and which were much
esteemed by the ladies in all parts ; but this has
greatly fallen to decay. [They lie in the form of
a shepherd s crook, and are distant from the Land s
End in England 1500 leagues, from the Madei
ras 1200, from Hispaniola 400, and 200 from cape
Ilatteras in Carolina, which last is the nearest land
to them. The islands are walled with rocks ; and
by reason of these, together with shoals, are diffi
cult to approach. The entrances into the Inr-
bours and channels are narrow as well as slioullv,
and are more dangerous by reason of the strong
cMirrent which sets to the n. e. from the gnlf of
Florida. The Bermudians arc chiefly sea-faring
men, aixl the Negroes are very expert mariners.
Jn Ihe late war there were at one time between 15
VOf-. I.
and 20 privateers fitted out from hence, which
were manned by Negro slaves, who behaved irre
proachably ; and such is the state of slavery here,
and so much are they attached to their masters,
that such as were captured always returned when
it was in their power; a singular instance of which
occurred in the state of Massachusetts. The ship
Regulator, a privateer, was carried into Boston,
and had 70 slaves on board : 60 of them returned
in a flag of trace, 9 returned by way of New
York, one only was missing, who died. The
government is conducted under a governor, named
by the British crown, a council, and a general as
sembly. There are nine churches, of which three
clergymen have tlie charge ; and there is one
Presbyterian church. These islands contain from
12 to 13,000 acres of poor land, of which nine
pirfs in ten are either uncultivated, or reserved in
woods, which consist chiefly of cedar, for the
supply of ship-building. There are about 200
acres laid out in cotton. The main island is about
16 miles long, and from one to two in breadth.
The parish of St. George is an island to the e. of
the main land, in which stands the town of St.
George s, containing about 500 houses. Contigu
ous to that is St. David s island, which supplies
the town with provisions. The air is healthy, and
a continual spring prevails ; and most of the pro
ductions of the West Indies might be cultivated
here. The houses are built of a soft stone, which
is sawn like timber, but being washed with lime,
it becomes hard ; these stones are greatly in request
throughout the West Indies for filtrating water.
The houses are white as snow, which, beheld from
an eminence, contrasted with the greenness of the
cedars and pasture ground, and the multitude of
islands full in view, realize what the poets have
feigned of the Elysian fields. In the present war
the Bermudas have been the usual winter station
of the British naval force in the American seas ;
and even ships of 74- guns have lately been car
ried into and out of the harbour, notwithstanding
the extreme narrowness of the entrance. The
climate is delightful in winter, but very hot in
summer. Some accounts say that these islands
contain from 15 to 20,000 inhabitants ; but Mr.
Edwards says the number of white people is
5462, of blacks 4910. Old writers observe that
there were 3009 English in these islands in
1623. Three or four hundred go annually to
Turk s island to rake salt, which is carried to
America for provisions, or sold to such as may
call for it there for cash. Lat. 32 J2 n. Long.
64 40 *.
162
B E R
[The official value of the Imports and Exports
of Bermudas were, in
1809, imports \ 1,648, exports rf34,279.
1810, 1,137, 36,613.
And the quantities of the principal articles im
ported into Great Britain were, in
Coffee.
Cotton Wool.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Cwt.
1809, 8
1810,
Cwt.
988
Lbs.
21,656
9,095
BERNA, NEW, a settlement of N. Carolina,
in the district of Craven, on the shore of the river
Pampticoe, or Pantego, in lat. 35 18 n. and
long. 77 17 a), and near to the mouth of that
river.
BERNABE, S. a settlement of the province
and alcaldia mayor of Capanabastala in the king
dom ol Guatemala.
BERNABE, S. another of the province and eorre-
gimiento of Loxa in the kingdom of Quito, situate
on the skirt of a mountain to the to. of its capital.
BERNABE, S. another, which is a village of the
province and captainship of the Rio Janeiro in
Brazil.
BE UN ABE, S. a bay on the coast of the province
of California, at the back of the cape of San
Lucas, and opposite the coast of Nueva Espana.
It is here that the vessels coming from Felipinas,
or Philippines, touch to take in water and pro
visions.
BERNABE, S. a point on the s. coast of the strait
of Magellan, which looks to the w. of the island
of Luis el Grande.
BERNAB: , S. a small island of the gulf of Cali
fornia, or Mar Roxo de Cortes, situate in the in
nermost part of that gulf, near the coast.
BERNALILLO, RANCHO DE, a small settle
ment belonging to the religious of St. Francis, in
Nuevo Mexico.
B; RNAM : T-O, a river of the same kingdom.
BERNARDINO, S. a settlement of the mis
sions held by the religious order of St. Francis,
in theprovince^^araumara, of the kingdom of
Nueva Vizcaya: lying six leagues to the s. of
San Andres.
BERNARDINO, S. another settlement of the pro
vince of Barcelona, and government of Cumana,
in the kingdom of Tierra Firme, situate by the
B E R
side of the settlement of Pilar, and to the s. of the
city of Barcelona.
BERNARDINO, S. another, of the head settlement
of Santa Isabel, and alcaldia mayor of Cholula,
in Nueva Espana. It contains 40 families of In
dians, and is two leagues to the ra. of its head
settlement.
BERNARDO, SAN ABAD, a settlement of the
province and government of Cartagena ; one of the
new settlements which were founded in 1776 by
Don Juan Pimienta. It is near the sea-coast, be
tween the points of Piedras and V enados.
BP-RNARDO, SAN ABAD, another, of the province
and government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of
Guatemala, situate on the shore of the lake.
BERNARDO, SAN ABAD, another, with the sur
name of Arcos, in the province and government of
Buenos Ayres, on the shore of the river Feliciano,
and at the mouth where it enters the Parana.
BERNARDO, SAN ABAD, a bay on the coast of
the province of Texas, in the bay or gulf of Mexico.
[The passage into it, between several islands, is
called Paso de Cavallo.]
BERNARDO, SAN ABAD, a point in the coast of
the province and government of Cartagena, oppo
site tiie islands of the same name. It forms one of
the extremities of the bay ofTolu.
BERNARDO, SAN ABAD, some islands in the N.
sea, of the province and government of Carta
gena, situate near the point of this name. They
are many in number, and lie at the outer part
of the bay of Tolu, at the distance of five leagues.
They are inhabited by some poor families.
[BERNARDSTOWN, in Somerset county,
New Jersey, contains 2377 inhabitants, including
93 slaves.]
[BERNARDSTOW.N, also the name of a township
in Hampshire county, Massachusetts, containing
691 inhabitants ; distant 110 miles w. from Boston.
[BERNE, a township in Albany county, New
York. By the state census of 1796, it appears
there are 477 -of the inhabitants who are electors.]
BERRACOS, PUNTA DE, a point on the s.
coast of the island of Cuba, between the port of
this city and that of Guantanamo.
BKRRERJSSA, a river of ihe province of Quito.
It runs amongst the woods inhabited by the nation
of the Kibaros, in a direction from n. to .?. and
enters the river of San Jacome on the n. side.
[BERRY Islands, a cluster of small islands
among the Bahamas, situate to the n. 70. of New
Providence, and upon the s. side of the channel
communicating with tiie Florida stream. See BA
HAMAS. 1
BET
BERSCHOOR, a port on the w. coast of the
island of Maire, between the cape of St. V incente
and that of Diego.
[BERTIE, a maritime county in N. Carolina,
in Edenton district, with the Roanoke its s. boun
dary, and Albernarle sound on the e. In it is
situated the ancient Indian tower of Tuscarora.
It contains 12,606 souls, of which number 5141
are slaves.]
[BERWICK, or ARBOTSTOWN, a neat town in
York county, Pennsylvania, at the hend of Cone-
wago Creek, 13 miles w. of York, 26 s. s. w. of
Harrisburgh, and 103 w. by s. of Philadelphia.
The town is regularly laid out, and contains about
]00 houses, a German Lutheran, and Calvinist
church. Lat. 39 52 .]
[BERWICK, or NEW BERWICK, a small town of
Northumberland county, Pennsylvania, on the n.
w. side of the e. branch of Susquehannah river,
opposite Nescopeck falls and Nescopeck creek,
32y miles n. e. from Northumberland and Sunbury,
at the junction of the e. with the zw. branch of Sus
quehannah, and 160 n. w. of Philadelphia. Lat.
41 4 w.]
[BERWICK, a township in York county, district
of Maine, containing 3894 inhabitants. It has an
incorporated academy, and lies on the e. side of
Salmon fall river, 7 miles n. w. of York, and 86
e. of n. from Boston.]
BETA, CIENEG A DE, a large lake formed by the
waters of the river Cauca, the river Peries, and
many other streams. It is also called La Raya.
BETA, a settlement and real of mines of the
alcaldia mayor of Fresnillo, and of the province of
Zacatecas, in Nucva Espana, It is two leagues
from the real of Zacatecas.
BETANCOUR, a settlement of Canada, situated
on the shore of the river St. Lawrence, near the
lake of St. Pierre.
BETANZI, MONTANAS DE, mountains in the
province and government of Cartagena : they run
from n. to s. between the rivers of Sinu and Cauca.
BETANZI, an arm of the river Sinu, in the
same province and government, which has no
place of disemboguement, and forms a large pool
or lake.
BETANZOS, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Asangaro in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Arapa.
BETAS, a settlement and real of mines of the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, in the. territory of the
government of Pamplona, and of the jurisdiction
of the; alcalde mayor of the mines, who resides in
Bocaneme. The mines of this settlement have been
most rich and abundant, but they are at present de-
BET
163
serted, on account of their immense depth, and of
the consequent expence and labour of working
them. Its temperature is very cold.
BETAS, a port of the coast of the kingdom of
Chile, in the district of the province and corregi-
miento of Copiapo. Lat. 25 33 s.
BETAZA, a settlement and head settlement of
the alcaldia mayor of Villalta in Nueva Espana.
It is of ahot temperature, and contains 65 families
of Indians ; is lour leagues to the s. of its capital.
At three leagues distance there is another settle
ment, in which dwell 122 families, \vho exercise
themselves in the cultivation of maize.
BETEIT1VA, a settlement of the province
and corregimie.Hto of Tunja in the Nuevo Reyno
de Granada. It is of a moderately cold tempera
ture, producing fruits natural to such a climate ;
contains 150 housekeepers, and a very few Indians.
Fourteen leagues n. of its capital.
BETEO, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Merida in the Nuevo Reyno de Gra
nada. It runs from w. to e. and enters the Apure
close to its source.
[BETHABARA, the first settlement of the Mo
ravians in the lands of Wachovia in N. Carolina,
begun in 1753; 6 miles n. of Salem, and 183 so.
of Halifax, in lat. 36 9 n. It is situated on the
w. side of Graffy creek, -which unites with the
Gargales and several others, and falls into the
Yadkin. It contains a church of the United Bre
thren, and about 50 dwelling houses.
[BETHANY, or BETHANIA, a Moravian set
tlement and post town in the lands of Wachovia
in N. Carolina, begun in 1760 ; 9 miles n. a?, of
Salem, 4 n. w. of Bethabara, and 568 s. w. by s.
of Philadelphia. It contains about 60 houses and
a church built on a regular plan. See WA
CHOVIA.]
BETHE, SAN Luis DE, a settlement of the
province and government of Darien in the king
dom of Tierra Firme, situate at the mouth of the
river of its name, and on the shore of the Atrato.
BETHE, a river of the same province and go
vernment, rises in the mouutains of Choc6, rum
from e. to w. and enters the Atrato.
[BETHEL, a small Moravian settlement on
Swetara river, in Pennsylvania, 12 miles from
Mount Joy. A township in Dauphin county.]
[BETH;:L, a townhip in Windsor county, Ver
mont, containing 473 inhabitants ; n. n. w. of, and
bounded by Stockbridge, and about 67 miles n. n.
e. of Benninglon. It gives rise to a small branch
of White river.]
BETHEL, a township in Delaware county, Penn.
sylvania.
Y 2
164
BET
BETHLEM, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, and of the jurisdiction
of the city of Bioxa, in the kingdom of Peru.
BETHLEM, a valley of the same province and
government, bounded by the kingdom of Chile.
BETHLEM, another settlement of the province
and district of Catamarca. It is SO leagues from
that place, and in its district arc four small settle
ments of Indians towards the valley of Calchaqui ;
also some very abundant salt mines.
BETHLEM, another settlement of the missions
\vhich were held by the regulars of the company
of Jesuits, in the province of Cinaloa in Nueva
Espana.
BETHLEM, another settlement of the province of
Ostimuri in the same kingdom of Nueva Espana.
[BETHLEHEM, a town in Albany county,
New York, very fruitful in pastures, and has large
quantities of excellent butter. By the state cen
sus of 1796, 388 of the inhabitants arc electors.]
[BETHLEHEM, a township in Berkshire county,
Massachusetts, having 261 inhabitants. It lies
about 10 miles s. of e. from Stockbridge, 10 from
Lenox, and 130 from Boston. It borders on Ty-
ringham and Loudon,
[BETHLEHEM, a township in Hunterdon county,
New Jersey, situated at the head of the s. branch
of Rariton river. It contains 1335 inhabitants,
including 31 slaves. Turf for firing is found here.]
[BETHLEHEM, a township in Lit ch field county,
Connecticut, joins Litchfield on the n. and Wood-
bury on the s.~\
[BETHLEHEM, a post town in Northampton
county, Pennsylvania, is a celebrated settlement
of the Moravians, or United Brethren, of the Pro
testant Episcopal church, as they term themselves.
It is situated on Leigh river, a western branch of
the Delaware, 53 miles n. from Philadelphia, and
12 5. from the Wind Gap. The town stands partly
on the lower banks of the Manakes, a fine creek,
which affords trout and other fish. The situation
is healthful and pleasant, and in summer is fre
quented by gentry from different pails. Irv 1787
there were 60 dwelling houses of stone, well built,
and 600 inhabitants. Besides the meeting-house,
are three other public buildings, large and spa
cious; one for the single brethren, one for the
single sisters, and the other for the widows. The
literary establishments, as well as the religious re
gulations here, deserve notice. In a house adjoin
ing to the church is a school for females ; and since
1787, a boarding school was built for young ladies,
who are sent here from different parts, and are in
structed in reading and writing, (in the English and
German tongues) , grammar, arithmetic, geography,
B E U
needle-work, music, &c. The minister of the place
has the direction of this as well as of the boys 7
school, which is kept in a separate house, where
they are initiated in the fundamental branches of
literature. These schools, especially that for
the young ladies, arc deservedly in very high re
pute ; and scholars, more than can be accommo
dated, are offered from all parts of the United
States. There is at the lower part of the town
a machine, of simple construction, which raises
the water from a spring into a reservoir, to tho
height of JOO feet; whence it is conducted by
pipes into the several streets of the town. There
is a genteel tavern at the n. end of the town,
the profit arising from which belongs to the
society. There is also a store, with a general as~
sortment of goods, an apothecary s shop, a large
tan-yard, a currier s and a dyer s shop, a grist
mill, a tulling-mill, an oil-mill, and a saw-mill,
and on the banks of the Leigh a brewery. Lat.
40 57 . Long. 75 23 aC]
BETO1ES, a settlement of Indians of this na
tion in the Nucvo Ileyno de Granada ; reduced
and formed by the regulars of the company of Je
suits, in the beginning of this century, in 1717, on
the shores of the large river of Casanare ; is very
numerous, but pays no tribute whatever to the
king. It produces wheat, maize, and many other
productions; is in the limits of the province of
Caracas, and one of the six which compose this
mission, which is at present under the care of the
religious of St. Domingo.
BETQN*ij a division or small diskict of the
province and government of Santa Mar-fa- in the
Nuevo Key no de Granada. It abounds in all the
friuts peculiar either to Europe or America, and
is not without some mines of the very finest gold,
copper, and emeralds ; but none of them are worked,
from the scarcity of labourers, the territory being
almost depopulated.
BEUEK, a small river of the island of New
foundland, in the .v. part. It runs w. and enters
the sea between the buy of St. Genevieve and the
port V ieux-a-choix.
B^UER, another Fiver of Canada,, which rises
in a small lake to the s. of lake Erie, runs s. and
enters tlve sea.
BLUER, another, of the province and colony of
Pennsylvania, which runs from s. to w. and en-tecs
the Ohio.
[BE II F, Tli vi ERE A u, empties e. into Mississippi
river, about 48 miles, by the course of the river,
above the month of the Illinois, and 7 miles s. from
Riviere Oahaha.]
[15t:ur, SMALL LE. See LE BOEUF/}
B I C
, a township and post (own in Essex
county, Massachusetts, containing 32f)0 inhabi
tants, is separated from Salem by a handsome
bridge, and is about 20 miles e. of u. of Boston,
and 22 s. to. of Ne\vburyport. It has two pa
rishes. In the parish next the harbour, are a num
ber of handsome houses, exhibiting the cheering
rewards of enterprise and industry, and the inha
bitants are devoted to the fishery and olhcrbranches
of navigation. In the other part of the town,
which is chiefly agricultural, is a cotton manu
factory. The bridge mentioned before is 1500 feet
in length, erected in 17S8, and connects this town
with Salem. It has a draw for vessels.]
[BEVERLY S MANOR, or IRISH TRACT, in Vir
ginia, is a tract of land, in lat. 38 10 n. at the
head of Masanuten s river, a w. branch of the
Shenandoah, which rises here by three branches,
viz. Middle river, Le\vis and Christian creeks.
It lies between the Blue and the North ridge. The
road from Yadkin river, through Virginia to Phi
ladelphia, passes through here.]
BEXAR, S. ANTONIO DE, a garrison and ca
pital settlement of the province of los Texas, or
Nuevas Felipinas. It is of a mild temperature,
and is the residence of a captain, lieutenant, and
ensign, with aserjeant and 47 soldiers, to restrain
the infidel Indians. It is 122 leagues distant from
La Monclova, and 360 n. n. e. of Mexico.
BEZANI, a settlement and garrison of the pro
vince and government of La Sonora, situate at the
source of the river of ils name.
BEZANJ. This river rises in the Primeria Alta,
runs s. and enters the sea in the gulf of Cali
fornia.
BEZANT, a settlement of the English in the
island of Barbados, of the district and parish of
St. Thomas.
BIABOMA, a river of the province of Mara-
iian. It runs from e. s. e. to ic. n. o\ in the woods
which lie s. of the river Maranon, and on its e.
side enters thnt of the Guallaga.
BIB 1 RICE, a large river of the kingdom of
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Pernam-
buco. It runs from u\ to e. and enters the sea near
Olinda.
BIBLIAN, a settlement of the province and cor-
rcginncnto of Cuenca in the kingdom of Quito,
situate n. of the paramo of Burgay.
BIBORILLAS, a settlement of the mission
which belonged to the regulars of the company of
Jesuits, of the province of Tepeguana, and king
dom of Nueva Vizcaya.
BIG, a small river of Nova Scotia, or Acadia.
B I E
165
It runs from n. to &. and enters that of St. Law
rence.
B1CAN, a settlement of the province of Osti-
muri in Nueva Espana, situate on the shore
of the river Iliaquij between the settlements of Po-
tan and Torin.
BICHADA8, a large river of the province and
government of San Juan de los Llanos in the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada. It rises in the serranius of
Tunja, and after, in its extended course, receiving
into its bed the tributary streams of very many
other rivers, enters tlie Orinoco. Its shores are
peopled by the Charibbee Indians. In the lastccn-
tury (17th) the missions of the regulars of the com
pany of Jesuits established themselves here, but
they were cut off by these infidels, when the fol
lowing suffered martyrdom, viz. Ignacio Fiol,
Caspar Bee, and Ignacio Teobast, Francisco Fi-
gucroa, Francisco Castan, and Vicente Loberzo^
with the Captain Don Lorenzo de Medina.
BICIIE, a very small island of the N. sea,
situate within the bay of the Gran Cul de Sac, in
the island of Guadaloupe.
BICMES, ISLA E, an island of the coast of
Guayana, and in the French possessions, at the en
trance of the river Ovapoco.
BICH UQUEN, a river of the province and cor-
regimiento of Itata in the kingdom of Chile, be
tween the port of La Navidad and the point of
Tacopalma.
BIDA1E, a settlement of the province and sro-
vernmcnt of Texas, situate in the country of the
Cenis Indians, on the shore of the river Trinidad .
[BlDDEF()RD,a port of entry and post town
in York county, district of Maine, on the s. w.
side of Saco river, on the sea coast, 14 miles s. zo.
from Portland, 24 n. e. from York, and 105 from
Boston. It contains 1018 inhabitants; and here
the county courts are held, as likewise at York.
Lat. 43 23 w.]
[MIDDLES, a settlement on a branch of Lick
ing river, in Bourbon county, Kentucky, about 6
miles n. z?. from Millers, on the n. e. side of the
same branch, and 32 miles n. n. e. from Lexington.]
[BIEQUE, a small island of the N. sea, one ot
the Lucayas, situate close to the port of Puertorico.]
[BICQUE Island, or BOUIQUEN, or CRAKS
Isle, one of the Virgin isles, 2 leagues from
Porto Rico, 6 leagues long and 2 broad. The
English settled here twice, and have been driven
away by the Spaniards, whose interest it is to let
it remain desolate. It has a rich soil, and a
good road on its s. side. Lat. 18 7 n.
65 21 a?.]
BIG
BIEZMES, orALconoN, a settlement of the
province and corregimicnto of Caxaiuarquilla in
Peru.
[BIG BONE Creek, in Wood ford couniy,
Kentucky, falls into the Ohio from the e. in about
lat. 38 29 . long. 84 33 w. It is very small in
size, and has three brandies ; the north-western
most interlocks with Bank Lick creek, which falls
into Licking river. It is only noticeable for the
large bones and salt licks near it.]
[BiG BONE Licks, The, lie on each side of the
abovementioned creek, a little below the junction
of the two e. branches, about 8 miles from the
mouth of the creek. These, as also the other salt
springs in the w. country are called licks, because
the earth about them is furrowed up in a most cu
rious manner by the buffaloes and deer which lick
the earth, on account of the saline particles with
which it is impregnated. A stream of brackish
water runs through these licks, the soil of which
is a soft clay. The large bones found here, and in
several other places near Salt licks, and in low soft
grounds, thought to belong to the mammoth, still
puzzle the most learned naturalists to determine to
what animal they have belonged. A thigh-bone
found here by Gen. Parsons measured 49 inches
in length. A tooth of this animal is deposited ki
Yale college. Bones of a similar kind have been
found in other parts of America. A skeleton,
nearly complete, and above 11 feet high, which
was found near Hudson s river, was brought to
England some years ago ; and another of nearly
the same size is preserved in the college of New
Jersey. Of this animal the natives have no tra
dition, but what is so fabulous that no conjecture
can be aided by it, except that the animal was
carnivorous ; and this is the general opinion, and
was admitted by the late Dr. Hunter of London,
from an examination of the tusks, &c.]
[BIG HILL Creek runs w. into Kaskaskias ri
ver, 25 miles below Beaver creek, 17 above
Blind creek, and 26 n. from the mouth of Kas
kaskias.]
[BIG ROCK, a large rock on the s. e. bank of
Au Vaze river, about three miles . e. from its
mouth in the Missisippi, and about eight miles
s. e. from cape St. Antonio on that river.]
[BIG ROCK Branch, the n. e. head-branch of
Alleghany river. The branch called Big Hole
Town joins it, and forms the Alleghany, 85 miles
n. e. from and above Venango fort.J
[BIG SALT Lick, a garrison in the state of
Teuessie, near the Salt lick, on Cumberland river ;
115 miles from Knoxville, 80 from South-west
BIO
point on Clinch river, 32 from Bledsoc lick, and
b S from Nashville.]
[BIG SANDY River, orToiTEUVY, has its source
near that of Cumberland river, and separating Vir
ginia from Kentucky, empties into the Ohio, op
posite the French purchase of Galiopolis, in about
n. lat. 38 30 . Vancouver s and Harmar s forts
stand on this river. On its banks are several salt
licks and springs. Little Sandy is a short small
river, which falls into the Ohio, about 20 miles w.
of Big Sandy river, in Mason county, Kentucky.]
[BIGGIN Swamp. See SANTEE River.]
[B1LLERICA, a township in Middlesex county,
Massachusetts, incorporated in 1655. It has 1200
inhabitants ; nor has there been much variation in
the number for half a century. It lies 20 miles n.
of Boston, and is watered by Concord and Shaw-
sheen rivers, which run n. e. into Merrimack
river.]
[BILLINGSPORT, on Delaware river, lies
12 miles below Philadelphia, was fortified in the
late war for the defence of the channel. Opposite
this fort, several large frames of timber, headed
with iron spikes, called chevaux-de-j rizes, were
sunk to prevent the British ships from passing.
Since the peace, a curious machine has. been in
vented in Philadelphia to raise them.]
[BILLET. See HATBOROUGH.J
[BILLYMEAD, in Caledonia county, in Ver
mont.]
BILOCI, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Louisiana, situate on the coast, to
the e. of the mouth of the river Pascagoula.
B1MINI, a small island of the N. sea, one of
the Lucayas, situate opposite the coast of Florida,
and one of those which form the mouth of the canal
of Bahama. It is five leagues in length, covered
with beautiful groves, and inhabited by savage In
dians. Its coasts are very dangerous for vessels,
on account of the numerous rocks with which they
are surrounded. [The Biminis are more properly
a cluster of small uninhabited islands, situated on
the Florida stream, and near the n. w. extremity of
the Great Bahama bank. See BAHAMAS.]
B1NAPA, a settlement of the province of Cu-
liacan, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, one of
those of the missions which were held there by the
religious order of St. Francis, situate on the shores
of the river Elota. It produces maize, beans, and
abundance of honey and wax.
B1NNEI, a settlement of the English in the
island of Barbadoes, in the parish and district of
St. George.
B1OBIO, a large river of the kingdom of
B L A
Chile ; it rises in the cordillera of the Andes, and
enters the S. sea two leagues from the bay of Con-
cepcion, passing through minerals of gold and
xarsa, upon which acc6tmt its waters are very
salutary. It is celebrated for having been con
tinually the theatre of war between the Spaniards
and Araucanians, whose numerous feats of valour
and prowess have been exhibited on either side of
its banks : it is the line or boundary of the country
possessed by cither party, and is so acknowledged
by the latter. The Spaniards have several forts
built upon its banks, called San Rafael, Puren,
and Santa Barbara ; and near its mouth, or en
trance into the sea, those of San Pedro and Cal-
cura, between which two a famous battle Avas
fought by the Spaniards and the Araucanians.
[On the shores of this river are found quantities of
fine cedar, fit for building.]
BIOBIO, TJLTAS DE, two mountains of the same
kingdom near the coast, at the entrance of the
former river.
B1POS, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Tucuman in Peru, situate on the shore
of the river of its name.
Biros. This rivers runs s. s. e. and enters the
Choromoros.
[BIRD Fort, on Monongahela river, 40 miles
5. of fort Pitt.]
[BIRDS Keys, a rock or island among the
Virgin isles in the West Indies: it is round, and
lies about two leagues .. of St. John s. It has
its name from the quantities of birds which resort
there.]
[BIRU, a town 10 leagues from Truxilla, in
the S. sea, in the empire of Peru, inhabited by
about 80 Indians, Spaniards, Mulattoes, and Mus-
tces. It is very fertile, and well watered by canals
cut from the river, and so conveyed to great dis
tances, as at Truxilla. Lat. 8 35 *.]
BISCAS, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy
of A rah nay.
[BISCAY. SeeViscAY.]
BISSI, TOUR DE, an island or shoal situate
close to the n. coast of the Mai vine or Falkland
isles.
[BLACK Lick lies in Westmoreland county,
Pennsylvania, about 36 miles e. of Pittsburgh^]
BLACK Log, a town of the province and co
lony of Pennsylvania, on the shore of the river
Jumata.
BLACK Log, a river of N. Carolina, which runs
in a very abundant stream from s. e. and then turn
ing s. enters the river of cape Fear, near its en
trance into the sea.
B L A
167
[BLACK Point, and BLUE Point, are capes
within those of Elizabeth and Porpoise, in the dis
trict of Maine.]
[BLACK River. There are two small rivers of
this name in Vermont; one falls into Connecticut
river at Springfield, the other runs n. into lake
Mcmphremagog. ]
[BLACK River, in New York, interlocks with
Canada creek, and runs n. w. into Iroquois river,
boatable 60 miles. Also a long river which rises
in Virginia, and passes s. e. into Nottaway river,
in N. Carolina.]
[BLACK River, a British settlement at the mouth
of Tinto river, 20 leagues to the e. of cape Hon
duras, the only harbour on the coast of Tierra
Finne from the island of Rattan to cape Gracias-a-
Dios, and was for more than 60 years the refuge
of the logwood-cutters, when the Spaniards drove
them from the forests of East Yucatan, which oc
casioned adventurers of different kinds to settle
here, where the coast is sandy, low, and swampy :
higher up, near the rivers and lagoons, which are
full of fish, the soil is more fertile, and produces
plantains, cacao trees, maize, yams, potatoes, and
a variety of vegetables ; and the passion for drink
ing spirits made them plant sugar-canes. The
forests are full of deer, Mexican swine, and game;
The shores abound with turtle, and the woods with
mahogany, zebra-wood, sarsaparilla, &c. ; and in
deed the whole settlement flourishes spontaneously
without cultivation. See HONDURAS.]
[BLACK Kiver, in the island of Jamaica,
passes through a level country, is the deepest and
largest in the island, and will admit flat-bottomed
boats and canoes for about 30 miles.]
BLACK-ROCK, a city of the island of Barba-
does.
BLACK-WATER, a river of the province and
colony of Virginia : it runs s. e. arid afterwards
turning s. enters the sea in Albernarle straits.
[BLACKSTONE, a small river which has its
source in Ramshorn pond, in Sutton, Massachu
setts, and after passing through Providence, empties
into Narragansct bay, at Bristol, receiving in its
course a number of tributary streams.]
BLACKIN1NGO, a river of S. Carolina, in
the county of Craven. It runs s. e, and enters the
Pedi.
[BLADEN, a county of N. Carolina, in Wil
mington district. It has 5084 inhabitants, includ
ing 1676 slaves.]
BLADENSBURGH, a settlement of the pro
vince and colony of Maryland, in the county of
Frederick, oa the shore and at the head of the c.
arm of the river Patowmack. [It is nine miles
B L A
from its mouth at the Federal city, 58 s. w. from
Baltimore, and 12 n. e . from Alexandria in Vir
ginia. It contains about 150 houses, and a ware
house for the inspection of tobacco.]
BLADWEL, MONTAGNC DK, a mountain of
the island of Cayenne, on the skirts of which the
French have an establishment.
[BLA1ZE, Cape, on the coast of West Florida,
in the gulf of Mexico, is a promontory which
separates the bay of Apalache on the c. from that
of St. Joseph; into which last it turns in the
shape of a shepherd s crook.]
BLANC, Cape, of the -coast of Nova Scotia,
one of those which form the bay of Tor.
BLANCA, an island of the N. sea, near the
coast of Tierra Firme, and n. of La Margarita.
It is five leagues in circumference, and abounds in
lizards and turtles. It is desert, and inhabited
only by some fishermen. Long. 313. Lat. IP
56 .
BLANCA, a small inland, close to the coast,
which lies between the Rio de la Plata and the
straits of Magellan, at the entrance of port De-
sea do.
[BLANCA, a river in the province of Chiapa, in
the audience of Mexico in New Spain, North
America. Its water is said to have a petrifying
quality, yet is clear, and docs no harm to man or
beast that drinks of it.]
BLANCA, a piece of land of the coast of the
ulcaldia viuyor of Tampico in Nueva Espana, be
tween the river Nauta and the bay of Piedras.
BLANCA, a point of the coast of the S. sea, of
the province and government of Veragua in the
kingdom of Tierra Firme, between the point of
Mercalo and the settlement of Snn Pablo.
BLANCA, an island, also called De lobos Marines,
or of Marine Wolves, in the S. sea, near the coast
of Peru, in the province and corregimienlo of Ca-
iictc, opposite the port of Sangallo.
BLANCA, a sierra, or chain of mountains, of
the province and corrcifimicnto of Cuyo in the
kingdom of Chile. They run from n. u\ to 5. e. ;
and upon their skirts are the estates of Uanchillos,
Piramidales, Estancia de Salinas, and Arbol del
Mf:lon.
BLANCHE, a small river of New France. It
rises near the lake Erie and the fort of Sandoski,
runs s. and enters the Ohio.
BLANCHE, another river of the same province,
which rises from the lake Ostandckcrt, runs n. and
enters the great lake of Erie, or Oswego.
BLANCHE, a bay on the e. coast of the island
of Newfoundland, between the capes Argente and
Den.
B L A
BLANCHE, a point or cape of the e. coast of
Nova Scotia, one of those which form the entrance
of the strait of Canseau, or Canso.
BLANCHE, another point of the s. coast, in tha
same province, between the two bays of Paspe and
Sante Marguerite.
BLANCHE, another small river of New France,
which runs w. between the bay of Saguinam and
the lake Michigan, the latter of which it enters.
BLANCHES, islands of the s. coast of Nova
Scotia: they are various, all of them small, and
lie between the port of Castors and the islands of
Liscomb.
BLANCHES, with the additional title of Femmes,
a settlement of Indians, of New France, situate on
the shore of the river of its name.
BLANCO, CAYO, a small island of the N. sea,
situate s. of the island of Cuba, opposite the bay of
Casilda.
BLANCO, CAYO, a cape or point of land, on the
coast of the province and government of Costarrica,
of the N. sea, in the kingdom of Guatemala, op
posite the island of Santa Catalina.
BLANCO, CAYO, another cape, of the coast of the
S. sea, and province and corregimiento of Piura in
Pern, one of those which form the great bay and
gulf of Tumbez. [It is 120 miles w. of Guaya
quil. Lat. 4 18 5. Long. 81 6 .]
BLANCO, CAYO, a river of the province and go
vernment of Guayana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises near the lake Pilola, and enters
that of Las Arnazonas.
BLANCO, CAYO, a settlement of the province and
government of Aiacames, or Esmeraldas, in the
kingdom of Quito, situate on the shore of a small
river.
BLANCO, CAYO, a settlement of the province
and government of Mariquita in the kingdom
of Granada, situate on the shore of the river
Cauca.
BLANCO, CAYO, a small river of the province
and government of Tucuman in Peru. It runs e.
and enters the Salado, between those of Guachipi
and Piedras.
BLANCO, CAYO, another small river of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Chicas and Tarija in
Peru.
BLANCO, CAYO, another river of the pro
vince and government of Tucuman in Peru, of
the district of Xuxuy. It runs e. and enters the
Salado.
BLANCO, CAYO, another river of the same pro
vince and kingdom, in the jurisdiction of Salta.
It inns e. and enters the Pasage, between those of
Piedras and Guachipa.
;B L A
BLANCO, CAYO, another river of the province
of Yapizlaga, or Llanos de Manso, in Peru. It
runs e. and enters the Paraguay, below the port of
San Fernando.
BLANCO, CAYO, another river of the province
and government of Louisiana. It rises in the
country of the Ossages Indians, runs s, and enters
the Mississippi.
BLAKCO, CAYO, a ryo, or small island, near
the n. coast of the island of Cuba, between the
bay of Nicolas and the settlement of Paredones.
BLANCO, CAYO, a large river of the country of
Las Amazonas. It rises in the mountains of
Guayana, near the line, runs w. and turning*,
enters the Rio Negro.
BLANCO, CAYO, a small river of the island of
St. Domingo. It rises in the e. head, in the
mountains of Ciboo, runs e. and then turning n.
enters the Yuna, near where this joins the sea.
BLANCO, CAYO, a cape or point of land on the
coast of Brazil, and captainship of Parayba, be
tween the capital of this name and cape Leda.
BLANCO, CAYO, another cape on the coast of
Tierra Firme, in the province and government of
Venezuela, close to cape S. Roman.
[BLANCO, CAYO, another, on the n. w. point of
the bay of Salinas, in lat. J0. / and in some
maps called the n. w. point of the gulf of
Nicoya.} nm>f<
[BLANCO, CAYO, another cape on the coast of
California, at the broadest part of the peninsula.]
[B i, AN co, CAYO, another cape on the n. w.
coast of America, in New Albion, s. of the mouth
of what has been called the River of the West.]
[BLANCO, CAYO, another cape in the S. ocean,
on the e. side of Patagonia, s. e. of Julian bay,
in lat. 47 15 7 s. Eight leagues w. of Pepys s
island.]
[BLANDFORD, a township in Lunenburg
county, on Mahon bay, Nova Scotia, settled by a
few families.]
[BLANDFORD, a township in Hampshire county,
Massachusetts, zs. of Connecticut river, about 25
miles s. ZL\ of Northampton, and 116 <. of Bos
ton. Jt has 235 houses and 1416 inhabitants.]
[BLANDFORD, a town in Prince George county,
Virginia, about four miles n. e. from Petersburg!},
and is within its jurisdiction. It contains 200
houses and 1200 inhabitants, and is pleasantly
situated on a plain, on the e. branch of Appamat-
tox river. Here are many large stores, and three
tobacco warehouses, which receive annually 6 or
7000 hogsheads. It is a thriving place, and the
marshes in its vicinity being now drained, the air
VOL. I.
B L E
169
of this town, and that of Petersburgh, is much
meliorated.]
BLANQUILLA, a small island of the N. sea,
near the coast of V era Cruz and the river Alva-
rado, close to the island of Sacrificios.
BLANQUJZALES, a settlement of the island
and government of Trinidad, on the e. coast.
BLAS, Cape ST. a cape on the coast of the
province and government of Florida, one of those
which form the bay of San Joseph.
BLAS, a province and alcalciia mayor of Nueva
Espaiia, which is very much reduced, and of a
very limited jurisdiction.
BLAS, a settlement of the missions which were
held by the monks of St. Francis, of the al~
cald ia mayor of Acaponeta, and kingdom of
Nueva Galicia ; situate 20 leagues e. of its ca
pital.
BLAS, a point or cape of the coast of Darien in
the kingdom of Tierra Firme, which runs two
leagues into the sea, and is very dangerous whilst
the breza wind prevails ; indeed many vessels
have been wrecked here in their voyage from Car
tagena to Portobelo. It is 18 leagues distant from
the latter place, and 62 from the former.
[BLAS, SAN, a port in the intendancy of Gua-
dalaxara in the kingdom of Nueva Espana. It is
the residence of the deparlimiento de marina,
(marine department), at the mouth of the Rio de
Santiago. The official people (officiates reales)
remain at Tepee, a small town, of which the
climate is not so hot, and more salubrious. With
in these few years the question has been discussed,
if it would be useful to transfer the dock-yards r
magazines, and the whole marine department from
San Bias to Acapulco. This last port wauls wood
for ship-building. The air there is also equally
unhealthy as at San Bias, but the projected
change, by favouring the concentration of the
naval force, would give the government a greater
facility in knowing the wants of the marine, and
the means of supplying them. Lat. 21 32 a.
Long. 105 W K.~\
BLAZA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Darien in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate between two rivers, on a point of
land which enters the grand river of Tnira.
[BLEDSOE Lick, in the state of Tenessee,
lies 32 miles from Big Salt lick garrison, and 36
from Nashville.]
BLENFIELD, PUKTA J>F, a point of laud in
the province ami government of Nicaragua, of
the kingdom of Guatemala, and of the coast of the
N. sea.
170
B L U
[BLENHEIM, a new town of New Yerk, in
Sclioharie county, incorporated in 1797.]
BLEU, a small river of tbe province and go
vernment of Louisiana, which runs nearly due
n. and enters the Missouri.
BLITAS, LAS, a settlement of the province
and government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of
Guatemala, situate upon an island within the lake
of Nicaragua.
[BLOCK Island, called by the Indians Ma-
Kisses, lies about 21 miles s. s.w. of Newport, and
is in Newport county, state of Rhode island. It
"was erected into a township, named New Shore-
Ijam, in 1672. This island is 4(i miles in length,
and its extreme breadth is 38 miles. It has 682
inhabitants, including 47 slaves. It is famous for
cattle and sheep, butter and cheese : round the
edges of the island considerable quantities of cod
fish are caught. The s. part of it is in lat. 41
8 w.]
BLOCK, a river of the province and colony of
New Hampshire ; it runs e. and enters the Con
necticut.
[BLOCKLEY, a township in Philadelphia
county, Pennsylvania.]
BLONDEL, CAYOS DE, islands situated be
tween the Caicos, to the w. of the Turks islands, in
the N. sea.
[BLOOMFIELD, a township in Ontario coun
ty, New York. By the slate census of 1796, 151
of the inhabitants were electors.]
[BLOOMING Vale, a tract of land in the
township of Manlius, New York state, on But
ternut creek.]
BLOUING, PUNT A DE, a point on the n.
coast of the island of Jamaica, opposite the island
of Cuba.
[BLOUNT, a new county in the state of Te-
iiessee.]
[BLOUNTSVILLE, in N. Carolina, is on
the post road from Halifax to Plymouth, 49 miles
from Plymouth, and 55 from \Villiamstown.]
[BLUE FIELDS Bay, lies s. e. of Savannah-
la-mar, in the island of Jamaica, having good
anchorage for large vessels. Lat. 18 10{ n.
Long. 78 .]
[BLUE HILL, a township in Hancock county,
district of Maine, on the w. side of Union river,
344 miles n. e. of Boston, and 13 c. of Penobscot ;
having 274 inhabitants.]
[BLUE HILL Bay is formed by Naskeag
point on the w. and mount Desert island on the e.
It extends . up to a mountain on the e. of Penob
scot river, which, from its appearance at sea, is
!
BOA
called Blue hill. Union river empties into this
bay.]
BLUR hills, a range of mountains in New
England, whose first ridge in New Hampshire
passes through Rochester, Barrington, and Not
tingham.]
[BLUE Mountains, in Northampton county,
Pennsylvania, extend from s. w. to n. e. and a
short way across the Delaware. Also a range of
mountains which run from s. e. to n. w. through
Surry county, in the island of Jamaica.]
[BLUE Ridge. The first ridge of the Alleghany
mountains in Pennsylvania and Virginia is called
the Blue Ridge, and is about 130 miles from the
Atlantic. It is about 4000 feet high, measuring
from its base, and between it and the North moun
tain is a large fertile vale. The passage of the Potow-
mack through this ridge is one of the most stu
pendous scenes in nature. See ALLEGHANY
Mountains and POTOWMACK River.]
{BLUE Licks, on the main branch of Licking
river in Kentucky, are situated about eight miles
w. from the Upper Blue licks. Both are on the
n. e. side of the river ; the latter is about 15 miles
n. e. of Millers,]
[BLUE Spring lies between Big Barren and
Little Barren river, s. branches of Green river, in
Mercer s county, Kentucky ; about 22 miles s. v\
from Sulphur spring, and 13 s. of Craig s fort, on
the n. side of Green river.]
[BLUE STONE Creek, a small w. branch of
the Great Kanhaway.]
BOA VISTA, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore
of the river of Las Amazonas, near the towil of
Cum pa.
BOAVfTA, a settlement of the province iand
corregimiento of Tunja in the Nuevo Rcyno tie
Granada. It is of a hot temperature, tolerably
fertile, and abounding in wheat, well-tasted maize,
and much sugar-cane, from which is made the
best sugar in the kingdom, and in exquisite pre
serves. In the gardens are many date trees, as
also a tree called estonoque, the resin of which is
very fragrant and universally esteemed ; here it is
used in the churches instead of incense. There
is a place close by, where the road is so bad that
it has obtained the name of infierno, or infernal.
Its inhabitants, who may amount to 800 whites,
and 150 *ndians, are much subject to the epi
demic disorder called cotos r which is a moxbid
swelling of the glands of the throat, and which
causes a very unsightly appearance. It is 30
leagues w. of Tunja, and close to the- settlement
oi uoitoiuteib/njnoj al b tlhvj audi yi J{
B O C
of Suata, being divided by the river Chicamocho,
or Sogamoso.
BOBANAZA, a settlement of the province
and government of Quixos and Macas in the king
dom of Quito, situate on the shore of the river of
its name, with a good port. In its district there
are trees of cinnamon, from which some have
given it the name of San Joseph de los Canelos.
BoBAiNAZA,the river, upon the shores of which
is the former settlement. It is large and navi
gable, and runs in a very crooked course till it enters
the Pasta za ; is entered on the s. coast by the
fivers Pabayacutinguiza, Capaguari, Aulapi,
Caspiyacu, Pahnito, Chambira, and Pungulla-
yacu, and on the n. by those of Umuc, Balso,
Sarayacu, Butuno, Pujayacu, and others of less
note. It washes the country of the ancient Gayes
and Inuris, which is filled with woods.
BO BARE, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, situate to the n. of the
city of Barquisimeto, and on the shore of the
river Tucuyo.
BOBURES, a nation of Indians, of the pro
vince and government of Venezuela, to the n. of
the lake of Maracaibo, and s. of the city of Me-
rida. They have never been subjected, and even
now frequently make incursions upon the neigh
bouring countries. The part which they inhabit
is by no means the healthiest, since it lays ex
tremely low, and is very moist.
[BOBY, a parish of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay, situate on a branch of the river
Aguapey, in Lat. 26 54 46". Long. 56 IS 49"
B O C
171
w.]
B<
IOCA DEL PEHRO, a settlement of the island
of Cuba, on the s. coast.
BOCA, GHANDE, a mouth of a river of the
province and government of Nicaragua in the
kingdom of Guatemala, namely, of the river Su-
crte, between the rivers Anzuelos and Portete.
BOCA CHICA, a liver of the province and
government of Texas iu Nueva Espaiia. It runs
s. between those of La Trinidad and La Magda-
lena, and enters the sea.
i* JBocA CHICA, a strait or narrow and small
mouth of the entrance to the port of Cartagena.
It is formed by the island of Baru on the s. and
by the Tierra-boraba on the n. ; on the right hand
,it has the castle of San Joseph, and on the left
that of San Fernando, built by the Lieutenant-
general Don Ignacio Sala, to replace those which
were destroyed by Admiral Vernon in 1741.
Vessels car* only enter by means of the canal,
fibice in the other parts t here is not sufficient depth
of water. It is thus called in contradistinction to
the other, named Grande. For some little time
it has been open to the sea, and it has been assi
duously attempted to close it up, not only on ac
count of the danger which threatens the walls and
houses, but for the sake of impeding the entrance
of an enemy, who can now come up within gun
shot of the city, rendering the defence of the forts
and of the port entirely useless. [Sec CARTA
GENA.]
[BocA DEI, DRAGO, a strait between the island
of Trinidad and Andalusia, in the province of
Tierra Firme, S. America.]
BOCA NUEVA, one of the entrances of the
lake of Terminos, in the province of Tobasco,
formed by the islands of Tris.
BOCA DE PAN, a river of the province of
Tumbez in Peru, which receives the title from the
gulf of Guayaquil, and runs to the bay of Tum
bez, taking a course from s. w. to n. e.
BOCACA, a cape or point of land in the
island of Puna, of the province and government
of Guayaquil. The island is low and sandy.
This cape looks to the e. of the district of Macha-
lay, and to the s. za. of the point or cape of Man-
dinga, in lat. 2 26 s.
BOCANEME, a mean settlement of the go
vernment of Mariquitain theNuevo Reynode Gra
nada. It is of a hot temperature, and its pro
ductions arc few in proportion to the scarcity of
its inhabitants, who consist of Indians. It is,
however, noted for its rich gold mines.
BOCAS, LAS, a settlement of the missions which
were held by the regulars of the company of Je
suits, in the province of Tepeguana, and king
dom of Nueva Vizcaya, situate on the shore of
the river Florido, and lying 15 leagues s. of the
settlement and garrison of the valley of San Bar-
tolome.
BOCAS, a small island of the river of Las Ama-
zonns, opposite the mouth or entrance of that of
Tocantines. moit bsoi Jzoq scfi
BOCAS, a river called De dos Bocas, in the
country of the Ama/onas, and of the territory of
the Portuguese. It is very abundant, rising in
the country of the Bacaris and Cariputangas In
dians, running many leagues n. and entering the
Maranon, a little before this joins the sea.
BOCAS, a settlement of the province and cap
tainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore of
the river Jacunda.
BOCAS, another settlement of the same captain
ship and kingdom, on the shore of the river
Tapera, near its mouth or entrance into the sea.
BOCAS, ariverofthe province and alcaldia mayor
of Tobasco, which runs into the sea in the bay of
BOD
Mexico, between the rivers of Santa Ana and
Cuplicos.
BOCAS, another river of tbc province and /-
caldia of Suehitepcc in the kingdom of Guatemala.
It runs a;, and enters the sea opposite the barra or
sand bank of Istapa.
BOCAS, a settlement of (lie province and corre-
ginriento of Coquimbo in the kingdom of Chile,
at the mouth of the river Choapa.
BOCAUERITO, a settlement of the missions
which were held by the regulars of the company
of Jesuits, in the province of Cinaloa.
BOCHALEMA, COIIAZON m: JESUS DE, a
settlement of the government and jurisdiction of
Pamplona in the Nuevo Reyno de Granada, is of
a hot temperature, and produces canes, plantains,
and other fruits peculiar to its climate. It con
tains 150 very poor inhabitants, and is 12 leagues
n. c. of Pamplona.
BOCOABRI, a settlement of the province and
government of La Sonora in Nueva Espana,
situate to the e. of that of Los Remedies, at the
head of a river.
BOCON, a settlement of the province of Osti-
muri in Nueva Espana.
BOCONO, a settlement of the province and
government of Caracas in the kingdom of Ticrra
Firme, situate at the source of a river of its name.
It has the dedicatory title of San Janeiro, and
was founded by the Capuchin fathers of the pro
vince of Venezuela , in the royal road which leads
from the city of Guanare to that of Uarinas.
BOCONO, the river which rises in the same
province and kingdom, at the side of the moun
tains of the city of Truxillo. After leaving the
narrow defile through which it runs in the ser-
rania, it begins to serve as a line of demarcation
to the provinces of Burinas and Venezuela ; and
then passing through some levels, where it irrigates
some estates of cacao, indigo, and sugar-cane,
established upon its fertile plains, it enters the
Guanare near the settlement of San Juan Bautista
del Miiagual, of the province of Burinas.
BODEGA, a settlement of the province and
government of Cartagena, situate on the sea-shore,
at the entrance of Boca Chica.
BODEGAS, a settlement of the province and
government of Guayaquil.
BOD i GAS, another settlement of the province
and government of Honduras, situate on the
shore of the Folso Dulce.
BODEGON, a settlement of the province and
correziiuicnto of Cumana in Peru, situate on the
O *
bea-co >st.
BODIGUAS, a barbarous and ferocious nation
BOG
of the province and government of Santa Marta
in the Nuevo Reyno, to the n. w. These Indians,
united with the Bondas and Jeribocas, had many
desperate struggles with the first conquerors. They
inhabit the mountains and woods without any fixed
residence.
BODINGA, a settlement of the province and
government of Santa Marta in the kingdom of
Tierru Firme ; it was first founded by the Spaniards
in 1529, after which the tirst followers of the reli
gion of St. Domingo established themselves here for
the purpose of converting and reducing to the faith
all the Indians of the Nuevo Reyno de Granada.
[BOD WELL S Falls, in Merrimac kriver, lie
between Andover and Methuen, about five miles
below Ratucket falls. A company was incorpo
rated in Feb. 1796, for building a bridge near this
spot, between the two states of Massachusetts and
New Hampshire.]
[BOEUF, LE, a place in the n. w. corner of
Pennsylvania, at the head of the n. branch of
French creek, and 50 miles from fort Franklin,
where this creek joins the Alleghany, measuring
the distance by water. The French fort of Le
Boeuf, from which the place has its name, lies
about two miles e. from Small lake, which is on
the n. branch of French creek ; and from Le
Boeuf there is a portage of 14 miles n. to Presquc
isle, in lake Erie, where the French had another
fort. From Le Boeuf to Prcsque isle is a con
tinued chesnut-bottom swamp (except for about
one mile from the former, and two from the latter);
and the road between these two places, for nine
miles, 15 years ago, was made with logs laid upon
the swamp. Lat. 4156 w. Long. 80 w.]
BOGUE, small islands near the coast of 8.
Carolina.
BOGOTA, a settlement and capital of the
corregimiento of this name, also called La Sabana,
in the Nuevo Reyno de Granada ; situate on a
beautiful and agreeable plain, on the shores of a
river \\hich bears the same name, and in which
there are quantities of fine fish, especially a sort
called caption, which is of a delicious flavour,
and highly esteemed. It is of a cold tempera
ture, and abounds in the seeds and fruits corres
ponding with its climate. It was formerly a great
and rich population, as well as having been the
court of the native kings or zipas ; is at present
reduced to a miserable settlement. It had once
for its curate the Fray Juan de Labrador, of the
order of St. Domingo, afterwards bishop of Car
tagena. Its jurisdiction comprehends seven other
settlements, and is two leagues w. of Santa Fe.
[Lat. 4 35 n. Long. 74 8 w. See VENEZUELA.]
B o r
BOGOTA, a large river of the same kingdom,
which rises near to Santa Fe, in the paramo of
Albarracin, between the above city and that of
Tunja, and after fertilizing a level space, precipi
tates itself with a thundering noise down an im
mense cataract, called Tequendama ; it then tra
verses the province to which it gives its name,
afterwards the province of Los Panches, where it
is known to the Indians by the title of Eunzha,
and at last enters the Magdalena.
BOGOTA, another river of the province and
government of Atacames, or Esmeraldas, in the
kingdom of Quito. It runs from c. to w. for more
than 30 leagues, receiving on the c. the waters of
the Durango and Tululvi, and those of Cachavi.
On the w. it irrigates many uncultivated lands
of the nation of the Malaguas, and unites itself
with the rivers of Santiago and San Miguel,
before it enters the S. sea, where it forms the port
of Limones.
[BOHEMIA, a broad, navigable river, 10
miles long, which runs w. n. tc 1 . into Elk river, in
Maryland, 11 miles below Elkton.]
[HoHio, a river of Chile in S. America.]
BOIA, a settlement of the island of St. Domin
go, situate in the centre of the c. head, on the
shore of a river.
BO1CACES, a river of the province and govern
ment of Verajjua in the kingdom of Tierra Firme.
O ~
It runs n. n. e. and enters the N. sea, between
the rivers Culebras and Talamancas.
BOIERUCA, LACUNAS DR, or De BOIERACO,
as some will have it, lakes in the province and
corregimiento of Itata in the kingdom of Chile.
They are upon the coast, and run out into the
sea between the quebrada (ravine) of Lora, and
the month of the river Mataqutno.
BOIPENA, a town of the province and cap
tainship oi Jlheos in Brazil.
BO1NHAY, a river of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay in Peru. It runs;?, through
some plains arid very fertile lands, and enters the
Paraguay.
BOIS, a point on the coast of the country of
Labrador, and in the strait of Bellisle.
BOIS, a small river of Lous tana, which runs e.
and enters the Mississippi, between the rivers Ecors
and San Pedro.
BOIS, an island in the lake Huron of Canada,
at the mouth of the strait of Michillimakinac.
BOIS, another island of the coast of the pro
vince of Connecticut, one of those of New England,
at the mouth of the river Pigwaket.
BOIS, a small river of the country and land of
B O L
173
Labrador. 1 1 runs .?. between (hat of ForcJme,
and enters the sea in the strait of Bellisle.
Bo is, a lake of New France, of an oval figure,
containing many islands, and communicating with
Long lake.
BOLA. a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Atacanas in the kingdom of Quito,
situate on the shore of a small river, which enters
that of Guailiabamba.
[BOLANOLA, one of the SOCIETY Isles,
which see.]
BOLA IS OS, Cuuz DC, a settlement of the mis
sions which were held by the regulars of the com
pany of Jesuits in the province of Paraguay. It
was destroyed at the clse of the last century by
the infidel Indians, and the ruins of it are now
alone to be seen near the river Nandui-Gazu.
BOLANOS, another settlement and real of mines
of the afcatdia mayor of Colotlan in Nueva Espana,
where there is a convent of monks of St. Francis ;
14 leagues ?. of its head settlement, Tlaltenango.
BOLAS, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayaquil, in the district of Machala.
It runs from e. to w. through some uncultivated
and desert countries, and empties itself in the gulf
of Guayaquil, nearly opposite the point of Bocona,
of the island of Puna.
BOL1UA, a settlement of the province and
government of Cartagena, and of the district of
Sinn, situate on the coast.
[BOL1NBROKE, a town in Talbot county,
f. shore of Maryland, and five miles e. of Oxford.
It lies on the n. w. point of Choptank river.]
BOLLERA, a hike of the province and govern
ment of Maracaibo, on the shore of the grand
river of this name, between the rivers Sulia and
Chamn.
BOLOS, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Guayaquil. It runs into the sea
through the gulf of that name, opposite the island
of .La Puna.
[BOLTON, a .township in Chitfcnden county,
Vermont, on Onion river, about 104 miles n. n. c.
from Bennington, having 88 inhabitants.]
[BOLTON, a township in Tolhmd county, Con
necticut, incorporated in 1720, and was settled
from Weathersfield, Hartford, and Windsor ; 14
miles e. from Hartford.]
[BOLTON, a township in Worcester county,
Massachusetts, 18 miles n. c. from Worcester, and
34 w, from Boston. It contains 861 inhabitants.
There is a fine bed of limestone in this town, from
which considerable quantities of good lime are
made yearly.]
174
BON
.
BOMB A I, a settlement of the province and
government of Maracaibo, situate in the way which
leads from Gibraltar to Merida, through the
Nuevo Reyno to the n. n. e. of this last city.
[BOMBARDE, a fort and village on the n.
peninsula of St. Domingo island, about three
leagues n. of La Plate Jorme; six s. e. of the
Mole, and 22 from Port de Paix, as the road runs.
Here it was intended by the French government
to erect a fortress of great strength ; but the works
to the sea only were completed when the revolu
tion broke out.]
BOMBSICAKO, a river of the province of
Loxa in the kingdom of Quito. It flows down
from the mountains of San Lucas, runs from n.
to s. and joins the Savanilla, which enters the
Zamora.
f BOMBAY" HOOK, an island at the mouth of
Delaware river, about eight miles long and two
broad, formed by the Delaware on the e\ side, and
Duck creek and Little Duck creek on the Mary
land skle ; these are united together by a natural
canal. It is proposed to connect Delaware river
with Chesapeak bay, by a canal from Duck creek
to that bay, through Chester river. See CHESTER
River,.- The n. w. end of Bombay Hook is about
47 miles from capes llenlopen and May ; from the
Hook to Reedy island is nine miles.]
[BOMBAZINE Rapids, on a river in Lincoln
county, district of Maine, are navigable for boats
with some lading, at a middling pitch of water.
They took their name from Bombazine, an Indian
warrior, who was slain by the English in attempt
ing to cross them. Jr,^ C
[BOMBAZINE, a lake, seven or eight miles long,
in the township of Castletown, Rutland county,
Vermont!,, , $ jn^jpiu
BQMBE, a capital settlement and establish
ment oi the missions which were held by the regu
lars pf the company of Jesuits, in the province of
ofSpuayana,- and in the part possessed by the
Fjeneh, _ biiL, 4 LfirI /,]. C.I
BOMBOLAN, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the district of the
jurisdiction oi Salta, annexed to the curacy of
Chjquiana.
BOM13ON TROU, a small port of (he island
of St. Domingo, on the n. coast of the w. head,
and in the territory of the French. It is between
port Jcremias and the point of Abricots or Alba-
Jic SR\ tew
BONA, a small island or the S. 5ea, in the bay
r gulf of Panama, situate near, and a little to *. e.
fttatofOteque.
BON
BONAIRE, or BUEN AYRE, an island of the
N. sea, situate near Tierra Firme, in the province
and government of Cumana, to the s. e. of the
island of Curaoa, and n. w. of Margarita. It
abounds in salt-mines, is renowned for a peculiar
sort offish, called alcatraccs % of a very large size,
and is inhabited by the Dutch. It has a good
port, with a small settlement, but the anchorage is
bad, the bottom being very rocky. The chief
setllement, which is about a mile from the port, is
nevertheless immediately on the sea-shore, and is
the residence of the Dutch lieutenant, who is
dependent upon the governor of Cura9oa. This
island abounds in cattle, and besides the Dutch it
has also some Indians. Nineteen leagues from the
coast, and 10 from Cu.rac.oa, in Lat. 12 13 #,
Long. G8 19 .
[BONAMY s Point, on the $. side of Chaleiir
bay, is at the n. w. extremity of Eel river cove,
and forms the s. limit of the mouth of Ristigouche
river.]
[BONAVENTURA. See BUENAVENTURA."]
[BONAVENTURE, on the w. side of Chaleur
bay, lies about three leagues from New Carlisle,
which is now called Hamilton. It was a place of
considerable commerce, but is now declined.]
BONAVENTURE, a small island of the gulf of
St. Lawrence, on the coast of Nova Scotia, or
Acadia, close .to the cape of Espom;
BONAVENTUUE, a cape or point of the e. coast
of the island of Newfoundland, at the entrance of
the bay of Trinite.
[BONAV1STA, Cape and Bay of, lie on the e.
side of Newfoundland island. The cape lies in
hit. 4852 w. long. 52 22 w. and was discovered
by John Cabot and his son Sebastian in 1437,, ui
the service of Henry VII. king of England.. Tiie
bay is formed by this cape and that of cape
Frecls, 15 leagues apart.]
BOND, a settlement of the island of Barbadoes,
in the district of the parish of St. George.
BONDA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Santa Marta, situate on the e. side oF
" A 1 1
its capital.
r>A\7T\4d i- C 1 T C At
BONDAS, a nation of Indians of the province
and government of Saata Marta. At the time of
the conquest it was united with the nations of tlie
Bodiguas and Jeribocas, in order the better 1 Jo
counteract the power of the Spaniards^ . Jti.pre]-
scntsome families of it only are remaining.
[BONHAMTOWN, in Middlesex county,
N.Jersey lies about six miles ! ju
Brunswic 1 :. |
BONIFACIO, SAN, a setllement
B O Q
vincc and government of Sonora in Nuova Espaua,
situate on the shore of a small river, which enters
thatofGila.
BONIFACIO, Monno DE, a mountain of (he
coast of the kingdom of Chile, in the district of
Guadalabquen, between the point Del Ancla and
the mouth of the river Meguin.
BONNECHERE, a river of the province of
the North Iroquees. It runs n. e. and enters the
Utaway.
BONZA, a settlement of the Nuevo Heyno de
Granada. It is famous for the battle and victory
which was gained by Gonzalo Ximinez dc Qtie-
sada against the army of Tundama, prince of
Tunja, in 1538, and for the imprisonment and death
of Zacrezazipa, the last king of Bogota. The
territory is pleasant and fertile, and irrigated by
the river Sogamoso.
BONZE, CABO DE, an extremity and point of
the s. coast, which looks to the s. of the island of
Cuba, between the point of Maizi and the river
Guatapori.
BOON, a .small island of the coast of New
England, in the district of the province of Con
necticut, lying between the main coast and Jcffry s
bank.
[BOONE Bay lies on the w. side of New
foundland island, 22 leagues n. by e. of St. George s
harbour. Lat. 49 35 n.]
[BOONETON, a small post-town in Sussex
county, New Jersey, on the post-road between
Uockaway and Sussex court-house, 116 miles
from Philadelphia.]
[BOONS BO ROUGH, in Maddison county,
Kentucky, lies on the s. side of Kentucky river, at
the nimith of Otter creek, SO miles s. e. of Lex
ington, and the same distance n. e. from Danville.
La"t.3744 n.]
[BOON S Creek, a small n. branch of Ken-
tucky river.]
[BOOTH Bay, a town and bay on the coast
of JLincoln county, district of Maine, in n, lat.
3* 42 about two miles w. of Pcmaquid point.
The bay stretches within the land about 12 miles,
and receives two small streams. On it is a (own,
having 997 inhabitants.]
[BOPQUAM or MQUAM Bay, on the e.
side of lake Champlain, is situated in Swantown,
Vermont, and has Hog island on the n. at the
mouth of Michiscoui river.]
BOQUEIION, VENTA DE, an entrance or open
ing formed by the mountains, in the road uhich
leads from Porto vel to Panama, i the kingdom of
Tierra JFirmc. It is an indispensable pass, and
there is here a house or inn, commonly the rev.-
B O R
175
dence of a strong guard, for the detecting (he
contraband trade.
BOQUEROV, ft small island of the N. sea, on
the coast and in the province of Cartagena, situate
in the bay of Tolu. It is one of those which
form this bay.
BOQUEHON, a point on the e. coast of the straits
of Magellan, between cape San Valentin and that
of Monmouth.
BOQUEUOX, an inlet or small bay on the same
coast, close to the point of (he same name.
BOQUERONES, CAUO DK, an extremity and
point of the coast of the province of Darien,
between port Acla and the island of Pinos.
[BOQUET River passes through the town of
Willsborough, in Clinton county, New York, and
is navigcible for boats about two miles, and is there
interrupted by falls, on which are mills. At this
place are the remains of an entrenchment thrown
up by General Burgoyne.]
BOQUETA, an entrance made by the sea, in
the province and government of Cartagena, on the
side of this city, where (here is a guard for the
discovery of con(rabands, and for noting down
the small trading vessels which come to supply
,1 ... * * J
this city.
BORANTE, a river of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela. It runs near (he city of
Nucva Segovia, abounds in very excellent fish,
and the lands which it irrigates are fertile, and
produce much maize.
BORBON, REAL DE, a town of the province
and government of Sierra Gorda, in the bay of
Mexico, and the kingdom of Nueva Espana,
founded in 1748 by Don Joseph dc Efcandon,
Count of Sierra Gorda, and the Colonel of the
Militia of Queretaro.
[BOltDENTOWN, a pleasant town in Bur-
lington county, New Jersey, is situated at the
month of Crosswick*s creek, on the e. bank of a
great bend of Delaware river, six miles below
Trenton, nine n. e. from Burlington by water,
and J5 by land, and 24 miles . e. from Phila
delphia ; and th rough this (own, which contains
about 100 houses, a line of stages passes from New
York to Philadelphia. The second division of
Hessians was placed in this town, in December
1776, and by the road leading to it, GOO men of
that nation escaped, when Gen. Washington sur
prised and made prisoners of 886 privates, and 23
Hessian officers, at Trenton.]
BORDET, Tuou, a settlement and parish of
the French, in the island of St. Domingo, situate
in the w . head, on the side of a small port, which
gives it its name.
1T6
B O R
BORDONES, a settlement of the province and
government of Cumana. It is composed of the
Indians of Piritu, founded in 1688 by the Colonel
and Governor Don Mateo Gaspar de Acosta.
BORGNE, a lake of the province and govern
ment of Louisiana. It is formed by a canal of
water which enters the bay of St. Luis, and is
near the e. coast of New Orleans.
BORGNE, an island of the river of St. Lawrence
in New France, or country of the Outacas Indians.
It is formed by an arm of that river which runs
from, and then returns to enter the mother bed.
[BORGNE, Li, a town on the n. side of the
n. peninsula of the island of St. Domingo, three
leagues w. by n. of Port Margot, and eight e. by s.
of Port de Paix.]
J5ORICA, a small island, situate near the coast
of Tierra Firme, in the province and government
of Venezuela, and at the entrance of the lake of
Maracaibo,
BOR1LOS, a barbarous nation of Indians who
dwell to the e. of the Chiquitos, and n. of the
Purasicas, in Peru. It was discovered by (he mi---
sionaries of the order of Jesuits of the province of
Lima, in 1718, who succeeded in making converts
to the faith until the year 1767.
BOKIQUEN; a point on the w. of the island of
San Juan de Puerto-rico, between the river of
Guaxayaca, and the port of A guada, opposite the
cape Engano, of the island of Si. Domingo. It is
one of those which form the port.
BORIQUEN. eeBiEQii:.
[BORIQUEX, or CRABS Island. Sec Bi our..]
BORJA, SA.N FRANCISCO i,r:, a capital city of
the province and government of Mainas in the
kingdom of Quito, founded in 1619 by Captain
Diego Vaca de Vega, with the name of Nneslra,
Senora de la Concepcion, on the f. shore of the
fiver Maranon, four leagues from Santiago de las
Montanas, at the time that these parts were visited
by the regulars of the company of Jesuits, with
views of making discoveries, and of extending
fheir missions. It was afterwards, in 15^4, re
moved tothespotwhereitat present stands, near the
source of ihc river Pastaza, and opposite (he mouth
of that oi Cahuapanas, upon an eminence near to
a stagnant pool of the Maranon, after the narrow
sfrait or Channel of the Pongo. This name was
given it out of compliment to Don Francisco de
Borja, Prince of Esquilache, Viceroy of Peru,
to whom it capitulated at its conquest. Its in
habitants arc for the most part Indians ; its climate
is warm and moist ; it is the residence of the
lieutenant-governor of the province, and of a
curate who belonged to the company of Jesuits,
B O R
until the year 1767. Its first inhabitants were the
conquerors of all the barbarous nations of the
Maranon. Lat. 4 28 s. Long. 76 24 w.
BORJA, a settlement of the missions which were
maintained by the regulars of the company of
Jesuits, in the province of Taraumara in the king
dom of Nueva Vizcaya ; distant 24 leagues s. w. %
to the c . of the real of the mines and town of San
F elipe de Chiguagua.
BORJA, another, of the missions which were
held by the same regulars of the company of
Jesuits, in the province and government of Buenos
Ayres, situate on the shore ot the river Uruguay r
[in Lat. 28 39 5 1*. Long. 57 56 w.~]
BORJA, another, in the province and govern
ment of Moxos, of the kingdom of Quito, founded
on the shore of the river Manique.
BOROA, a district and province of the king
dom of Chile.
BOROJO, a settlement of the province and
government of Maracaibo, situate on the coast, at
the mouth of the river of its name; opposite the
great lake, and on the s. side of it.
BOROJO, a river of the same province and
government, which rises near the coast, and enters
tlie sea opposite (he former settlement.
BOROMBON, SAN, a settlement of the pro-
vince and government of Buenos Ayres, situate
near the coast and bay of its name, ou the hide
opposite to the colony of Sacramento.
BOKOMBON, a bay of the former province and
government, near the mouth of the river La Plata,
and the capital.
BOHONOTA, a large settlement of the Nucvo
Reyno de Granada, and government of Santa
Marta ; founded in the plains, or Uanuras? which
lie towards die n. Its natives arc of the Guuranos
and Guaxiros nations. It is governed by a cazique,
and belongs to the missions of the Catalan ian Ca
puchin fathers.
BOROS, a barbarous nation of Peru, to the e.
of (he province of the Chiquitos, which extends
itself through those woods and pin ins as far as
the river Paraguay. It is but little known.
BOROTARE, a settlement of the province
and government of Santa Marta, situate on the
shore of a river which runs to empty itself into
the lake of Maracaibo.
BORQUIELES, islands or rocks of the N.
sea, by the coast ot the province and government
of Darien ; they are two, and lie at the w. moutli
or entrance of the port of Arboleles.
BORRACIIOS, PUNT A JJF, a point on the
coast of the province and government of Guaya
quil in the kingdom of Peru.
BOS
BORRACNA, an island of the N. sea, very
near the coast of Tierra Firme, in the province of
Barcelona and government of Cumana, between
the cities of these names.
BOHUCAS, SAN LORENZO DE, a town of the
province and government of Costa-rica in the
kingdom of Guatemala, situate on the coast of the
S. sea.
BORUGAj CABO DE, a cape on the coast of
the province and government of Veragua and
kingdom of Tierra Firme, between the gulf
Dulce, and the port of Las Caravelas Grandes.
[BOSCAWEN, a township in Ilillsborough
county, New Hampshire, on the w. bank of
Merrimack river, above Concord ; 43 miles n. w.
of Exeter, and 38 s. e. of Dartmouth college, hav
ing 1108 inhabitants. Boscawen hills are in this
neighbourhood.]
BOSTON, a large and opulent city, the me
tropolis of New England, and of the county of
Suffolk, in N. America. In the year 1774, its
port was prohibited by an act of parliament of
Great Britain, and it was shortly after entered by
the king s troops, who destroyed many edifices,
and caused considerable havoc. It was at that
time the largest and most considerable city of any
of New England, having been founded in 1630,
by the English colonists who came to it from
Charlestown, in a peninsula of nearly four miles
in circumference, and 44 from the bay of Massa
chusetts. It suffered much from an earthquake
which took place on the 29th October 1727. It is
the best situated for commerce of any city in
America ; on the n. side of it are two small islands
called Brewster, to one of which is also given the
name of Noddle. The only entrance to the bay is
through a channel so narrow, from the number of
islands, as scarcely to admit three ships a-breast.
There are, however, marks and buoys placed so
as to ensure a safe entrance, and the bay itself
is capable of containing 500 vessels, in a sufficient
depth of water, where they might formerly lie
defended by the cannon of a regular fortress, but
this was destroyed in the said war. At the ex
tremity of the bay is a quay 2000 feet in length,
which on the n. part has a set of regular maga
zines, beginning from the principal street in the
city : this street, as well as all the others, is spa
cious and straight. The town from the bay has a
beautiful appearance ; it is in the form of an am
phitheatre, with a house for the magistrate, in
which are the tribunals, and a change, which is a
very fine piece of architecture, surrounded by
many libraries, well provided, and giving work
for n ve printing houses. It contains 19 churches,
VOL. i.
BOS
177
nearly GOOO houses, and 30,000 inhabitants. To
form some judgment of the riches of this capital, it is
sufficient to know, that from Christmas in the year
1747 to the following, 1748, no less than 500
vessels left its port, and that 450 entered it, not
to mention the fishing vessels and coasters, the
number of which alone amounted to at least 1000.
It suffered much in 1773 by a terrible tempest.
The commerce of this city is very great, not only
on account of its own productions, but with re
gard to the productions of other parts, since its
inhabitants are, as it were, the factors of all the
other colonies of N. America, the E. Indies,
and of some parts of Europe. Its principal ar
ticles or eftects are trees and ship-masts, fish, tar,
turpentine, planks, salted meats, as well pork as
beef, butter, cheese, horses, large cattle, wheat,
cider, honey, and flax ; and although it trades
also in skins, yet these form no considerable p:irt
of its commerce. On its coast arc large whale-
fisheries, in which a great number of its inhabi
tants are employed ; and it is computed that 30,000
quintals of oil are annually sent to Italy, Spain,
England, and (he islands of America, as also
20,000 more to the Negroes of the W. Indies.
The excessive quantity of liquors distilled in Bos
ton from molasses, received in exchange or barter
from the W. Indies, is such as to cause them to
be sold for two shillings a barrel, and with thera
are supplied all the colonies of N. America. Thcj
are also sufficient for the traffic with the Indians,
for that of the fisheries of Newfoundland, and for
a great part of the trade to Africa. The rum is as
much renowned for its plentifulness and cheap
ness as for its quality. This may be looked upon
as almost the only colony that has manufacture*
equal to its consumption. The cloths made here
are strong and close wove : these manufactories
were established by some Irish Presbyterians,
who fled from persecution, and through affinity of
religion, settled here, introducing the manufac
ture of linens of a very delicate texture ; thus
having highly increased the commercial credit
and reputation of the colony. They likewise
make excellent hats here, and these, although
contraband, are a great article of exportation to the
other colonies. The vessels built here, through
the commission of its dock, and which are after
wards sold with their cargo in the ports of Spain,
France, and Portugal, formed the principal source
of its commerce. There used to be a light-house
jn a rock for the direction of vessels in the night,
the which was destroyed with the fortifications in
the late war. This uar originated in this capital
in 1774, when the inhabitants burnt the tea which
178
BOSTON.
came from England, being unwilling to pay the
heavy duties imposed on that article. The result
of the struggle was, that they declared themselves
independent of the English crown, together with
the other colonies, as may be seen in the article
UNITED STATES. All sects are tolerated in this
city, and in it are ten churches.
[Boston, the capital of the state of Massachu
setts, the largest town in New England, is now the
third in size and rank in the United States, and
lies in lat. 42 18 15" n. and long. 70 59 53" w.
This town, with the towns of Hingham, Chelsea,
and Hull, constitute the county of Suffolk, 17(3
miles s. ic. of Wiscasset, 61 s. by w. of Ports
mouth, 164 n. e. of New Haven, 252 n. e. of
New York, 347 n. e. of Philadelphia, and 500
w. e. of the city of Washington. Boston is built
upon a peninsula of irregular form at the bottom
of Massachusetts bay, and is joined to the main
land by an isthmus on the s, end of the town, lead
ing to lloxbury. It is two miles long, but is of
unequal breadth ; the broadest p-irt is 726 yards.
The peninsula contains about 700 acres, (other ac
counts say 1000), on which are 2376 dwelling
bouses. The number of inhabitants in 1790 was
18,038, but the increase has been very consider
able since. The town is intersected by 97 streets,
36 lanes, and 26 alleys, besides 18 courts, &c. ;
most of these are irregular, and not very conve
nient. State street, Common street, and a few
others, are exceptions to this general character;
the former is very spacious, and being on a line
with Long wharf, where strangers usually land,
exhibits a flattering idea of the town. Here are
19 edifices for public worship, of which nine
are for Congregationalists, three for Episcopalians,
and two for Baptists the Friends, Roman Ca,-
tholics, Methodists, Sandcmanians, and Univer-
salists, have one each. Most of these are orna
mented with beautiful spires, with clocks and bells.
The other public buildings are the state-house,
court-house, two theatres, concert-hall, faneuil-
hall, gaol, an alms-house, a work-house, a bride
well, and powder-magazine. Franklin place,
adjoining Federal street theatre, is a great orna
ment to the town ; it contains a monument of Dr.
Franklin, from whom it takes its name, and is
encompased on two sides with buildings, which,
in point of elegance, are not exceeded perhaps in
the United States. Here are kept in capacious
rooms, given and fitted up for the purpose, the
Boston library, and the valuable collections ot tiie
historical society. Most of the public buildings
are handsome, and some of them are elegant. A
magnificent state-house is now erecting in Boston,
on the s. side of Beacon hill, fronting the Mall,
the corner-stone of which was laid with great
formality and parade on the 4th of July 1795,
and which overtops tbe monument on Beacon hill.
The market-place, in which the faneuil-hall is situ
ated, is supplied with all kinds of provisions wliich
the country affords. The fish market, in particu
lar, by the bounteous supplies of the ocean and
rivers, not only furnishes the rich with the rarest
productions, but often provides the poor with a
cheap and grateful repast. Boston harbour is
formed by point Alderton on the s. and by Nahant
point on the;?. It is variegated with about forty
islands, of which fifteen only can be properly
called so ; the others being small rocks or banks
of sand, slightly covered with verdure. These
islands afford excellent pasturage, hay, and grain,
and furnish agreeable places of resort in summer
to parties of pleasure. Castle island is about three
miles from the town ; its fortifications, formerly
called Castle William, defend the entrance of the
harbour. It is garrisoned by about 50 soldiers,
who serve as a guard for the convicts, who are
sent here to hard labour. The convicts are
chiefly employed in making nails. The light
house stands on a small island on the n. entrance
of the channel, (point Alderton and Nantasket
heights being on the s.), and is about 65 feet high.
To steer for it from cape Cod, the course is w. n. w.
when within one league of the cape ; from cape
Cod to the light-house is about 16 leagues; from
cape Ann the course is s. w. distant ten leagues.
A cannon is lodged and mounted at the light
house to answer signals. Only seven of the islands
in the bay are within the jurisdiction of the town,
and taxed with it, viz. Noddle s, Hog, Long,
Deer, Spectacle, Governor s, and Apple islands.
The wharfs and quays in Boston are about 80
in number, and very convenient for vessels.
Long wharf, or Boston pier, in particular, ex
tends from the bottom of State street 1743 feet into
the harbour in a straight line. The breadth is
104 feet. At the end are 17 feet of water at ebb
tide. Adjoining to this wharf on the ?;. is a con
venient wharf called Minot T s T, from the name
of its former proprietor and its form. Vessels are
supplied here with fresh water from a well sur
rounded by salt water, which has been dug at a
great expence. Long wharf in every respect ex
ceeds any thing of the kind in the United States.
In February 1796, a company was incorporated
to cut a canal b< hvcen this harbour and Hoxbury,
which is neatly completed. Charles river and
West Boston bridges are highly useful and orna
mental to Boston; and both are on Charles river,!
BOSTON.
[which mingles its waters with those of Mystic
river, in Boston harbour. Charles river bridge
connects Boston with Charlestown in Middlesex
county, and is 1503 feet long, 42 feet broad,
stands on 75 piers, and cost the subscribers 50,000
dollars. It was opened June 19, 1787.
Feet long.
West Boston bridge stands on 180 piers, is 3483
Bridge over the gore, 14 piers, - - - 275
Abutment, Boston side, ,-ejj, 87|
Causeway, __..---.- 334
Distance from the end of the causeway to
Cambridge meeting-house, - - - - 7810
"Width of the bridge, 40
This beautiful bridge exceeds the other as much
in elegance as in lenglb, and cost the subscribers
76,700 dollars. Both bridges have draws for the
admission of vessels, and lamps for the benefit of
evening passengers. Seven free schools are sup
ported here at the public ex pence, in which the
children of every class of citizens may freely asso
ciate together. The number of scholars is comput
ed at about 900, of which 160 are taught Latin,
&c. There are besides these many private schools.
The principal societies in the commonwealth hold
their meetings in this town, and are, the marine
society, American academy of arts and sciences,
Massachusetts agricultural society, Massachusetts
charitable society, Boston Episcopal charitable
society, Massachusetts historical society, society
for propagating the gospel, Massachusetts congre
gational society, medical society, humane society,
Boston library society, Boston mechanic associa
tion, society for the aid of emigrants, charitable
fire society, and seven respectable lodges of free
and accepted masons. The foreign and domestic
trade of Boston is very considerable, to support
which there are three banks, viz. the branch of the
United States bank, the Union, and the Massa
chusetts bank ; the latter consists of 800 shares of
600 dollars, equal to 400,000; the capital of the
Union bank is 1,200,000 dollars, 400,000 of which
are the property of the stale. In 1784 the entries
of foreign and coasting vessels were 372, and the
clearances 450. In 1794 the entries from foreign
ports were 567. In 1795 these entries amounted
to 725, of which the ships were 96, barques 3,
snows 9, polacre 1, brigs 185, dogirer 1, schooners
362, shallop 1, and sloops 65. To the principal
manufactures, above enumerated, we may add
loaf-sugar, beer, sail-cloth, cordage, wool, and
cotton cards, playing cards, pot and pearl ashes,
paper hangings, plate, glass, tobacco, and cho
colate. There are SO distilleries, two breweries,
fight sugar-houses, and eleven rope-walks.
Eight years ago, the intercourse with the country
barely required two stages and twelve horses, on
the great road between this and New Haven, dis
tant 164 miles ; whereas there are now 20 car
riages and 100 horses employed. The number
of the different stages that run through the week
from this town is upwards of 20 ; about 10 years
ago there Mere on|y three. Attempts have been
made to change the government of the town from
its present form to that- of a city, but this mea
sure, not according with the democratic spirit of
the people, has as yet failed. At an annual meet
ing in March, nine select men are chosen for the
government of the town ; at the same time an?
chosen a town-clerk, a treasurer, 12 overseers ot
the poor, 24 fire wards, 12 clerks of the market,
12 scavengers, 12 constables, besides a number
of other officers. If the inhabitants do not reap
all the advantages they have a right to expect from
their numerous officers, it is said that it is not for
want of wholesome laws for the regulation of the
weights, measures, and quality of provisions, or
other branches of police, but because the laws
are not put in execution. Besides those called
trained bands, there are four other military com
panies in Boston, viz. the ancient and honourable
artillery company, the cadets, fusileers, and
artillery. The ancient and honourable artillery
company was incorporated in 1638, and the elec
tion of a captain and officers of it for the year is on
the first Monday in June annually, which is ob
served here as a day of festivity. Several officers
in the American army, who signalized themselves
in the late war, received their first knowledge of
tactics in this military school. Boston Mas called
Shaumut by the Indians; Trimountain by the
settlers in Charlcstown, from the view of its three
hills ; and had its present name in token of respect
to the Rev. Mr. Cotton, a minister of Boston ia
England, and afterwards minister of the first
church here. Boston has suffered severely by
numerous fires, the houses being mostly built of
wood. The last large fire happened July 30,
1794, and consumed 96 house*, rope-walks, &c.
and the account of losses given in by the sufferers
amounted to 209,861 dollars. Boston fee s a
pride in having given birth to Benjamin Franklin,
and a number of other patriots, who were airong
the most active and influential characters in efiVcf-
ing the revolution.]
[BOSTON Corner, a tract of land adjoining
mount "Washington, Berkshire county, Massachu
setts, containing 67 inhabitants.]
[BOSTON, NKW, a township in HiHt-boronf-h
county, New Hampshire, containing 1202
A A 2
180
B O U
bitants, 12 miles s. w. by w. from Amuskeeg falls,
60 miles w. of Portsmouth, and a like distance . w.
of Boston. ]
EOT EN Creek, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, in the Dutch possessions.
[BOTETOURT, a county in Virginia, on the
Blue ridge, w. of which are the Sweet springs,
about 42 miles fro u the Warm springs. Its chief
town is Fincastle.]
BOTIN, a settlement of the kingdom of Nueva
Espana, and province of Culiacan, near the capi
tal town of this name.
BOTONN, a settlement of the island of Bar-
badors.
[BOTTLEHILL, avilla^ein Somerset comty,
New Jersey, two miles n. w. Lorn Chatham, and
15 . w. of Elizabeth town.!
BO UCAN-BROU, Rio DHL, a river in the island
of St. Domingo, in the French possessions. It is
small, rises in the w. coast, and rur.s by a w. course
into the sea, between the river of Los Naranjos
and the bay of Los Flamencos.
BOUCAS1N, a mountain of the island of St.
Domingo, in the French possessions, near the coast
of the w. head of the point of Aracahy.
BOUKFUKA, a settlement of Indians of S.
Carolina, situate at the source, of the river of
Pearls. The English have in it a fort and a com
mercial establishment.
BOUCHERU1LLE, a fort of the French, in
the province and country of the Iroquees Indians,
on the shore of the river St. Lawrence, opposite
the island of Montreal.
[BOUDOIR, LE, a smalt island in the Pacific
ocean, lat. 17 52 .?. long, from Paris, 15 25 w.
discovered, April 2, 1768, by Bougainville. This
island, the year before, had been discovered by
"Wallis, and named Osnaburg. The natives call
it Muiten, according to the report of Captain
Cook, who visited it in 1769. Quiris discovered
this island in 1606, and called it La Dezana. See
OSNABURGH.1
BOUGAINVILLE, Rio DE, a river in the
Malvine or Falkland islands. It was discovered
and thus named by a naval captain, Don Luis de
Bougainville, in 176.3. It runs into the sea through
* bay in the largest of these islands.
[BOLGANVILT,E S Straits are at the w. to. end
*>f the isles of Solomon.]
[BOUGIE Inlet, on the coast of N. Carolina,
between Core sound and Little inlet.]
BOUK11OUMA, a small river of the province
and government of Louisiana, which runs s. be
tween the rivers of Pearls and Estapacha, and
tnkrs the sea in the bay of St. Louis.
BOW
BOULANGER, two small islands of the N.
sea, situate within the bay and port of the great
Cul de Sac in the island of Guadalupe.
BOULANGEH, a small river of the island of
Guadalupe, which runs n. e. and enters the sea
in the bay and port of the great Cul de Sac, on
the n. side of that island.
[BOUNDBROOK, a village in Somerset coun
ty, New Jersey, on the n. bank of Rariton
river.]
BOUQUETS, CROIX DES, a settlement and
parish of the French, in their possessions in the
island of St. Domingo, and of the jurisdiction of
cape Frances.
[BOURBON, a county laid out and orga
nized in the year 1785 by the state of Georgia,
in the s. w. corner of the state, on the Mississippi,
including the Natchez country. The laws of
Georgia were never carried into effect in this
country, and it has been under the jurisdiction of
the Spaniards since their conquest of this part of
the country in 1780, till it was given up to the
United States by the treaty of 1795. The law of
Georgia, establishing the county of Bourbon, is
now in force. See LOUISIANA.]
[BOURBOX Fort, in the island of Martinico in
the West Indies.]
^ [BOURBON County, in Kentucky, between
lacking and Kentucky rivers, contains 7837 inha
bitants, including 908 slaves.]
[BOURBON, a post-town and capital of the
above county, stands on a point of land formed by
two of the s. branches of Licking river; 22
miles . e. of Lexington, 21 e. of .Lebanon,
and 749 w. s. w. from Philadelphia, and contains
about 60 houses, a Baptist church, a court-house,
and gaol. There are several valuable mills in its
vicinity J
BOURSAUL, a river of the island of Guada
lupe. It rises in the s. e. mountains, runs s. e.
and enters the sea between the rivers of the Goy-
aves and the Petite Plaine.
BO V, a township of the English in the pro
vince of Hampshire, situate on the shore of the
river Pennycook, opposite the mouth of that of
Contocook.
[Bow is a township in Rockingham county,
New Hampshire, on the w. bank of Merrimack
river, a little s. of Concord, 53 miles from
Portsmouth. It contains 56S inhabitants.]
[BOWDOIN, a township in Lincoln county,
district of Maine, on <hc n. e. bank of Audroscoggin
river, distant from York n. e. 36 miles, andiiora
the mouth of Kennebcck river 6 miles, and 166
n. e. of Boston. It contains 983 inhabitants.]
BOY
[BOWDOINHAM, a township in Lincoln
county, district of Maine, separated from Pownal-
borough e. and Woolwich s. e. by Kenncbcck
tiver. It has 455 inhabitants, and lies 171 miles
n. e. from Boston]
[BOWLING Green, a village in Virginia,
on the post-road, 22 miles s. of Fredericksburg,
48 n. of Richmond, and 25 n. of Hanover court
house.]
BOAACA, a settlement of the corregimicnto
of Bogota in the Nuevo Reyno dc Granada. It
is of an extremely cold temperature, produces
\vh at, maize, birley, papas, and other fruits
of - \ cold climate; contains 200 housekeepers and
170 Indians, and is six leagues to the s. e. of
Santa Fe.
[BOXBOROUGH, a township in Middlesex
county, Massachusetts, containing 412 inhabitants,
30 miles n. w. from Boston.]
[BOXFORD, a small township in Essex coun
ty, Massachusetts, having 925 inhabitants. It
lies on the s. e. side of Merrimack river, seven
miles w. of Newbury port. In the southernmost
of its two parishes is a blomary.]
BOXOLEO, a river of the province and go
vernment of Popayan. It is in the s. part, runs
from e. to w. and is passed by a ford at the route
which leads from Pasto to Popayan. It unites
itself with Esinita, and these together enter the
Quilcase*.
BOYACA, a settlement of the province and
cerrcgimfento of Tutija in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada. It is of a cold temperature, produces
in moderation wheat, maize, vetches, and apples,
and with the latter of which the place abounds;
but its principal traffic is in lime, which is made
in abundance for the whole province, and for
Santa Fe, being the best t mt can be made. It
contains somewhat more than 25 housekeepers
and 80 Indians, whose glory it is that their an
cestors alone, in the obscurity of gentilism, had
any notion of a Supreme Being, trie author of all
created, one in essence and three in person. Thus
it was that they adored a human image with three
heads. It is distant an hour and an half s journey
s. of Tunja. It was taken and sacked by Gonzalo
Ximificz de Qucsada hi 1537.
[BOYLSTON, a township in Worcester
county, Massachusetts, having 839 inhabitants,
10 miles n. e* of Worcester, and 45 n. zo. of Bos
ton. It was incorporated in 1786, having been a
parish of Shrewsbury since 1712, and contains by
survey 14,396 acres of land, well watered, and of
a rich soil.]
B It A
181
BOZA, a settlement and head settlement of the
corregimienlo of this name in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada. It is of a cold temperature, but healthy
and delightfully pleasant, from whence it was
chosen, at certain seasons, as a place of recrea
tion by the viceroy of that kingdom, Don Joseph
de Solis, who was fond of duck-hunting; in
which fowl it abounded, as well as in all the pro
ductions of a cold climate. It has some very
good pastures for cattle, contains upwards of 100
housekeepers, and as many Indians, and its juris
diction comprehends six other settlements. It is
three leagues s. of Santa Fe.
BOZA, another settlement of the island of Cuba,
on the n. coast, between the settlement of Maza
and the bay of Nipe.
BOZAIRU, a village and settlement of the
Portuguese, in the province and captainship of
Pernambuco in Brazil, situate near the sea-coast.
[BOZRA, a town in New London county,
Connecticut, formerly a parish in the town of
Norwich, 36 miles e. from Hartford.]
BRACUAENDA, a river of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres. It runs w. and en
ters the Uruguay between the rivers Yacui and
Cavayama.
[BRADDOCK S Field, the place where Gen.
Braddock, with the first division of his army,
consisting of 1400 men, fell into an ambuscade of
400 men, chiefly Indians, by whom he was de
feated and mortally wounded, July 9, 1755. The
American militia, who were disdainfuly turned
in the rear, continued unbroken, and served as a
rearguard, and, under Col. \V ashington, the late
president of the United States of America, pre
served the regulars from being entirely cut off.
It is situate on Turtle creek, on the n. e. bank of
Monongahela river, six miles e. s. e. from Pitts-
burg.]
[SHADDOCK S Bay, on the.?, side of lake On
tario, 42 miles w. from Great Sodus, and 65 e. from
fort Niagara.]
BRADFORD, EAST and WEST, are townships
in Chester county, Pennsylvania.]
BRADFOKD, a township in Essex county, Mas
sachusetts, situate on the s, side of Merrimack
river, opposite Haverhill, and 10 miles to. of New
bury port. It has two parishes, and 1371 inha
bitants. Quantities of leather shoes are made here
for exportation ; and in the lower parish some ves
sels are built. Several streams fall into the Merri
mack from this town, which support a number of
mills of va 1 ious kinds.
[BRADFORD, a township ia HillsborougU
182
BRA
county, New Hampshire, containing 217 inhabi
tants, incorporated in 1760 ; 20 miles e. of Charles-
town.]
[BRADFORD, a township in Orange county,
Vermont, on the w. bank of Connecticut river,
about 20 miles above Dartmouth college, having
654 inhabitants. There is a remarkable ledge of
rocks in this township, as much as 200 feet high.
It appears to hang over, and threaten the traveller
as he passes. The space between this ledge and
Connecticut river is scarcely wide enough for a
road.]
[BRAGA, HA, now FORT DAUPHIN, in the
island of Cuba.]
BRAGADO, a small river of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, which runs e. and
enters the Parana to the s. of the city of Santa Fe.
[BRAINTREE, a township in Orange county,
Vermont, lies 75 miles n. e. of Bennington. It
joins Kingston w. Randolph on the e. and con
tains 221 inhabitants.]
[BiiAiNTREEjOne of the most ancient townships
in Norfolk county, in the state of Massachusetts,
was settled in 1625, and then called Mount Woo-
laston, from the name of its founder. It lies on a
bay, eight mi es e. of s. from Boston, and con
tained, before its division, 400 houses and 2771 in
habitants. Great quantities of granite stones are
sent .to Boston from this town for sale. The bay
abounds with fish and sea fowl, and particularly
brants. This town is noted for having produced,
in former and latter times, the first characters both
in church and state ; and in distant ages will de
rive no small degree of fame, for having given
birth to John Adams, the first vice-president, and
the second president of the United States of Ame
rica; a man highly distinguished for his patriot
ism as a citizen ; his justice, integrity, and ta
lents, as a lawyer ; his profound and extensive
erudition as a writer ; and his discernment, firm
ness, and success, as a foreign minister and states
man.]
B KAMA DOR, CERRO, a mountain of the pro
vince and corrcgimiento of Coquimbo in the king
dom of Chile, to the s. of the town of Copiapo.
BRANCO, a river of the province and go
vernment of Guayana, in the Portuguese pos
sess ons.
[BRANCO DE M ATJAMBO, a town in the
province of St. Marta in Tierra Firme, . S. Ame-
r ; c i. It is a place of great trade, and seated on
the river M gdalena, 75 miles n. of Cartagena,
s a bishop s see. It has a good harbour.
il40 . Long. 75-30 n.]
BRA
[BRANDY POTS, are isles, so called, in the
river St. Lawrence, 40 leagues below Quebec.]
BRANDY WINE, a large and convenient port
of the province of Pennsylvania.
BRANDY WINE, a small river of the same pro
vince and colony, which runs s. s. e. and enters the
Delaware.
[BRANDY WINE Creek falls inio Christiana
creek from the n. at Wilmington, in Delaware
state, about 25 miles from its n. and n. w. sources,
which both rise in Chester county, Pennsylvania.
This creek is famous for a bloody battle, fought
Sept. 11, 1777, between the British and Ameri
cans, which lasted nearly the whole day, and the
latter were defeated with considerable loss ; but it
was far from being of that decisive kind which
people had been led to expect, in the event of a
meeting between the hostile armies on nearly
equal terms, both as to numbers and the nature
of the ground* on which each army was situated.
It was fought at Chadd s ford, and in the neigh
bourhood of, and on, the strong grounds at Bir
mingham church. See DELAWARE, for an ac
count of the celebrated mills on this creek.]
[BRANDY WINE, a township in Chester county,
Pennsylvania.]
BRAN FORD, a township of the English in the
province of Connecticut, one of the four of New
England, situate on the side of the strait of Long
island. This township is in New Haven county,
considerable for its iron works. It lies on the s.
side of a river of the same name, which runs into
Lon<r island sound, 10 miles e. from New Haven,
and 40.?. of Hartford.
[BRASS D OR, called also LABRADOR, a lake
which forms into arms and branches, in the island
of Cape Breton, or Sydney, and opens an easy
communication with all parts of the island. See
BKETON, Cape.]
[BRASS Island, one of the smaller Virgin islands,
situated near the n. ro. end of St. Thomas s island,
on which it is dependent.]
[BRASS Town, in the state of Tennessee, is situ
ated on the head waters of Iliwassee river, about
100 miles .v. from Knoxville. Two miles s. from
this town is the Enchanted mountain, much famed
for the curiosities on it:> rocks. See ENCHANTED
Mountain.]
[BRATTLEBO ROUGH, a considerable town-
ship and post-town in Windham county, Ver
mont, having 1589 inhabitants; on the w. bank
of Connecticut river, about 28 miles e. of Ben-
nin^lon, 61 n. of Springfield in Massachusetts, and
311 from Philadelphia. Lat. 42 52 n.
BRA
BllAVA, PUNTA, an extremity of the island of
Trinidad, which lies in the w. front of the inner
bay of the gulf Tristc, in the province and go
vernment of Curnana.
BRAVA, a point or cape of the island of Cuba.
jBiiAVA, a lake of the province and govern
ment of Buenos Ayres, on the shore of the river
Salad illo.
BRAVO, a large and abundant river of the
kingdom of Nueva Espana, which rises in 40
20 n. lat. and runs 5. till it enters the sea in
the bay of Mexico, in 25 55 . [Under the 40
of latitude, the sources of the Rio del Norte,, or
Rio Bravo, are only separated from the sources of
the Rio Colorado by a mountainous tract of from
12 to 13 leagues of breadth. This tract is the
continuation of the cordillera of the Cranes, which
stretches towards (he sierra Verde and the lake of
Tirnpanogos, celebrated in the Mexican history.
The Rio S. Raiiu l and the Rio S. Xavier are the
principal sources of the river Zaguananas. which,
with the Rio de Nabajoa, forms the Rio Colorado :
the latter has its embouchure in the gulf of Cali
fornia. These regions, abounding in rock-salt,
were examined in 1777 by two travellers full of
zeal and intrepidity, monks of the order of St.
Francis, Father Escalante and Father Antonio
Velez. But however interesting the Rio Za^ua-
iianas and the Rio del Norte may one day become
for the internal commerce of this n. part of New
Spain, and however easy the carriage may be
across the mountains, no communication will ever,
it is though!, result from it, comparable to that
opened directly from sea to sea.
BRAVO, another river in the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo. It is one of the arms of
the Catacumbo, which enters in a large body into
the great lake.
BRAVO, another, of the alcaldta mayor of Tam-
pico in Nueva Espana. It rises in the mountains
of that jurisdiction, and runs into the sea.
BRAVO, a lake of the province and government
of Buenos Ay res, which is a pool formed by the
river Tandil, near the coast of the Patagones.
, BRAZIL, a kingdom of S. America, situate in
the torrid zone, extending from the mouth of the
large river Maranon, or Amazonas, to that of La
Plata, from 2 n. to 35 s. of the equinoctial line,
it is of a triangular figure, two of its sides, the n.
and c. being bounded by the sea, and the third,
which is the greater, is the line of demarcation be
tween this kingdom, which belongs to the crown of
Portugal, and the dominions of the king of Spain.
This country was discovered by Vinccnte Yafiez
Pinzonin 1198; afterwards by Diego Lopez in!500;
BRA
183-
by Americo Vespncio in 1501 ; and by Pedro Al
varez Cabral in 1503, who was by chance sailing
for the E. Indies, lie gave it the name of Santa
Cruz, in memory of the day on which it was dis
covered ; this, however, it did not retain, and it
has been called continually BrazU, from the
abundance of fine wood of this name found in it.
On the deatli of (he king Don Sebastian, this king
dom, as forming a part of the dominion of Portu
gal, came to Philip III. by inheritance, as belong
ing to the crown of Castille. The Dutch, under
the command of the prince of Nassau, made them
selves masters of the greater p?rt of it; but this
loss was again recovered by the Spanish and Por
tuguese, after a bloody war of many years dura
tion, when it was restored to the dominion of the
latter by a treaty of general peace. It is divided
into 14 provinces or captainships, which are, Rio
Janeiro, Todos Santos, Ilheos, Parayba, Para,
Maranan, Espiritu Santo, Itamaraca, Seara,
Puerto Seguro, Pernambuco, Sergipe del Rey,
San Vincente, and Rio Grande; and in these are
12 cities, 67 towns, and an infinite number of
small settlements and villages, divided into four
bishoprics, suffragan to an archbishop; and be
sides these there is the district of San Pablo de los
Mamelucos, which is governed after the manner
of a republic, with some subordination to the
crown of Portugal. Also there are the districts of
Dole and Petagucy, which being in the centre of
the captainship of Seara, belong to the barbarians,
and to some Portuguese who are independent of
the jurisdiction of Rey. The French, in 1584,
established themselves in Parayba, the Rio Grande,
and Canabata, from whence they were driven out
by the Portuguese in 1600. In 1612, hoAvever,
they returned to construct a fortress in (he island
of Mara iion, with the name of San Luis, which
was taken by the Dutch, and afterwards by the
Portuguese in 1646. From that time this king
dom has belonged to the crown of Portugal, and
has given title to the heir apparent, who is called
Prince of Brazil. It has man} fine rivers, and
many large, safe, and convenient ports ; but these
arc difficult to be entered, on account of the rocks
and quicksands which abound on the coast. The
interior of this kingdom is uncultivated, full of
woods, mountains, and lakes; inhabited by wan
dering nations, for the most part savage, and who
kept up a continual warfare with the Portuguese ;
some, however, have been civilized by the missions
that have been established among them by the
venerable Father Joseph de Ancheta, of the com
pany of Jesuits, who has been called the Tauma-
turgo [the word alluding to a saint of the fourth
184
BRAZIL.
century, called Gregory Tliaumaturgus, from the
miracles lie is said to perform] of Brazil, and by
Father Antonio de vieira, a celebrated orator.
These savage Indians feast upon the bodies of
those whom they take in battle, fancying that they
thereby revenge the deaths of their parents or re
lations who may have fallen under tbe hands of the
enemy. They enjoy a long life, not only from the
salubrity of the climate, but from the temperance
which is usual amongst them. They are poly-
gamists, and all of them, men as well as women,
go naked. They believe in the creation of the
world and the deluge ; and they think that there
is a paradise beyond their mountains, where they
live for ever in sensual enjoyments, such as sing
ing, dancing, &e. They have a very great terror
of the devil, who, they aftirm, appears to them in
an horrible shape, and whom they call in their
language agnian. They have neither king nor
prince, and in their affairs of state the decision
always rests with the elders, who are universally
reverenced and esteemed amongst them. Their
weapons are bows and arrows, and cimeters, or, as
they call them, mncanas. When they move from
one quarter to another, the wife carries the arms,
and the children the hainmoc, which is a net
made of the bark of plants, which, being tied to
two trees at its extremities, serves them for house
and bed in their travels. They maintain them
selves by the chase and by fishing. The greater
part of them are of a fierce aspect, which they in
crease by adorning themselves with the teeth and
bones of monkeys, and with black and red paint,
which they smear over their faces and bodies.
They are of a lofty stature, robust, well made, and
of an extraordinary agility in running. The tem
perature of this country is very unequal ; for to
wards the M. it is very warm and unhealthy. The
soil is extremely fertile, and when cultivated yields
every thing for the convenience and luxury of life.
After the fine gold and diamond mines with which
this country abounds were discovered, the natives
gave themselves up entirely to the working of them,
despising the culture of the land, and looking for
the necessary supplies of food from other parts.
Its principal productions may be reduced to sugar,
maize, cotton, tobacco, indigo, ipecacuana, balsam
of copaive, and Brazil-wood ; of this last consists
the principal branch of its commerce, as well with
the English as the Dutch, and to the coast of
Africa as well as Europe. From the latter three
fleets set out annually, one for Pernambuco, an
other for Rio Janeiro, and a third for the bay of
Todos Santos ; from whence, upon their return, they
join and make for Portugal, loaded with immense
treasures. [The se fleets have ceased to make their
voyages.] After the expulsion of the Dutch, this
country was, as it were, for a time disregarded by
its possessors ; for they had not as yet ascertained
or discovered its rich mines ; at least not before the
year ]685. The minister of Portugal was well
aware of the utility that would be derived to his
country by the territories of this kingdom being
well allotted and cultivated, and that by establish
ing the capital in the bay of Todos Santos, it
would be extremely convenient and centrical for
the purposes of commerce ; but the rigour and
cruelty with which the first founders treated the
poor Indians, were a sufficient obstacle against his
bringing about his laudable designs. The Mus-
tees, who are the descendants of the Spaniards and
the natives, having kept on good terms with both
parties, were the means by which all things were
brought to a mutual reconciliation. The govern
ment was then vested in some priests of acknow
ledged virtue : these immediatley scattered them
selves over the whole coast, foundingsettlements, and
penetrating into the interior; they first discovered
the different gold mines, which have been since
worked lo such prodigious emolument ; as also
the mines of diamonds, topazes, and other precious
stones. This kingdom abounds in birds, exqui
site not less for the beauty of their plumage than
for the sweetness of their note ; in many kinds of
rare animals, in vipers and venomous insects, and
in an incredible number of tigers and monkeys of
all sorts. It abounds also in every kind of pulse
and fruit ; and amongst these, the pine is most
exquisite. This kingdom is governed by a vice
roy appointed by (he king of Portugal, and who
is always one of the head of the nobility of that
kingdom ; his residence being in the city of St.
Salvador, which is the capital. [The trade of
Brazil is very great, and increases every year.
They imnort as many as 40,000 Negroes annually.
The exports of Brazil are diamonds, gold, sugar,
tobacco, hides, drugs, and medicines ; and they
receive in return woollen goods of all kinds,
linens, laces, silks, hats, lead, tin, pewter, copper,
iron, beef, and cheese. They also receive from
Madeira a great quantity of wine, vinegar, and
brandy ; and from the Azores 25,000/. worth of
other liquors. The gold and diamond mines are
but a recent discovery ; they were first opened in
1681, and have since yielded above five millions
sterling annually, of which a fifth part belongs to
the crown. These, with the sugar plantations,
occupy so many hands, that agriculture lies ne
glected, and Brazil depends upon Europe for its
daily bread ; although before the discovery of]
BRAZIL.
these mines, the soil was found very sufficient for
subsisting the inhabitants. The diamonds here
are neither so hard nor so clear as those of the
East Indies, neither do they sparkle so much, but
they are whiter ; the Brazilian diamonds are sold
10 per cent, cheaper than the oriental ones, sup
posing the weights to be equal. The crown reve
nue arising from this colony amounts annually to
two millions sterling in gold, if some lafe writers
are to be credited, besides the duties and customs
on merchandize imported from that quarter. This
indeed is more than a fifth of the precious metal
produced by the mines ; but, every other conse
quent advantage considered, it probably does not
much exceed the truth. The Portuguese here live
in the most effeminate luxury. When people ap
pear abroad, they are carried in a kind of cotton
hammocs, called serpentines, which are borne on
Negroes shoulders, similar to palanquins in India.
The portrait drawn of the manners, customs, and
morals of that nation in America, by judicious tra
vellers, is very far from being favourable. For a
detailed history of this country, see the end of the
following catalogue.]
Catalogue of the barbarous Nations and principal
Places of the kingdom of lirazil.
Barbarous Nations. ^ ^ aimores,
Amacaches, Yiatanis.
Amixocores, Cities.
Annacioris, Angra,
Apotons, Arracife,
Apuyes, Comuta,
Aquiguires, Goyana,
Aracures, Gran Para,
Arapes, llheos,
Aryej;, Janeiro,
Augaras, Matagroso,
Guastacasios. Paraiba,
Margajntes, Pernambuco Olinda,
Maribuccs, Puerto Seguro,
Mariquites, San Luis del Maranan,
Obacatiaras, San Pablo,
Petiguares, San Salvador,
Quirig-ujes, San Vicente,
Siguares,
Tapnyes,
Tibuares,
Tobaxarcs,
Tocantines,
Tomomimes,
Toparos,
Topinambos,
Tupiques,
\ ayanabasones,
VOL. I.
Seregipe,
Siara,
Espiritu Santo,
Todos Santos.
Rivers.
Alagoa,
Aniembi,
Arari,
Araxay r
Aruguaya,
Bibirice,
Cam.uri,
Capi,
Cirigi,
Contas,
Cunhao,
Cururui,
Dulce,
De los llheos,
Duna,
Galiolo,
Grande,
Guaraiguazu,
Ipoche,
Janeiro,
Laguaribe,
Maracu,
Martin,
Meari,
Mongaguaba,
Meni,
Muju,
Ovaquezupi,
Parinaiba,
Parapinzingaa,
Parashui,
Paraiba,
Paiipe,
Patipinga,
Paxaca,
Periperi,
Pinare,
Ponica,
Poyuca,
Rio Real,
San Francisco,
San Miguel,
Tapados,
Tapocuru,
Tocantines,
Trembi,
Varirin,
Vazabazas,
Vermellas, or Ipenin,
Yari,
Inaya,
Itapemeri,
Yucaru.
Mines.
Cuyaba, diamond,
Bishops who have presided in Brazil up to the
year 1722 ; [also the names of some who have
governed since that period.]
1. Don Ga>par Barata de Mendoza, elected first
B B
185
Geraes, gold,
Guayaz, diamond,
Mato-gros, gold,
Picuru, sjlver.
Promontories.
Blanco,
Corso,
Frio,
Ledo,
Potocalmo,
San Roque,
San Agustin,
Sousa.
Ports.
Cayvo,
Rio Janeiro,
Para,
San Luis de Maranan,
San Salvador, or La Ba-
hia de Todos Santos,
Seregipe,
Tamaraca,
Tojuqua.
Islands.
Asuncion,
Cananea,
Catherina,
Del Gallo,
De los llheos,
Goare,
Grande,
Machiana,
Maivgnau,
Marayo,
Maricana,
Martin Vas,
Norona,
Picos,
San Salvador,
Santa Ana,
San Antonio,
Santa Barbara,
Sipotuba,
Espiritu Santo,.
Taparica,
Tatipara,
Trinidad,
Upaya,
Ygarapotoe.
186
BRAZIL.
archbishop in 1677 : he took possession of his ap
pointment through his procurator only, for he died
before he reached it.
2. Don Fr. J uan De la Mad re de Dios, of the order
of St. Francis ; a provincial in that order, preacher
to the king, and examiner of the military orders ;
noted as being one of the most pleasing and elo
quent orators of his time: he took possession of
the archbishopric in 1583, and governed only three
years, since he died in a plague which then pre
vailed, in 1686.
3. Don Fr. Manuel de la Resurreccion, colle
gian of San Pedro, doctor in canons and laws,
canon of the holy church of Lamego, and de
puty of the holy office of the inquisition : disen
gaging himself from the world, lie quitted these
dignities, and entered the convent of Varatojo,
where the fame of his virtues caused him to be
elected archbishop of La Bahia. He entered his
office in 1688, and died in 1691.
4. Don Juan Franco de Oliveira, promoted to
the archbishopric of Angola : he was adorned with
this metropolitan mitre for eight years, from
1692 to 1700, when he returned to Portugal to
take that of the diocese of Miranda.
5. Don Sebastian Monteiro de Vide, who had
belonged to the company of Jesuits, but who, be
ing expelled from the same, gave himself up to a
military life, and became captain of infantry : be
ing disgusted with this, he applied himself to study
in the university of Coimbra, and again embraced
an ecclesiastical state. In this he held different
commissions, and he was at last prior of Santa
Marina, and vicar-general of the archbishopric
of Lisbon, from whence he was elected to be the
archbishop of La Bahia in 1702, where he go
verned with great address for the space of 20
years, notwithstanding the afflicting and severe
disorder which confined him nearly the whole of
this time to his chamber, and of which he died in
1722.
[Don Luis Alz de Figueredo, in 1725.
Don Joseph Fialho.
Don Joseph Botello de Matos.
Don Jonquin Barges de Figueroa.
Don Antonio Correa.
Governors, Viceroys, and Captains-general, who
have presided in Brazil till the year 1722 ;
[also the names of some who have since go
verned.]
1. Tome de Sousa, a subject of Portugal, of
nol!e birtii, who had served with great renown in
the expeditions of Africa and Asia : he was elected
toy the king, Don Juan III. to establish the govern
ment in Brazil, in 1549 ; and this he effected with
great skill, until, in 1553, he was recalled to Lis
bon, and promoted to the office of master of the
horse to the royal family.
2. Don Duarte de Costa, chief armourer of the
king : lie entered his office in 1553, and governed
until lr>58, when he was succeeded by,
3. Mendo de Sa, an illustrious branch of the
house of the Marquises of Abrantes : he was elected
on account of his singular attainments, learning,
and military prowess ; though even these were ex
ceeded by the happy establishments, the founda
tions of settlements, and the brilliance of con
quests to which he was accessary in Brazil during
the 14 years of his reign ; he died in 1572, at
Bahia, universally regretted.
4. Don Luis de Vasconcelos : he died at sea,
and before he could reach his destined situation,
owing to the misfortunes and long voyage of the
ill-omened fleet in which he had embarked.
5. Luis Brito de Almeida, in whose time the
mines of diamonds and topazes were first disco
vered and dug: he governed five years, until
1578, when he was succeeded by,
6. Lorenzo de Vega, who, being at a very ad
vanced age, governed for three years only, and
died in 1681. A vacancy for two years then en
sued, and the government was administered by tho
council of Camara, and the eldest of the oidoret,
Don Cosme Rangel de Macedo, until the right
governor came, who was,
7. Manuel Tellez Barreto, nominated by Philip
II. king of Spain, who, in 1583, inherited the
crqwn of Portugal. Although he was also much
advanced in years, the government suffered no
thing on this account during the four years of his
power ; he died in 1587. In the vacancy, the
government was held by the bishop, Don Antonio
Barreiros, and the purveyor-general of the royal re
venues, Christobal de Barros, who exercised it for
four years, until the year 1591.
8. Francisco Giraldes, senor proprietor of the cap
tainship of Los Ilheos, which title had been purchas
ed by his father of Geronimo Figueredo : he was
nominated governor, and having embarked at Lis
bon, was driven back twice by distress, when,
auguring badly from this misfortune, he gave up
his appointment, and in his stead was nominated,
9. Don Francisco de Sousa, who entered La Bahia
in 1594 : he was first marquis of the mines, by
favour of the king, who promised him this title,
should he recover those mines which, according
to some, had been already discovered by Roberio
Diaz ; he was renowned for his skill and his good
BRAZIL.
187
dispositions, and was removed from the govern
ment, after having held it for 11 years, till 1602.
10. Diego BoteTho, the first governor that was
nominated by Philip 111. : he governed five years,
from 1602 to 1607.
1 1. Don Diego de Menescs, who arrived at La
Bahia in 1608, and governed till 1613, when he
was succeeded by,
12. Gaspar de Sousa, who entered the govern
ment in the above year, rendering it famous by
the expulsion of the French, who had established
themselves in the island of San Luis de Mara nan :
he visited all the provinces of the kingdom, from
whence arose great advantages to the different set
tlements, as likewise an increase of the revenues
during the short period of his stay, which was
four years, till 1617.
15. Don Luis de Sousa, who entered in the above
year to succeed thp former; and who, having re
mained in the gov< rmne/it for four other years,
namely to 1621, rescued it in fivour of,
14. Diego de Memioza Hurtado, who entered in
the year 1622, at which period the Dutch had in
vaded Brazil : La Bahia was then besieged by
them, and he was made prisoner, after having va
liantly defended himself with only 18 men ; he
was carried in triumph to Holland in 1624.
15. Matias de Albuquerque, who was govern
ing at Pernatnbuco when he was called to be nomi
nated to his government, which, in the interim,
was administered by the fathers of the company of
Jesuits ; but as he was at least 150 leagues off ,
and as the country was beset with enemies, it
was thought expedient to promote, by way of
an iriter-regnum, the auditor-general, Anton Mez-
quita de Oliveira, who, owing to his age and want
of military science, so necessary under such circum
stances, ceded the government to the Colonels Don
Lorenzo Cavalcanti de Alburquerque, and Don
Juan de Burros Cardoso, who also ceded it to the
bishop, Don Marcos Texeira, and he delivered the
weighty concern to Francisco Nunez Marinho de
Eza, sent out as the right governor from Pernam
buco ; but before this person could arrive, there
was nominated as successor,
16. Don Francisco de Moura Rolim, native of
Pernambuco, \\lio h id followed \i military career
with great credit in Italy and Flanders, and who
gained no less applause during his government
here, and in the period of the war till 1626.
17. Don Diego Luis de Oliveira, a gentleman
of high character and estimation, acquired amongst
the troops in Flanders : he was, in consequence,
sent for io ijrazil to oppose the progress which the
Dutch were making ; he completely fulfilled the
object for which he was chosen, until, in the year
1634, he was destined to drive the Dutch from the
island of Curazao, delivering the government to,
18. Pedro de Silva, who took possession in 1635:
but a rivalship having arisen between him and the
general of the troops, Conde Banholo ; he, with
heroic disinterestedness, ceded to him the govern
ment and all the faculties ; admonishing him, how
ever, strongly to mind the public weal. This ac
tion was rewarded by the king, who immediately
gave him the title of Count of San Lorenzo, and
nominated him as successor to the government.
19. Don Fernando Mascarenas, Count of La
Torre, a person of the highest consequence in
Portugal, on account of his birth, virtues, perso
nal qualities, and military tactics: he entered La
Bahia in 1639, and taking the command of the
army against the Dutch, ceded the political go-
vernm- nt to,
20. Don Vasco Mascarenas, Count of Ovidos,
who exercised it until the year 1640, when the
king nominated,
2J. Don Jorge Muscarefias, Marquis ofMont-
alvan, the first who had the title of viceroy, but
who, being immersed in ruinous litigations, was
deposed and sent to Lisbon, in 1641, by the bishop,
Don Pedro de Silva, the commander, Luis Becerra,
and the chief overseer, Lorenzo de Brito Correa :
these took to themselves the government, though
their conduct was disapproved by the new king,
Don Juan IV. formerly Duke of Braganza.
22. Antonio Tellez de Meneses, Count of Villa
Pouca, of high blood and of great merits, acquired
in India : he governed with address until the
year 1652.
23. Juan Rodriguez de Vasconcelos, Count of
Castelmayor, illustrious for his birth, and for the
unjust imprisonment which he suffered in Car 
